International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings 2006

A Member of the International Code FamilyB INTERNATIONAL CODE INTERNATIONAL COUNCIL? FOR ONE-AND TWO-FAMILYDWELLINGS...

Author: International Code Council (ICC)) International Code Council

85 downloads 1355 Views 47MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

A Member of the International Code FamilyB

INTERNATIONAL CODE INTERNATIONAL COUNCIL?

FOR

ONE-AND TWO-FAMILYDWELLINGS

2006 Intemational Residential code@for One- and Two-family Dwellings

First Printing: February 2006

ISBN-13: 978-1-58001-253-9 (soft-cover) ISBN-10: 1-58001-253-1 (soft-cover ISBN- 13: 978- 1-5800 1-252-2 (loose-leaf) ISBN-10: 1-58001-252-3 (loose-leaf) ISBN-13: 978-1-58001-303-1 (e-document) ISBN-] 0: 1-58001-303-1 (e-document)

COPYRIGHT Q 2006 by INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC.

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This 2006 International Residential Codeafor One- and Two-familyDwellings is a copyrighted work owned by the International Code Council, Inc. Without advance written permission from the copyright owner, no part of this book may be reproduced, distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic, optical or mechanical means (by way of example and not limitation, photocopying, or recording by or in an information storageretrieval system). For information on permission to copy material exceeding fair use, please contact: Publications, 4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL 60478-5795. Phone 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233).

Trademarks: "International Code Council," the "International Code Council" logo and the "International Residential Code" are trademarks of the International Code Council, Inc.

PlUNTED IN THE U.S.A.

Introduction Internationally, code officials recognize the need for a modern, up-to-date residential code addressing the design and construction of one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses. The International Residential Codeo, in this 2006 edition, is designed to meet these needs through model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety in all communities, large and small. This comprehensive, stand-alone residential code establishes minimum regulations for one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses using prescriptive provisions. It is founded on broad-based principles that make possible the use of new materials and new building designs. This 2006 edition is fully compatible with all the International CodesB (I-Codesa) published by the International Code CouncilB (ICC)@,including thc International Building CodeB, ICC Electrical Codem,International Energy Conservation CodeB,International Existing Building Codem,International Fire Codeo, International Fuel Gas CodeB,bzternational Mechanical Codem, ICC Petformance Codem,International Plumbing CodeB,International Private Sewage Disposal Codea, International Property Maintenance Codeo, International Wildland-Urban Intetfiuce Code" and International Zoning Codea. The International Residential Code provisions provide many benefits, among which is the model code development process that offers an international forum for residential construction professionals to discuss prescriptive code requirements. This forum provides an excellent arena to debate proposed revisions. This model code also encourages international consistency in the application of provisions.

Development The fust edition of the International Residential Code (2000) was the culmination of an effort initiated in 1996 by the ICC and consisting of representatives from the three statutory members of the International Code Council at the time, including: Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Tnc. (ROCA), International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) and Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI) and representatives from the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB). The intent was to draft a stand-alone residential code consistent with and inclusive of the scope of the existing model codes. Technical content of the 1998 International One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code and the latest model codcs promulgated by BOCA, ICBO, SBCCI and ICC was used as the basis for the development, followed by public hearings in 1998 and 1999 to consider proposed changes. This 2006 edition represents thc code as originally issued, with changes reflected in the 2003 edition, and further changes developed through the ICC Code Development Process through 2005. Residential electrical provisions are bascd on the 2005 National Electrical Codea (NFPA-70). A new edition such as this is promulgated every three years. Fuel gas provisions have been included through an agreement with the American Gas Association (AGA). Electrical provisions have been included through an agreement with the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). This code is founded on principles intended to establish provisions consistent with the scope of a residential code that adequately protects public health, safety and welfare; provisions that do not unnecessarily increase construction costs; provisions that do not restrict the use of new materials, products or methods of construction; and provisions that do not give preferential treatment to particular types or classes of materials, products or methods of construction.

Adoption The International Residential Code is available for adoption and use by jurisdictions internationally. Its use within a governmental jurisdiction is intended to be accomplished through adoption by reference in accordance with proceedings establishing the jurisdiction's laws. At the time of adoption, jurisdictions should insert the appropriate information in provisions requiring specific local information, such as the name of the adopting jurisdiction. These locations are shown in bracketed words in small capital letters in the code and in the sample ordinance. The sample adoption ordinance on page v addresses several key elements of a code adoption ordinance, including the information required for insertion into the code text.

Maintenance The International Residential Code is kept up to date through the review of proposed changes submitted by code enforcing officials, industry representatives, design professionals and other interested parties. Proposed changes are carefully considered through an open code development process in which all interested and affected parties may participate. The contents of this work are subject to change both through the Code Development Cycles and the governmental body that enacts the code into law. For more information regarding the code development process, contact the Code and Standard Development Department of the International Code Council. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL COD€@

PREFACE

The maintenance process for the fuel gas provisions is based upon the process used to maintain the International Fuel Gas Code, in conjunction with the American Gas Association. The maintenance process for the electrical provisions is undertaken by the National Fire Protection Association. While the development procedure of the International Residential Code assures the highest degree of care, ICC and the founding members of ICC and its members and those participating in the development of this code do not accept any liability resulting from compliance or noncompliance with the provisions because ICC and its founding members do not have the power or authority to police or enforce compliance with the contents of this code. Only the governmental body that enacts the code into law has such authority.

Marginal Markings Solid vertical lines in the margins within the body of the code indicate a technical change from the requirements of the 2003 edition. are provided in the margin where an entire section, paragraph, exception or table has Deletion indicators in the form of an arrow (e) been deleted or an item in a list of items or a table has been deleted.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

The International Codes are designed and promulgated to be adopted by reference by ordinance. Jurisdictions wishing to adopt the 2006 International Residential Code as an enforceable regulation governing one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses should ensure that certain factual information is included in the adopting ordinance at the time adoption is being considered by the appropriate governmental body. The following sample adoption ordinance addresses several key elements of a code adoption ordinance, including the information required for insertion into the code text.

SAMPLE ORDINANCE FOR ADOPTION OF THE INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE ORDINANCE NO. An ordinance of the [JURISDICTION] adopting the 2006 edition of the International Residential Code, regulating and governing the construction, alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment, location, removal and demolition of detached one and two family dwellings and multiple single family dwellings (townhouses) not more than threes stories in height with separate means of egress in the [JURISDICTION]; providing for the issuance of pennits and collection of fees therefor; repealing Ordinance No. of the [JURISDICTION] and all other ordinances and parts of the ordinances in conflict therewith. The [GOVERNING BODY] of the [JURISDICTION] does ordain as follows:

Section 1. That a certain document, three (3) copies of which are on file in the office of the [TITLE OF JURISDICTION'SKEEPER OF RECORDS] of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], being marked and designated as the International Residential Code, 2006 edition, including Appendix Chapters [FILL IN THE APPENDIX CHAPTERS BEING ADOPTED] (see Infernational Residential Code Section R102.5, 2006 edition), as published by the International Code Council, be and is hereby adopted as the Residential Code of the [JURISDICTION], in the State of [STATE NAME] for regulating and governing the construction, alteration. movement, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment, location, removal and demolition of detached one and two family dwellings and multiple single family dwellings (townhouses) not more than threes stories in height with separate means of egress as herein provided; providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor; and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties, conditions and terms of said Residential Code on file in the office of the [JURISDICTION] are hereby referred to, adopted, and made a part hereof, as if fully set out in this ordinance, with the additions, insertions, deletions and changes, if any, prescribed in Section 2 of this ordinance.

Section 2. The following sections are hereby revised: Section RlOl .1. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION] Table R301.2 (1) Insert: [APPROPRIATE DESIGN CRITERIA] Section P2603.6.1 Insert: [NUMBER OF INCHES IN TWO LOCATIONS] Section P3 103.1 Insert: [NUMBER OF INCHES IN TWO LOCATIONS]

Section 3. That Ordinance No. of [JURISDICTION] entitled [FILL IN HERETHE COMPLETE TITLE OFTHE ORDINANCE OR ORDINANCES IN EFFECT AT THE PRESENTTIME SO THATTHEY WILL BE REPEALED BY DEFINITE MENTION] and all other ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed.

Section 4. That if any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance is, for any reason, held to be unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. The [GOVERNING BODY] hereby declares that it would have passed this ordinance, and each section, subsection, clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses and phrases be declared unconstitutional. Section 5. That nothing in this ordinance or in the Residential Code hereby adopted shall be construed to affect any suit or proceeding impending in any court, or any rights acquired, or liability incurred, or any cause or causes of action acquired or existing, under any act or ordinance hereby repealed as cited in Section 3 of this ordinance; nor shall any just or legal right or remedy of any character be lost, impaired or affected by this ordinance. Section 6. That the [JURISDICTION'SKEEPER OF RECORDS] is hereby ordered and directed to cause this ordinance to be published. (An additional provision may be required to direct the number of times the ordinance is to be published and to specify that it is to be in a newspaper in general circulation. Posting may also be required.) Section 7. That this ordinance and the rules, regulations, provisions, requirements, orders and matters established and adopted hereby shall take effect and be in full force and effect [TIME PERIOD] from and after the date of its final passage and adoption. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

v

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

TABLE OF CONTENTS Part I-Administrative

............................1

CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION

Foam Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Flame Spread and Smoke Density . . . . . . . . . . .58 Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Dwelling Unit Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Moisture Vapor Retarders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Protection Against Decay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

...............1

Section RlOl Title. Scope and Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 R102 Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 R103 Department of Building Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 R104 Duties and Powers of the Building Official . . . . . 1 R105 Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 R1 06 R107 R108

Construction Docunlents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Temporary Structures and Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

R109 R l 10 R111 R112 R113 R114

Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Certificate of Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Service Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Board of Appeals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Violations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. StopWorkOrder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

..............................9 DEFINITIONS .................... 9

Part 11-Definitions CHAPTER 2

Section R201 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9. R202 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.

Part 111-Building Planning and Construction

...... 23

...........

CHAPTER 3 BUILDING PLANNING 23 Section R301 Design Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 R302 Exterior Wall Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 R303 Light. Ventilation and Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 R304 Minimum Room Arcas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 R305 Ceiling Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 . R306 Sanitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 R307 Toilct. Bath and Shower Spaces ............ - 4 9 . R308 Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 R309 Garages and Carports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 R310 Emergency Escape and Rescue Openings . . . . . 52 R3 1 1 Means of Egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 R312 Guards .................................. 55 . R313 Smoke Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55


Protection Against Subterranean Termites . . . . .61 Site Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Elevators and Platform Lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Flood-resistant Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

..................

CHAPTER 4 FOUNDATIONS 67 Section . R401 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 . R402 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 . R403 Footings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 R404 Foundation and Retaining Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 R405 Foundation Drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 R406 Fonndation Waterproofing and Dampproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 R407 Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 . R408 Under-floor Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 CHAPTER 5 FLOORS ........................ 97 Section . R501 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 R502 Wood Floor Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 R503 Floor Sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 R504 Pressure Preservatively Treated-wood Floors (On Ground) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 R505 Steel Floor Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 R506 Concrete Floors (On Ground) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 CHAPTER 6 Section

WALL CONSTRUCTION ......... 123

R601 R602

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Wood Wall Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

R603 R604 R605 R606 R607

Steel Wall Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Wood Structural Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 Particleboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 General Masonry Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Unit Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

vi i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

R608

Multiple Wythe Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Part IV-Energy

Conservation

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

................... 321

R609

Grouted Masonry

R610

Glass Unit Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

R611

Insulating Concrete Form Wall Construction . . 193

R6 12

Conventionally Formed Concrete Wall Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224

N 1102 Building Thermal Envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

R613

Exterior Windows and Glass Doors

. . . . . . . . .224

. N1103 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

..............

CHAPTER 7 WALL COVERING 229 Section . R701 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 R702 Interior Covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 R703 Exterior Covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232 CHAPTER 8 ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION 243 Section R801 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243 R802 Wood Roof Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 R803 Roof Sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 R804 Steel Roof Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268 R805 Ceiling Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 R806 Roof Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 R807 Attic Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 R808 Insulation Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287

...............

............

CHAPTER 9 ROOF ASSEMBLIES 289 Section R901 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 R902 Roof Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 R903 Weather Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 R904 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 R905 Requirements for Roof Coverings . . . . . . . . . .29 1 R906 Roof Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 R907 Reroofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299 CHAPTER 10 CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES ..301 Section R1 001 Masonry Fireplaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301 R1002 Masonry Heaters ........................ 305 R1003 Masonry Chimneys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 R1004 Factory-built Fireplaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309 R1005 Factory-built Chimneys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 R 1006 Exterior Air Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 10

viil

..........

CHAPTER 11 ENERGY EFFICIENCY 311 Section N1101 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

Part V-Mechanical

............................ 323

CHAPTER 12 MECHANICAL ADMINISTRATION 323 Section . M1201 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 M1202 Existing Mechanical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323

.............

CHAPTER 13 GENERAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 325 Section MI301 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 M1302 Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 MI 303 Labeling of Appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 M1304 TypeofFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 M1305 Appliance Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 M1306 Clearances from Combustible Construction . . . 326 M1307 Appliance Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329 M1308 Mechanical Systems Installation . . . . . . . . . . . .329

...............

CHAPTER 14 HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT 331 Section MI401 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 M1402 Central Furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 MI403 Heat Pump Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 MI404 Refrigeration Cooling Equipment . . . . . . . . . . .331 M1405 Baseboard Convectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 M1406 Radiant Heating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 M1407 Duct Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332 M1408 Vented Floor Furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332 M1409 Vented Wall Furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332 M1410 Vented Room Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333 MI41 1 Heating and Cooling Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .333 M14 12 Absorption Cooling Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .334 M1413 Evaporative Cooling Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .334 MI414 Fireplace Stoves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334 MI415 Masonry Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 .

...................


TABLE OF CONTENTS

............

CHAPTER 15 EXHAUST SYSTEMS 335 Section MI501 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335 MI502 Clothes Dryer Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335 MI503 RangeHoods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 . MI 504 Installation of Microwave Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . 335 MI 505 Overhead Exhaust Hoods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336 M1506 Exhaust Ducts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336 M1507 Mechanical Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 .

................

CHAPTER 16 DUCT SYSTEMS 337 Section M1601 Duct Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337 MI602 Return Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339 CHAPTER 17 COMBUSTION AIR .............341 Section M1701 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 MI702 All Air from Inside the Building . . . . . . . . . . . .341 M1703 All Air from Outdoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 1

........

CHAPTER 18 CHIMNEYS AND VENTS 347 Section MI801 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 . MI802 Vent Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 M1803 Chimney and Vent Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

. MI804 Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 MI805 Masonry and Factory-built Chimneys . . . . . . . . 349 CHAPTER 19 SPECIAL FUEL-BURNING EQUIPMENT ...................351 Section MI901 Rangesandovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351 MI902 Sauna Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 1 M1903 Stationary Fuel Cell Power Plants . . . . . . . . . . 351 M1904 Gaseous Hydrogen Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 1 CHAPTER 20 BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS 353 Section . M2001 Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 M2002 Operating and Safety Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 M2003 ExpansionTanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 M2004 Water Heaters Used for Space Heating . . . . . . .353 . M2005 Water Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 M2006 Pool Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 .

..............

2006 INTERNATIONALRESIDENTIAL CODE@

CHAPTER 21 HYDRONIC PIPING ............- 3 5 5 Section M2101 Hydronic Piping Systems Installation . . . . . . . 355 M2102 Baseboard Convectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 M2103 Floor Heating Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 M2104 Low Temperature Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 . M2105 Ground Source Heat Pump System . Loop Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357

CHAPTER 22 SPECIAL PIPING AND STORAGE 359 SYSTEMS Section M2201 OilTanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 M2202 Oil Piping. Fitting and Connections . . . . . . . . .359 M2203 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 M2204 Oil Pumps and Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

......................

CHAPTER 23 SOLAR SYSTEMS ...............361 Section M2301 Solar Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Part VI-Fuel Gus ............................. 363

......................

CHAPTER 24 FUEL GAS 363 Section G2401 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 . G2402 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363 . . G2403 General Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 G2404 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369 G2405 Structural Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369 G2406 Appliance Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369 G2407 Combustion. Ventilation and Dilution Air . . . . 370 G2408 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374 G2409 Clearance Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374 G2410 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376 G2411 Electrical Bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377 G2412 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377 G2413 PipeSizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 G2414 Piping Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 G2415 Piping System Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389 G2416 Piping Bends and Changes in Direction . . . . . .391 G2417 Inspection. Testing and Purging . . . . . . . . . . . .391 . G24 18 Piping Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 G24 1 9 Drips and Sloped Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392 G2420 Gas-shutoff Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 G2421 Flow Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393

TABLE OF CONTENTS

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394 CNG Gas-dispensing.Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 . Piping Support Intervals .................. 394 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 . Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

G2422 Appliance Connections G2423 G2424 G2425 G2426

G2427 Venting of Equipment

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

G2428 Sizing of Category I Appliance Venting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 G2429 Direct.vent. Integral Vent. Mechanical Vent and VentilationIExhaust Hood Venting . . . . . 417 G2430 Factory-built Chimneys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 17 G2431 General

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 .

G2432 Decorative Appliances for Installation in Fireplaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 G2433 Log Lighters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 G2434 Vented Gas Fireplaces (Decorative Fireplaces) G2435

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Vented Gas Fireplace Heaters .............. 41 8

G2436 Vented Wall Furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 G2437 Floor Furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 Clothes Dryer Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 Sauna Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 9 Pool and Spa Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Forced-air Warm-air Furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Conversion Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 Unit Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Unvented Room Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Vented Room Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 1 Cooking Appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 Water Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 Air Conditioning Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Illurnin.ating Appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Infrared Radiant Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 . Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Chimney Damper Opening Area . . . . . . . . . . . .423

G2438 Clothes Dryers G2439 G2440 G2441 G2442 G2443 G2444 G2445 G2446 G2447 G2448 G2449 G2450 G245 1 G2452 G2453

CHAPTER 25 PLUMBING ADMINISTRATION

.............425

Section

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 Existing Plumbing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425

P2501 General

P2502 P2503 Inspection and Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425

CHAPTER 26 GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 427 Section . P2601 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 P2602 Individual Water Supply and Sewage Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427

...............

Structural and Piping Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .427 Trenching and Backfilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428 Waterproofing of Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428 Workmanship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428 Materials Evaluation and Listing . . . . . . . . . . .428

..........

CHAPTER 27 PLUMBING FIXTURES 431 Section P2701 Fixtures. Faucets and Fixture Fittings . . . . . . .431 P2702 Fixture Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 P2703 Tail Pieces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 P2704 Access to Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 P2705 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 P2706 Waste Receptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 P2707 Directional Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433 P2708 Showers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433 P2709 Shower Rcceptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433 P2710 Shower Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 P2711 Lavatories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434 P2712 Water Closets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434 P2713 Bathtubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434 P2714 Sinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 P2715 LaundryTubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 P2716 Food Waste Grinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 P2717 Dishwashing Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 P2718 Clothes Washing Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 P2719 Floor Drains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 P2720 Whirlpool Bathtubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 P2721 Bidet Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 . P2722 Fixture Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 P2723 Macerating Toilet Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 P2724 Speciality Temperature Control Devices andvalves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

..............

CHAPTER 28 WATER HEATERS 437 Section . P2801 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 P2802 Water Heaters Used for Space Heating. . . . . . . 437 P2803 Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 29 WATER SUPPLY AND 439 DISTRIBUTION Section P2901 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 . P2902 Protection of Potable Water Supply . . . . . . . . . 439 P2903 Water-supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 . P2904 Materials. Joints and Connections . . . . . . . . . .447 P2905 Changes in Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 1 P2906 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 . P2907 Drinking Water Treatment Units . . . . . . . . . . . .45 1

.................

CHAPTER 30 SANITARY DRAINAGE .......... 453 Section P3001 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 . P3002 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453 . P3003 Joints and Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453 P3004 Determining Drainage Fixture Units . . . . . . . .458 P3005 Drainage System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458 P3006 Sizing of Drain Pipe Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 P3007 Sumps and Ejectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 P3008 Backwater Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 1

.........................

CHAPTER 31 VENTS 463 Section P3101 Vent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463 P3102 Vent Stacks and Stack Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 P3 103 Vent Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463 P3 104 Vent Connections and Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463 P3 105 Fixture Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464 P3106 Individual Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464 P3 107 Common Vcnt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464 P3 108 Wet Venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 . P3 109 Waste Stack Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465 P3 1 10 Circuit Venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 P3111 Combination Waste and Vent System . . . . . . . . 465 P3 1 12 Island Fixture Venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 P3 1 13 Vent Pipe Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466 P3 114 Air Admittance Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466

.........................

CHAPTER 32 TRAPS 469 Section P3201 Fixture Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469


Part V111-Electrical

...........................471

....

CHAPTER 33 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 471 Section E3301 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .471 E3302 Building Structure Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .471 E3303 Inspection and Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .471 E3304 General Equipment Requirements . . . . . . . . . .471 E3305 Equipment Location and Clearances . . . . . . . .472 E3306 Electrical Conductors and Connections . . . . . .474 E3307 Conductor and Terminal Identification . . . . . . .474

....

CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL DEFINITIONS 477 Section E3401 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

......................

CHAPTER 35 SERVICES 481 Section E350 1 General Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481 E3502 Service Size and Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 E3503 Service. Feeder and Grounding Electrode Conductor Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482 E3504 Overhead Service-drop and Service Conductor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 . E3505 Service-entrance Conductors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 E3506 Service Equipment-General . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485 E3507 System Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 E3508 Grounding Electrode System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486 E3509 Bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 E35 10 Grounding Electrode Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . 488 E3511 Grounding Electrode Conductor Connection to the Grounding Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 CHAPTER 36 BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS 491 Section E3601 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491 E3602 Branch Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 E3603 Required Branch Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492 E3604 Feeder Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493 E3605 Conductor Sizing and Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494 E3606 Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497

................

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 37 WIRING METHODS Section

............ -499

E3701 General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499 E3702 Above-ground Installation Requirements . . . . . 499 E3703 Underground Installation Requirements . . . . . . 502

CHAPTER 38 POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION 505 Section E3801 Receptacle Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505 E3802 Ground-fault and Arc-fault Circuit-interrupter Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507 E3803 Lighting Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508 .

.................

E3804 General Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . 508 E3805 Boxes. Conduit Bodies and Fittings . . . . . . . . . 519 E3806 Installation of Boxes. Conduit Bodies and Fittings ........................... 521 E3807 Cabinets and Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523 E3808 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524 E3809 Flexible Cords

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 .

....

CHAPTER 39 DEVICES AND LUMINAIRES 527 Section E3901 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527 E3902 Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528 E3903 Fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528 . E3904 Luminaire Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530 E3905 Track Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530 CHAPTER 40 APPLIANCE INSTALLATION Section E4001 General

....533

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533

.............

CHAPTER 41 SWIMMING POOLS 535 Section E4101 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 E4102 Wiring Methods for Pools. Spas. Hot Tubs and Hydromassage Bathtubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 E4103 Equipment Location and Clearances . . . . . . . .537 E4104 Bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 E4105 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 . E4106 Equipment Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 E4107 Storable Swimming Pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543 E4108 Spas and Hot Tubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 E4109 Hydromassage Bathtubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544

xii

CHAPTER 42 CLASS 2 REMOTE.CONTROL. SIGNALING AND POWER-LIMITED CIRCUITS 545 Section E4201 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545 E4202 Power Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 . E4203 Wiring Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 .

......................

E4204 Installation Requirements

Part ZX-Referenced Standards

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545

.................. 547

CHAPTER 43 REFERENCED STANDARDS

.....547

APPENDIX A SIZING AND CAPACITIES OF GAS PIPING 567

.........................

APPENDIX B SIZING OF VENTING SYSTEMS SERVING APPLIANCES EQUIPPED WITH DRAFT HOODS, CATEGORY I APPLIANCES. AND APPLIANCES LISTED FOR USE WITH TYPE BVENTS 579

.......................

APPENDIX C EXIT TERMINALS OF MECHANICAL DRAFT AND DIRECT589 VENT VENTING SYSTEMS

......

APPENDIX D RECOMMENDED PROCEDURE FOR SAFETY INSPECTION OF AN EXISTING APPLIANCE 591 INSTALLATION

................

APPENDIX E MANUFACTURED HOUSING 593 USED AS DWELLINGS Section AElOl Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593 AE 102 Application to Existing Manufactured Homes and Building Service Equipment . . . . . . . . . 593 AE201 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 AE301 Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 AE302 Application for Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 AE303 Permits Issuance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595 AE304 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 . AE305 Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596 . AE306 Special Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 AE307 Utility Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 AE401 Occupancy Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 AE402 Location on Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 AE501 Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 .

..........


TABLE OF CONTENTS

AE502 Foundation Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598

. . . . . . . . . .598 Structural Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598 . Building Service Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598 . Exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599

APPENDIX I PRIVATE SEWAGE DISPOSAL

AE503 Skirting and Perimeter Enclosures

Section

AE504

A1101 General

AE505 AE506

AE507 Occupancy. Fire Safety and Energy Conservation Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 AE600 Special Requirements for Foundation Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 Pier Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 Height of Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 Anchorage Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599

AE601 Footings and Foundations AE602 AE603

AE604 AE605 Ties. Materials and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 AE606 Referenced Standards

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600

APPENDIX F RADON CONTROL METHODS

...601

Section AFlOl Scope AF102 AF103

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601

APPENDIX G SWIMMING POOLS. SPAS AND HOT TUBS

...615

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615

APPENDIX J EXISTING BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES

..................617

Section AJlOl Purpose and Intent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617 AJ102 Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617 AJ 104 Evaluation of an Existing Building . . . . . . . . . .617 AJ105 Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 AJ103 Preliminary Meeting

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .618 Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 . Renovations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619

AJ201 Definitions AJ301 AJ401

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619 . AJ60 1 Reconstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .620

AJ501 Alterations

APPENDIX K SOUND TRANSMISSION

........623

Section AKlOl General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621 .

.....................609

AK102 Air-borne Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .621

Section . AGlOl General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609 . AG 102 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .621 AK104 Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .621

. AG 103 Swimming Pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609 609 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AG104 Spas and Hot Tubs

APPENDIX L PERMIT FEES

AG 105 Barrier Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609 AGIO6 Entrapment Protection for Swimming Pool and Spa Suction Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610

APPENDIX M HOME DAY CARER-3 OCCUPANCY

AGIO7 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 1

AM102 Definitions

AGIO8 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 1

AM1 03 Means of Egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625

APPENDIX H PATIO COVERS

.................613

Section . AH101 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613 . 3 AH1 02 Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 AH103 Permitted Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613 AH104 Design Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 3 AH105 Light and VentilationJEmergency Egress . . . . .613

. AH106Footings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613 AH1 07 Special Provisions for Aluminum Screen Enclosures in Hurricane-prone Regions . . . . 613 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

AK103 Structural-borne Sound

..................623 ...............625

AMlOlGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625 .

AM104 Smoke Detection

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625

APPENDIX N VENTING METHODS

...........627

APPENDIX O GRAY WATER RECY CLlNG SYSTEMS

......................635

A0101 General

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635

A0102 Systems for Flushing Water Closets and Urinals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635 . A0103 Subsurface Landscape lrrigation Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 .

TABLE OF CONTENTS

APPENDIX P SPRINKLING.

.................. 6 4 1

APPENDIX Q ICC INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS/NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE CROSS.643 REFERENCE

.................. INDEX .......................................657

xlv


Part I

-Administrative CHAPTER 1

ADMINISTRATION SECTION R101 TITLE, SCOPE AND PURPOSE R101.1 Title. These provisions shall be known a q the Residenrial Code for One- and Twofamily D\$'ellings of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], and shall be cited as such and will be referred to herein as "this code." R101.2 Scope. The provisions of the International Residential Code for One- and Two-family Dwellings shall apply to the construction, alteration, nlovement, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, removal and demolition of detached one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses not more than three stories in height with a separate means of egress and -I above-grade their accessory structures. I)

R101.3 Purpose. The purpose of this code is to provide rninimum requirements to safeguard the public safety, health and general welfare through affordability, structural strength, means of egress facilities, stability, sanitation, light and ventilation, energy conservation and safety to life and property from fire and other hazards attributed to the built environment. SECTION R102 APPLICABILITY R102.1 General. Where, in any specific case, different sections of this code specify different materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall govern. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall be applicable. R102.2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be deemed tonullify any provisions of local, state or federal law. R102.3 Application of references. References to chapter or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter, section or provision of this code. R102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this code and referenced codes and standards, the provisions of this code shall apply. Exception: Where enforcement of a code provision would violate the conditions of the listing of the equipment or appliance, the conditions of the listing and manufacturer's instructions shall apply. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

R102.5 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices shall not apply unless specificallyreferenced in the adopting ordinance. R102.6 Partial invalidity. In the event any part or provision of this code is held to be illegal or void, this shall not have the effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts or provisions. R102.7 Existing structures.The legal occupancy of any structure existing on the date of adoption of this code shall be permitted to continue without change, except as is specifically covered in this code, the International Property Maintenance Code or the International Fire Code, or as is deemed necessary by the building official for the general safety and welfare of the occupants and the public. R102.7.1 Additions, alterations or repairs. Additions, alterations or repairs to any structure shall conform to the requirements for a new structure without requiring the existing structure to comply with all of the requirements of this code, unless otherwise stated. Additions, alterations or repairs shall not cause an existing structure to become unsafe or adversely affect the performance of the building. SECTION R103 DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY R103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The department of building safety is hereby created and the official in charge thereof shall be known as the building official. R103.2 Appointment. The building official shall be appointed by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction. R103.3 Deputies. In accordance with the prescribed procedures of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the appointing authority, the building official shall have the authority to appoint a deputy building official, the related technical officers, inspectors, plan examiners and other employees. Such employees shall have powers as delegated by the building official. SECTION R104 DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL R104.1 General. The building official is hereby authorized and directed to enforce the provisions of this code. The building official shall have the authority to render interpretations of this code and to adopt policies and procedures in order to clarify the application of its provisions. Such interpretations, policies and procedures shall be in conformance with the intent and purpose of this code. Such policies and procedures shall not

ADMINISTRATION

have the effect of waiving requirements specifically provided for in this code.

R104.2 Applications and permits. The building official sha1.l receive applications, review construction documents and issue permits for the erection and alteration of buildings and structures, inspect the premises for which such permits have been issued and enforce compliance with the provisions of this code. R104.3 Notices and orders. The building official shall issue all necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with this code. R104.4 Inspections. The building official is authorized to make all of the required inspections, or the building official shall have the authority to accept reports of inspection by approved agencies or individuals. Reports of such inspections shall be in writing and be certified by a responsible officer of such approved agency or by the responsible individual. The building official authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary to report upon unusual technical issues that arise, subject to the approval of the appointing authority. R104.5 Identification.The building official shall carry proper identification when inspecting structures or premises in the performance of duties under this code. R104.6 Right of entry. Where it is necessary to make an inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or where the building official has reasonable cause to believe that there exists in a structure or upon a premises a condition which is contrary to or in violation of this code which makes the structure or premises unsafe, dangerous or hazardous, the building official-or designee is authorized to enter the structure or premises at reasonable times to inspect or to perform the duties imposed by this code, provided that if such structure or premises be occupied that credentials be presented to the occupant and entry requested. If such structure or premises be unoccupied, the building official shall first make a reasonable effort to locate the owner or other person having charge or control of the structure or premises and request entry. If entry is refused, the building official shall have recourse to the remedies provided by law to secure entry. R104.7 Department records. The building official shall keep official records of applications received, permits and certificates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices and orders issued. Such records shall be retained in the official records for the period required for the retention of public records. R104.8 Liability. The building official, member of the board of appeals or employee charged with the enforcement of this code, while acting for the jurisdiction in good faith and without malice in the discharge of the duties required by this code or other pertinent law or ordinance, shall not thereby be rendered liable personally and is hereby relieved from personal liability for any damage accruing to persons or property as a result of any act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of official duties. Any suit instituted against an officer or employee because of an act performed by that officer or employee in the lawful discharge of duties and under the provi-

2

sions of this code shall be defended by legal representative of the iurisdiction until the final termination of the ~roceedincs. " The building official or any subordinate shall not be liable for cost in any action, suit or proceeding that is instituted in pursuance of the provisions of this code.

R104.9 Approved materials and equipment. Materials, equipment and devices approved by the building officialshall beconstructedandinstalledin accordance with such approval. R104.9.1 Used materials and equipment. Used materials, equipment and devices shall not be reused unless approved by the building official. R104.10 Modifications. Wherever there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code, the building official shall have the authority to grant modifications for individual cases, provided the building official shall first find that special individual reason makes the strict letter of this code impractical and the modification is in compliance with the intent and Dumose of this code and that such modification does not lessen health, life and fire safety requirements or structural. The details of action granting modifications shall be recorded and entered in the files of the department of building safety.

..

R104.10.1 Areas prone to flooding. The building official shall not grant modifications to any provision related to areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1) without the granting of a variance to such provisions by the board of appcal s. R104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of construction and equipment. The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent the installation of any material or to prohibit any design or method of construction not specifically prescribed by this code, provided that any such alternative has been approved. An alternative material, design or method of construction shall be approved where the building official finds that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material, method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that prescribed in this code. Compliance with the specific performance-based provisions of the International Codes in lieu of specific requirements of this code shall also be permitted as an alternate. R104.11.1 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the provisions of this code, or evidence that a material or method does not conform to the requirements of this code, or in order to substantiate claims for alternative materials or methods, the building official shall have the authority to require tests as evidence of compliance to be made at no expense to the jurisdiction. Tcst methods shall be as specified in this code or by other recognized test standards. In the absence of recognized and accepted test methods, the building official shall approve the testing procedures. Tests shall be performed by an approved agency. Reports of such tests shall be retained by the building official for the period required for retention of public records,


ADMINISTRATION

SECTION R105 PERMITS R105.1 Required. Any owner or authorized agent who intends to construct: enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish or change the occupancy of a building or structure, or to erect, install, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or replace any electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system, the installation of which is regulated by this code, or to cause any such work to be done, shall first make application to the building official and obtain the required permit. R105.2 Work exempt from permit. Permits shall not be required for the following. Exemption from pennit requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction. Building: 1. One-story detached accessory structures used as tool and storage sheds, playhouses and similar uses, provided the floor area does not exceed 120 square feet (11.15 m2). 2. Fences not over 6 feet (1829 mm) high. 3. Retaining walls that are not over 4 feet (1219 rnm) in height measured from the bottom of the footing to the top of the wall, unless supporting a surcharge. 4. Water tanks supported directly upon grade if the capacity does not exceed 5,000 gallons (1 8 927 L) and the ratio of height to diameter or width does not exceed 2 to 1. ( 5. Sidewalks and driveways. 6. Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets, counter tops and similar finish work. 7. Prefabricated swimming pools that are less than 24 inches (610 mm) deep. ( 8. Swings and other playground equipment. 9. Window awnings supported by an exterior wall which do not project more than 54 inches (1372 mm) from the exterior wall and do not require additional support. Electrical:

I

Repairs and maintenance: A permit shall not be required for minor repair work, including the replacement of lamps or the connection of approved portablc electrical equipment to approved permanently installed receptacles. Gas: 1. Portable heating, cooking or clothes drying appliances. 2. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter approval of equipment or make such equipment unsafe. 3. Portable-fuel-cell appliances that are not connected to a fixed piping system and are not interconnected to a power grid. Mechanical: 1 . Portable heating appliances. 2. Portable ventilation appliances. 3. Portable cooling units. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

4. Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any heating or cooling equipment regulated by this code. 5. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter approval of equipment or make such equipment unsafe. 6. Portable evaporative coolers. 7. Self-contained refrigeration systems containing 10 pounds (4.54 kg) or less of refrigerant or that are actuated by motors of 1 horsepower (746 W) or less. 8. Portable-fuel-cell appliances that are not connected to a fixed piping system and are not interconnected to a power grid.

The stopping of leaks in drains, watcr, soil, waste or vent pipe; provided, however, that if any concealed trap, drainpipe, water, soil, waste or vent pipe becomes defective and it becomes necessary to remove and replace the same with new material, such work shall be considered as new work and a permit shall be obtained and inspection made as provided in this code. The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks in pipes, valves or fixtures, and the removal and reinstallation of water closets, provided such repairs do not involve or require the replacement or rearrangement of valves, pipes or fixtures.

R105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment replacements and repairs must be performed in an emergency situation, the permit application shall be submitted within the next working business day to the building official. R105.22 Repairs. Application or notice to the building official is not rcquired for ordinary repairs to structures, replacement of lamps or the connection of approved portable electrical equipment to approved permanently installed receptacles. Such repairs shall not include the cutting away of any wall, partition or portion thereof, the removal or cutting of any structural beam or load-bearing support, or the removal or change of any required means of egress, or rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting the egress requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs include addition to, alteration of, replacement or relocation of any water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas, soil, waste, vent or similar piping, electric wiring or mechanical or other work affecting public health or general safety. R105.23 Public service agencies. A pennit shall not be required for the installation, alteration or repair of generation, transmission, distribution, metering or other related equipment that is under the ownership and control of public service agencies by established right. R105.3 Application for permit. To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a form furnished by the department of building safety for that purpose. Such application shall: 1. Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which application is made. 2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be done by legal description, street addrcss or similar description that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work.

ADMINISTRATION

3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed work is intended. 4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other information as required in Section R106.1. 5. State the valuation of the proposed work. 6. Be signed by the applicant or the applicant's authorized agent.

7. Give such other data and information as required by the building official. R105.3.1 Action on application. The building official shall examine or cause to be examined applications for permits and amendments thereto within a reasonable time after filing. If the application or the construction documents do not conform to the requirements of pertinent laws, the building official shall reject such application in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If the building official is satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the requirements of this code and laws and ordinances applicable thereto, the building official shall issue a permit therefor as soon as practicable.

1

)

R105.3.1.1 Determination of substantially improved or substantially damaged existing buildings in flood hazard areas. For applications for reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition or other improvement of existing buildings or structures located in an area prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1), the building official shall examine or cause to be examined the construction documents and shall prepare a finding with regard to the value of the proposed work. For buildings that have sustained damage of any origin, the value of the proposed work shall include the cost to repair the building or structure to its predamage condition. If the building official fmds that the value of proposed work equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the building or structure beforc the damage has occurred or the improvement is started, the finding shall be provided to the board of appeals for a determination of substantial improvement or substantial damage. Applications determined by the board of appeals to constitute substantial improvement or substantial damage shall meet the requirements of Section R324. K105.3.2 T i e limitation of application. An application for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been abandoncd. 180 days after the date of filing unless such application has been pursued in good faith or a pennit has been issued; except that the building official is authorized to grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. R105.4 Validity of permit. The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any othcr ordinance of the jurisdiction. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this wde or other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. The issuance of a peimit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the building official from requiring the

correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. The building official is also authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation of this code or of any other ordinances of this jurisdiction.

R105.5 Expiration. Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The building official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. R105.6 Suspension or revocation. The building official is authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete information, or in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code. R105.7 Placement of permit. The building permit or copy thereof shall be kept on the site of the work until the completion of the project. R105.8 Responsibility. It shall be the duty of every person who performs work for the installation or repair of building, structure, electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing systems, for which this code is applicable, to comply with this code.

SECTION R106 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

R106.1 Submittal documents. Construction documents, special inspection and structural observation programs and other data shall be submitted in one or more sets with each application for apermit. The construction documents shall be prepared by a registered design professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed. Where special conditions exist, the building official is authorized to require additional construction documents to be prepared by a registered design professional. Exception: The building official is authorized to waive the submission of construction documents and other data not required to be prepared by a registered design professional if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of construction documents is not necessary to obtain compliance with this code.

R106.1.1 Information on construction documents. Construction documents shall be drawn upon suitable material. Electronic media documents are permitted to be submitted when approved by the building official. Construction documents shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the work proposed and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of this code and rclcvant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, as determined by the building official. R106.1.2 Manufacturer's installation instructions. Manufacturer's installation instructions, as required by this 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

ADMINISTRATION

I

code, shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection.

the holder's own risk with the building operation and without assurancethat a permit for the entire structure will be granted.

R106.1.3 Information for construction in flood hazard areas. For buildings and structures located in whole or in part in flood hazard areas as established by TableR301.2(1). construction documents shall include:

R106.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in compliance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of construction documents.

1. Delineation of flood hazard areas, floodway boundaries and flood zones and the design flood elevation, as appropriate;

2. 'The elevation of the proposed lowest floor, including basement; in areas of shallow flooding ( A 0 zones), the height of the proposed lowest floor, including basement, above the highest adjacent grade; and

3. The elevation of the bottom of the lowest horizontal structural member in coastal high hazard areas (V Zone); and 4. If design flood elevations are not included on the community's Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), the building official and the applicant shall obtain and reasonably utilize any design flood elevation and floodway data available from other sources.

R106.2 Site plan. The construction documents submitted with the application for permit shall be accompanied by a site plan showing the size and location of new construction and existing structures on the site anddistances from lot lines. In the case of demolition, the site plan shall show construction to be demolished and the location and size of existing structures and construction that are to remain on the site or plot. R106.3 Examination of documents. The building official shall examine or causc to be examined construction documents for code compliance.

I

R106.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the building official issues a permit, the construction documents shall be approved, in writing or by a stamp which states "APPROVED PLANS PER IRC SECTION R106.3.1." One set of construction documents so reviewed shall be retained by the building official. The other set shall be returned to the applicant, shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the building official or his or her authorized representative. R106.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require changes in the construction documents, construction or designatcd occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully authorized, and the construction of which has been pursued in good faith within 180 days after the effective date of this code and has not been abandoned. R106.3.3 Phased approval. The building official is authorized to issue a permit for the construction of foundations or any other part of a building or structure before the construction documents for the whole building or structure have been submitted, provided that adequate information and detailed statementshave been filed complying with pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit for the foundation or other parts of a building or structure sliall proceed at 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

R106.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of approved construction documents shall be retained by the building official for a period of not less than 180 days from date of completion of the permitted work, or as required by state or local laws. SECTION R107 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES R107.1 General. The building official is authorized to issue a permit for temporary structures and temporary uses. Such permits shall be limited as to time of service, but shall not be permitted for more than 180 days. The building official is authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated cause. R107.2 Conformance. Temporary structures and uscs shall conform to the structural strength, fire safety, means of egress, light, ventilation and sanitary requirements of this code as necessary to ensure the public health, safety and general welfare.

R107.3 Temporary power. The building official is authorized to give permission to temporarily supply and use power in part of an electric installation before such installation has been fully completed and the final certificate of completion has been issued. The part covered by the temporary certificate shall comply with the requirements specified for temporary lighting, heat or power in the ICC Electrical Code. R107.4 Termination of approval. The building official is authorized to terminate such pennit for a temporary structure or use and to order the temporary structure or use to be discontinued. SECTION R108 FEES R108.1 Payment of fees. A permit shall not be valid until thc fees prescribed by law have been paid. Nor shall an amendment to a pennit be released until the additional fee, if any, has been paid.

R108.2 Schedule of permit fees. On buildings, structures, electrical, gas, mechanical and plumbing systems or alterations requiring a permit, a fee for each permit shall be paid as required, in accordance with the schedule as established by the applicable governing authority. R108.3 Building permit valuations. Building permit valuation shall include total value of the work for which a pennit is being issued, such as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing equipment and other permanent systems, including materials and labor. R108.4 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the construction, alteration, removal or demolition for work done in con-

ADMINISTRATION

nection with or concurrently with the work authorized by a building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by law.

R108.5 Refunds. The building official is authorized to establish a refund policy.

SECTION R109 INSPECTIONS R109.1 Types of inspections. For onsite construction, from time to time the building official, upon notification from the permit holder or his agent, shall make or cause to be made any necessary inspections and shall either approve that portion of the construction as completed or shall notify the permit holder or his or her agent wherein the same fails to comply with this code.

I

R109.1.1 Foundation inspection. Inspection of the foundation shall be made after poles or piers are set or trenches or basement areas are excavated and any required forms erected and any required reinforcing steel is in place and supported prior to the placing of concrete. The foundation inspection shall include excavations for thickened slabs intended for the support of bearing walls, partitions, structural supports, or equipment and special requirements for wood foundations. R109.1.2 Plumbing, mechanical, gas and electrical systems inspection. Rough inspection of plumbing, mechanical, gas and electrical systems shall be made prior to covering or concealment, before fixtures or appliances are set or installed, and prior to framing inspection. Exception: Back-filling of ground-source heat pump loop systems tested inaccordance with SectionM2105.1 prior to inspection shall be permitted.

I

R109.1.3 Floodplain inspections. For construction in areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1), upon placement of the lowest floor, including basement, and prior to further vertical construction, the building official shall require submission of documentation, prepared and sealed by a registered design professional, of the elevation of the lowest floor, including basement, required in Section R324. R109.1.4 Frame and masonry inspection. Inspection of framing and masonry construction shall be made after the roof, masonry, all framing, firestopping, draftstopping and bracing are in place and after the plumbing, mechanical and electrical rough inspections are approved. R109.1.5 Other inspections. In addition to the called inspections above, the building official may make or require any other inspections to ascertain compliance with this code and other laws enforced by the building official. R109.1.5.1 Fire-resistance-rated construction inspection. Where fire-resistance-rated construction is required between dwelling units or due to location on property, the building official shall require an inspection of such construction after all lathing andlor wallboard is

in place, but before any plaster is applied, or before wallboard joints and fasteners are taped and finished.

R109.1.5.2 Reinforced masonry, insulating concrete form (ICF) and conventionally formed concrete wall inspection. Reinforced masonry walls, insulating concrete form (ICF) walls and conventionally formed concrete walls located in Seismic Design Categories Do,D,, D,, and E shall be inspected afterplumbing, mechanical, and electrical systems embedded within the walls, and reinforcing steel are in place and prior to placement of grout or concrete. Inspection shall verify the correct size, location, spacing, and lapping of reinforcing. For masonry walls, inspection shall also verify that the location of grout cleanouts and size of grout spaces comply with the requirements of this code. R109.1.6 Final inspection. Final inspection shall be made after the permitted work is complete and prior to occupancy. R109.2 Inspection agencies.The building official is authorized to accept reports of approved agencies, provided such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and reliability. R109.3 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the permit holder or their agent to notify the building official that such work is ready for inspection. It shall be the duty of the person requesting any inspections required by this code to provide access to and means for inspection of such work. R109.4 Approval required. Work shall not be done beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection without first obtaining the approval of the building official. The building official upon notification, shall make the requested inspections and shall either indicate the portion of the construction that is satisfactory as completed, or shall notify the permit holder or an agent of the permit holder wherein the same fails to comply with this code. Any portions that do not comply shall be corrected and such portion shall not be covered or concealed until authorized by the building official.

SECTION RllO CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY R1lO.l Use and occupancy. No building or structure shall be used or occupied, and no change in the existing occupancy classification of a building or structure or portion thereof shall be made until the building official has issued a certificate of occupancy therefor as provided herein. Issuance of a certificate of occupancy shall not be construed as an approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction. Certificates presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. Exceptions: 1. Certificates of occupancy are not required for work exempt from permits under Section R105.2. 2. Accessory buildings or structures.

R110.2 Change in use. Changes in the character or use of an existing structure shall not be made except as specified in Sections 3406 and 3407 of the International Building Code. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

I

ADMINISTRATION

R110.3 Certificate issued. After the building official inspects the building or structure and finds no violations of the provisions of this code or other laws that are enforcedby the department of building safety, the building official shall issue a certificate of occupancy which shall contain the following:

disconnect prior to taking such action if not notified prior to disconnection. The owner or occupant of the building, structure or service system shall be notified in writing as soon as practical thereafter.

1. The building permit number. 2. The address of the structure.

3. The name and address of the owner. 4. A description of that portion of the structure for which the certificate is issued.

5. A statement that the described portion of the structure has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code.

6. The name of the building official.

I

7. The edition of the codc under which the permit was issued. 8. If an automatic sprinkler system is provided and whether the sprinkler system is required.

9. Any special stipulations and conditions of the building permit. R110.4 Temporary occupancy. The building official is authorized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy before the completion of the entire work covered by the permit, provided that such portion or portions shall be occupied safely. The building official shall set a time period during which the temporary certificate of occupancy is valid. R110.5 Revocation. The building official shall, in writing, suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy issued under the provisions of this code wherever the certificate is issued in error, or on the basis of incorrect information supplied, or where it is determined that the building or structure or portion thereof is in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code.

SECTION R111 SERVICE UTILITIES R1ll.l Connection of service utilities. No person shall make connections from a utility, source of energy, fuel or power to any building or system that is regulated by this code for which a permit is required, until approved by the building official.

R111.2 Temporary connection. The building official shall have the authority to authorize and approve the temporary connection of the building or system to the utility, source of energy, fuel or power. R111.3 Authority to disconnect service utilities. The building official shall have the authority to authorize disconnection of utility service to the building, structure or system regulated by this code and the referenced codes and standards set forth in Section R102.4 in case of emergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property or when such utility connection has been made withdut the approval required by SectionR111.1 or R111.2. The building official shall notifv the serving utility and whenever possible ;he owner and occipant of the building, structure or senlice system of the decision to 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

SECTION R112 BOARD OF APPEALS R112.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions or determinations made by the building official relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The building official shall be an ex officio member of said board but shall have no vote on any matter before the board. The board of appeals shall be appointed by the governing body and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business, and shall render all decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the building official. R112.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this codc do not fully apply, or an equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The board shall have no authority to waive requirements of this code. R112.2.1 Determination of substantial improvement in areas prone to flooding. When the building official provides a finding required in Section R105.3.1.1, the board of appeals shall determine whether the value of the proposed work constitutes a substantial improvement. A substantial improvement means any repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition or improvement of a building or structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the building or structure before the improvement or repair is started. If the building or structure has sustained substantial damage, all repairs are considered substantial improvement regardless of the actual repair work performed. The term does not include: 1. Improvements of a building or structure required to correct existing health, sanitary or safety code violations identified by the building official and which are the minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions; or 2. Any alteration of an historic building or structure, provided that the alteration will not preclude the continued designation as an historic building or structure. For the purpose of this exclusion, an historic building is: 2.1. Listed or preliminarily determined to be eligible for listing in ,theNational Register of Historic Places; or 2.2. Determined by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Interior as contributing to the historical significance of a registered historic district or a district preliminarily determined to qualify as an historic district; or

ADMINISTRATION

2.3. Designated as historic under a state or local historic preservation program that is approved by the Department of Interior.

R112.2.2 Criteria for issuance of a variance for areas prone to flooding. A variance shall only be issued upon: 1. A showing of good and sufficient cause that the

I

2.

3.

4.

5.

unique characteristics of the size, configuration or topography of the site render the elevation standards in Section R324 inappropriate. A determination that failure to grant the variance would result in exceptional hardship by rendering the lot undevelopable. A determination that the granting of a variance will not result in increased flood heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense, nor create nuisances, cause fraud on or victimization of the public, or conflict with existing local laws or ordinances. A determination that the variance is the minimum necessary to afford relief, considering the flood hazard. Submission to the applicant of written notice specifying the difference between the design flood elevation and the elevation to which the building is to be built, stating that the cost of flood insurance will be commensurate with the increased risk resulting from the reduced floor elevation, and stating that construction below the design flood elevation increases risks to life and property.

jurisdiction to institute the appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to restrain, correct or abate such violation, or to require the removal or termination of the unlawful occupancy of the building or structure in violation of the provisions of this code or of the order or direction made pursuant thereto.

R113.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provision of this codeor fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a pennit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law. SECTION R114 STOP WORK ORDER R114.1 Notice to owner, Upon notice from the building official that work on any building or structure is being prosecuted contrary to the provisions of this code or in an unsafe and dangerous manner, such work shall be immediately stopped. The stop work order shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property involved, or to the owner's agent or to the person doing the work and shall state the conditions under which work will be permitted to resume.

R114.2 Unlawful continuance. Any person who shall continue any work in or about the structure after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law.

R112.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass on matters pertaining to building construction and are not employees of the jurisdiction. R112.4 Administration. The building official shall take immediate action in accordance with the decision of the board. SECTION R113 VIOLATIONS R113.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, move, remove, demolish or occupy any building, structure or equipment regulated by this code, or cause same to be done, in conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this code.

R113.2 Notice of violation. The building official is authorized to serve a notice of violation or order on the person responsible for the erection, construction, alteration, extension, repair, moving, removal, demolition or occupancy of a building or structure in violation of the provisions of this code, or in violation of a detail statement or a plan approved thereunder, or in violation of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code. Such order shall direct the discontinuance of the illegal action or condition and the abatement of the violation. R113.3 Prosecution of violation. If the notice of violation is not complied with in the time prescribed by such notice, the building official is authorized to request the legal counsel of the 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

Part 11 -Definitions CHAPTER 2

DEFINITIONS SECTION R201 GENERAL

R201.1 Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this code, have the meanings indicated in this chapter. R201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense include the future; words in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes the plural and the plural, the singular. R201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not defined in this code such terms shall have meanings ascribed to them as in other code publications of the International Code Council. R201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined through the methods authorized by this section, such terms shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context implies. SECTION R202 DEFINITIONS ACCESSIBLE. Signifies access that requires the removal of an access panel or similar removable obstruction.

ACCESSIBLE, READILY. Signifies access without the necessity for removing a panel or sunilar obstruction.

I

ACCESSORY STRUCTURE. A structure not greater than 3,000 square feet (279 m2) in floor area, and not over two stories in height, the use of which is customarily accessory to and incidental to that of the dwelling(s) and which is located on the same lot. ADDITION. An extension or incrcasc in floor area or height of a building or structure. AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE. A one-way valve designed to allow air into the plumbing drainage system when a negative pressure develops in the piping. This device shall close by gravity and seal the terminal under conditions of zero differential pressure (no flow conditions) and under positive internal pressure.

AIR BREAK (DRAlNAGE SYSTEM). An arrangement in which a discharge pipe from a futture, appliance or device drains indirectly into a receptor below the flood-level rim of the receptor, and above the trap seal. AIR CIRCULATION, FORCED. A means of providing space conditioning utilizing movement of air through ducts or plenums by mechanical means. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM. A system that consists of heat exchangers, blowers, filters, supply, exhaust and return-air systems, and shall include any apparatus installed in connection therewith. AIR GAP, DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The unobstructed vertical distance through frce atmosphere between theoutlet of a waste pipe and the flood-level rim of thc fixture or receptor into which it is discharging. AIR GAP, WATER-DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. The unobstructedvertical distance through free atmosphere between the lowest opening from a water supply discharge to the flood-level rim of a plumbing fixture. ALTERATION. Any construction or renovation to an existing structure other than repair or addition that requires a permit. Also, a change in a mechanical system that involves an extension, addition or change to the arrangement, type or purpose of the original installation that requires a permit. ANCHORS. See "Supports." ANTISIPHON. A term applied to valves or mechanical devices that eliminate siphonage. APPLIANCE. A device or apparatus that is manufactured and designed to utilize energy and for which this code provides specific requirements.

1

APPROVED. Acceptable to the building official. APPROVED AGENCY. An established and recognized agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing inspection services, when such agency has been approved by the building official. ASPECT RATIO. The ratio of the height to width (Nw) of a shear wall. The shear wall height is the maximum clear height from top of foundation or diaphragm to bottom of diaphragm framing above and the shear wall width is the sheathed dimension in the direction of applied force on the shear wall. ATTIC. The unfinished space between the ceiling joists of the top story and the roof rafters. BACKFLOW, DRAINAGE. A reversal of flow in the drainage system. BACKFLOW PREVENTER. A device or means to prevent backflow. BACKFLOW PREVENTEK, REDUCED-PRESSUREZONE TYPE. A backflow-prevention device consisting of two independently acting check valves, internally force loaded to a normally closed position and separated by an intermediate chamber (or zone) in which there is an automatic relief means of venting to atmosphere internally loaded to a normally open 9

DEFINITIONS

position between two tightly closing shutoff valves and with means for testing for tightness of the checks and opening of relief means.

BRACED WALL PANEL. A section of a braced wall line constructed in accordance with Section R602.10 for wood framing or Section R603.7 or R301.1.1 for cold-formed steel framing, which extend the full height of the wall.

BACKFLOW, WATER DISTRIBUTION. The flow of water or other liquids into the potable water-supply piping from any sources other than its intended source. Backsiphonage is one type of backflow.

BRANCH. Any part of the piping system other than a riser, main or stack.

BACKPRESSURE. Pressure created by any means in the water distribution system, which by being in excess of the pressure in the water supply mains causes a potential backflow condition.

BRANCH, HORIZONTAL. See "Horizontal branch, drainage."

BACKPRESSUKE, LOW HEAD. A pressure less than or equal to 4.33 psi (29.88 kPa) or the pressure exerted by a 10-foot (3048 mm) column of water. BACKSIPHONAGE. The flowing back of used or contarninated water from piping into a potable water-supply pipe due to a negative pressure in such pipe. BACKWATER VALVE. A device installed in a drain or pipe to prevent backflow of sewage. BALCONY, EXTERIOR. An exterior floor projecting from and supported by a structure without additional independent supports. BALL COCK. A valve that is used inside a gravity-type water closet flush tank to control the supply of water into the tank. It may also be called a flush-tank fill valve or water control. BASEMENT. That portion of a building that is partly or completely below grade (see "Story above grade"). BASEMENT WALL. The opaque portion of a wall that encloses one side of a basement and has an average below grade wall area that is 50 percent or more of the total opaque and non-opaque area of that enclosing side. BASIC WIND SPEED. Three-second gust speed at 33 feet (10 058 mm) above the ground in Exposure C (see Section R301.2.1) as given in Figure R301.2(4). BATHROOM GROUP. A group of fixtures, including or excluding a bidet, consisting of a water closet, lavatory, and bathtub or shower. Such fixtures are located together on the same floor level. BEND. A drainage fitting, designed to provide a change in direction of a drain pipe of less than the 'pecified the amount necessary to establish the desired slope of the line (see "Elbow" and "Sweep"). BOILER. A self-contained appliance from which hot water is circulated for heating purposes and then returned to the boiler, and which operates at water pressures not exceeding 160 pounds per square inch gage (psig) (1102 kPa gauge) and at water temperatures not exceeding 250°F (121OC). BOND BEAM. A horizontal grouted element within masonry in which reinforcement is embedded. BRACED WALL LINE' A Of braced in a single story constructed in accordance with Section R602.10 for wood framing " or Section R603.7 or R301.1.1 for cold-formed steel framing to resist racking from seismic and wind forces. 10

BRANCH, FIXTURE. See ''Fixture branch, drainage."

BRANCH INTERVAL. A vertical measurement of distance, 8 feet (2438 mm) or more in developed length, between the connections of horizontal branches to a drainage stack. Measurements are taken down the stack from the highest horizontal branch connection. BRANCH, MAIN. A water-distribution pipe that extends horizontally off a main or riser to convey water to branches or fixture groups. BRANCH, VENT. A vent connecting two or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent. BTU/H. The listed maximum capacity of an appliance, absorption unit or burner expressed in British thermal units input per hour. BUI1,DING. Building shall mean suiy one- and two-family dwclling or portion thereof, including townhouses, that is used, or designed or intended to be used for human habitation, for living, sleeping, cooking or eating purposes, or any combination thereof, and shall include accessory structures thereto. BUILDING DRAIN. The lowest piping that collects the discharge from all other drainage piping inside the house and extends 30 inches (762 mm) in developed length of pipe, beyond the exterior walls and conveys the drainage to the building sewer. BUILDING, EXISTING. Existing building is a building erected prior to the adoption of this code, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued. BUILDING LINE. The line established by law, beyond which a building shall not extend, except as specifically provided by law. BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority charged with the and enforcement of this code. BUILDING SEWER. That part of the drainage system that extends from the end of the building drain and conveys its discharge to a public sewer, private sewer, individual sewage-disposal system or other point of disposal. BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE. The basement walls, exterior walls, floor, roof and any other building element that enclose conditioned spaces. BUILT-UP ROOF COVERING. Two or more layers of felt cemented together and surfaced with a cap sheet, mineral aggregate, smooth coating or similar surfacing material. CEILING HEIGHT. The clear vertical distance from the finished floor to the finished ceiling. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

I

DEFINITIONS

CHIMNEY. A primary vertical structure containing one or more flues, for the purpose of carrying gaseous products of combustion and air from a fuel-burning appliance to the outside atmosphere. CHIMNEY CONNECTOR. A pipe that connects a fuel-burning appliance to a chimney. CHIMNEY TYPES

CONDITIONED SPACE. For energy purposes, space within a building that is provided with heating andlor cooling equipment or systems capable of maintaining, through design or heat losslgain, 50°F (10°C) during the heating season and 85°F (29°C) during the cooling season, or communicates directly with a conditioned space. For mechanical purposes, an area, room or space being heated or cooled by any equipment or appliance.

Residential-type appliance. An approved chimney for removing the products of combustion from fuel-bwning, residential-type appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1,OOO°F (538°C) under normal operating conditions, but capable of producing combustion gases of 1,400°F (760°C) during intermittent forces firing for periods up to l hour. All temperatures shall be measured at the appliance flue outlet. Residential-type appliance chimneys include masonry and factory-built types.

CONFINED SPACE. A room or space having a volume less than 50 cubic feet per 1,000 Btulh (4.83 L/W) of the aggregate input rating of all fuel-burning appliances installed in that space.

CIRCUIT VENT. A vent that connects to a horizontal drain-

CONTINUOUS WASTE. A drain from two or more similar adjacent fixtures connected to a single trap.

age branch and vents two traps to a maximum of eight traps or trapped fixtures connected into a battery.

CLADDLNG. The exterior materials that cover the surface of the building envelope that is directly loaded by the wind.

CLEANOUT. An accessible opening in the drainage system used for the removal of possible obstruction. CLOSET. A small room or chamber used for storage. COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM. A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain.

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. Any material not defined as noncombustible.

COMBUSTION AIR. The air provided to fuel-burning equipment including air for fuel combustion, draft hood dilution and ventilation of the equipment enclosure.

COMMON VENT. A single pipe venting two trap arms within the same branch interval, either back-to-back or one above the other.

CONDENSATE. The liquid that separates from a gas due to a reduction in temperature, e.g., water that condenses from flue gascs and water that condenses from air circulating through the cooling coil in air conditioning equipment.

CONDENSING APPLIANCE. An appliance that condenses water generated by the burning of fuels.

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. Written, graphic and pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing the design, location and physical characteristics of the elements of a project necessary for obtaining a building permit. Construction drawings shall be drawn to an appropriate scale.

CONTAMINATION. An impairment of the quality of the potable water that creates an actual hazard to the public health through poisoning or through the spread of disease by sewage, industrial fluids or waste. CONTROL, LIMIT. An automatic control responsive to changes in liquid flow or level, pressure, or temperature for limiting the operation of an appliance. CONTROL, PRIMARY SAFETY. A safety control responsive directly to flame propeaies that senses the presence or absence of flame and, in event of ignition failure or unintentional flame extinguishment, automatically causes shutdown of mechanical equipment. CONVECTOR. A system-incorporating heating element in an enclosure in which air enters an opening below the heating element, is heated and leaves the enclosure through an opening located above the heating element. CORROSION RESISTANCE. The ability of a material to withstand deterioration of its surface or its properties when exposed to its environment. COURT. A space, open and unobstructed to the sky, located at or above grade level on a lot and bounded on three or more sides by walls or a building. CRIPPLE WALL. A framed wall extending from the top of the foundation to the underside of the floor framing of the first story above grade plane.

relative humidity or quality.

CROSS CONNECTION. Any connection between two otherwise separate piping systems whereby there may be a flow from one system to the other.

CONDITIONED AREA. That area within a building pro-

DALLE GLASS. A decorative composite glazing material

vided with heating andlor cooling systcms or appliances capable of maintaining, through design or heat loss/gain, 68°F (20°C) during the heating season andlor 80°F (27°C) during the cooling season, or has a fixed opening directly adjacent to a conditioned area.

DAMPER, VOLUME. A device that will restrict, retard or

CONDITIONED AIR. Air treated to control its temperature,

CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA. The horizontal projection of the floors associated with the conditioned space. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

made of individual pieces of glass that are embedded in a cast matrix of concrete or epoxy. direct the flow of air in any duct, or the products of combustion of heat-producing equipment, ventconnector, vent or chimney.

DEAD END. A branch leading from a DWV system terminating at a developed length of 2 feet (610 mm) or more. Dead

DEFINITIONS

ends shall be prohibited except as an approved part of a rough-in for future connection.

DEAD LOADS. The weight of all materials of construction incorporated into the building, including but not limited to walls, floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways, built-in partitions, finishes, cladding. and other similarly incorporated architectural and structural items, and fixed service equipment. DECK. An exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining structure andor posts, piers, or other independent supports. DECORATIVE GLASS. A carved, leaded or Dalle glass or glazing material whose purpose is decorative or artistic, not functional; whose coloring, texture or other design qualities or components cannot be removed without destroying the glazing material; and whose surface, or assembly into which it is incor-porated, is divided into segments. DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. See definition of "Registered design professional." DEVELOPED LENGTH. The length of a pipeline measured along the center line of the pipe and fittings. DIAMETER. Unless specifically stated, the term "diameter" is the nominal diameter as designated by the approved material standard. DIAPHRAGM. A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements. When the term "diaphragm" is used, it includcs horizontal bracing systems. DILUTION AIR. Air that enters a draft hood or draft regulator and mixes with flue gases. DIRECT-VENT APPLIANCE. A fuel-burning appliance with a sealed combustion system that draws all air for combustion from the outside atmosphere and discharges all flue gases to the outside atmosphere. DRAFT. The pressure difference existing between the appliance or any component part and the atmosphere, that causes a continuous flow of air and products of combustion through the gas passages of the appliance to the atmosphere. Induced draft. The pressure difference created by the action of a fan, blower or ejector, that is located between the appliance and the chimney or vent termination. Natural draft. The pressure difference created by a vent or chimney because of its height, and the temperature difference between the flue gases and the atmosphere. DRAFT HOOD. A device built into an appliance, or a part of the vent connector from an appliance, which is designed to provide for the ready escape of the flue gases from the appliance in the event of no draft, backdraft or stoppage beyond the draft hood; prevent a backdraft from entering the appliance; and neutralize the effect of stack action of the chimney or gas vent on the operation of thc appliance. DRAFT REGULATOR. A device that functions to maintain a desired draft in the appliance by automatically reducing the draft to the desired value. 12

DRAFT STOP. A material, device or construction installed to restrict the movement of air within open spaces of concealed areas of building components such ascrawl spaces, floor-ceiling assemblies, roof-ceiling assemblies and attics. DRAIN. Any pipe that carries soil and water-borne wastes in a building drainage system. DRAINAGE FITTING. A pipe fitting designed to provide connections in the drainage system that have provisions for establishing the desired slope in the system. These fittings are made from a variety of both metals and plastics. The methods of coupling provide for required slope in the system (see "Durham fitting"). DUCT SYSTEM. A continuous passageway for the transmission of air which, in addition to ducts, includes duct fittings, dampers, plenums, fans and accessory air-handling equipment and appliances. DURHAM FITTING. A special type of drainage fitting for use in the durharn systems installations in which the joints are made with recessed and tapered threaded fittings, as opposed to bell and spigot leadoakum or solvent/cemented or soldered joints. The tapping is at an angle (not 90 degrees) to provide for proper slope in otherwise rigid connections. DURHAM SYSTEM. A term used to describe soil or waste systems wherc all piping is of threaded pipe, tube or other such rigid construction using recessed drainage fittings to correspond to the types of piping. DWELLING. Any building that contains one or two dwelling units used, intended, or designed to be built, used, rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or that are occupied for living purposes. DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete independent living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation. DWV. Abbreviated term for drain, waste and vent piping as used in common plumbing practice. EFFECTIVE OPENING. The minimum cross-sectional area at the point of water-supply discharge, measured or expressed in terms of diameter of a circle and if the opening is not circular, the diameter of acircle of equivalent cross-sectional area. (This is applicable to air gap.) ELBOW. A pressure pipe fitting designed to provide an exact change in direction of a pipe run. An elbow provides a sharp turn in the flow path (see "Bend" and "Sweep"). EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING. An operable exterior window, door or similar device that provides for a means of escape and access for rescue in the event of an emergency. EQUIPMENT, All piping, ducts, vents, control devices and other components of systems other than appliances that are permanently installed and integrated to provide control of environmental conditions for buildings. This definition shall also include other systems specifically regulated in this code. EQUIVALENT LENGTH. For determining friction losses in a piping system, the effect of a particular fitting equal to the 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

)

DEFINITIONS

friction loss through a straight piping length of the same nominal diameter.

ESSENTIALLY NONTOXIC TRANSFER FLUIDS. Fluids having a Gosselin rating of 1, including propylene glycol; mineral oil; polydimenthyoil oxane; hydrochlorofluorocarbon, chlorofluorocarbon and hydrofluorocarbon refrigerants; and FDA-approved boiler water additives for steam boilcrs.

Factory-built fireplace. A listed and labeled fireplace and chimney system composed of factory-made components, and assembled in the field in accordancewith manufacturer's instructions and the conditions of the listing.

ESSENTIALLY TOXIC TRANSFER FLUIDS. Soil, water or gray water and fluids having a Gosselin rating of 2 or more including ethylene glycol, hydrocarbon oils, ammonia refrigerants and hydrazine.

Masonry chimney. A field-constructed chimney composed of solid masonry units, bricks, stones or concrete.

EVAPORATIVE COOLER. A device used for reducing air temperature by the process of evaporating water into an airstream.

FDREPLACE STOVE. A free-standing, chimncy-connected solid-fuel-burning heater designed to be operated with the fire chamber doors in either the open or closed position.

EXCESS AIR. Air that passes through the combustion chamber and the appliance flue in excess of that which is theoretically rcquired for complete combustion.

FIREPLACE THROAT The opening between the top of the firebox and the smokc chamber.

EXHAUST HOOD, FULL OPENING. An exhaust hood with an opening at least equal to the diamcter of the connecting vent. EXISTING INSTALLATIONS. Any plumbing system regulated by this code that was legally installed prior to the effective datc of this code, or for which a permit to install has been issued.

(

FIREPLACE. An assembly consisting of a hearth and fire chamber of noncombustible material and provided with a chimney, for usc with solid fuels.

Masonry fireplace. A field-constructed fireplace composed of solid masonry units, bricks, stones or concrete.

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. The distance measured from the building face to one of the following: 1. To the closest interior lot line; or 2. To the centerline of a street, an alley or public way; or 3. To an imaginary line between two buildings on the lot. The distance shall be measured at a right angle from the face of the wall.

EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS). Synthetic stucco cladding systems typically consisting of five layers: adhesive, insulation board, base coat into which fiberglass reinforcing mcsh is embedded, and a finish coat in the desired color.

FIXTURE. See "Plumbing fixture."

EXTERIOR WALL. An above-grade wall that defines the exterior boundaries of a building. Includes between-floor spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, roof and basement knee walls, dormer walls, gable end walls, walls enclosing a mansard roof and basement walls with an average below-grade wall area that is less than 50 percent of the total opaque and nonopaque arca of that enclosing side.

FIXTURE BRANCH, WATER-SUPPLY, A water-supply pipe between the fixture supply and a main water-distribution pipe or fixture group main.

FIXTURE BRANCH, DRAINAGE. A drain serving two or more fixtures that discharges into another portion of the drainage system.

FUTTURE DRAIN. The drain from the trap of a fixture to the junction of that drain with any other drain pipe. FIXTURE FITTING

FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEY. A listed and labeled chimney composed of factory-made components assembled in the field in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the conditions of the listing.

Supply fitting. A fitting that controls the volume andor directional flow of water and is either attached to or accessible from a fixture or is used with an open or atmospheric discharge.

FENESTRATION. Skylights, roof windows, vertical windows (whethcr fixed or moveable); opaque doors; glazed doors; glass block; and combination opaquelglazed doors.

Waste fitting. A combination of components that conveys the sanitary waste from the outlet of a fixture to the connection of the sanitary drainage system.

FIBER CEMENT SIDING. A manufactured, fiber-reinforcing product made with an inorganic hydraulic or calcium silicate binder formed by chemical reaction and reinforced with organic or inorganic non-asbestos fibers, or both. Additives which enhance manufacturing or product performance are permitted. Fiber cement siding products have either smooth or textured faccs and are intended for exterior wall and related applications.

FIXTURE GROUP, MAIN. The main water-distribution pipe (or secondary branch) serving a plumbing fixture grouping such as a bath, kitchen or laundry area to which two or more individual fixture branch pipes are connected.

FIREBLOCKING. Building materials installed to resist the free passage of flame to other areas of the building through concealed spaces. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL COD@

FIXTURE SUPPLY. The water-supply pipe connecting a fixture or fixture fitting to a fixture branch. FIXTURE UNIT, DRAINAGE (d.f.u.). A measure of probable discharge into the drainage system by various types of plumbing fixtures, used to size DWV piping systems. The drainage fixture-unit value for a particular fixture depends on its volume rate of drainage discharge, on the time duration of a

DEFINITIONS

single drainage operation and on thc avcrage time between successive operations.

FIXTURE UNIT, WATER-SUPPLY (w.s.f.u.). A measure of the probable hydraulic demand on the water supply by various types of plumbing fixtures used to size water-piping systems. The water-supply fixture-unit value for a particular fixture depends on its volume rate of supply, on the time duration of a single supply operation and on the average time between successive operations. FLAME SPREAD. The propagation of flame over a surface. FLAME SPREAD INDEX. The numeric value assigned to a material tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. FL,OOD-LEVEL RIM. The edge of the receptor or fixture from which water overflows. FIOOR DRAIIV. A plumbing fixture for recess in the floor having a floor-level strainer intended for the purpose of the collection and disposal of waste water used in cleaning the floor and for the collection and disposal of accidental spillage to the floor. FLOOR FURNACE. A self-contained furnace suspended from the floor of the space being heated, taking air for combustion from outside such space, and with means for lighting the appliance from such space. FLOW PRESSURE. The static pressure reading in the water-supply pipe near the faucet or water outlet while the faucet or water outlet is open and flowing at capacity. FLUE. See "Vent." FLUE, APPLIANCE. The passages within an appliance through which combustion products pass from the combustion chamber to the flue collar. FLUE COLLAR. The portion of a fuel-burning appliance designed for the attachment of a draft hood, vent connector or venting system. FLUE GASES. Products of combustion plus excess air in appliance flues or heat exchangers. FLUSH VALVE. A device located at the bottom of a flush tank that is operated to flush water closets. FLUSHOMETER TANK. A device integrated within an air accumulator vessel that is designcd to discharge a predetermined quantity of water to fixtures for flushing purposes. FLUSHOMETER VALVE. A flushometer valve is a device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water to fixtures for flushing purposes and is actuated by direct water pressure. FOAM BACKER BOARD. Foam plastic uscd in siding applications where the foam plastic is a component of the siding. FOAM PLASTIC MSULATION. A plastic that is intentionally expanded by the use of a foaming agent to produce a reduced-density plastic containing voids consisting of open or closed cells distributed throughout the plastic for thermal insulating or acoustic purposes and that has a density less than 20 pounds per cubic foot (320 kghd) unless it is used as interior trim.

FOAM PLASTIC INTERIOR TRIM. Exposed foam plastic used as picture molds, chair rails, crown moldings, baseboards, handrails, ceiling beams, door trim and window trim and similar decorative or protective materials used in fixed applications. FUEL-PIPING SYSTEM. All piping, tubing, valves and fittings used to connect fuel utilization equipment to the point of fuel delivery. FULLWAY VALVE. A valve that in the full open position has an opening cross-sectional area equal to a minimum of 85 percent of the cross-sectional area of the connecting pipe.

I

FURNACE. A vented heating appliance designed or arranged to discharge heated air into a conditioned space or through a duct or ducts. GLAZING AREA. The interior surface area of all glazed fenestration, including the area of sash, curbing or other framing elements, that enclose conditioned space. Includes the area of glazed fenestration assemblies in walls bounding conditioned basements. GRADE. The finished ground level adjoining the building at all exterior walls. GRADE FLOOR OPENING. A window or other opening located such that the sill height of the opening is not more than 44 inches (1 118 mm)above or below the finished ground level adjacent to the opening. GRADE, PIPING. See "Slope." GRADE PLANE. A reference plane representing the average of the finished ground level adjoining the building at all exterior walls. Where the finished ground level slopes away from the exterior walls, the reference plane shall be established by the lowest points within the area between the building and the lot line or, where the lot line is more than 6 ft (1829 mm) from the building bctween the structure and a point 6 ft (1829 rnrn) from the building. GRIDDEL) WATER DISTRrSUTION SYSTEM. A water distribution system where every water distribution pipe is interconnected so as to provide two or more paths to each fixture supply pipe. GROSS AREA OF EXTERIOR WALLS. The normal projection of all exterior walls, including the area of all windows and doors installed therein. GROUND-SOURCE HEAT PUMP LOOP SYSTEM. Piping buried in horizontal or vertical excavations or placed in a body of water for thc purpose of transporting heat transfer liquid to and from a heat pump. Included in this definition are closed loop systems in which the liquid is recirculated and open loop systems in which the liquid is drawn from a well or other source. GUARD. A building component or a system of building components located near the open sides of elevated walking surfaces that minimizes the possibility of a fall from the walking surface to the lower level. HABITABLE SPACE. A space in a building for living, sleeping, eating or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet rooms, closets, halls, storage or utility spaces and similar areas are not considered habitable spaces. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

I

DEFINITIONS

HANDRAIL. A horizontal or sloping rail intended for grasping by the hand for guidance or support. HANGERS. See "Supports." HAZARDOUS LOCATION. Any location considered to be a fire hazard for flammable vapors, dust, combustible fibers or other highly combustible substances.

HEATING DEGREE DAYS (HDD). The sum, on an annual basis, of the difference between 65'F ( 18°C) and the mean temperature for each day as determined from "NOAA Annual Degree Days to Selected Bases Derived from the 1960-1990 Normals" or other weather data sources acceptable to the code official.

HEAT PUMP. An appliance having heating or heatinglcooling capability and that uses refrigerants to extract heat from air, liquid or other sources. HEIGHT, BUILDING. The vertical distance from grade plane to the average height of the highest roof surface.

HEIGHT, STORY. The vertical distance from top to top of two successive tiers of beams or finished floor surfaces; and, for the topmost story, from the top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling joists or, where there is not a ceiling, to thc top of the roof rafters.

HIGH-TEMPERATURE (H.T.) CHIMNEY. A high temperature chimney complying with the requirements of UL 103. A Type H.T. chimney is identifiable by the markings "Type H.T." on each chimney pipe section. HORIZONTAL BRANCH, DRAINAGE. A drain pipe extending laterally from a soil or waste stack or building drain, that receives the discharge from one or more fixture drains. HORIZONTALPIPE. Any pipe or fitting that makes an angle of less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) with the horizontal.

HOT WATER. Water at a temperature greater than or equal to 110°F (43°C).

HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS. Areas vulnerable to hurricanes, defined as the U.S. Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico coasts where the basic wind speed is greatcr than 90 miles per hour (145 km/h), and Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands, and America Samoa.

INDIVIDUAL VENT, A pipe installed to vent a single-fixture drain that connects with the vent system above or terminates independently outside the building. INDIVIDUAL WATER SUPPLY. A supply other than an approvedpublic water supply that serves one or more families.

INSULATING CONCRETE FORM (ICF). A concrete f o r n h g system using stay-in-place forms of rigid foam plastic insulation, a hybrid of cement and foam insulation, a hybrid of cement and wood chips, or other insulating material for constructing cast-in-place concrete walls.

INSULATING SHEATHING. An insulating board having a minimum thermal resistance of R-2 of the core material. JURISDICTION. The governmental unit that has adopted this code under due legislative authority.

KITCHEN. Kitchen shall mean an area used, or designated to be used, for the preparation of food. LABEL. An identification applied on a product by the manufacturer which contains the name of the manufacturer,thc function and performance characteristics of the product or material, and the name and identification of an approved agency and that indicates that the representative sample of the product or material has been tested and evaluated by an approved agency. (See also "Manufacturer's designation" and "Mark.") LABELED. Devices, equipment or materials to which have been affixed a label, seal, symbol or other identifying mark of a testing laboratory, inspection agency or other organization concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of the production of the above labeled items that attests to compliance with a specific standard. LIGHT-FRAMED CONSTRUCTION. A type of construction whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are primarily formed by a system of repetitive wood or light gage steel framing members. LISTED AND LISTING. Terms referring to equipment that is shown in a list published by an approved testing agency qualified and equipped for experimental testing and maintaining an adequate periodic inspection of current productions and whose listing states that the equipment complies with nationally recognized standards when installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

HYDROGEN GENERATING APPLIANCE. A self-contained package or factory-matched packages of integrated systems for generating gaseous hydrogen. Hydrogen generating appliances utilize electrolysis, reformation, chemical, or other processes to generate hydrogen.

pancy of the building or other structure and do not include construction or environmental loads such as wind load, snow load, rain load, earthquake load, flood load or dead load.

IGNITION SOURCE. A flame, spark or hot surface capable

LIVING SPACE.Space within a dwelling unit utilized for liv-

LIVE LOADS. Those loads produced by the use and occu-

of igniting flammable vapors or fumes. Such sources include appliance burners, burner ignitions and electrical switching devices.

ing, sleeping, eating, cooking, bathing, washing and sanitation purposes. LOT. A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit.

INDIRECT WASTE PIPE. A waste pipc that discharges into the drainage system through an air gap into a trap, fixture or receptor.

LOT LINE. A line dividing one lot from another, or from a

INDIVIDUAL SEWAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM. A system

of a sump with macerating pump and with connections for a water closet and other plumbing fixtures, that is designed to accept, grind and pump wastes to an approved point of discharge.

for disposal of sewage by means of a septic tank or mechanical treatment, designed for use apart from a public sewer to serve a single establishment or building. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

street or any public place.

MACERATING TOILET SYSTEMS. A system comprised

DEFINITIONS

MAIN. The principal pipe artery to which branches may be connected.

Clay. A building unit larger in size than a brick, composed of burned clay, shale, fire clay or mixtures thereof.

MAIN SEWER. See "Public sewer."

Concrete. A building unit or block larger in size than 12 inches by 4 inches by 4 inches (305 rnm by 102 mm by 102 rnm) made of ccmcnt and suitable aggregates.

MANIFOLD WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. A fabricated piping arrangement in which a large supply main is fitted with multiple branches in close proximity in which water is distributed separately to fixtures from each branch. MANUFACTURED HOME. Manufactured home means a structure, transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode is 8 body feet (2438 body rnm) or more in width or 40 body feet (12 192 body mm) or more in length, or,when erected on site, is 320 square feet (30 m2)or more, and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning and electrical systems contained therein; except that such term shall include any structure that meets all the requirements of this paragraph except the size requirements and with respect to which the manufacturer voluntarily files a certification required by the secretary (HUD) and complies with the standards established under this title. For mobile homes built prior to June 15, 1976, a label certifying compliance to the Standard for Mobile Homes, NFPA 501, in effect at the time of manufacture is required. For the purpose of these provisions, a mobile home shall be considered a manufactured home. MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATION. An identification applied on a product by the manufacturer indicating that a product or material complies with a specified standard or set of rules. (See also "Mark and "Label.") MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. Printed instructions included with equipment as part of the conditions of listing and labeling. MARK. An identification applied on a product by the manufacturer indicating the name of the manufacturer and the function of a product or material. (See also "Manufacturer's designation" and "Label.") MASONRY CHIMNEY. A field-constructed chimney composed of solid masonry units, bricks, stones or concrete. MASONRY HEATER A masonry heater is a solid fuel burning heating appliance constructed predominantly of concrete or solid masonry having a mass of at least 1,100 pounds (500 kg), excluding the chimney and foundation. It is designed to absorb and store a substantial portion of heat from a f i e built in the firebox by routing exhaust gases through internal heat exchange channels in which the flow path downstream of the firebox includes at least one 180-degree (3.14-rad) change in flow direction before entering the chimney and which deliver heat by radiation through the masonry surface of the heater. MASONRY, SOLID. Masonry consisting of solid masonry units laid contiguously with the joints between the units filled with mortar. MASONRY UNIT. Brick, tile, stone, glass block or concrete block conforming to the requirements specified in Section 2 103 of the International Building Code.

Glass. Nonload-bearing masonry composed of glass units bonded by mortar. Hollow. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in any plane parallel to the loadbearing surface is less than 75 percent of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the same plane. Solid. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in every plane parallel to the loadbearing surface is 75 percent or more of its cross-sectional area measured in the sarnc plane. MASS WALL. Masonry or concrete walls having a mass greater than or equal to 30 pounds per square foot (146 kg/m2), solid wood walls having a mass greater than or equal to 20 pounds persquare foot (98 kg/m2),and any other walls having a heat capacity greater than or equal to 6 Btu/ft2 . OF [266 J/(m2.

K)1. MEAN ROOF HEIGHT. The average of the roof eave height and the height to the highest point on the roof surface, except that eave height shall be usedfor roof angle of less than or equal to 10 degrees (0.18 rad).

MECHANICAL DRAFT SYSTEM. A venting system designed to remove flue or vent gases by mechanical means, that coiisists of an induced draft portion under nonpositive static pressure or a forced draft portion under positive static pressure. Forced-draft venting system. A portion of a venting system using a fan or other mechanical means to cause the removal of flue orvent gases under positive static pressure. Induced draft venting system. A portion of a venting system using a fan or other mechanical means to cause the removal of flue or vent gases under nonpositive static vent pressure. Power venting system. A portion of a venting system using a fan or other mechanical means to cause the removal of flue or vent gases under positive static vent pressure. MECHANICAL EXHAUST SYSTEM. A system for removing air from a room or space by mechanical means. MECHANICAL SYSTEM. A system specifically addressed and regulated in this code and composed of components, devices, appliances and equipment. METAL ROOF PANEL. An interlocking metal sheet having a minimum installed weather exposure of at least 3 square feet (0.28 m2) per sheet. METAL ROOF SHINGLE. An interlocking metal sheet having an installed weather exposure less than 3 square feet (0.28 m2)per sheet. MEZZANINE, LOFT. An intermediate level or levels between the floor and ceiling of any story with an aggregate 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

DEFINITIONS

floor area of not more than one-third of the area of the room or space in which the level or levels are located.

MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOF COVERING. One or more layers of polymer modified asphalt sheets. The sheet materials shall be fully adhered or mechanicallv attached to the substrate or held in place with an approved ballast layer.

MULTIPLE STATION S M O m ALARM. Two or more single station alarm dcvices that are capable of interconnection such that actuation of one causes all integral or separate audible alarms to operate. NATURAL DRAFTSYSTEM. A venting system designed to remove flue or vent gases under nonpositive static vent pressure entirely by natural draft.

NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD. The heartwood of the following species: Decay-resistant redwood, cedars, black locust and black walnut. Note: Corner sapwood is permitted if 90 percent or more of the width of each side on which it occurs is heartwood.

NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. Materials that pass the test procedure for defining noncombustibility of elementary materials set forth in ASTM E 136. NONCONDITIONED SPACE. A space that is not a conditioned space by insulated walls, floors or ceilings.

OCCUPIED SPACE. The total area of all buildings or stmctures on any lot or parcel of ground projected on a horizontal plane, excluding permittedprojections as allowed by this code.

OFFSET. A combination of fittings that makes two changes in direction bringing one section of the pipe out of line but into a line parallel with the other section.

PLUMBING APPLIANCE. An energized household appliance with plumbing connections, such as a dishwasher, food-waste grinder, clothes washer or water heater.

PLUMBING APPURTENANCE. A device or assembly that is an adjunct to the basic plumbing system and demands no additional water supply nor adds any discharge load to the system. It is presumed that it performs some useful function in the operation, maintenance, servicing, economy or safety of the plumbing system. Examples include filters, relief valves and aerators.

PLUMBING FIXTURE. A receptor or device that requires both a water-supply connection and a discharge to the drainage system, such as water closets, lavatories, bathtubs and sinks. Plumbing appliances as a special class of fixture are further defined. PLUMBING SYSTEM. Includes the water supply and distribution pipes, plumbing fixtures, supports and appurtenances; soil, waste and vent pipes; sanitary drains and building sewers to an approved point of disposal. POLLUTION. An impairment of the quality of the potable water to a degree that does not create a hazard to the public health but that does adversely and unreasonably affect the aesthetic qualities of such potable water for domestic use.

PORTABLE FLXL CELL APPLIANCE. A fuel cell generator of electricity, which is not fixed in place. A portable fuel cell appliance utilizes a cord and plug connection to a grid-isolated load and has an integral fuel supply.

POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE. The drainage condition in

OWNER. Any person, agent, firm or corporation having a

which consideration has been made for all loading deflections of the roof deck, and additional slopc has been provided to ensure drainage of the roof within 48 hours of precipitation.

lcgal or equitable interest in the property.

POTABLE WATER. Watcr free from impurities present in

PELLET FUEL-BURNING APPLIANCE. A closed com-

amounts sufficient to cause disease or harmful physiological effects and conforming in bacteriological and chemical quality to the requirements of the public health authority having jurisdiction.

bustion, vented appliance equipped with a fuel feed mechanism for burning processed pellets of solid fuel of a specified size and composition. pellet fuel-burning appliance.

PRECAST CONCRETE. A structural concrete element cast elsewhere than its final position in the structure.

PERMIT. An official document or certificate issued by the

PRESSURE-RELIEF VALVE. A pressure-actuated valve

authority having jurisdiction that authorizes performance of a specified activity.

held closed by a spring or other means and designed to automatically relieve pressure at the pressure at which it is set.

PELLET VENT. Avent listed and labeled for use with a listed

PERSON. An individual, heirs, executors, administrators or

PUBLIC SEWER. A common sewer directly controlled by

assigns, and also includes a firm,partnership or corporation, its or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of the aforesaid.

public authority.

PITCH. See "Slope." PLATFORM CONSTRUCTION. A method of construction

PUBLIC WAY. Any street, alley or other parcel of land open to

by which floor framing bears on load bearing walls that are not continuous through the story levels or floor framing.

PLENUM. A chamber that forms part of an air-circulation sys-

PUBLIC WATER MAIN. A water-supply pipe for public use controlled by public authority. the outside air leading to a public street, which has becn deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to the public for public use and that has a clear width and height of not less than 10 feet (3048 mrn).

PLUMBING. For the purpose of this code, plumbing refers to

PURGE. To clear of air, gas or other foreign substances. QUICK-CLOSMG VALVE. A valve or faucet that closcs

those installations, repairs, maintenance and alterations regulated by Chapters 25 through 32.

automatically when released manually or controlled by mechanical means for fast-action closing.

tem other than the occupied space being conditioned.


I

DEFINITIONS

R-VALUE, THERMAL RESISTANCE. The inverse of the time rate of heat flow through a building thermal envelope element from one of its bounding surfaces to the other for a unit temperature difference between the two surfaces, under steady state conditions, per unit area (h . ft2 . OFBtu). RAMP. A walking surfacethat has a running slope steeper than 1 unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope). RECEPTOR. A fixture or device that receives the discharge from indirect waste pipes.

REFRIGERANT. A substance used to produce refrigeration by its expansion or evaporation. REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR. A specific machine,

ROOFTOP STRUCTURE. An enclosed structure on or above the roof of any part of a building.

ROOM HEATER. A freestanding heating appliance installed in the space being heated and not connected to ducts.

ROUGH-IN. The installation of all parts of the plumbing system that must be completed prior to the installation of fixtures. This includes DWV, water supply and built-in fixture supports.

RUNNING BOND. The placement of masonry units such that head joints in successive courses are horizontally offset at least one-quarter the unit length.

with or without accessories, for compressing a given refrigerant vapor.

SANITARY SEWER. A sewer that carries sewage and excludes storm, surface and groundwater.

REFRIGERATING SYSTEM. A combination of interconnected parts forming a closed circuit in which refrigerant is circulated for the purpose of extracting, then rejecting, heat. A direct refrigerating system is one in which the evaporator or condenser of the refrigerating system is in direct contact with the air or other substances to be cooled or heated. An indirect refrigerating system is one in which a secondary coolant cooled or heated by the refrigerating system is circulated to the air or other substance to be cooled or heated.

SCUPPER. An opening in a wall or parapet that allows water to drain from a roof.

REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An individual who is registered or licensed to practice their respective design profession as defined by the statutory requirements of the professional registration laws of the state or jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed.

RELIEF VALVE, VACUUM. A device to prevent excessive buildup of vacuum in a pressure vessel.

REPAIR. The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of its maintenance.

REROOFING. The process of recovering or replacing an

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. A classification assigned to a structure based on its Seismic Group and the severity of the design earthquake ground motion at the site. SEPTIC TANK. A water-tight receptor that receives the discharge of a building sanitary drainage system and is constructed so as to separate solids from the liquid, digest organic matter through a period of detention, and allow the liquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system of open joint or perforated piping or a seepage pit.

SEWAGE. Any liquid wastecontaining animal matter, vegetable matter or other impurity in suspension or solution. SEWAGE PUMP. A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage or liquid waste from a sump. SHALL. The term, when used in the code, is construed as mandatory.

SHEAR WALL. A general term for walls that are designed

RETURN AIR. Air removed from an approved conditioned space or location and recirculated or exhausted.

and constructed to resist racking from seismic and wind by use of masonry, concrete, cold-formed steel or wood framing in accordance with Chapter 6 of this code and the associated limitations in Section R301.2 of this code.

RISER. A water pipe that extends vertically one full story or

SIDEVENT. A vent connecting to the drain pipe through a fit-

existing roof covering. See "Roof recover." r)

ROOF REPAIR. Reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing roof for the purposes of its maintenance.

more to convey water to branches or to a group of fixtures.

ting at an angle less than45 degrees (0.79 rad) to the horizontal.

ROOF ASSEMBLY. A system designed to provide weather

SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE. A roofing membrane that is field applied using one layer of membrane material (either homogeneous or composite) rather than multiple laycrs.

protection and resistance to design loads. The system consists of a roof covering and roof deck or a single component serving as both the roof covering and the roof deck. A roof assembly includes the roof deck, vapor retarder, substrate or thermal barrier, insulation, vapor retarder, and roof covering.

ROOF COVERING. The covering applied to the roof deck for weather resistance, fire classification or appearance.

ROOF COVERING SYSTEM. See "Roof assembly." ROOF DECK. The flat or sloped surface not including its supporting members or vertical supports.

ROOF RECOVER. The process of installing an additional roof covering over a prepared existing roof covering without removing the existing roof covering.

SINGLE STATION SMOKE ALARM. An assembly incorporating the detector, control equipment and alarm sounding device in one unit that is operated from a power supply either in the unit or obtained at the point of installation. SKYLIGHT AND SLOPED GLAZING. See Section R308.6.1.

SKYLIGHT, UNIT. See Section R308.6.1. SLIP JOINT. A mechanical-type joint used primarily on fixture traps. The joint tightness is obtained by compressing a friction-type washer such as rubber, nylon, neoprene, lead or special packing material against the pipe by the tightcning of a (slip) nut. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

DEFINITIONS

SLOPE. The fall (pitch) of a line of pipe in reference to a horizonal plane. In drainage, the slope is expressed as the fall in units vertical per units horizontal (percent) for a length of pipe.

SMOKE-DEVELOPEDRATING. A numerical index indicating the relative density of smoke produced by burning assigned to a material tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. SOIL STACK OR PIPE. A pipe that conveys sewagc containing fecal material.

STRUCTURAL INSULATED PANELS (SIPS). Factory fabricated panels of solid core insulation with structural skins of oricnted strand board (OSB) or plywood.

STRUCTURE. That which is built or constructed. SUMP. A tank or pit that receives sewage or waste, located below the normal grade of the gravity system and that must be emptied by mechanical means.

SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFIClENT (SHGC). The solar heat gain through a fenestration or glazing assembly relative to the incident solar radiation (Btuk . ft2 - OF).

SUMP PUMP. A pump installed to empty a sump. These pumps are used for removing storm water only. The pump is selected for the specific head and volume of the load and is usually operated by level controllers.

SOLID MASONRY. Load-bearing or nonload-bearing con-

SUNROOM. A one-story structure attached to adwelling with ( a glazing area in excess of 40 percent of the gross area of the

struction using masonry units where the net cross-sectional area of each unit in any plane parallel to the bearing surface is not less than 75 percent of its gross cross-sectional area. Solid masonry units shall conform to ASTM C 55, C 62, C 73, C 145 or C 216.

STACK. Any main vertical DWV line, including offsets, that extends one or more stories as directly as possible to its vent terminal.

STACK BOND. The placement of masonry units in a bond pattern is such that head joints in successive courses are vertically aligned. For the purpose of this code, requirements for stack bond shall apply to all masonry laid in other than running bond.

STACK VENT. The extension of soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected. STACK VENTING. A method of venting a fixture or fixtures through the soil or waste stack without individual fixturevents.

STANDARD TRUSS. Any construction that does not permit the rooficeiling insulation to achieve the required R-value over the exterior walls. STATIONARY FUEL CELL POWER PLANT. A self-contained package or factory-matched packages which constitute an automatically-operated assembly of integrated systems for generating useful electrical energy and recoverable thermal energy that is permanently connected and fixed in place.

STORM SEWER, DRAIN. A pipe used for conveying rainwater, surface water, subsurface water and similar liquid waste.

STORY. That portion of a building included between the upper surface of a floor and the upper surface of the floor or roof next above.

STORY ABOVE GRADE. Any story having its finishedfloor surface entirely above grade, except that a basement shall be considered as a s t o ~ yabove grade where the finished surface of the floor above the basement is:

structure's exterior walls and roof.

SUPPLY AIR. Air delivered to a conditioned space through ducts or plenums from the heat exchanger of a heating, cooling or ventilating system. SUPPORTS. Devices for supporting, hanging and securing pipcs, fixtures and equipment. SWEEP. A drainage fitting designed to provide a change in direction of a drain pipe of less than the angle specified by the amount necessary to establish thc desired slope of the line. Sweeps provide a longer turning radius than bends and a lcss turbulent flow pattern (see "Bend" and "Elbow"). TEMPERATURE- AND PRESSURE-RELIEF(T AND P) VALVE. A combination relief valve designed to function as both a temperature-relief and pressure-relief valve.

TEMPERATURE-RELIEF VALVE. A temperature-actuated valve designed to discharge automatically at the temperature at which it is set.

THERMAL ISOLATION. Physical and space conditioning separation from conditioned space(s). The conditioned space(s) shall be controlled as separate zones for heating and cooling or conditioned by separate equipment.

THERMAL RESISTANCE, R-VALUE. Thc inverse of the time rate of heat flow through a body from one of its bounding surfaces to the other for a unit temperature difference between the two surfaces, under steady stateconditions, per unit area (h . ft2 . OFIBtu).

THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE, U-FACTOR. The coefficicnt of heat transmission (air to air) through a building envelope component or assembly, equal to the time rate of heat flow per unit area and unit temperature difference between thc warm side and cold side air films (Btuk . ft2 - OF). TOWNHOUSE. A single-family dwelling unit constructed in a group of three or more attached units in which each unit extends from foundation to roof and with open space on at least two sides.

1. More than 6 feet (1829 mrn) above grade plane.

TRAP. A titting, either separate or built into a fixture, that pro-

2. More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the finished ground level for more than 50 percent of the total building perimeter.

vides a liquid seal to prevent the emission of sewer gases without materially affecting thc flow of sewage or waste water through it.

3. More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished ground level at any point.

TRAP ARM. That portion of a fixture drain between a trap weir and the vent fitting.


I

DEFINITIONS

TRAP PRIMER. A device or system of piping to maintain a water seal in a trap, typically installed where infrequent use of the trap would result in evaporation of the trap seal, such as floor drains. TRAP SEAL. The trap seal is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain, measured between the crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap.

VAPOR RETARDER. A vapor resistant material, membrane or covering such as foil, plastic sheeting, or insulation facing having a permeance rating of 1 perm (5.7 . lo-" kglPa. s . m2)or less, when tested in accordance with the dessicant method using Procedure A of ASTM E 96. Vapor retarders limit the amount of moisture vapor that passes through a material or wall assembly.

TRIM. Picture molds, chair rails, baseboards, handrails, door and window frames, and similar decorative or protective materials used in fixed applications.

VEHICULAR ACCESS DOOR. A door that is used primarily for vehicular traffic at entrances of buildings such as garages and parking lots, and that is not generally used for pedestrian traffic.

TRUSS DESIGN DRAWING. The graphic depiction of an individual truss, which describes the design and physical characteristics of the truss.

VENT. Apassageway for conveying flue gases from fuel-fired appliances, or their ventconnectors, to the outside atmosphere.

TYPE L VENT. A listed and labeled vent conforming to UL 641 for venting oil-burning appliances listed for use with Type L vents or with gas appliances listed for use with Type B vents. U-FACTOR, THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE. The coeficient of heat transmission (air to air) through a building envelope component or assembly, equal to the time rate of heat flow per unit area and unit temperature difference between the warm side and cold side air films (Btu/h . ft2 . O F ) . UNCONFINED SPACE. A space having a volume not less than 50 cubic feet per 1,000 Btu/h (4.8 m3/kW)of the aggregate input rating of all appliances installed in that space. Rooms communicating directly with the space in which the appliances are installed, through openings not furnished with doors, are considered a part of the unconfined space. UNDERLAYMENT. One or more layers of felt, sheathing paper, nonbituminous saturated felt, or other approved material over which aroof covering, with a slope of 2 to 12 (17-percent slope) or greater, is applied. UNUSUALLY TIGHT CONSTRUCTION. Construction in which: 1. Walls and ceilings comprising the building thermal envelope have a continuous water vapor retarder with a rating of 1 perm (5.7. lo-" kg/Pa , s . m2) or less with openings therein gasketed or sealed.

2. Storm windows or weatherstripping is applied around the threshold and jambs of opaque doors and openable windows. 3. Caulking or sealants are applied to areas such as joints around window and door frames between sole plates and floors, between wall-ceiling joints, between wall panels, at penetrations for plumbing, electrical and gas lines, and at other openings.

VACUUM BREAKERS. A device which prevents backsiphonage of water by admitting atmospheric pressure through ports to the discharge side of the device. VAPOR PERMEABLE MEMBRANE. A material or covkg/Pa. ering having a permeance rating of 5 perms (2.9 . s . m2)or greater, when tested in accordance with the desiccant method using Procedure A of ASTM E 96. A vapor permeable material permits the passage of moisture vapor. 20

I

VENT COLLAR. See "Flue collar." VENT CONNECTOR. That portion of a venting system which connects the fluc colla~or draft hood of an appliance to a vent. VENT DAMPER DEVICE, AUTOMATIC. A device intended for installation in the venting system, in the outlet of an individual, automatically operated fuel burning appliance and that is designed to open the venting system automatically when the appliance is in operation and to close off the venting system automatically when the appliance is in a standby or shutdown condition. VENT GASES. Products of combustion from fuel-burning appliances, plus excess air and dilution air, in the venting system above the draft hood or draft regulator. VENT STACK. A vertical vent pipe installed to provide circulation of air to and from the drainage system and which extends through one or more stories. VENT SYSTEM. Piping installed to equalize pneumatic pressure in a drainage system to prevent trap seal loss or blow-back due to siphonage or back pressure. VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing such air from, any space. VENTING. Removal of combustion products to the outdoors. VENTING SYSTEM. A continuous open passageway from the flue collar of an appliance to the outside atmosphere for the purpose of removing flue or vent gases. A venting system is usually composed of a vent or a chimney and vent connector, if used, assembled to form the open passageway. VERTICAL PIPE. Any pipe or fitting that makes an angle of 45 degrees (0.79 rad) or more with the horizontal. VINYL SIDING. A shaped material, made principally from rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC), that is used to cover exterior walls of buildings. WALL, RETAINING. A wall not laterally supported at the top, that resists lateral soil load and other imposed loads. WALLS. Walls shall be defined as follows: Load-bearing wall is a wall supporting any vertical load in addition to its own weight. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

I I

DEFINITIONS

Nonbearing wall is a wall which does not support vertical loads other than its own weight. WASTE. Liquid-borne waste that is free of fecal matter. WASTE PIPE OR STACK. Piping that conveys only liquid sewage not containing fecal material. WATER-DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. Piping which conveys water from the service to the plumbing fixtures, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, devices or other systems served, including fittings and control valves. WATER HEATER. Any heating appliance or equipment that heats potable water and supplies such water to the potable hot water distribution system. WATER MAIN. A water-supply pipe for public use. WATER OUTLET. A valved discharge opening, including a hose bibb, through which water is removed from the potable water system supplying water to a plumbing fixture or plumbing appliance that requires either an air gap or backflow prc-vention device for protection of the supply system. WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER. A material behind an exterior wall covering that is intended to resist liquid water that has penetrated behind the exterior covering from further intruding into the exterior wall assembly.

I

WATER-SERVICE PIPE. The outside pipe from the watcr main or other source of potable water supply to the water-distribution system inside the building, terminating at the service valve. WATER-SUPPLY SYSTEM. The water-service pipe, the water-distributing pipes and the necessary connecting pipes, fittings, control valves and all appurtenanccs in or adjacent to the building or premises. WET VENT. A vent that also receives the discharge of wastes from othcr fixtures. WIND BORNE DEBRIS REGION. Areas within hurricane-prone regions within one mile of the coastal mean high water line where the basic wind speed is 110 miles per hour (49 m/s) or greater; or where the basic wind specd is equal to or greater than 120 miles per hour (54 mls); or Hawaii. WINDER. A tread with non-parallel edges. WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. A panel manufactured from veneers; or wood strands or wafers; bonded together with waterproof synthetic resins or other suitable bonding systems. Examples of wood structural panels are plywood, OSB or composite panels. YARD. An open space, other than a court, unobstructed from the ground to the sky, except where specifically provided by this code, on the lot on which a building is situated.


2006 INTERNATlONALRESIDENTIAL CODE"

Part 111 - Building Planning and Construction CHAPTER 3

BUILDING PLANNING

(

SECTION R301 DESIGN CRITERIA R301.1 Application. Buildings and structures, and all parts thereof, shall be constructed to safely support all loads, including dead loads, live loads, roof loads, flood loads, snow loads, wind loads and seismic loads as prescribed by this code. The construction of buildings and structures in accordance with the provisions of this code shall result in a system that provides a completeload path that meets all requirements for the transfer of all loads from their point of origin through the load-resisting elements to the foundation. Buildings and structures constructed as prescribed by this code are deemed to comply with the requirements of this section. R301.1.1 Alternative provisions. As an alternative to the requirements in Section R301.1 the following standards are permitted subject to the limitations of this code and the limitations therein. Where engineered design is used in conjunction with these standards the design shall comply with the International Building Code. 1. American Forest and Paper Association (AF&PA) Wood Frame Construction Manual (WFCM). 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISO Standard for Cold-Fonned Steel Framing-Prescriptive Method for One- and Two-FamilyDwellings (COFSIPM) with Supplement to Standardfor Cold-Formed Steel Fruming-Prescriptive Method for One- and Two-Family Dwellings. R301.1.2 Construction systems. The requirements of this code are based on platform and balloon-frameconstruction for light-frame buildings. The requirements for concrete and masonry buildings are based on a balloon framing system. Other framing systems must have equivalent detailing to ensureforce transfer, continuity andcompatibledeformations. R301.1.3 Engineered design. When a building of otherwise conventional construction contains structural elements exceeding the limits of Section R301 or otherwise not conforming to this code, these elementsshall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice. The extent of such design need only demonstratecompliance of nonconventional elements with other applicableprovisionsand shall be compatible with the performance of the conventional framed system. Engineered design in accordancewith the International Building Code is permitted for all buildings and structures, and parts thereof, included in the scope of this code.

I

I

I


R301.2 Climatic and geographic design criteria. Buildings shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of this code as limitedby the provisions of this section. Additional criteria shall be established by the local jurisdiction and set forth in Table R301.2(1). R301.2.1 Wind limitations. Buildings and portions thereof shall be limited by wind speed, as defined in Table R301.2(1) and constructionmethods in accordance with this code. Basic wind speeds shall be determined from Figure R301.2(4). Where different construction methods and structural materials are used for various portions of a building, the applicable requirements of this section for each portion shall apply. Where loads for wall coverings, curtain walls, roof coverings, exterior windows, skylights,garage doors and exterior doors are not otherwise specified, the loads listed in Table R301.2(2) adjusted for height and exposure using Table R301.2(3) shall be used to determine design load performance requirements for wall coverings, curtain walls, roof coverings, exterior windows, skylights, garage doors and exterior doors. Asphalt shingles shall be designed for wind speeds in accordance with Section R905.2.6. R301.2.1.1 Design criteria. Construction in regions where the basic wind speeds from Figure R301.2(4) equal or exceed 100 miles per hour (45 mfs) in humcane-prone regions, or 110miles per hour (49 rn/s) elsewhere, shall be designed in accordance with one of the following: 1. American Forest and Paper Association (AF&PA) Wood Frume Construction Manual for One- and Two-Family Dwellings (WFCM); or 2. Southern Building Code Congress International Standard for Hurricane Resistant Residential Construction (SSTD 10); or 3. Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE-7); or 4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), Standard for Cold-Fomed Steel Framing-Prescriptive Method For One- and Two-Family Dwellings (COFS/PM) with Supplement to Standard fur Cold-Formed Steel Framing-Prescriptive Method For One- and Two-Family Dwellings. 5. Concrete construction shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of this code.

I

I I

I

BUILDING PLANNING

I- ; 1 y ~ ~ ~ - q ; y ~ TABLE R301.2(1)

CLIMATIC AND GEOGRAPHIC DESIGN CRITERIA DESIGN

(mph)

CATEGORY' Weatheringa

depthb

Tez'_ac

UNDERLAYMENT

FLOOD

REQUIRED~

HAZARDS~

FREEZING

ANNUAL

--

For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 mls. a. Weatheringmay require a higher strength concrete or grade of masonry than necessary to satisfy the structural requirements of this code. The weathering column shall be filled in with the weathering index (LC.,"negligible:' "moderate" or "severe") for concrete as determined fmm the Weathering Probability Map Figure R301.2(3)]. The grade of masonry units shall be determined from ASTM C 34, C 55, C 62, C 73, C 90, C 129, C 145, C 216 or C 652. b. The frost line depth may require deeper footings than indicated in Figure R403.1(1). The jurisdiction shall fill in the frost line depth colunln with the minimum depth of footing below finish grade. c. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table to indicate the need for protectiondependingon whetherthere has been a history of local subterranean termite dam-

I.,

d. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the wind speed from the basic wind speed map [FigureR301.2(4)].Wind exposure ciltegory shall he determined on a site-specific basis in accordance with Section R301.2.1.4. e. The outdoor design dry-bulb temperature shall be selected from the columns of 971/2-percentvalues for winter Gom Appendix D of the Inremarionai Plumbing Code. Deviations from the Appendix D temperatures shall be permitted to reflect localclimates or local weather experience as determined by the building official. f. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the seismic design category determined from Section R301.2.2.1. g. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with (a) the date of the jurisdiction's entry into the National Flood Insurancel'rogram (date of adoption of the first code or ordinance for management of flood hazardareas), @) thcdate(s) of thecru~entlyeffectiveFIRM and FBFM, orother flood hazardmap adoptedby the community, as may be mended. h. In accordance withSectionsR905.2.7.1,R905.4.31 .R905.5.3.1,R905.6.3.1,R905.7.3.1 andR905.8.3.1, where there has been a history of local dmagefrom the effects of ice damming, the jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with "YES'. Otherwise, the jurisdiction shall 611 in this part of the table with "NO. i. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the 100-yearreturn period air freezing index (BF-days) from Figure R403.3(2) or fmm the 100-year (99%) value on the National Climatic Data Center data table %A Freezing Index- USA Method (Base 32°Fahrenheit)" at www.ncdc.noaa.gov/fpsf.html. j. The jurisdiction s h d fill in this part of the table with the mean annual temperature from the National Climatic Data Center datatable "AirFreezing Index-USA Method (Base 32"Fahrenheit)" at www.ncdc.noaa.gov/fpsf.html.


BUILDING PLANNING

TABLE R301.2(2) COMPONENT AND CLADDING LOADS FOR A BUILDING WITH A MEAN ROOF HEIGHT OF 30 FEET LOCATED IN EXPOSURE B ( p s f )

I foot = 304.8 mm, I square foot = 0.0929m2, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 mls. NOTES: For effective area5 between those given above the load may be interpolated, otherwise use the load associated with the lower effective area. For SI:

Table values shall be adjusted for height and exposure by multiplyingby the adjustment coefficient in Table R301.2(3). See FigureR301.2(7) for location of zones. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the building surfaces.


BUILDING PLANNING

1:"

TABLE R301.2(3) HEIGHT AND EXPOSURE ADJUSTMENT COEFFICIENTS FOR TABLE R301.2(2)

L

m

.

:

-

:

: 1

25 30 35

I

40

D

C

]

1.21 1.00

-

1.47 1.55

1.29

__-

1.00

1.35

1.00 __ 1.05

1.40

. -

1.61 --

1.12

1.49 1.53

50

1.16

1.56

55

1.19

60

1.22

-----1.59 -

1.62

1.66 1.70

1.45

1.09

45 -

EXPOSURE

B

ROOF HEIGHT

-

1.74 1.78 1.81

-

1.84 1.87

DESIGN TEMPERATURES IN THIS AREA MUST BE BASED ON ANALYSIS OF LOCAL CLIMATE AND TOPOGRAPHY

For SI: O C = [(OF)-321 11.8. FIGURE R301.2(1) lSOLlNES OF THE 97'12 PERCENT WINTER (DECEMBER, JANUARY AND FEBRUARY) DESIGN TEMPERATURES ("F)


For SI: 1 mile = 1.61 krn.

FIGURE R301.2(2) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIEMITE CLASS D

(continued)

For SI: 1 mile = 1.61 km. FIGURE R301.2(2)--continued SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES--SITE CLASS D

(continued)

xuwkmmm

&ah 1:-

I00 MLES

0 50

0

hiql Pnrpasdby U.S.(3allogiwl Swry

For S1: 1 mile = 1.61 km. FIGURE R301.2(2Montinued SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES--SITE CLASS D

(continued)

BUILDING PLANNING

FIGURE R301.2(2)-continued

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES--SITE CLASS D

(continued) 30


BUILDING PLANNING

FIGURE R301.2(2)--continued SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES--SITE CLASS D


BUILDING PLANNING

i n


BUILDING PLANNING

Lccation Vmph Hawaii 105 Puerto Rico 145 Guam 170 Virgin Islands 145 American Samoa 1 2 5

(mls) (47)

(65) (76)

(65) (56)

FIGURE R301.2(4) BASIC WIND SPEEDS FOR 50-YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL

(continued) For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, I mile per hour = 0.447 mls. a. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 feet abwe ground for Exposure C category. b. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted. c. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal m a . d. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories and special wind q i o n s shall be examined for unusual wind conditions. e. Enlarged view of Eastern and Southern seaboards are on the follwing pages.


BUILDING PLANNING

110 120 V mph Location Hawaii 105 Puerto Rico 145 Guam 170 Virgin Islands 145 American Samoa 125

FIGURE R301.2(4)-continued BASIC WIND SPEEDS FOR 50-YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL

(continued) For SI: 1 fool = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 d s . a. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 feet abwe ground for Exposure C category. b. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted. c. 1slar1d.sar~dcostal areas outside the last contow shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area. d. Mountainous terrain, goees, ocean promontolies and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions e. Enlarged view of Eastern and Southern seaboards arc on the following pages.

34


BUILDING PLANNING

FIGURE R301.2(4)-continued BASIC WIND SPEEDS FOR 50-YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL For S1: I foot = 304.8 mm, I mile per hour = 0.447 mls. a. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 feet abwe ground for Exposure C category. b. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted. c. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area. d. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories and special wind r2ions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL COD€@

BUILDING PLANNING

Wind Region

FIGURE R301.2(4)-continued BASIC WIND SPEEDS FOR 50-YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL

(continued) For SI: I foot = 304.8 mm, I mile per hour = 0.447 m / s . a. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds ill miles per hour at 33 feet abwe ground for Exposure C category. b. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted. c. Islands and coastal areas outs~dethe last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal a r a d. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.

36


BUILDING PLANNING

FIGURE R301.2(4)-continued BASIC WIND SPEEDS FOR LO-YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL For SI: I foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 mls. a. Values arc nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 feet abwe ground for Exposure C category. b. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted. c. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area. d Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions


BUILDING PLANNING

I l l

0

1

1

1

I

100

200

I

300 miles

FIGURE R301.2(5) GROUND SNOW LOADS, P, FOR THE UNITED STATES (1b/ft2)

(continued) 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

BUILDING PLANNING

For SI: I foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per scluare foot = 0.0479 kFZl

FIGURE R301.2(5)-continued GROUND SNOW LOADS, Pg,FOR THE UNITED STATES (lb/ft2)


VERY HEAVY

a

.:z::.::i:. ,

..........,....:...

1 -I

MODERATE TO HEAVY

1 NONETOSLIGHT

NOTE: Lines defining areas are approximate only. Local conditions may be more or less severe than indicated by the region classification

FIGURE R301.2(6) TERMITE INFESTATION PROBABILITY MAP

BUILDING PLANNING

GABLE ROOFS 0 5 70"

WALLS

------------

lo0 € 0 5 30"

10" e 0 1 4 5 "

4

GABLE ROOFS 10" < O 5 45"

HIP ROOFS 10" ~0 5 30"

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, I degree = 0.0175 rad. NOTE: a = 4 feet in all cases. FIGURE R301.1(7) COMPONENT AND CLADDING PRESSURE ZONES

R301.2.1.2 Protection of openings. Windows in buildings located in windborne debris regions shall have glazed openings protected from windborne debris. Glazed opening protection for windbome debris shall meet the requirements of the Large Missile Test of an approved impact resisting standard or ASTM E 1996 and ASTM E 1886 referenced therein.

Exception: Wood structural panels with a minimum of 7/,, inch (1 1 mm) and a maximum span of 8 feet (2438 mm) shall be permitted for opening protection in one- and two-story buildings. Panels shall be precut


so that they shall be attached to the framing surrounding the opening containing the product with the glazed opening. Panels shall be secured with the attachment hardware provided. Attachments shall be designed to resist the component and cladding loads determined in accordance with either Table R301.2(2) or Section 1609.6.5 of the International Building Code. Attachment in accordance with Table R301.2.1.2 is permitted for buildings with a mean roof height of 33 feet (10 058 mm) or less where wind speeds do not exceed 130 miles per hour (58 m/s).

BUILDING PLANNING

TABLE R301.2.1.2 WINDBORNE DEBRIS PROTECTION FASTENING SCHEDULE FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELSB,b*c,d

r-

FASTENER SPACING (inches)

-

2. Exposure B. Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas, or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructionshaving the size of single-family dwellings or larger. Exposure B shall be assumed unless the site meets the definition of another type exposure.

1

6 feet
5'-0" to 5'4"

2

> 12'4)" to 13'4"

2

> 13'4" to 14'-0"

3

> 16'4" to 18'-0" For S1:

1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

TABLE R603.6(10) HEADER TO KING STUD CONNECTION R E Q U I R E M E N T S * ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

7

BASIC WIND SPEED (mph), EXPOSURE HEADER SPAN (feet)

6-No. 8 screws 4-No. 8 screws

4-No. 8 screws

4-No. 8 scerws: > 12'to 16'

4-No. 8 screws

1

8-No. 8 screws

,-No. 8 screws

10-No. 8 screws

8-No. 8 screws

12-No. 8 screws

I

For SI: I inch = 25.4 nun, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound = 4.448 N. a. All screw sizes shown are minimum. b. For headers located on the first floor of a twwstory building, the total number of screws may be reduced by two screws, but the total number of screws shall be no less than four. c. For roof slopes of 6 1 2 or greater, the required number of screws may be reduced by half, but the total number of screws shall be no less than four. d. Screws can be replaced by an uplift connector which has a capacity of the number of screws multiplied by 164pounds (e.g.. 12-No 8 screws can be replaced by an upl~ftconnector whose capacity exceeds 12 X 164 pounds = 1,968 pounds).

TABLE R603.6(11) HEAD TRACK SPAN (33 ksi Steel)

1

ALLOWABLE HEAD TRACK SPANa. (tt-in)

-

Track Designation ,

3

-

5

350Tl 2

5'4)"

55OTl25-33 -

I

5'-7"

__1

4'-2"

6'-2" __i

4'-9"

5'-10" -

5'-4"

7q-

--

6'4"

7'-oU I -

5'-7"

6'-1" 5'-7"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, I foot = 104.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 mls. a. Deflection Limit. U24O b. Head track spans are based on components and cladding wind speeds and a 49-inchtributary span.


WALL CONSTRUCTION

(SEE ALTERNATE DETAIQ

2 SCREWS AT 24 IN. O.C.

(ONE PER HEADER FLANGE) CLlP ANGLE ATTACHED WITH SCREWS IN EACH LEG OF CLlP ANGLE, MINIMUM ANGLE LENGTH HEADER DEPTH MINUS 'I2IN.

-

2 SCREWS AT 24 IN. O.C.

STRUCTURAL SHEATHING EXTERIOR SCREW AT 24 IN. O.C. THROUGH EXTERIOR SHEATHING TO EACH JACK AND KlNG STUD

2 SCREWS AT 24" O.C. ONE PER FLANGE

C-SHAPES

-

TRACK OR C-SHAPE ATTACH WtTH SCREWS (MINIMUM DEPTH = HEADER DEPTH MINUS % INCH)

2 SCREWS AT 24-ON CENTER. ONE PER FLANGE

KlNG STUD(S) TRACK JACK STUD(S) CRIPPLE STUD

SCREWS TO SHEATHLNG TO EACH JACK AND KING STUD AT 12' ON CENTER

TRACK

ALTERNATE DETAIL (BOX BEAU HEADER)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R603.6 HEADER DETAIL 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

STRUCTURAL SHEATHING

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.7 MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF FULL HEIGHT STRUCTURAL SHEATHING ON EXTERIOR WALLSn,b~c~d~e WALL SUPPORTING

I-

--

16

Roof and ceiling only

-

__-

One story, roof and ceiling

- 3 5 _ _ _ ~ _ _ _ _ _

---+

7

For SI: 1 mile per hour = 0.447 mls. a. Linear interpolation shall be permitted. b. Bracing amount shall not be less than 20 percent of the wall length after all applicable adjustmentsare made. c. Minimum percentagesare based on a building aspect ratio of 1: 1. Minimumpercentages forthe shorter walls of a building shall be multipliedby a factor of 1.5and 2.0 for building aspect ratios of 1.5:l and 2:l respectively. e by a factorof 0.95 for roof slopes not exceedd. For hip roofedhomes with continuous structural sheathing, the h ing 7: 12 and a factor of 0.9 for roof slopes greater than 7:12. e. Sheathing percentages are permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section R603.7.2.

SECTION R604 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS R604.1 Identification and grade. Wood structural panels shall conform to DOC PS 1or DOC PS 2. All panels shall be identified by a grade mark or certificate of inspection issued by an approved agency.

R604.2 Allowable spans. The maximum allowable spans for wood structural panel wall sheathing shall not exceed the values set forth in Table R602.3(3). R604.3 Installation. Wood structural panel wall sheathing shall be attached to framing in accordance with Table R602.3(1). Wood structural panels marked Exposure 1 or Exterior are considered water-repellent sheathing under the code. SECTION R605 PARTICLEBOARD R605.1 Identification and grade. Particleboard shall conform to ANSI A208.1 and shall be so identified by a grade mark or certificate of inspection issued by an approved agency. Particleboard shall comply with the grades specified in Table R602.3(4). SEC1-ION R606 GENERAL MASONRY CONSTRUCTION R606.1 General. Masonry construction shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of this section or in accordance with the provisions of ACI 530lASCE 5fTMS 402.

R606.1.1 Professional registration not required. When the empirical design provisions of ACI 530lASCE SfTMS 402 Chavter 5 or the provisions of this section are used to design masonry, project drawings, typical details and specifications are not required to bear the seal of the architect or 180

engineer responsible for design, unless otherwise required by the state law of the jurisdiction having authority.

R606.2 Thickness of masonry. The nominal thickness of masonry walls shall conform to the requirements of Sections ~ 6 0 6 . 2 ~through 1 ~606.2.4. R606.2.1 Minimum thickness. The minimum thickness of masonry bearing walls more than one story high shall be 8 inches (203 mm). Solid masonry walls of one-story dwellings and garages shall not be less than 6 inches (1 52 mrn) in thickness when not greater than 9 feet (2743 mm) in height, provided that when.gab1econstructionis used, an additional6 feet (1829 rmn)is permitted to the peakof the gable. Masonry walls shall be laterally supported in either the horizontal or vertical direction at intervals as required by SectionR606.9. R606.2.2 Rubble stone masonry wall. The minimum thickness of rough, random or coursed rubble stone masonry walls shall be 16 inches (406 mm). R606.2.3 Change in thickness. Where walls of masonry of hollow units or masonry-bonded hollow walls are decreased in thickness, a course of solid masonry shall be constructed between the wall below and the thinner wall above, or special units or construction shall be used to transmit the loads from face shells or wythes above to those below. R606.2.4 Parapet walls. Unreinforced solid masonry parapet walls shall not be less than 8 inches (203 mm) thick and their height shall not exceed four times their thickness. Umeinforced hollow unit masonry parapet walls shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm) thick, and their height shall not exceed three times their thickness. Masonry parapet walls in areas subject to wind loads of 30 pounds per square foot (1.44 kPa) located in Seismic Design category 6,D, or D,, or on townhouses in Seismic Design Category shall be reinforced in accordance with Section R606.12. R606.3 Corbeledmasonry. Solid masonry units shall be used for corbeling. The maximum corbeled projection beyond the 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

(

WALL CONSTRUCTION

face of the wall shall not be more than one-half of the wall thickness or one-half the wythe thickness for hollow walls; the maximum projection of one unit shall not exceed one-half the height of theunit or one-third the thickness at right angles to the wall. When corbeled masonry is used to support floor or roof-framing members, the top course of the corbel shall be a header course or the top course bed joint shall have ties to the vertical wall. The hollow space behind the corbeled masonry shall be filled with mortar or grout.

R606.4 Support conditions. Bearing and support conditions shall be in accordance with Sections R606.4.1 and R606.4.2. R606.4.1 Bearing on support. Each masonry wythe shall be supported by at least two-thirds of the wythe thickness. R606.4.2 Support at foundation. Cavity wall or masonry veneer construction may be supported on an 8-inch (203 mm) foundation wall, provided the 8-inch (203 mm) wall is corbeled with solidmasonry to the width of the wall system above. The total horizontal projection of the corbel shall not exceed 2 inches (51 rnm) with individual corbels projecting not more than one-third the thickness of the unit or one-half the height of the unit. R606.5 Allowable stresses. Allowable compressive stresses in masonry shall not exceed the values prescribed in Table R606.5. In determining the stresses in masonry, the effects of all loads and conditions of loading and the influence of all forces affecting the design and strength of the sevcral parts shall be taken into account. R606.5.1 Combined units. In walls or other structural members composed of different kinds or grades of units, materials or mortars, the maximum stress shall not exceed the allowable stress for the weakest of the combination of units, materials and mortars of which the member is composed. The net thickness of any facing unit that is used to resist stress shall not be less than 1.5 inches (38 mm). R606.6 Piers. The unsupported height of masonry piers shall not exceed ten times their least dimension. When structural clay tile or hollow concrete masonry units are used for isolated piers to support beams and girders, thc cellular spaces shall be filled solidly with concrete or Type M or S mortar, except that unfilled hollow piers may be used if their unsupported height is not more than four times their least dimension. Where hollow masonry units are solidly filled with concrete or Type M, S or N mortar, the allowable compressive stress shall be permitted to be increased as provided in Table R606.5. R606.6.1 Pier cap. Hollow piers shall be capped with 4 inches (102 mm) of solid masonry or concrete or shall have cavities of the top course filled with concrete or grout or other approved methods. R606.7 Chases. Chases and recesses in masonry walls shall not be deeper than one-third the wall thickness, and the maximum length of a horizontal chase or horizontal projection shall not exceed 4 feet (1219 mm), and shall have at least 8 inches (203 mm) of masonry in back of the chases and recesses and between adjacent chases or recesses and the jambs of openings. Chases and recesses in masonry walls shall bc designed and constructed so asnot to reduce the required strength or required fire resistance of the wall and in no case shall a chase or recess 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

be pennitted within the required area of a pier. Masonry directly above chases or recesses wider than 12 inches (305 mm) shall be supported on noncombustible lintels. TABLE R606.5 ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE STRESSES FOR EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF MASONRY ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE STRESSESBGROSS

1

CONSTHUCTION; COMPRESSIVE -SJRIjNGT" CF !NIT. GRPSS °RE!

--

Solid masonry of brick and other solid units of clay or shale; sand-lime or concrete brick: 8,000 + psi 4,500 psi 2,500 psi 1,500 +- psi

mortar

mortar

300

--

100

Grout* masonry, of clay or shale; sand-lime or concrete:

Solid masonry of solid concrete

---

-----

IS

1--

loo

--

Masonry of hollow load-bearing units: 2,000+ psi 1,500psi 1,000 psi

bondedd)solid units: 2,500+ psi 1,500 psi

Hollow units Stone ashlar masonry: Granite Limestone or marble

Coarse, roughsandom

120

100

For SI: 1 pound ptr square inch = 6.895kPa. a. Linear interpolation shall be used for determining dlowable stresses for masonry units having compressive suengths that are intermediate between those given in the table. b. Gross cross-sectionalarea shall be calculatedon the actual rather than nominal dimensions. c. Sec Scction R608. d. Where floor and roof loads are carried upon one wythe, thegross cross-sectional area is that of the wythe under load; if both wythes are loaded, the gross cross-sectional area is that of the wall minus the area of the cavity between the wythes. Walls bouded with metal ties shall be considered as cavity walls unless the collar joints are filled with mortar or grout.

R606.8 Stack bond. In unreinforced masonry where masonry units are laid in stack bond, longitudinal reinforcement consisting of not less than two continuous wires each with a minimum

WALL CONSTRUCTION

aggregate cross-sectional area of 0.017 square inch (1 1 mrn2) shall be provided in horizontal bed joints spaced not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center vertically.

into the masonry, or be hooked or welded to bond beam reinforcement placed not less than 6 inches (152 mm) from the top of the wall.

R606.9 Lateral support. Masonry walls shall be laterally supported in either the horizontal or the vertical direction. The maximum spacing between lateral supports shall not exceed the distances in Table R606.9. Lateral support shall be provided by cross walls, pilasters, buttresses or structural frame members when the limiting distance is taken horizontally,or by floors or roofs when the limiting distance is taken vertically.

R606.9.2.2 Floor diaphragms. Masonry walls shall be anchored to floor diaphragm framing by metal strap anchors spaced in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, ll,-inchdiameter (13 mm) bolts spaced at intervals not to exceed 6 feet (1829 rnm) and installed as shown in Figure R606. I 1(1), or by other approved methods.

TABLE R606.9 SPACING OF LATERAL SUPPORT FOR MASONRY WALLS MAXIMUM WALL LENGTH TO THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION

Bearing walls: Solid or solid grouted Nonbearing walls: Exterior Interior

18 36

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. a. Except for cavity walls and cantilevered walls, the thickness of a wall shall be its nominal thickness measured perpendiculartothe face of the wall. For cavity walls, the thickness shall be determined as the sum of the nominal thicknesses of the individual wythes. For cantilever walls, except for parapets, the ratio of height to nominal thickness shall not exceed 6 for solid masonry, or 4 for hollow masonry. For parapets, see Section R606.2.4. b. An additionalunsupportedheight of6 feet is permittedforgableend walls.

R606.9.1 Horizontal lateral support. Lateral support in the horizontal direction provided by intersecting masonry walls shall be provided by one of the methods in Section R606.9.1.1 or Section R606.9.1.2. R606.9.1.1 Bonding pattern. Fifty percent of the units at the intersection shall be laid in an overlapping masonry bonding pattern, with alternate units having a bearing of not less than 3 inches (76 mm) on the unit below. R606.9.1.2 Metal reinforcement. Interior nonload- bearing walls shall be anchored at their intersections,at vertical intervals of not more than 16 inches (406 mm) with joint reinforcement of at least 9 gage r0.148 in. (4mm)], or 'I, inch (6 mm) galvanized mesh hardware cloth. Intersecting masonry walls, other than interior nonloadbearing walls, shall be anchored at vertical intervals of not more than 8 inches (203 mm) with joint reinforcement of at least 9 gage and shall extend at least 30 inches (762 rnrn) in each direction at the intersection.Other metal ties, joint reinforcement or anchors, if used, shall be spaced to provide equivalent area of anchorage to that required by this section. R606.9.2 Vertical lateral support. Vertical lateral support of masonry walls in Seismic Design Category A, B or C shall be provided in accordance with one of the methods in Section R606.9.2.1 or Section R606.9.2.2. R606.9.2.1 Roof structures. Masonry walls shall be anchored to roof structures with metal strap anchors spaced in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, '1,-inch (13 mm) bolts spaced not more than 6 feet (1829 mm) on center, or other approved anchors. Anchors shall be embedded at least 16 inches (406 mm)

R606.10 Lintels. Masonry over openings shall be supported by steel lintels, reinforced concrete or masonry lintels or masonry arches, designed to support load imposed. R606.11 Anchorage. Masonry walls shall be anchored to floor and roof systems in accordance with the details shown in Figure R606. I I (I), R606.11(2) or R606.1 l(3). Footings may be considered as points of lateral support. R606.12 Seismic requirements. The seismic requirements of this section shall apply to the design of masonry and the construction of masonry building elements located in Seismic Design Category Do, Dl or D,. Townhouses in Seismic Design Category C shall comply with the requirements of Section R606.12.2. These requirements shall not apply to glass unit masonry conforming to Section R610 or masonry veneer conforming to Section R703.7.

I

R606.12.1 General. Masonry structures and masonry elements shall comply with the requirements of Sections R606.12.2 through R606.12.4 based on the seismic design category established in Table R301.2(1). Masonry structures and masonry elements shall comply with the requirements of Section R606.12 and Figures R606.11(1), R606.1 l(2) and R606.1 l(3) or shall be designed in accordance with ACI 530lASCE 51TMS 402. R606.12.1.1 Floor and roof diaphragm construction. Floor and roof diaphragms shall be constructed of wood structural panels attached to wood framing in accordance with Table R602.3(1) or to cold-formed steel floor frarning in accordance with Table R505.3.1(2) or to cold-formed steel roof framing in accordance with Table R804.3. Additionally, sheathing panel edges perpendicular to framing members shall be backed by blocking, and sheathing shall be connected to the blocking with fasteners at the edge spacing. For Seismic Design Categories C, Do, D, and D,, where the width-to-thickness ( dimension of the diaphragm exceeds 2-to-1, edge spacing of fasteners shall be 4 inches (102 mrn) on center.

I

R606.12.2 Seismic Design Category C. Townhouses located in Seismic Design Category C shall comply with the requirements of this section. R606.12.2.1 Design of elements not part of the lateral force-resisting system. R606.12.2.1.1 Load-bearing frames or columns. Elements not part of the lateral-force-resisting system shall be analyzed to determine their effect on the response of the system. The frames or columns shall be adequate for vertical load carrying capacity and induced moment caused by the design story drift. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

WALL CONSTRUCTION

SHEATHING NAILED IN ACCORDANCE WlTH TABLE R602.3(1)

SHEATHING NAILED IN ACCORDANCE WlTH

'1, IN. BOLT AT 8 FT. O.C. EMBEDDED 4 IN. MIN.

'I2 IN. BOLT AT 8 FT. O.C. EMBEDDED 4 IN. MIN.

LEDGER BOLT SIZE AND SPACING

I

BOLT EMBEDDED 4 IN.

SEE TABLE FOR BOLT SlZE AND SPACING

\

1-

JOIST SPAN 10 FT.

,BgBSlZE

AND SPACING FLOOR

3 IN. NOMINAL LEDGER

SHEATHING NAILED IN 3-16d PER JOIST

3 IN. NOMINAL

JOISTS PERPENDICULAR TO WALL

JOISTS PARALLEL WALL

SEE TABLE ABOVE FOR BOLT AND SlZE SPACING

NOTE:Where bolts are located in hollow masonry, the cells in the courses receiving the bolt shall be grouted solid. For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, Ifoot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kFh. FIGURE R606.11(1) ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY WALLS LOCATED IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A. 6 OR C AND WHERE WIND LOADS ARE LESS THAN 30 PSF


WALL CONSTRUCTION

ROOF CONNECTORS AT

48 IN. MAX. O.C.

\

/ ROOF #4 BARS (MIN.) AT

#4 BARS AROUND OPENINGS

DIAPHRAGMS CONT. THRU C.J.

#4 BARS WITHIN 8 IN. OF ENDS OF WAC1S A N D AT CORNERS

#4 BARS (MIN.) WITHIN 8 IN. OF ALL C.J.'S CONTROL JOINT (C.J.)

BARS AT 10 FT O.C. OR W1.7 INT REINFORCEDAT 16 IN. 0.C MINIMUM REINFORCEMENT FOR MASONRY WALLS

ANCHOR BOLTS

TWO #4 LATERAL TlES WITHIN TOP 5 IN. OF COLUMN THAT ENCLOSE ANCHOR BOLTS AND VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT

+

2 IN. PLATE WITH ' 1 IN. BOLTS ~ NOT MORE THAN 4 % O.C. EMBEDDED 4 IN. MIN.

BOND BEAM STE TWO '12 IN. BARS

VERTICAL COLUMN REINFORCEMENT

ONE ' I 2 IN. BOLT

LINTEL STEEL-

COLUMN TIES

REINFORCEMENT SHALL HAVE MIN. 'I,, IN. CLEARANCE

7

REINFORCEMENTSEE SECTIONS R606.12.2.1.3 and R606.12.2.2.3

METAL TIES--

HEADER COURSES NOT PERMIITED

+-k

LAP 40 DIA. SECTION 1

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE R606.11(2) REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED GROUTED MASONRY CONSTRUCTION IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C 184

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

WALL CONSTRUCTION

ROOF CONNECTORS AT 48 IN. MAX. O.C.

/ #4 BARS (MIN.) AT DIAPHRAGMS CONT. THRU C.J.

#4 BARS AROUND OPENINGS

#4 BARS WITHIN 8 IN. OF ENDS

#4 BARS (MIN.) WITHIN 8 IN. OF ALL C.J.'S

OF WALLS AND AT CORNERS

CONTROL JOINT (C.J.)

BARS AT 48 IN. O.C.

40 db MINIMUM REINFORCEMENT FOR MASONRY WALLS

ANCHOR BOLTS

ONE ' I 2 9 IN BOLT

TWO #4 LATERAL TIES WITHIN TOP 5 IN. OF COLUMN WHICH ENCLOSE ANCHOR BOLTS AN VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT

'/2 IN. BOLTS NOT MORE THAN 4 FT0.C. IN CELLS WITH VERTICAL ROD WHERE POSSIBLE EMBEDDED 4 IN. MIN.

REINFORCEMENTS SEE SECTIONS R606 12 2 R606 12 3 2 and R606 12 4 'T 6 IN.

VERTICAL COLUMN REINFORCEMENT

,, I I

LINTEL BAR OR BARS4EE SECTION R606.10

SECTION C

,3/,

IN. d~ ROD

.L-

6 IN.

f-

FOUNDATION FOR WOOD FLOOR

FOUNDATION FOR CONCRETE FLOOR

Note: A full bed joint must be provided. All cells containing vertical bars are to be filled to the top of wall and provide inspection opening as shown on detail "A:' Horizontal bars are lo be laid as shown on detail "8.' Lintel bars are to be laid as shown on Section C.

NOTE: A Full bed joint must be provided. All cells containing vertical bars are to be filled to the top of wall and provide inspection opening as shown on detail "A," Horizontal bars are to be laid as shown on detail "B."Lintel bars are to be laid as shown on Section C. For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm,1 foot = 304.8 mm. FIGURE R606.11(3) REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED MASONRY CONSTRUCTION IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY Do, Dl OR D2


WALL CONSTRUCTION

R606.12.2.1.2 Masonry partition walls. Masonry partition walls, masonry screen walls and other masonry elements that are not designed to resist vertical or lateral loads, other than those induced by their own weight, shall be isolated from the structure so that vertical and lateral forces are not imparted to these elements. Isolation joints and connectors between these elements and the structure shall be designed to accommodate the design story drift. R606.12.2.1.3 Reinforcement requirements for masonry elements. Masonry elements listed in Section R606.12.2.1.2 shall be reinforced in either the horizontal or vertical direction as shown in Figure R606.1 l(2) and in accordance with the following: 1. Horizontal reinforcement. Horizontal joint reinforcement shall consist of at least two longitudinal W1.7 wires spaced not more than 16 inches (406 mrn) for walls greater than 4 inches (102 rnm) in width and at least one longitudinal W1.7 wire spaced not more than 16 inches (406 rnm) for walls not exceeding4 inches (102 mm) in width; or at least one No. 4 bar spaced not more than 48 inches (1219 mm). Where two longitudinal wires of joint reinforcement are used, the space between these wires shall be the widest that the mortar joint will accommodate. Horizontal reinforcement shall be provided within 16 inches (406 mm) of the top and bottom of these masonry elements. 2. Vertical reinforcement. Vertical reinforcement shall consist of at least one No. 4 bar spaced not more than 48 inches (1219 mm). Vertical reinforcement shall be located within 16 inches (406 mm) of the ends of masonry walls.

R606.12.2.2 Design of elements part of the lateral-force-resisting system. R606.12.2.2.1 Connections to masonry shear walls. Connectors shall be provided to transfer forces between masonry walls and horizontal elements in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.1.8 of ACI 530lASCE SITMS 402. Connectors shall be designed to transfer horizontal design forces acting either perpendicular or parallel tothe wall, but not less than 200 pounds per linear foot (29 19 Nlm) of wall. The maximum spacing between connectors shall be 4 feet (1219 mm). Such anchorage mechanisms shall not induce tension stresses perpendicular to grain in ledgers or nailers. R606.12.2.2.2 Connections to masonry columns. Connectors shall be provided to transfer forces between masonry columns and horizontal elements in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.1.8 of ACI 530lASCE SITMS 402. Where anchor bolts are used to connect horizontal elements to the tops of columns, the bolts shall be placedwithin lateral ties. Lateral ties shall enclose both the vertical bars in the column and the anchor bolts. There shall be a mini-

mum of two No. 4 lateral ties provided in the top 5 inches (127 mm) of the column.

R606.12.2.2.3 Minimum reinforcement requirements for masonry shear walls. Vertical reinforcement of at least one No. 4 bar shall be provided at comers, within 16 inches (406 mm) of each side of openings, within 8 inches (203 mm) of each side of movement joints, within 8 inches (203 mm) of the ends of walls, and at a maximum spacing of 10 feet (3048 mm). Horizontal joint reinforcement shall consist of at least two wires of W 1.7 spaced not more than 16inches (406 mm); or bond beam reinforcement of at least one No. 4 bar spaced not more than 10 feet (3048 rnm) shall be provided. Horizontal reinforcement shall also be provided at the bottom and top of wall openings and shall extend not less than 24 inches (610 mm) nor less than 40 bar diameterspast the opening; continuously at structurally connected roof and floor levels; and within 16 inches (406 mm) of the top of walls.

R606.12.3 Seismic Design Category Do or D,. Structures in Seismic Design Category Do or D, shall comply with the requirements of Seismic Design Category C and the additional requirements of this section. R606.12.3.1 Design requirements. Masonry elements other than those covered by Section R606.12.2.1.2 shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 1 and Sections 2.1 and 2.3 of ACl 530lASCE S/TMS 402 and shall meet the minimum reinforcement requirements contained in Sections R606.12.3.2 and R606.12.3.2.1.

Exception: Masonry walls limited to one story in height and 9 feet (2743 mm) between lateral supports need not be designed provided they comply with the minimum reinforcement requirements of Sections R606.12.3.2 and R606.12.3.2.1. R606.12.3.2 Minimum reinforcement requirements for masonry walls. Masonry walls other than those covered by Section R606.12.2.1.3 shall be reinforced in both the vertical and horizontal direction.The sum of the cross-sectional area of horizontal and vertical reinforcement shall be at least 0.002 times the gross cross-sectional area of the wall, and the minimum cross-sectional area in each direction shall be not less than 0.0007 times the gross cross-sectional area of the wall. Reinforcement shall be uniformly distributed. Table R606.12.3.2 shows the minimum reinforcing bar sizesrequired for varying thicknessesof masonry walls. The maximum spacing of reinforcement shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) provided that the walls are solid grouted and constructed of hollow open-end units, hollow units laid with full head joints or two wythes of solid units. The maximum spacingof reinforcementshall be 24 inches (6 10mm) for all other masonry. R606.12.3.2.1 Shear wall reinforcement requirements. The maximum spacing of vertical and horizontal reinforcement shall be the smaller of one-third the length of the shear wall, one-third the height of the 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

I

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R606.12.3.2 MINIMUM DISTRIBUTED WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR BUILDING ASSIGNED TO SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORYDoor D, ---

NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS

(inches)

MINIMUM SUM OF THE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT ARE AS^

(square-inches per foot) --

6 8 10 12

0.135 0.183 0.23 1 0.279

MINIMUM REINFORCEMENTAS DISTRIBUTED IN BOTH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL DIRECTIONS~ (square inches per foot)

0.047 0.064 0.08 1 0.098

MINIMUM BAR SIZE FOR REINFORCEMENT SPACED AT 48 INCHES

#4

#5

#6 #6

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square inch per foot = 2064 d m . a. Based on the minimum reinforcing ratio of 0.002 times the gross cross-sectional area of the mu. b. Based on the minimum reinforcing ratio each direction of 0.0007 times the gross cross-sectional arca of the Hall.

shcar wall, or 48 inches (1219 mm). The minimum cross-sectional area of vertical reinforcement shalI be one-third of the required shear reinforcement. Shear reinforcement shall be anchored around vertical reinforcing bars with a standard hook.

R606.12.3.3 Minimum reinforcement for masonry columns. Lateral ties in masonry columns shall be spaced not more than 8 inches (203 mm) on center and shall be at least 3/8 inch (9.5 rnrn) diameter. Lateral ties shall be embedded in grout. R606.12.3.4 Material restrictions. Type N mortar or masonry cement shall not be used as part of the lateral-force-resisting system.

is part of the lateral-force-resisting system shall have a horizontal cross-sectional area of reinforcement of at least 0.0025 times the gross cross-sectional area of masonry. Table R606.12.4.2 shows minimum reinforcing bar sizes for masonry walls. The maximum spacing of horizontal reinforcement shall be 16 inches (406 mm). These elements shall be solidly grouted and shall be constructed of hollow open-end units or two wythes of solid units. TABLE R606.12.4.2 MINIMUM REINFORCING FOR STACKED BONDED MASONRY WALLS IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D, NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS

(inches)

MINIMUM BAR SIZE SPACED AT 16 INCHES

12

#6

R606.12.3.5 Lateral tie anchorage. Standard hooks for lateral tie anchorage shall be either a 135-degree (2.4 rad) standard hook or a 180-degree(3.2 rad) standard hook. R606.12.4 Seismic Design Category D,. All structures in Seismic Design Category D, shall comply with the requirements of Seismic Design Category D, and to the additional requirements of this section. R606.12.4.1 Design of elements not part of the lateral-force-resistingsystem. Stack bond masonry that is not part of the lateral-force-resisting system shall have a horizontal cross-sectionalareaof reinforcement of at least 0.0015 times the gross cross-sectional area of masonry. Table K606.12.4.1 shows minimum reinforcing bar sizes for masonry walls. The maximum spacing of horizontal reinforcement shall be 24 inches (610 mm). These elements shall be solidly grouted and shall be constructed of hollow open-end units or two wythes of solid units. TABLE R606.12.4.1 MINIMUM REINFORCING FOR STACKED BONDED MASONRY WALLS IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D, I

6 8

10 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

R606.12.4.2 Design of elements part of the lateral-force-resistingsystem. Stack bond masonry that 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm.

R606.13 Protection for reinforcement. Bars shall be completely embedded in mortar or grout. Joint reinforcement embedded in horizontal mortar joints shall not have less than 5/,-inch (15.9 nlm) mortar coverage from the exposed face. All other reinforcement shall have a minimum coverage of one bar diameter over all bars, but not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm), except where exposed to weather or soil, in which case the minimum coverage shall be 2 inches (51 mm). R606.14 Beam supports. Beams, girders or other concentrated loads supported by a wall or column shall have a bearing of at least 3 inches (76 mm) in length measured parallel to the bcam upon solid masonry not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in thickness, or upon a rnetai bearing plate of adequate dcsign &d dimensions to distribute the load safelv. ,, or uDon a continuous reinforced masonry member projecting not less than 4 inches (102 mm) from the face of the wall.

.

R606.14.1 Joist bearing. Joists shall have a bearing of not less than 1'1, inches (38 rnm), except as provided in Section R606.14, and shall be supported in accordance with Figure R606.1 l(1). R606.15 Metal accessories. Joint reinforcement, anchors, ties and wire fabric shall conform to the following: ASTM A 82 for wire anchors and ties; ASTM A 36 for plate, headed and 187

I

WALL CONSTRUCTION

bent-bar anchors; ASTM A 510 for corrugated sheet metal anchors and ties; ASTM A 95 1 for joint reinforcement; ASTM B 227 for copper-clad steel wire ties; or ASTM A 167 for stainless steel hardware. R606.15.1 Corrosion protection. Minimum corrosion protection of joint reinforcement, anchor ties and wire fabric for use in masonry wall construction shall conform to Table R606.15.1. TABLE R606.15.1 MINIMUM CORROSION PROTECTION

t_-LT] MASONRY METAL ACCESSORY

Joint reinforcement, interior walls Wire ties or anchors in exterior walls

ASTM A 64 1, Class 1 ASTM A 64 1, Class 3

ASTM A 153, Class B-2 Joint reinforcement in exterior walls 'or'interiorwalls exposed to moist environment ___ Sheet metal ties or anchors exposed

C-

L

Sheet metal ties or anchors completely Stainless steel hardware for any exposure

1 ASTM

A 167. Type304

1

SECTION R607 UNIT MASONRY R607.1 Mortar. Mortar for use in masonry construction shall comply with ASTM C 270. The type of mortar shall be in accordance with Sections R607.1.1, R607.1.2 and R607.1.3 and shall meet the proportion specifications of Table R607.1 or the property specifications of ASTM C 270. R607.1.1 Foundation walls. Masonry foundation walls constructed as set forth in Tables R404.1.1(1) through R404.1.1(4) and mortar shall be Type M or S. R607.1.2 Masonry in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C. Mortar for masonry serving as the lateral-forceresisting system in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C shall be Type M, S or N mortar.

I

R607.13 Masonry in Seismic Design Categories Do,D, and D,. Mortar for masonry serving as the lateral-forceresisting system in Seismic Design Categories Do, D, and D2 shall be Type M or S portland cement-lime or mortar cement mortar.

R607.2 Placing mortar and masonry units. R607.2.1 Bed and head joints. Unless otherwise required or indicated on the project drawings, head and bed joints shall be 3/, inch (10 mm) thick, except that the thickness of the bed joint of the starting course placed over foundations shall not be less than 1 ' , inch (7 mm) and not more than 3/4 inch (19 mm). 188

1. Bed joint: + '1, inch (3 mm). 2. Head joint: '1, inch (7 mm), + 3/8inch (10 mm). 3. Collar joints:

I/,

inch (7 mm), + 3/8inch (10 rnm).

Exception: Nonload-bearing masonry elements and masonry veneers designed and constructed in accordance with Section R703.7 are not required to meet these tolerances. R607.2.2 Masonry unit placement. The mortar shall be sufficiently plastic and units shall be placed with sufficient pressure to extrude mortar from the joint and produce a tight joint. Deep furrowing of bed joints that produces voids shall not be permitted. Any units disturbed to the extent that initial bond is broken after initial placement shall be removed and relaid in fresh mortar. Surfaces to be in contact with mortar shall be clean and free of deleterious materials. R607.2.2.1 Solid masonry. Solid masonry units shall be laid with full head and bed joints and all interior vertical joints that are designed to receive mortar shall be filled.

ASTM A 153, Class B-2

ASTM A 653, Coating Designation G60

R607.2.1.1 Mortar joint thickness tolerance. Mortar joint thickness shall be within the following tolerances from the specified dimensions:

R607.2.2.2 Hollow masonry. For hollow masonry units, head and bed joints shall be filled solidly with mortar for a distance in from the face of the unit not less than the thickness of the face shell. R607.3 Installation of wall ties. The installation of wall ties shall be as follows: 1. The ends of wall ties shall be embedded in mortar joints. Wall tie ends shall engage outer face shells of hollow units by at least '1, inch (13 mm). Wire wall ties shall be embedded at least lLI2inches (38 mm) into the mortar bedof solid masonry units or solidgrouted hollow units. 2. Wall ties shall not be bent after being embedded in grout or mortar.

SECTION R608 MULTIPLE WYTHE MASONRY R608.1 General. The facing and backing of multiple wythe masonry walls shall be bonded in accordance with Section R608.1.1, R608.1.2 or R608.1.3. In cavity walls, neither the facing nor the backing shall beless than 3 inches (76 rnm) nominal in thickness and the cavity shall not be more than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal in width. The backing shall be at least as thick as the facing. Exception: Cavities shall be permitted to exceed the 4-inch (102 mm) nominal dimension provided tie size and tie spacing have been established by calculation. R608.1.1 Bonding with masonry headers. Bonding with solid or hollow masonry headers shall comply with Sections R608.1.1.1 and R608.1.1.2. R608.1.1.1 Solid units. Where the facing and backing (adjacent wythes) of solid masonry construction are bonded by means of masonry headers, no less than 4 percent of the wall surface of each face shall be composed of 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R607.1 MORTAR PROPORTIONSa, PROPORTIONS BY VOLUME fcementitious materials

-- ...

1 Pottlanc~=mentor

MORTAR

blendedcement

----

0 M M

Mortar cement -~

S

N

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

I 1 1

-

-

-

-

-

-

I -

-

-

-

-

-

-

,

I i

s

j

S

i

I

-

I -

-

-

lr

Hydratedlimec lime ~ u t t v

Aggregate ratio (measured in dam^. loose conditions)

'14

over '/, to '/, over I/, to 1'/, over 1'/&to 2'1,

-

-

-

M

!

1

Cement-linle

I"' ~ m e-MC n -t M S N

-

0

Not less than 2'1, and not more than 3 times the sum of separate volumes of lime, if used, and cement

Masonry cement -

-

For SI: I cubic foot = 0.0283 m', 1 pound = 0.454 kg. a. For the purpose of these specifications,the weight of 1 cubic foot of the respective materials shall be considered to be as follows: 94 pounds Masonry Cement Weight printed on bag Portland Cement Mortar Cement Weight printed on bag Hydrated Lime 40 pounds Lime Putty (Quicklime) 80 pounds Sand, damp and loose 80 pounds of dry sand b. Two air-enh-ainingmaterials shall not be combined in m o m c. Hydrated lime conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 207.

headers extending not less than 3 inches (76 mm) into the backing. The distance between adjacent full-length headers shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) either vertically or horizontally. In walls in which a single header does not extend through the wall, headers from the opposite sides shall overlap at least 3 inches (76 mm), or headers from opposite sides shall be covered with another header course overlapping the header below at least 3 inches (76 mrn).

R608.1.1.2 Hollow units. Where two or more hollow units are used to make up the thickness of a wall, the stretcher courses shall be bonded at vertical intervals not exceeding 3 4 inches (864 mm) by lapping at least 3 inches (76 mm) over the unit below, or by lapping at vertical intervals not exceeding 17 inches (432 mm) with units that are at least 5 0 percent thicker than the units below.

R608.1.2 Bonding with wall ties or joint reinforcement. Bonding with wall ties or joint I-einforcement shall comply with Sections R608.1.2.1 through R608.1.2.3.

R608.1.2.1 Rondiig with wall ties. Bonding with wall ties, except as required by Section R610, where the facing and backing (adjacent wythes) of masonry walls are bonded with 3/,,-inch-diameter (5 mm) wall ties embedded in the hori7ontal mortar joints, there shall be at least one metal tie for each 4.5 square feet (0.418 m2) of wall area. Ties in alternate courses shall be staggered. The maximum vertical distance between ties shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm), and the maximum horizontal dis2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

tance shall not exceed 3 6 inches (914 mm). Rods or ties bent to rectangular shape shall be used with hollow masonry units laid with the cells vertical. In other walls, the ends of ties shall be bent to 90-degree (0.79 rad) angles to provide hooks no less than 2 inches (51 mm) long. Additional bonding ties shall be provided at all openings, spaced not more than 3 feet (914 mm) apart around the perimeter and within 12inches (305 mm) of the opening.

R608.1.2.2 Bonding with adjustable wall ties. Where the facing and backing (adjacent wythes) of masonry are bonded with adjustable wall ties, there shall be at least one tie for each 2.67 square feet (0.248 m2)of wall area. Neither the vertical nor the horizontal spacing of the adjustable wall ties shall exceed 24 inches (610 mm). The maximum vertical offset of bed joints from one wythe to the other shall be 1.25 inches (32 mm). The maximum clearance between connecting parts of the ties shall be Il,,inch (2 mm). When pintle legs are used, ties shall have at least two 3/,,-inch-diarneter (5 mm) legs. R608.1.2.3 Bonding with prefabricated joint reinforcement. Where the facing and backing (adjacent wythes) of masonry are bonded with prefabricated joint reinforcement, there shall be at least one cross wire serving as a tie for each 2.67 square feet (0.248 m2) of wall area. The vertical spacing of the joint reinforcement shall not exceed 16 inches (406 mm). Cross wires on prefabricated joint reinforcement shall not be smaller than No. 9 gage. The longitudinal wires shall be embedded in the mortar.

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R608.1.3 Bonding with natural or cast stone. Bonding with natural and cast stone shall conform to Sections R608.1.3.1 andR608.1.3.2. R608.1.3.1 Ashlar masonry. In ashlar masonry, bonder units, uniformly distributed, shall be provided to the extent of not less than 10 percent of the wall area. Such bonder units shall extend not less than 4 inches (102 mm) into the backing wall. R608.1.3.2 Rubble stone masonry. Rubble stone masonry 24 inches (610 mm) or less in thickness shall have bonder units with amaximum spacing of 3 feet (914 mm) vertically and 3 feet (914 mm) horizontally, and if the masonry is of greater thickness than 24 inches (610 mm), shall have one bonder unit for each 6 square feet (0.557 m2) of wall surface on both sides. R608.2 Masonry bonding pattern. Masonry laid in running and stack bond shall conform to Sections R608.2.1 and R608.2.2. R608.2.1 Masonry laid in running bond. In each wythe of masonry laid in running bond, head joints in successive courses shall be offset by not less than one-fourth the unit length, or the masonry walls shall be reinforced longitudinally as required in Section R608.2.2. R608.2.2 Masonry hid in stack bond. Where unit masonry is laid with less head joint offset than in Section

L

R607.2.1, the minimum area of horizontal reinforcement placed in mortar bed joints or in bond beams spaced not more than 48 inches (1 219 mm) apart, shall be 0.0007 times the vertical cross-sectional area of the wall. SECTION R609 GROUTED MASONRY R609.1 General. Grouted multiple-wythe masonry is a form of construction in which the space between the wythes is solidly filled with grout. It is not necessary for the cores of masonry units to be filled with grout. Grouted hollow unit masonry is a form of construction in which certain cells of hollow units are continuously filled with grout. R609.1.1 Grout. Grout shall consist of cementitious material and aggregate in accordance with ASTM C 476 and the proportion specifications of Table R609.1.1. Q p e M or Type S mortar to which sufficient water has been added to produce pouring consistency can be used as grout. R609.1.2 Grouting requirements. Maximum pour heights and the minimum dimensions of spaces provided for grout placement shall conform to Table R609.1.2. If the work is stopped for one hour or longer, the horizontal construction joints shall be formed by stopping all tiers at the same elevation and with the grout 1 inch (25 mm) below the top.

TABLE R609.1.1 GROUT PROPORTIONS BY VOLUME FOR MASONRY CONSTRUCTION PORTLAND CEMENT

N PE

SLAG CEMENT

-Coarse

1

' 1

)

1

AGGREGATE MEASURED IN A DAMP, LOOSE CONDITION OR LIME PUTTY

O

l

O to 1/1°

Coarse

2l/, to 3 times the sum of the volume o e cementitious materials

I

2l/, to 3 times the sum of the volume 1 to 2 times the sum of the volumes of' the cementitious materials of the cementitious materials

TABLE R609.1.2 GROUT SPACE DIMENSIONSAND POUR HEIGHTS

1 Fine

Coarse

GROUT

GROUT POUR MAXIMUM HEIGHT (feet)

GROUT N P E

t

SPACES*^

(inches)

4p0.75p

12

I

2.5

__c-

12

(

2.5

(

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. a. For grouting between masonry wythes. b. Grout spacedimension is the cleardimensionbetweenany masonryprobusionandshaU beincreasedby the horizontal projectionof the diametersof the horizontal bars within the cross section of the grout space. c. Area of vertical reinforcement shall not exceed 6 percent of the area of the grout space.

190


WALL CONSTRUCTION

R609.1.3 Grout space (cleaning). Provision shall be made for cleaning grout space. Mortar projections that project more than 0.5 inch (13 mm) into grout space and any other foreign matter shall be removed from grout space prior to inspection and grouting. R609.1.4 Grout placement. Grout shall be a plastic mix suitable for pumping without segregation of the constituents and shall be mixed thoroughly. Grout shall be placed by pumping or by an approved alternate method and shall be placed before any initial set occurs and in no case more than 11/, hours after water has been added. Grouting shall be done in a continuous pour, in lifts not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm). It shall be consolidated by puddling or mechanical vibrating during placing and reconsolidated after excess moisture has been absorbed but before plasticity is lost. R609.1.4.1 Grout pumped through aluminum pipes. Grout shall not be pumped through aluminum pipes. R609.1.5 Cleanouts. Where required by the building official, cleanouts shall be provided as specified in this section. The cleanouts shall be sealed before grouting and after inspection. R609.1.5.1 Grouted multiple-wythe masonry. Cleanouts shall be provided at the bottom course of the exterior wythe at each pour of grout where such pour exceeds 5 feet (1524 mm) in height. R609.1.5.2 Grouted hollow unit masonry. Cleanouts shall be provided at the bottom course of each cell to be grouted at eachpour of grout, where such pour exceeds 4 feet (1219 mm) in height. R609.2 Grouted multiple-wythe masonry. Grouted multiple-wythe masonry shall conform to all the requirements specified in Section R609.1 and the requirements of this section. R609.2.1 Bonding of backup wythe. Where all interior vertical spaces are filled with grout in multiple-wythe construction, masonry headers shall not be permitted. Metal wall ties shall be used in accordance with Section R608.1.2 to prevent spreading of the wythes and to maintain the vertical alignment of the wall. Wall ties shall be installed in accordance with Section R608.1.2 when the backup wythe in multiple-wythe construction is fully grouted. R609.2.2 Grout spaces. Fine grout shall be used when interior vertical space to receive grout does not exceed 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness. Interior vertical spaces exceeding 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness shall use coarse or fine grout. R609.2.3 Grout barriers. Vertical grout barriers or dams shall be built of solid masonry across the grout space the entire height of the wall to control the flow of the grout horizontally. Grout barriers shall not be more than 25 feet (7620 mm) apart. The grouting of any section of a wall between control barriers shall be completed in one day with no interruptions greater than one hour. R609.3 Reinforced grouted multiple-wythe masonry. Reinforced grouted multiple-wythe masonry shall conform to all the requirements specified in Sections R609.1 and R609.2 and the requirements of this section. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

R609.3.1 Construction. The thickness of grout or mortar between masonry units and reinforcement shall not be less than I/, inch (7 mm), except that '/,-inch (7 mm) bars may be laid in horizontal mortar joints at leaqt [I, inch (13 mm) thick, and steel wire reinforcement may be laidin horizontal mortar joints at least twice the thickness of the wire diameter. R609.4 Reinforced hollow unit masonry. Reinforced hollow unit masonry shall conform to all the requirements of Section R609.1 and the requirements of this section. R609.4.1 Construction. Requirements for construction shall be as follows: 1. Reinforced hollow-unit masonry shall be built to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the cells to be filled. Walls and cross webs forming cells to be filled shall be full-bedded in mortar to prevent leakage of grout. Head and end joints shall be solidly filled with mortar for a distance in from the facc of the wall or unit not less than the thickness of the longitudinal face shells. Bond shall be provided by lapping units in successive vertical courses. 2. Cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment sufficient to maintain a clear, unobstructed continuous vertical cell of dimensions prescribed in Table R609.1.2. 3. Vertical reinforcement shall be held in position at top and bottom and at intervals not exceeding 200 diameters of the reinforcement.

4. Cells containing reinforcement shall be filled solidly with grout. Grout shall be poured in lifts of %foot (2438 mm) maximum height. When a total groutpour exceeds 8 feet (2438 mm) in height, the grout shall be placed in lifts not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm) and special inspection during grouting shall be required. 5. Horizontal steel shall be fully embedded by grout in an uninterrupted pour.

SECTION R610 GLASS UNIT MASONRY R610.1 General. Panels of glass unit masonry located in load-bearing and nonload-bearing exterior and interior walls shall be constructed in accordance with this section.

R610.2 Materials. Hollow glass units shall be partially evacuated and have a minimum average glass face thickness of Y,, inch (5 mm). The surface of units in contact with mortar shall be treated with a polyvinyl butyral coating or latex-based paint. The use of reclaimed units is prohibited. R610.3 Units. Hollow or solid glass block units shall be standard or thin units. R610.3.1 Standard units. The specified thickness of standard units shall be at least 3'1, inches (98 mm). K610.3.2 Thin units. The specified thickness of thin units shall be at least 3'1, inches (79 mm) for hollow units and at least 3 inches (76 mm) for solid units.

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R610.4 Isolated panels. Isolated panels of glass unit masonry shall conform to the requirements of this section. R610.4.1 Exterior standard-unit panels. The maximum area of each individual standard-unit panel shall be 144 square feet (13.4 m2) when the design wind pressure is 20 psf (958 Pa). The maximum area of such panels subjected to design wind pressures other than 20 psf (958 Pa) shall be in accordance with Figure R610.4.1. The maximum panel dimension between structural supports shall be 25 feet (7620 mm) in width or 20 feet (6096 mm) in height. R610.4.2 Exterior thin-unit panels. The maximum area of each individual thin-unit panel shall be 85 square feet (7.9 m2).The maximum dimension between structural supports shall be 15 feet (4572 rnm) in width or 10 feet (3048 mm) in height. Thin units shall not be used in applications where the design wind pressure as stated in Table R301.2(1) exceeds 20 psf (958 Pa). R610.4.3 Interior panels. The maximum area of each individual standard-unit panel shall be 250 square feet (23.2 m2). The maximum area of each thin-unit panel shall be 150 square feet (13.9 m2). The maximum dimension between structural supports shall be 25 feet (7620 mrn) in width or 20 feet (6096 mm) in height. R610.4.4 C m e d panels. The width of curved panels shall confom~to the requirements of Sections R610.4.1, R610.4.2 and R610.4.3, except additional structural supports shall be provided at locations where a curved section joins a straight section, and at inflection points in multicurved walls. R610.5 Panel support. Glass unit masonry panels shall conform to the support requirements of this section.

For SI:

R610.5.1 Deflection. The maximum total deflection of structural members that support glass unit masonry shall not exceed 1/600. R610.5.2 Lateral support. Glass unit masonry panels shall be laterally supported along the top and sides of the panel. Lateral supports for glass unit masonry panels shall be designed to resist a minimum of 200 pounds per lineal feet (2918 Nlm) of panel, or the actual applied loads, whichever is greater. Except for single unit panels, lateral support shall be provided by panel anchors along the top and sides spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 rnm)o n center or by channel-type restraints. Single unit panels shall be supported by channel-type restraints. Exceptions: 1. Lateral support is not required at the top of panels that are one unit wide. 2. Lateral support is not required at the sides of panels that are one unit high. R610.5.2.1 Panel anchor restraints. Panel anchors shall be spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on center in both jambs and across the head. Panel anchors shall be embedded a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) and shall be provided with two fasteners so as to resist the loads specified in Section R610.5.2. R610.5.2.2 Channel-type restraints. Glass unit masonry panels shall be recessed at least 1 inch (25 mm) within channels and chases. Channel-type restraints shall be oversized to accommodate expansion material in the opening, packing and sealant between

1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kh.

FIGURE R610.4.1 GLASS UNIT MASONRY DESIGN WIND LOAD RESISTANCE 192


WALL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION R611 INSULATING CONCRETE FORM WALL CONSTRUCTION

the framing restraints, and the glass unit masonry perimeter units.

R610.6 Sills. Before bedding of glass units, the sill area shall be covered with a water base asphaltic emulsion coating. The coating shall shall be a minimum of 'I, inch (3 mm) thick.

R611.1 General. Insulating Concrete Form (IFC) walls shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of this section or in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318. When ACI 31 8 or the provisions of this section are used to design insulating concrete form walls, project drawings, typical details and specifications are not required to bear the seal of the architect or engineer responsible for design, unless otherwise required by the state law of the jurisdiction having authority.

R610.7 Expansion joints. Glass unit masonry panels shall be provided with expansion joints along the top and sides at all structural supports. Expansion joints shall be a minimum of 3/8 inch (10rnm) in thickness and shall have sufficient thickness to accommodate displacements of the supporting structure. Expansion joints shall be entirely free of mortar and other debris and shall be filled with resilient material.

R611.2 Applicability limits. The provisions of this section shall apply to the construction of insulating concrete form walls for buildings not greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in plan dimensions, and floors not greater than 32 feet (9754 rnrn)or roofs not greater than 40 feet ( I 2 192 mm) in clear span. Buildings shall not exceed two stories in height above-grade. ICF walls shall comply with the requirements in Table R611.2. Walls constructedin accordance with the provisions of this section shall be limited to buildings subjected to a maximum design wind speed of 150 miles per hour (67 rnls), and Seismic Design Categories A, B, C , Do, D, and Dz. The provisions of this section shall not apply to the construction of ICF walls for buildings or portions of buildings considered irregular as defined in Section R301.2.2.2.2.

R610.8 Mortar. Glass unit masonry shall be laid with Type S or N mortar. Mortar shall not be retempered after initial set. Mortar unused within ll/? bows after initial mixing shall be discarded. R610.9 Reinforcement. Glass unit masonry panels shall have horizontal joint reinforcement spaccd a maximun~of 1 6 inches (406 mm) on center located in the mortar bed joint. Horizontal joint reinforcement shall extend the entire length of the panel but shall not extend across expansion joints. Longitudinal wires shall be lapped a minimum of 6 inches (152 nim) at splices. Joint reinforcement shall be placed in the bed joint immediately below and above openings in the panel. The reinforcement shall have not less than two parallel longitudinal wires of size W1.7 or greater, and have welded cross wires of size W 1.7 or greater.

For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C and all buildings in Seismic Design Category Do,D, or D,, the provisions of this section shall apply only to buildings meeting the following

R610.10 Placement. Glass units shall be placed so head and bed joints are filled solidly. Mortar shall not be furrowed. Head and bed joints of glass unit masonry shall be '/,inch (6.4 mm) thick, except that vertical joint thickness of radial panels shall not be less than 'I,inch (3 mm) or greater than 5/, inch (16 mm). The bed joint thickness tolerance shall be minus 'I,, inch (1.6 mm) and plus '1, inch (3 m).The head joint thickness tolerance shall be plus or minus 'I, inch (3 mm).

2. Walls are aligned vertically with the walls below.

~

-

-~

CORES

7.5" Flat

94

CORES

NIA

NIA NIA --

NIA

NIA

N/ A

N/A

NIA

NIA

5.5" Flat

!

1. Rectangular buildings with a maximum building aspect ratio of 2: ].The building aspect ratio shall be determined by dividing the longest dimension of the building by the shortest dimension of the building.

TABLE R611.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR ICF WALLSb

3.5" Flatd

1

THlCKNESS

NIA NIA A -

9.5" Flat

119

NIA

NIA

N/ A

6" Waffle-Grid

56 -

6.25

5

12

16 -

8" Waffle-Grid_

76

7

7

12

6" Screen-Grid

53

5.5

5.5

12

16 12

NIA

N/ A

-

NIA

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.018 kg/&; 1 pound per square foot = 0.a479kPd. a. For width "W', thickness "T",spacing, and web thickness, refer to Figures R611.4 and R61 L.5. b. NIA indicates not applicable. c. Wall weight is based on a unit weight of concrete of 150 pcf. The mtulated values do not include any allowance for interior and exterior finishes. d. For all buildings in Seismic Design Category A or B, and detached one- and two-family dwellings in Seismic Dcsign Category C the actual wall thickness is permitted Lo bc up to 1 inch thicker than shown and the maximum wall weight to be 56 psf. Consauctio~~requirements and other linlitations within Section R611 for 3.5-inch flat ICF walls shall apply. Interpolation between provisions for 3.5-inch and 5.5-inch flat ICF walls is not permitted.


193

I

WALL CONSTRUCTION

3. Cantilever and setback construction shall not be permitted. 4. The weight of interior and exterior finishes applied to ICF walls shall not exceed 8 psf (380 Pa). 5. The gable portion of ICF walls shall be constructed of light-frame construction.

R611.3 Flat insulating concrete form wall systems. Flat ICF wall systems shall comply with Figure R611.3 and shall have reinforcement in accordance with Tables R611.3(1) and R611.3(2) and Section R611.7. R611.4 Waffle-grid insulating concrete form wall systems. Waffle-grid wall systems shall comply with FigureR611.4 and shall have reinforcement in accordance with Tables R611.3(1)

and R611.4(1) and Section R611.7. The minimum core dimensions shall comply with Table R611.2.

R611.5 Screen-grid insulating concrete form wall systems. Screen-grid ICF wall systems shall comply with Figure R611.5 and shall have reinforcement in accordance with Tables R611.3(1) and R611.5 and Section R611.7. The minimum core dimensions shall comply with Table R611.2. R611.6 Material. Insulating concrete form wall materials shall comply with this section. R611.6.1 Concrete material. Ready-mixed concrete for insulating concrete form walls shall be in accordance with Section R402.2. Maximum slump shall not be greater than 6 inches (152 mm) as determined in accordance with ASTM

ACTUAL W A U THICKNESS

CONCRETE

PLAN VIEW

FIGURE R611.3 FLAT ICF WALL SYSTEM

TABLE R611.3(1) DESIGN WIND PRESSURE FOR USE WITH TABLES -R611.3(2), R611.4(1), AND R611.5 FOR ABOVE GRADE WALLSn

120

45--

61 150

54

75

I

For Sf: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa; I mile per hour = 0.447 lids; 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.0929 d. a. This table is based on ASCE 7-98 components and cladding wind pressures using a mean roof height of 35 ft and a trihtary area of 10 ft2. h. Buildings in wind-home debris regions as defined in Section R202 shall be considered as "Partially Enclosed" unless glazed openings are protected in accordance with Section R301.2.1.2, in which caqe the hilding shall be considered as "Enclosed." All other buildings shall be classified as "Enclosed:' c. Exposure Categories shall he determined in accordance with Section R301.2.1.4. d. For wind pressures greater than 80 psf, design is required in accordance with ACI 318 and approved manufacturer guidelines. e. Interpolation is permitted between wind speeds.

194


I I

WALL CONSTRUCTION

C 143. Maximum aggregate size shall not be larger than 3/, inch (19 mm). Exception: Concrete mixes conforming to the ICF manufacturer's recommendations. In Seismic Design Categories Do, D, and DZ.the minimum concrete compressive strength shall be 3,000 psi (20.5

R611.6.2 Reinforcing steel. Reinforcing steel shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 615, A 706, or A 996. Except in Seismic Design Categories Do, D, and D,, the minimum yield strength of reinforcing steel shall be 40,000 psi (Grade 40) (276 MPa). In Seismic Design Categories Do,D, and D,, reinforcing steel shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 706 for low-alloy steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi (Grade 60) (414 MP~).

I (

TABLE R611.3(2) MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR FLAT ICF ABOVE-GRADE WALLSa~b*G~d Minimum Vertical ~ e i n f o r c e m e n t ~ ~ ~ ~ ' Maximum Unsupported Wall Height (feet)

Design Wind Pressure [Table R611.3(1)] (psf)

20 -

30 --

40

50

.

Nonload-Bearing Wall or Supporting Roof

Minimum Wall Thickness (inches)

T

---3-9

8

#4@48

9.

#4@48

10

#4@38

Supporting ICF Second

Supporting Light-Framed Second Story and Roof

~

~.

5.5

3.9

5.5

3.58

#4@48

#4@48

#4@48

#4@48

#4@48

#4 @48

#4 @48

#4@48

#4@48 -

#4@48

#4@48

#4@40

#4@48

#4@42

#4@48

#4@48

-

5.5 -

8

#4@42

#4@48

#4@46

#4@48

9

#4@32;#5@48

#4@48

#4@34;#5@48

#4@48

10

Design Required

#4@48

Design Required

#4@48

8

#4@30; #5@48

#4@48

#4@30; #5@48

#4@48

9

Design Required

#4@42

Design Required

#4@46 .

Design Required

#4@48

10

D e s i e q u i r e d #4@32; #5 @48 Design Required #4@34; #5 @48 Design Required

#4@38

#4@42

#4@22; #5@34

#4@46

#4@48

8

#4@20; #5@30

#4@24; #5@36

#4@48

9

Design Required #4@34; #5@48 Design Required #4@34; #5@48 Design R e q u k d

#4@38

10

Desig-uired

8

Design Required #4@ 34; #5@48 Design Required

~

-

#4@26;#5@38 DesignRequired #4@26;#5@38 Design Required #4@28;#5@46 ~

~-

#4@36 -

Design Required

#4@40

60

8

70

9 10

Desig~R2uired

8 80

9

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 foot = 304.8 mni; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 ~ I S1;pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa. a. This table is based on reinforcing bars with aminimum yieldstrength of 40,000psi and concrete wilh a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500psi. For Seismic Design Categories Do, Dl and D2, reinforcing bars shall have aminimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. See Section R611.6.2. b. Deflection criterion is L1240, where L is the height of the wall story in inches. c. Interpolation shall not be permitted. d. Reinforcement spacing for 3.5 inch walls shall be permitted to be multiplied by 1.6 when reinforcing steel with aminimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used. Reinforcement shall not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches (1.2 m) on center e. Reinforcement spacing for5.5 inch (139.7 mm)walls shall be permitted to be multiplied by 1.5whenreinforciug steel witha nlinimunl yield strength of 60,000psi is used. Reinforcement shall not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches on center f. See Section R611.7.1.2 for limitations on maximum spacing of vsnical reinforcement in Seismic Design Categories C, Do, D, and D2. g. 4 3.5-inch wall shall not be permitted if wood ledgers are used to support floor or roof loads. Sce Section R611.8.


I I

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.4(1) MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR WAFFLE-GRID ICF ABOVE-GRADE WALLS%"~

I Supporting ICF Second Story and Roof Design Wind Pressure Fable

Minimum Wall Thickness (inches)

Unsupported Wall

#4@48 #4@48

#4@48

#4@48

#4@48

#4@48

--

#4@36; #5@48

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 mls; 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 MPa. a. This table is based on reinforcing bars with aminimum yieldstrength of 40,000 psi and concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500psi. For Seismic Design Categories Do, D, and D2, winforcing ban shall have a mi"mum yield strength of 60,000 p i See Section R611.6.2. b. Deflection criterion is L1240, where L is the height of the wall story in inches. c. Internolation shall not be permitted. d. Increasing reinforcementspacing by 12 inches shall be permitted when reinforcingsteel with aminimum yield strength of60,OOOpsi is used or substitution of No. 4reinforcing barsfor #5 bars shall be permitted when reinforcingsteel witha minimum yieldstrength of 60,000 psi is usedat the same spacingrequired for#5 bars. ~einforcemintshall not be less than-one #4 bar a1 48 inches on center ( e. See Section R61 1.7.1.2 for limitations on maximum spacing of wrtical reinforcement in Seismic Design Categories C, Do, Dl and D2.

1

*

VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT IF REQUIRED INSULATINGFORM HORIZONTAL CONCRETE CORE (HIDDEN) AT 16 IN. O.C. MAX. CONCRETE CORE

CONCRETE WEBS

ISOMETRIC VIEW PLAN VIEW

WAFFLE ICF WALL SYSTEM

FIGURE R611.4 WAFFLE-GRID ICF WALL SYSTEM 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.5 MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR SCREEN-GRID ICF ABOVE-GRADE WALLSn,bsC MINIMUM VERTICAL R E I E C E M E N T ~ , ~ [TABLE R611.3(1)]

WALL HEIGHT

Supporting Roof I

50

#4@24;#5@48

9 10 8

60

Design Rcquired -

1

9

#4@24;#548_

#4@24;#5@48

Design Required

Design Required

#4@24;#SO48

#4@36; #5@48

#4@24;#5@36

#4@24;#5@36

#4@24;#5@36

Design Required

Design Required

Design Required

#4@24;#5@36

#4@24:#5@36

#4@24;#5@36

--A 1 - Design Required

Design Required

9

70

-

#4@24;#5_@48

-

lo 8

I

'

-

A

Design Required

-

1

#4@24;#5@36 --

Design Required

Design Required

Design Required

Design Required

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 Foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 mls; 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa. a. This table is basedon reinforcing bars with aminimum yield strength of40,OOOpsiand concrete with a minimum spccificd compressive strength of 2,500psi. For Seismic Design Categories Do, D, and D2, reinforcing bars shall have a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. See Section R611.6.2. b. Deflection criterion is U r n , where L is the height of the wall story in inches. c. Interpolation shall not be permitted. d. Increasingreinforcenlent spacingby 12 inches shall be permitted when reinforcingsteel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000psi is used. Reinforcement shall not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches on center. e. See Section R611.7.1.2 for limitations on maximum spacing of e r t i c d reinforcement in Seismic Design Categories C, Do, Dl and D2.

INSULATING FORM

\

+vEmCAL :;.

......

,::;..

REINFORCEMENT IF REQUIRED .HORIZON (HIDDEN)

.CONCRFlTE CORE 12 IN. O.C. MAX

VOIDS

PLAN VIEW SCREEW-GRID IFC WALL SYSTEM

For SI:

1 inch = 25.4 mm. FIGURE R611.5 SCREEN-GRID IFC WALL SYSTEM


I

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R611.6.3 Insulation materials. Insulating concrete forms material shall meet the surface burning characteristics of Section R314.3. A thermal barrier shall be provided on the building interior in accordance with Section R314.2 or Section R702.3.4. R611.7 Wall construction. Insulating concrete form walls shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of this section and Figure R611.7(1). R611.7.1 Reinforcement. R611.7.1.1 Location. Vertical and horizontal wall reinforcement shall be placed within the middle third of the wall. Steel reinforcement shall have a minimum concrete cover in accordance with ACI 31 8. Exception: Where insulated concrete forms are used and the form remains in place as cover for the concrete, the minimum concrete cover for the reinforcing steel is permitted to be reduced to 3/4 inch (19 mm). R611.7.1.2 Vertical steel. Above-grade concrete walls shall have reinforcement in accordance with Sections R611.3, R611.4, or R611.5 and R611.7.2. Where the design wind pressure exceeds 40 psf (1.92 kPa) in accordance with Table R611.3(1) or for townhouses in Seismic Design Category C and all buildings in Seismic Design Categories Do, Dl and D,, vertical wall reinforcement in the top-most ICF story shall terminate with a 90-degree (1.57 rad) standard hook in accordance with Section R6 11.7.1.5. The free end of the hook shall be within 4 inches (102 mm)of the top of the ICF wall and shall be oriented parallel to the horizontal steel in the top of the wall. For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, the minimum vertical reinforcement shall be one No. 5 bar at 24 inches (610 mm) on center or one No. 4 at 16 inches (407 mm) on center. For all buildings in Seismic Design Categories Do, D, and D,, the minimum vertical reinforcement shall be one No. 5 bar at 18 inches (457 mm) on center or one No. 4 at 12 inches (305 mm) on center. Above-grade ICF walls shall be supported on concrete foundations reinforced as required for the above-grade wall immediately above, or in accordance with Tables R404.4(1) through R404.4(5), whichever requires the greater amount of reinforcement. Vertical reinforcement shall be continuous from the bottom of the foundation wall to the roof. Lap splices, if required, shall comply with Section R6 1 1.7.1.4. Where vertical reinforcement in the above-grade wall is not continuous with the foundation wall reinforcement, dowel bars with a size and spacing to match the vertical ICF wall reinforcement shall be embedded 40 d, into the foundation wall and shall be lap spliced with the above-grade wall reinforcement. Alternatively,for No. 6 and larger bars, the portion of the bar embedded in the foundation wall shall be embedded 24 inches in the foundation wall and shall have a standard hook. R611.7.1.3 Horizontal reinforcement. Concrete walls with a minimum thickness of 4 inches (102 mm) shall have aminimum of one continuous No. 4 horizontal reinforcing bar placed at 32 inches (812 mm) on center with

one bar within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of the wall story. Concrete walls 5.5 inches (140 mm) thick or more shall have aminimum of onecontinuous No. 4 horizontal reinforcing bar placed at 48 inches (1219 mm) on center with one bar located within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of the wall story. For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, the minimum horizontal reinforcement shall be one No. 5 bar at 24 inches (610 mm) on center or one No. 4 at 16 inches (407 mm) on center. For all buildings in Seismic Design Categories Do,D, and D2,the minimum horizontal reinforcement shall be one No. 5 bar at 18 inches (457 mm) on center or one No. 4 at 12 inches (305 mrn) on center. Horizontal reinforcement shall be continuous around building corners using corner bars or by bending the bars. In either case, the minimum lap splice shall be 24 inches (610 mm). For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C and for all buildings in Seismic Design Categories Do,D, andD,, each end of all horizontal reinforce- ( ment shall terminate with a standard hook or lap splice.

I

R611.7.1.4 Lap splices. Where lap splicing of vertical or horizontal reinforcing steel is necessary, the lap splice shall be in accordance with Figure R611.7.1.4 and a minimum of 40 d,, where d, is the diameter of the smaller bar. The maximum distance between noncontact parallel bars at a lap splice shall not exceed 8 d,. R611.7.1.5 Standard hook. Where the free end of a reinforcing bar is required to have a standard hook, the hook shall be a 180-degree bend plus 4 d,extension but not less than 2'1, inches, or a 90-degree bend plus 12 d, extension. R611.7.2 Wall openings. Wall openings shall have a minimum of 8 inches (203 mm) of depth of concrete for flat and waffle-grid ICF walls and 12 inches (305 mm) for screen-grid walls over the length of the opening. When the depth of concrete above the opening is less than 12 inches for flat or waffle-grid walls, lintels in accordance with Section R611.7.3 shall be provided. Reinforcementaround openings shall be provided in accordance with Table R611.7(1) and Figure R611.7(2). Reinforcement placed horizontally above or below an opening shall extend a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) beyond the limits of the opening. Wall opening reinforcement shall be provided in addition to the reinforcement required by Sections R611.3, R611.4, R611.5 and R611.7.1. The perimeter of all wall openings shall be framed with a minimum 2-inch by Cinch plate, anchored to the wall with '/,-inch (13 mm) diameter anchor bolts spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mrn) on center. The bolts shall be embedded into the concretea minimum of 4 inches (102 rnrn) and have aminimum of 1'1, inches (38 mm) of concrete cover to the face of the wall. Exception: The 2-inch by Cinch plate is not required where the wall is formed to provide solid concrete around the perimeter of the opening with a minimum depth of 4 inches (102 mm) for the full thickness of the wall.


WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.7(1) MINIMUM WALL OPENING REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS IN ICF WALLSa OPENING WIDTH (L) (feet)

MINIMUM HORIZONTAL OPENING REINFORCEMENT

MINIMUM VERTICAL OPENING REINFORCEMENT

Flat, Waffle-, and Screen-Grid:

None reauired speeds less than or equal lo 110 mph IorIn locations . . .with~ c wind . Catcgories In S e ~ s m Design A and B, ~ r o v i d eone No. 4

bar for the full height of th;: wall story within 12 inches of Provide lintels in accordance with Section R611.7.3. each side of the opening. Flat, Waffle-, and Provide one No. 4 bar within 12 inches from the Screen-Grid: bottom of the opening. Top and bottom lintel of 24 inches In locations with wind speeds greater than 110 mph, L 22 reinforcement shall extend a townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, or all buildings beyond the limits of the opening. in Seismic Design Categories Do, D, and D2,provide two No. 4 bars or one No. 5 bar for the full height of thc wall (storywithin 12 inches of each side of the opening. For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1mile per hour = 0.447 mfs; 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 Wa. a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specitied compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcingsreel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000psi and an assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACT 31 8.

1

I

LIGHT-FRAME ROOF

SEE FIGURE R611.9

2ND STORY WALL HEIGHT

LIGHT-FRAME FLOOR

SEE FIGURES R611.8(1) THROUGH R611.8(7)

1ST STORY WALL HEIGHT 10 FT MAX.

ICF OR LIGHT-FRAME WALL

SEE FIGURES R611.8(1) THROUGH R611.8(7)

LIGHT-FRAME FLOOR (OR CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE)

BASEMENT, CRAWL SPACE, OR SLAB-ON-GRADEFOUNDATION

For SI: I foot = 304.8 mm. NOTE: Section cut through flat wall or vertical core of waffle- or screen-grid walls. FIGURE R611.7(1) ICF WALL CONSTRUCTION 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

I

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R611.7.3 Lintels. R611.7.3.1 General requirements. Lintels shall be provided over all openings greater than or equal to 2 feet (610 mm)in width. Lintels for flat ICF walls shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R611.7(3) and Table R611.7(2) or R611.7(3). Lintels for waffle-grid ICF walls shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R611.7(4) o r Figure R611.7(5) and Table R611.7(4) or R611.7(5). Lintels for screen-grid ICF walls shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R611.7(6) or Figure R611.7(7). Lintel construction in accordance with Figure R611.7(3) shall be permitted with waffle-grid and screen-grid ICF wall construction. Lintel depths are permitted to be increased by the height of the ICF wall located directly above the opening, provided that the lintel depth spans the entire length of the opening. R611.7.3.2 Stirrups. Where required, No. 3 stirrups shall be installed in flat, waffle-grid and screen-grid wall lintels in accordance with the following: 1. For flat walls the stirrups shall be spaced at a maximum spacing of dn where d equals the depth of the lintel (D) minus the bottom cover of concrete as shown in Figure R611.7(3). Stirrups shall not be required in the middle portion of the span (A) per Figure R611.7(2), for flat walls for a length not to exceed the values shown in parenthesis in Tables R611.7(2) and R611.7(3) or for spans in accordance with Table R6 11.7(8). 2. For waffle-grid walls a minimum of two No. 3 stirrups shall be placed in each vertical core of waffle-grid lintels. Stirrups shall not be required in the middle portion of the span (A) per Figure R611.7(2), for waffle-grid walls for a length not to exceed the values shown in parenthesis in Tables R611.7(4) and R611.7(5) or for spans in accordance with Table R611.7(8). 3. For screen-grid walls one No. 3 stirrup shall be placed in each vertical core of screen-grid lintels.

Exception: Stirrups are not required in screen-grid lintels meeting the following requirements: 1. Lintel Depth (D) = 12 inches (305 mm) spans less than or equal 3 feet 7 inches. 2. Lintel Depth (D) = 24 inches (610 mm) spans less than or equal 4 feet 4 inches. R611.7.3.3 Horizontal reinforcement. One No. 4 horizontal bar shall be provided in the top of the lintel. Horizontal reinforcement placed within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of the wall in accordance with Section R61 I .7.1.3 shall be permitted to serve as the top or bottom reinforcement in the lintel provided the reinforcement meets the location requirements in Figure R611.7(2), R611.7(3), R611.7(4), R611.7(5),

R611.7(6), or R611.7(7), and the size requirements in Tables R611.7(2), R611.7(3), R611.7(4), R611.7(5), R611.7(6), R611.7(7), or R611.7(8).

R611.7.3.4 Load-bearing walls. Lintels in flat ICF load-bearing walls shall comply with Table R611.7(2), Table RR611.7(3) or Table R611.7(8). Lintels in waffle-gridICFload-bearing walls shall comply with Table R611.7(4), Table R611.7(5) orTableR611.7(8). Lintels in screen-grid ICF load-bearing walls shall comply with Table R611.7(6) or Table R6 11.7(7). Where spans larger than those permitted in Table R611.7(2), Table R611.7(3), Table R611.7(4), Table R611.7(5), R611.7(6), R611.7(7) or R611.7(8) are required, the lintels shall comply with Table R611.7 (9).

R611.7.3.5 Nonload-bearing walls. Lintels in nonload-bearing flat, waffle-grid and screen-grid ICF walls shall comply with Table R611.7 (10). Stirrups are not required. R611.7.4 Minimum length of wall without openings.The wind velocity pressures of Table R611.7.4 shall be used to determine the minimum amount of solid wall length in accordance with Tables R611.7(9A) through R61 I .7(10B) and Figure R611.7.4. Table R611.7(11) shall be used to determine the minimum amount of solid wall length for townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, and all buildings in Seismic Design Categories Do, D, and D, for all types of ICF walls. The greater amount of solid wall length required by wind loading or seismic loading shall apply. The minimum percentage of solid wall length shall include only those solid wall segments that are a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) in length. The maximum distance between wall segments included in determining solid wall length shall not exceed 18 feet (5486 mm). A minimum length of 24 inches (610 rnm) of solid wall segment, extending the full height of each wall story, shall occur at all interior and exterior comers of exterior walls. R611.8 ICF wall-to-floor connections. R611.8.1 Top bearing. Floors bearing on the top of ICF foundation walls in accordance with Figure R611.8(1) shall have the wood sill plate anchored to the ICF wall with minimum '/,-inch (13 mm) diameter bolts embedded a minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) and placed at a maximum spacing of 6 feet (1829 mm) on center and not more than 12 inches (305 mm) from corners. Anchor bolts for waffle-grid and screen-grid walls shall be located in the cores. In conditions where wind speeds are in excess of 90 miles per hour (40 m/s), the '/,-inch (13 mm) diameter anchor bolts shall be placed at a maximum spacing of 4 feet (121 9 mm) on center. Bolts shall extend a minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) into concrete. Sill plates shall be protected against decay where required by Section R319. Cold-formed steel framing systems shall be anchored to the concrete in accordance with Section R505.3.1 or Section R603.3.1.


WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.7(2) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR ICF LINTELS FOR FLAT LOAD-BEARING WALLSa~b~C~d" NO. 4 BOlTOM BAR SIZE --

---

I

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN, (feet-inches) (Number is Middle of Span, A)e

--y

Supporting Roof Only

MINIMUM LINTEL THICKNESS, T (inches)

--

LINTEL DEPTH, D (inches)

30 psf

8 12

3.5

16 --

20

,

24 -

8 -

12 16

5.5

20

6-8 (3-3 7-10 (4-1) 8-10 (5-3) 9-8 (6-3) 5-2

-* rz-24

I

7.5

8

16 20 -

I F ;

4-9 (1-2) 6-8 (I -&7-11 (2-9) 8-11 (3-5) 9-10 _se-l) 5-2 (1-10)

d&!5(4-0) 6-7 7-9 (5-5) 8-8 (6-10)

-

4-2 (0-9)

5-5 -11-3) 6-5 (1-9) 7-4 (2-3) 8-1 (2-9) 4-2 (1-2) 5-5 (2-0) 6-5 (2-9)

(4-3) 4-2

.

Supporting Light-Framed 2nd Story and Roof Grounsnow Load 3 P

3-10 (0-8) 5-0 (1-1) 6-0 (1-6) 6-9 (1-11) 7-6 (2-4) 3-10 (1-0) 5-0 (1-9) 6-0 (2-5) 6-9 ( 3 - 1 ) 7-5 (3-8) 3-11 (1-5) (2-4) 5-0 5-1 1 (3-3) 6-8 (4-2) 7-4 (5-1) 3-11 (1-9) 5-0 (3-0) 5-11 (4-2)

-

7

3

(0-6) 4-5 (0-10)

(0-6) 4-6 (0-10)

5-3 (1-2)6-0 (1-6) 6-7

5-4 - 3 2 ) 6- 1 ( 1-7) 6-9 (1.11) 3-5 (0-101

(1-10)

3-5

(9-9)

.~

~-

_a(25-5 8) 6-5 (3-8) 7-2 (4-8) 7-11 . (5-8) 4-2 (2-1) 5-5 (3-4) 6-4 (4-7)

7 - ~ o % n ~ ~ k ~ ~ o Story n d and Roof

4-5 (1-4) 5-3 (1-10) --

4-6 (1-4) 5-4 (1-11)

6-0 (2-4) 6-7 (2-11) 3-5 (1-1)

(2-5) 6-8 (3-Q 3-6 (1-1)

(1-10) 4-5 5-3 (2-6) 5-11 (3-3) 6-6 (3-1lj 3-5 (1-51_~ 4-5 (2-4)

6-1

'

9-6 . (8-2)--. 1 1 5-2 8 (3-1) 6-7 12 9.5 (5-0) 7-8 16 ' 5-3 ' (3-3) @-9) For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895kPa, 1 p u n d per square foot = 0.0479Wa 24

-

1

~

70 ~ s f

3- 1 (0-5) 4-0 (0-8) 4-10 (1-0) 5-6 (1-3) 6-1 (1-6) 3-1 _lo-8) 4-1 (1-1) 4-10 (1-7) 5-6 (2-O)__ 6-0 (2-5) 3-2 (0-15-

(1-6) 4- 1 (1-10) 4-6 5-4 4-10 (2-7) J-.. 2XJ 6-0 5-5 (3-4) (2-9) 6-7 6-0 (4-1) (3-4) 3-2 3-6 (1-2) (1-5) 4-1 4-6 (2-5) (1-11) 5-4 4-10 (3-4) (2-8)

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,50Opsi,reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000psi and an assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforccrnentwith a 11lini1numyield strength 0160,DOOpsi is used, the span lengths in the shaded cells shall be increased by 1.2 times the table values. b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manut~acturer'stables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318. c. Deflection criterion: 0240. d. Design load assumptions: Floor dead load is 10 psf Attic live load is 20 psf Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf Building width is 32 feet ICF wall dead load is 69 psf Light-framed wall dead load is 10 psf e. No. 3 stirrups are required at dl2 spacing except no stirrups are required for the distance, (A), shown in the middle portion of the span in accordance with Figure R611.7(2) and Section R611.7.3.2. f. Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.


201

WALL CONSTRUCTION TABLE R611.7(3) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR ICF LINTELS FOR FLAT LOAD-BEARINGWALLSn~b~c~d~' NO. 5 BOlTOM BAR SIZE

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. 1 pound per square inch = 6.895kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa. a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimurn yield strength of 40,000 psi and an assumedequivdentrectangularcross section. When reinforcementwith aminimum yield strength of 60,000psi isused thespan lengths in the shadedcells shall be increased by 1.2 times the table values. b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use ofICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 3 18. c. Deflection criterion: U240. d. Design load assumptions: Attic live load is 20 psf Floor dead load is 10 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf Floor live load is 30 psf ICF wall dead load is 69 psf Building width is 32 feet Light-framed wall dead load is 10 psf e. No. 3 stirrups are required at dR spacing except no stirrups are required for the distance, (A), shown in the middle portion of the span in accordance with Figure R611..7(2)and Section R611.7.3.2. f. Interpolation is permitted between ground s n w loads and between lintel depths.

202


WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.7(4\ MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR WAFFLE-GRID ICF WALL L I N T E L S ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

NO. 4 BOTTOM BAR SIZE

--

1

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches) (Number is Middle of Span, A)e Supporting Roof LINTEL

Ground Snow Load 70 psf

--

8

6

---

12

-

Supporting ICF Second Story and Roof ----

(0-10) --

(0-7) 5-5 (0-1I )

7-1 1 (1-11)

6-6 (1-4)

8-1 I

7-4 (1-8) 8-1 (2-0) 4-3 (0-7) 5-5 (0-11)

(2-6) 9-10 (3-0) 5-2 (0- 10) (1-5)

-30 psf

7---7-

-

3-10 (0-6) 5-0 (0-9)

6-0 (1-1) ---

1

6-9 (1-5) 7-6 (1-9) 3-1 1 (0-6) 5-1 (0-9)

.-

- 70 psf

3-5 ( 0 - 4 ~ 4-5 (0-7)

3-6 (0-5) 4-7 (0-8)

3-2 (0-4) 4-2 (0-6)

5-3 (0-10)

5-6 (0-1 1)

4-1 1 (0-9)

6-0 (1-1) 6-7 (1-4) 3-5 (0-4) 4-5 (0-7)

6-3 (1-2) 6-10 (1-5) 3-7 (0-5) 4-8 0 -

5-7 (0-11) 6-2 (1-2) 3-2 (0-4) 4-2 0-6

1

I

I

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 psi = 6.895 kPa, 1 psf = 0.0479 Wa. a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel wit11 a minimum yield strength of 40,000psi and an assumed equivalentrecta~gularcross section.When reinforcementwith aminimumyield strength of 60,000psi is used the span lengths in the shadedcells shall be increased by 1.2 times the table values. b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use ofICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318. c. Deflection criterion: Ll240. d. Design load assumptions: Floor dead load is 10 psf Attic live load is 20 psf Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf Boilding width is 32 feet ICF wall dead load is 55 psf Light-framed wall dead load is 10 psf e. No. 3 stirrups we rcquired at dn spacing except no stirrups are required for the distance, (A), shown in the middle portion of the span in accordance with Figure R611.7(2) and Section R611.7.3.2. f. Interpolation is permitted between ground s n m loads and between lintel depths. g. For actual wall lintel eidth, refer to Table R611.2. h. Lintel width corresponds to the nominal waffle-grid ICF wall thickness with a minimum thickness of 2 inches.


WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.7(5) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR WAFFLE-GRID ICF WALL LINTELS-b,C~d~' NO. 5 BOTTOM BAR SIZE MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches)

NOMINAL LINTEL THICKNESS, p3 LINTEL DEPTH D (inches) -

--__

6

Ground Snow Lo=

5-1

12

(0-81

7-5

16

6- 1

24 4-9 (0-7) -

(0-6)

(0-4)

(0-5) -

8-3

8

--

7-5 (1-1) -

8-4

6-11

(1-2)

9-2

fl

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 psi = 6.895 kPa, 1 psf = 0.0479 kPa. a. This table is based on concrete with aminimum specified compressive strength oF2,5M)psi, reinforcing steel with aminimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an assumedequivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with a minimum yield strengthof 60,000psi is used the span lengths in the shadedcells shall be increased by 1.2 times the table values. b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use ofICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318. c. Deflection criterion: U240. d. Design load assumptions: Attic live load is 20 psf Floor dead load is 1 0 psf Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf ICF wall dead load is 53 psf Building width is 32 feet Light-framed wall dead load is 10 psf e. No. 3 stirrups are required at d'2 spacing except no stirrups are required for the distance, (A), shown in the middle portion of the span in accordance with Figure R611.7(2) and Section R611.7.3.2. f. Interpolation is permitted between ground s n m loads and between lintel depths. g. For actual wall lintel width, refer to Table R611.2. h. Lintel width corresponds to the nominal waffle-grid ICF wall thickness with a minimum thickness of 2 inches.


WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.7(6) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR SCREEN-GRID ICF LINTELS IN LOAPBEARING WALLSa~b,c~d"*'~g NO. 4 BOlTOM BAR SlZE

Fl

-

Supporting Roof

Supporting ICF Second Story and Roof --

p

A -

MINIMUM LINTEL MINIMUM LINTEL THICKNESS, T DEPTH, D (inches)

-

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches) Supporting Light-Framed Second Story and Roof

.i:

Maximum Ground Snow Lo-f) 30

7030

3-7 9-10

2-10

2-5

8-1 7-6 -

7 ~ ~ 2 - 70 _ _ _ _

.. .

2-0

2-0

6-7

6-11

NA 6-2-

~

.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 psi = 6.895 Wa, 1 psf = 0.0479 kPa. a. This table is based on concrete with arninimum specified compressive strength of 2,500psi, reinforcing steel with aminimum yield strength of 40,000psi and an assumed equivalentrectangular cross section.When reinforcementwith a~ninimumyieldstrengthof 60,000psi is used the span lengths in the shadedcells shall he increased by 1.2 times the table values. b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use ofICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 31 8. c. Deflection criterion: U240. d Design load assumptions: Floor dead load is 10 psf Attic live load is 20 psf Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf Maximum floor clear span is 32 ft ICF wall dead load is 53 psf Light-frame wall dead load is 10 psf e. Stirrup ~-equirements: Stirrups are not required for lintels 12 inches deep. One No. 3 stirrup is required in each vertical core for lintels 24 inches deep. f. Interpolation is permitted between ground s n w load%. g. Flat ICF lintels may he used in lieu of screen-grid lintels. h. For actual wall lintel width, refer to Table R611.2. i. Lintel width corresponds to the nominal screen-grid ICF wall thickness.

TABLE R611.7(7) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR SCREEN-GRID ICF LINTELS IN LOAD-BEARINGW A L L S ~ b * c ~ d ~ e * f ~ g NO. 5 BOlTOM BAR SlZE MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches) -

1

I

1

-1

Supporting Roof

MINIMUM LINTEL MINIMUM LINTEL Tii1CKNEIS.T DEPTH.D

T L p ~ o r t i n Light-Framed g Second .. s o + and Root Maximum Ground Snow Load (pst)

1

1

Supportin~lICF

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm, I foot = 304.8 mm, I pound per square inch = 6.895kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa. a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an assumed equivalent rectangularcross section. Wl~enreinforcementwith aminimum yieldstrength of 60,000psi is used thespan lengths in the shaded cells shall be increased by 1.2 times the table values. b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use ofICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318. c. Deflection criterion: U240. d. Design load assumptions: Attic live load is 20 psf Floor dead load is 10 psf Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf Maximum floor clear span is 32 ft ICF wall dead load is 53 psi Light-frame wall dead load is 10 psf e. Stirnlp requirements: Stirrups are not required for lintels 12 inches deep. One No. 3 stirrup is required in each vertical core for lintels 24 inches deep. f. Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads. g. Flat ICF lintels may be used in lieu of screen-grid lintels. h. For actual wall lintel width, refer to Table R611.2. i. Lintel width co~respondsto the nominal screen-gridlCF wall thickness.


WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.7(8) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR ICF LINTELS WITHOUT STIRRUPS IN LOAD-BEARING WALLSa~b,C,d~e~"g,h (NO. 4 OR NO. 5) BOTTOM BAR SIZE

-

Flat ICF Lintel

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa; 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa. a. Table values are based on tensile reinforcementwith a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi (276 MPa), concrete with aminimum specifiedcompressive strength of 2,500 psi, and a building width (clear span) of 32 feet. b. Spans located in shaded cells shall be permitted to be multiplied by 1.05 when concrete with a minimum conlpressive strength of 3,000 psi is used or by 1. I when concrete with a minimurn compressive strength of 4,000 psi is used. c. Deflection criterion is 15/24, where L is the clear span of the lintel in inches. d. Linear interpolation shall be permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths. e. Lintel depth, D, shall be permitted to include the available height of ICF wall located directly above the lintel, provided that the increased lintel depth spans the entire length of the opening. f. Spans shall be permitted to be multiplied by 1.05 for a hilding width (clear span) of 28 feet. g. Spans shall be permitted to be multiplied by 1.1 for a hilding width (clear span) of 24 feet or less. h. ICF wall dead load is 69 psf.


WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.7(9) MINIMUM BOlTOM BAR ICFLINTEL REINFORCEMENT FOR LARGE CLEAR SPANS IN LOAD-BEARING WALLSa~b~c'd,e'f,n -MINIMUM BOlTOM LINTEL REINFORCEMENT Light-Famed Second Story and Roof

Supporting MINIMUM LINTEL MINIMUM LINTEL THICKNESS, Te8g DEPTH, D (inches) (inches)

r-

--

Supporting ICF Second Story and Light-Frame Roof

Maximum Ground Snow Load ( p s f )

j-

30

30

70

70

i

70

30

Flat ICF Lintel, 12 feet- 3 inches Maximum Clear Span

1 #5

1 #7

1 #6

5.5

I 7.5

16 20

1#7 -

1 #S

1 #7

1 #7; 2 #5 1 #6; 2 #4

D/R 1#7; 2 #5

24

--

1 #7; 2 #5

-

Dm

9.5 -

1 #6; 2 #4

1#7; - 2 #5

1 #6; 2 #4

1 #7; 2 #5

~ ~. -.

5.5

24

---7.5 9.5

24 24

1 #7

D/R

1 #7; 2 #5 1 #7; 2 #5

1 #9;2#6

. .

1

Flat ICF Lintel, 16 feet-3 inches Maximum Clear Span

D/R

-

DiR

Dm

-D/R

D/R

Dm

Dm

DIR

DlR

1 #9; 2 #6

D/R

Dm

D I R l

D/R

D/R

Waffle-Grid ICF Lintel, 12 feet-3 inches Maximum Clear Span -

6 ---

8

20

1 #6

24

1 #5 --

----16 -

--

20

1#7; 2. #5 1 #6; 2 #4

1 #5 2 24

D/R

D ! 1#7; 2 #5 -

D!R 1 #7;2#5 1 #7; 2 #5

---

1#7;2#5

-1 #8; 2 #6 D m -.

Dm

1#s;2#G

-

-

.

Dm

D"s

. -.

Dm

_.

Dm

1 #8; 2 #6

1#7; 2 #5

1 #8; 2 #6

1 #8; 2 #6

Screen-Grid ICF Lintel, 12 feet-3 inches Maximum Clear Span

6

- 7 - G

1

1 #5

__r____

1#7

,

)

-

1

- ~ L . -

Dm

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mrn, 1 psi = 6.895kPa I psf = 0.0479kPa. a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,50Opsi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000psi and an assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with aminirnurn yield strength of 60,OM)psi is used the spnn lengthsin the shadedcells shall be increased by 1.2 times the table values. b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturers tables bused on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 3 18. c. D/R indicates design is required. d. Deflection criterion: W240. e. Interpolation is permitted between ground s n w loads and between lintel depths. f. No. 3 stinups are required a maximun~d/2 spacing for spans greater than 4 feet. g. Actual thickness is shown for flat lintels; nominal thickness is given for waffle-grid andscreen-gidlintels. Lintel thickness corresponds to the nominal waffle-grid and screen-grid ICF wall thickness. Refer to Table R611.2 for actual wall thickness. h. ICF wall dead load varies based on wall thickness using 150 pcf concrete density


I

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.7(9A) MINIMUM SOLID END WALL LENGTH REQUlREMENTS FOR FLAT ICF WALLS (WIND PERPENDICULAR TO

WALL CATEGORY -

(feet)

Slope

-

5 1:12

5:12 7:12~ 1 1 2 5 1:12

16 -

Minimum Solid Wall Length on Building End Wall (feet)

1

4.00 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.00

4.00 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.00

1

4.00 4.00 4.50 5.00 4.00

4.00 4.00 4.25 4.75 4.00

4.00 4.00 4.75 5.25 4.00

6.00

4.00 4 . 0 0 ___ 4.75 5.50 4.00

4.00 4.25 5.00 5.75 4.25

4.00 4.505.50

3, 4.50

6.25

One-Story or Top Story of Two-Story

5.25 6.00

1212~

1: 24 -

32 First Story of Two-Story

5:12 7:12~ 12~12~ - < 1:12 5:12 7: 12d 1212~ 11:12 5:12 7:12~ 12:1zd _< 1:12 5:12 7:12~ 2 1zd

40

7:1Zd l2:1zd < 1:12 5:12

-

50

. ..7:12~ -

12:12~

2

-

5 1:IZ

--

5:12

7 : 1 z d 12:1zd

1

4.50 5.50 6.50 4.00 4.50 4.50

5.00 4.50 4.75 5.25 5.50 4.75 5.25 5.75 6.25 5.00 5.50 6.25 7.00 5.50 6.00 7.00 7.75 5.75 6.75 7.15 8.75

-5.75

,

4.75 6.25 7.25 4.25 4.75 5.00 5.25 4.75 5.25 5.75 6.25 5.00 5.75 6.50 7.00 5.50 6.25 7.00

5.00 6.75 8.25 4.50 5.00 5.25 5.75 5.00 5.50 6.25 6.75 5.50 6.25 7.00 7.75 5.75 6.75 7.75

5.25 7.50 9.00 4.75 5.25 5.75 6.25 5.25 6.00 6.75 7.25 5.75 6.75 7.75

8.00 6.00 6.75 8.00 9.00 6.50 7.50 9.00 10.0

8.75 6.50 7.50 9.00 10.0 7.00 8.25 10.0 11.5

9.75 7.00 8.25 10.0 11.25 7.50 9.25 11.0 12.75

.

.

8.50 6.25 7.25 8.75

I

5.50 8.00 9.75 5.00 5.50 6.00 6.50 5.50 6.25 7.00

5.75 6.00 8.50 9.25 10.5 11.5 . 5.25 5.25 5.75 6.00 6.25 6.75 7.00 7.25 6.00 5.75 7.00 6.75 8.00 7.50 2 . 0 0 8.50 8.00 6.75 6.25 6.50 8.00 7.50 7.25 9.50 9.00 _- 8.25 9.25 10.0 10.75 7 . 2 5 ~ 7.50 6.75 9.00 8.00 8.50 11.0 20.25 9.50 12.5 11.5 10.75 8.00 8.50 7.50 9.75 10.5 9.00 10.75 11.75 12.75 14.75 1 2 . 2 5 13.50 9.50 8.75 825_ 11.75 10.75 __ 10.0 13.25 - 14.5 12.25 15.5 16.75 14.0

-

6.75 10.25 13.0 5.75 6.75 7.25 8.25 6.75 7.75 9.00 10.25 7.50 9.00 10.75 12.25 8.50 10.25 12.5 14.25 9.50 11.75 14.5. 17.0 10.75 13.2516.75 19.5

A

,

(continued)


WALL CONSTRUCTION

Footnotes to Table R611.7 (9A) For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa. a. Table vduesare basedon a 3.5 in thickfkilt wall.Fo~a 5.5 in thick flat wall, mulliply the table values by 0.9.The adjusted values shall not result in solid wall lengths less than 4ft. b. Table values are based on a maximum unsupported wall height of 10 ft. c. Linear interpolation shall be permitted. d. The minimumsolid wall lengths shown in the table are based on a building with an end wall 1ength.W" of 60 feet and aroof slope of less than 7: 12. For roof slopes of 7: 12 or greater and end wall length "W" greater than 30 Feet, the minimum solid wall length determined from the table shall be multiplied by: 1 + 0.4[(W-30)/30].

TABLE R611.7(9B) MINIMUM SOLID SIDEWALL LENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAT ICF WALLS (WIND PARALLEL TO RIDGE)

alb*C9d

-

BUILDING END WALL

WIDTH, W(feet)

One-Story or Top Story of Two-Story

35

60

4.00

4.00

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

24

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

4.75

5 .OO

5.25

5.50

32

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

6.00

6.25

6.75

40

5.00

5.50

5.75

6.25

6.75

7.00

7.50

50

5.75

6.25

8.25 8.75 -9.50

8 g10.75

60

6.50

7.50

7.00 8.25

7.50 9.25

10.0

13.25

16

~ i sStory t of Two-Story

50

4.25

L50

24 --.-____32

4.75

5.25

40

6.25

7.00

7.25

8.25

50 60

5.50

.

8.50

-

-

4.75 5.50

-

5&06.00

..

10.75

11.75

5.25

5JO

5.75

6.25.-p

6.75

7O .O

1

8.75

16.25

18.75

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa. a. Tablevalues are basedona3.5 in thickflnt wall. For a5.5 in thick flat wall. multiply the table values by 0.9. Theadjusted vduesshallnotresult in solid walllengths less than 4ft. b. Table values are based on a maximum unsupported wall height of 10 ft. c. Table values are based on a maximum 12:12 roof pitch. d. Linear interpolation shall be permitted.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL COD@

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611.7(10) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR ICF LINTELS IN NONLOAD-BEARING WALLS WITHOUT STIRRUPSa,b,ojd - NO. 4 BOlTOM BAR 77 MINIMUM LINTEL DEPTH, D (inches)

MINIMUM LINTEL THICKNESS, T

1

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN

Supporting Supporting ICF Light-Framed Nonbearing Wall Second Story and Nonbearing Wall (feet-inches) A (feet-inches)

Flat ICF Lintel

8

3.5

l6

3-1

4

16-3

-.

16-3

5.5

7.5

20

16-3

12

16-3-

8-11

16 20 16-3

-

24

14-10

16-3 Waffle-Grid ICF Lintel

__---8

12 --

4-10 16-3

C

. -

Screen-Grid Lintel 7 -

t-

5-8 6 1 16-3 L-----L 24 -

4--1 I

1

9-1

_J

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; I inch = 25.4 mm: 1 pounds per square foot = 0.0479kPa. a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use ofICF manufacturers tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318. c. Deflection criterion is U240, where L is the clear span of the lintel in inches. d. Linear interpolation is pe~mittedbetween lintel depths.


WALL CONSTRUCTION

1 1

TABLE R611.7(10A) MINIMUM SOLID END WALL LENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR WAFFLE AND SCREEN-GRID ICF WALLS (WIND PERPENDICULAR TO ---

---

----

BUILDING SIDE WALL LENGTH, L (feet)

WALL CATEGORY

Minimum Solid W a I E g t h on Building End Wall (feet)

ROOFSLOPE

4.0

4.00

4.00

4.00

4.00

4.00

4.00

4.00

4.00

4.00

4.25

4.00 7:12* -

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

4.25 5.50

6.00

4.25

4:25 4.75

5.00

5.50

5.75

6.00

6.50

7.00

4.00

4.00

4.00

4.00

_ 4.25

5:12

4.00

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.50

7:12*

4.50

4.75

5.50 6.50

4.00

S O 4.00

6.50 7 5 6 . 2 5 7.00 7.2.5-7.75

REBOXAND CHIMNEYSECTIONAL SIDE VIEW ON WOOD FLOOR

BRICK FIREBOX AND BLOCK CHIMNEY-SECTIONAL SIDE VlEW ON CONCRETE SLAB

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. FIGURE R1OO1.l FIREPLACE AND CHIMNEY DETAILS

2006 INTERNATIONALRESIDENTIAL COD€@

HEARTH 21) IN. MIN.

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

R1001.8 Smoke chamber. Smoke chamber walls shall be constructed of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, stone or concrete. Corbelling of masonry units shall not leave unit cores exposed to the inside of the smoke chamber. When a lining of firebrick at least 2 inches (5 1 mm) thick, or a lining of vitrified clay at least 5 / , inch (16 mm) thick, is provided, the total minimum thickness of front, back and side walls shall be 6 inches (152 mm) of solid masonry, including the lining. Firebrick shall conform to ASTM C 27 or C 1261 and shall be laid with medium duty refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C 199. Where no lining is provided, the total minimum thickness of front, back and side walls shall be 8 inches (203 mm) of solid masonry. When the inside surface of the smoke chamber is formed by corbeled masonry, the inside surface shall be parged smooth. R1001.8.1 Smoke chamber dimensions-The inside height of the smoke chamber from the fireplace throat to the beginning of the flue shall not be greater than the inside width of the fireplace opening. The inside surface of the smoke chamber shall not be inclined more than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from vertical when prefabricated smoke chamber linings are used or when the smoke chamber walls are rolled or sloped rather than corbeled. When the inside surface of the smoke chamber is formed by corbeled masonry, the walls shall not be corbeled more than 30 degrees (0.52 rad) from vertical. R1001.9 Hearth and hearth extension. Masonry fueplace hearths and hearth extensions shall be constructed of concrete or masonry, supported by noncombustible materials, and reinforced to carry their own weight and all imposed loads. No combustible material shall remain against the underside of hearths and hearth extensions after construction. R1001.9.1 Hearth thickness. The minimum thickness of fireplace hearths shall be 4 inches (102 mm). R1001.9.2 Hearth extension thickness. The minimum thickness of hearth extensions shall be 2 inches (51 mm).

Exception: When the bottom of the firebox opening is raised at least 8 inches (203 mm) above the top of the hearth extension, a hearth extension of not less than 3/,-inch-thick(10 mm) brick, concrete, stone, tileor other approved noncombustible material is permitted.

R1OO1.10 Hearth extension dimensions. Hearth extensions shall extend at least 16 inches (406 mm) in front of and at least 8 inches (203 mm) beyond each side of the fireplace opening. Where the fireplace opening is 6 square feet (0.6 mZ)or larger, the hearth extension shall extend at least 20 inches (508 mm) in front of and at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond each side of the fireplace opening. R1001.11 Fireplace clearance. All wood beams, joists, studs and other combustible material shall have a clearance of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) from the front faces and sides of masonry fireplaces and not less than 4 inches (102 mm) from the back faces of masonry fireplaces. The air space shall not be filled, except to provide fire blocking in accordance with Section R1001.12. Exceptions: 1. Masonry fireplaces listed and labeled for use in contact with combustibles in accordance with UL 127 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions are permitted to have combustible material in contact with their exterior surfaces. 2. When masonry fireplaces are part of masonry or concrete walls, combustible materials shall not be in contact with the masonry or concrete walls less than 12 inches (305 mm) from the inside surface of thenearest firebox lining. 3. Exposed combustible trim and the edges of sheathing materials such as wood siding, flooring and drywall shall be permitted to abut the masonry fireplace side walls and hearth extension in accordance with Figure R1001.11, provided such combustible trim or sheath-

COMBUSTIBLE SHEATHING EDGE ABUTTING MASONRY 12 IN. MIN. FROM FIREBOX

.......... .......... .........a

FRAME WALL

'TO 2 IN. CLEARANCE (AIR SPACE) COMBUSTIBLE FRAMING WOOD MANTEL For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mnm. FIGURE RlOO1.ll CLEARANCE FROM COMBUSTIBLES

304



ing is a minimum of 12 inches (305 nun) from the inside surface of the nearest firebox lining.

*

4. Exposed combustiblc mantels or trim may be placed directly on the masonry fireplace front surrounding the fireplace opening providing such combustible materials are not placed within 6 inches (152 mrn)of a fireplace opening. Combustible material within 12 inches (306 mm) of the fireplace opening shall not project more than '1, inch (3 mrn) for each 1-inch (25 mm) distance from such an opening.

R1001.12 Fireplace fireblocking. Fireplace fireblocking shall comply with the provisions of Section R602.8. SECTION R1002 MASONRY HEATERS

R1002.1 Definition. A masonry heater is a heating appliance constructed of concrete or solid masonry, hereinafter referred to as masonry, which is designed to absorb and store heat from a solid-fuel fire built in the firebox by routing the exhaust gases through internal heat exchangechannels in which the flow path downstream of the fxcbox may include flow in a horizontal or downward direction before entering the chimney and which delivers heat by radiation from the masonry surface of the heater. R1002.2 Installation. Masonry heaters shall be installed in accordance with this section and comply with one of the following: 1. Masonry heaters shall comply with the requirements of ASTM E 1602; or 2. Masonry heaters shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1482 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

R1002.3 Footings and foundation. The firebox floor of a masonry heater shall be a minimum thickness of 4 inches (1 02 mm) of noncombustible matcrial and be supported on a noncombustible footing and foundation in accordance with Section R1003.2.

Exceptions: 1. When the masonry heater wall is at least 8 inchcs (203 mm)thick of solid masonry and the wall of the heat exchange channels is at least 5 inches (127 rnrn) thick of solid masonry, combustible materials shall not be placed within 4 inches (102 mm) of the outside surface of a masonry heater. A clearance of at least 8 inches (203 mm) shall be provided between the gas-tight capping slab of the heater and a combustible ceiling. 2. Masonry heaters tested and listed by an American National Standards Association (ANSI)-accredited laboratory to the requirements of UL1482 may be installed in accordance with the listing specifications and the manufacturer's written instructions.

SECTION R1003 MASONRY CHIMNEYS R1003.1 Definition. A masonry chimney is a chimney constructed of concrete or masonry, hereinafter referred to as masonry. Masonry chimneys shall be constructed, anchored, supported and reinforced as required in this chapter.

R1003.2 Footings and foundations. Footings for masonry chimneys shall be constructed of concrete or solid masonry at least 12inches (305 mm) thick andshall extend at least 6 inches (152 rnrn)beyond the face of the foundation or support wall on all sides. Footings shall be founded on natural undisturbed earth or engineered fill below frost depth. In areas not subjected to freezing, footings shall be at least 12 inches (305 mm) below finished grade. R1003.3 Seismic reinforcing. Masonry or concrete chimneys shall be constructed, anchored, supported and reinforced as required in this chapter. In Seismic Design Category Do, Dl or D, masonry and concrete chimneys shall be reinforced and anchored as detailed in Section R1003.3.1, R1003.3.2 and R1003.4. In Seismic Design Category A, B or C, reinforcement and seismic anchorage is not required.

R1002.4 Seismic reinforcing. In Seismic Design Categories Do, D, and D,, masonry heaters shall be anchored to the masonry foundation in accordance with Section R1003.3. Seismic reinforcing shall not be required within the body of a masonry hcater whose height is equal to or less than 3.5 times it's body width and where the masonry chimney serving the heater is not supported by the body of the heater. Where thc masonry chimney shares a common wall with the facing of the masonry heater, the chimney portion of the structure shall be reinforccd in accordance with Section R1003.

R10033.1 Vertical reinforcing. For chimneys up to 40 inches (1016mm) wide, fourNo. 4 continuous vertical bars, anchored in the foundation, shall be placed in the concrete, or betwcen wythes of solid masonry, or within the cells of hollow unit masonry, and grouted in accordance with Section R609.1.1. Grout shall be prevented from bonding with the flue liner so that the flue liner is free to move with thermal expansion. For chimneys more than 40 inches (1016 mm) wide, two additional No. 4 vertical bars shall be installed for each additional 40 inches (1016 mm) in width or fraction thereof.

R1002.5 Masonry heater clearance. Combustible materials shall not be placed within 36 inches (914 mm) of the outside surface of a masonry heater in accordance with NFPA 2 11 Section 8-7 (clearances for solid-fuel-burning appliances), and the required space between the heater and combustible material shall be fully vented to permit the free flow of air around all heater surfaces.

R1003.3.2 Horizontal reinforcing. Vertical reinforcement shall be placed enclosed within '/,-inch (6 mm) ties, or othcr reinforcing of equivalent net cross-sectional area, spaced not to exceed 18 inches (457 mm) on center in concrete, or placed in the bed joints of unit masonry, at a minimum of every 18 inches (457 mm) of vertical height. Tho such ties shall be installed at each bend in the vertical bars.


305


R1003.4 Seismicanchorage. Masonry and concrete chimneys and foundations in Seismic Design Category Do,D, or D, shall be anchored at each floor, ceiling or roof line more than 6 feet ( I 829 mm) above grade, except where constructed completely within the exterior walls. Anchorage shall conform to the requirements in Section R1003.4.1. R1003.4.1 Anchorage. Two 3/l,inch by 1-inch (5 mm by 25 mm) straps shall be embedded a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) into the chimney. Straps shall be hooked around the outer bars and extend 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the bend. Each strap shall be fastened to a minimum of four floor joists with two [/,-inch (13 mm) bolts. R1003.5 Corbeling. Masonry chimneys shall not be corbeled more than one-half of the chimney's wall thickness from a wall or foundation, nor shall a chimney be corbeled from a wall or foundation that is less than 12 inches (305 mm) thick unless it projects equally on each side of the wall, except that on the second story of a two-story dwelling, corbeling of chimneys on the exterior of the enclosing walls may equal the wall thickness. The projection of a single course shall not exceed one-half the unit height or one-third of the unit bed depth, whichever is less. R1003.6 Changes in dimension. The chimney wall or chimney flue lining shall not change in size or shape within 6 inches (152 mm) above or below where the chimney passes through floor components, ceiling components or roof components. R1003.7 Offsets. Where a masonry chimney is constructed with a fireclay flue liner surrounded by one wythe of masonry, the maximum offset shall be such that the centerline of the flue above the offset does not extend beyond the center of the chimney wall below the offset. Where the chimney offset is supported by masonry below the offset in an approved manner, the maximum offset limitations shall not apply. Each individual corbeled masonry course of the offset shall not exceed the projection limitations specified in Section R1003.5.

the passage of spheres having a diameter less than 3/, inch (10 mm). 4. The spark arrestor shall be accessible for cleaning and the screen or chimney cap shall be removable to allow for cleaning of the chimney flue.

R1003.10 Wall thickness. Masonry chimney walls shall be constructed of solid masonry units or hollow masonry units grouted solid with not less than a 4-inch (102 mm) nominal thickness. R1003.10.1 Masonry veneer chimneys. Where masonry is used to veneer a frame chimney, through-flashing and weep holes shall be installed as required by Section R703. R1003.11 Flue lining (material).Masonry chimneys shall be lined. The lining material shall be appropriate for the type of appliance connected, according to the terms of the appliance listing and manufacturer's instructions. R1003.11.1 Residential-type appliances (general). Flue lining systems shall comply with one of the following: 1. Clay flue lining complying with the requirements of ASTM C 3 15 or equivalent. 2. Listed chimney lining systems complying with UL 1777. 3. Factory-built chimneys or chimney units listed for installation within masonry chimneys. 4. Other approved materials that will resist corrosion, erosion, softening or cracking from flue gases and condensate at temperatures up to 1,800°F (982°C).

R1003.11.2 Flue linings for specific appliances.Flue linings other than these covered in Section R1003.11.1, intended for use with specific types of appliances, shall comply with Sections R1003.1 I .3 through R1003.11.6. R1003.11.3 Gas appliances. Flue lining systems for gas appliances shall be in accordance with Chapter 24.

R1003.8 Additional load. Chimneys shall not support loads other than their own weight unless they are designed and constructed to support the additional load. Construction of masonry chimneys as part of the masonry walls or reinforced concrete walls of the building shall be permitted.

R1003.11.4 Pellet fuel-burning appliances. Flue lining and vent systems for use in masonry chimneys with pellet fuel-burning appliances shall be limited to the following:

R1003.9 Termination. Chimneys shall extend at least 2 feet (610 mm) higher than any portion of a building within 10 feet (3048 mm), but shall not be less than 3 feet (914 mm) above the highest point where the chimney passes through the roof.

2. Pellet vents listed for installation within masonry chimneys. (See Section R1003.11.6 for marking.)

R1003.9.1 Spark arrestors. Where a spark arrestor is installed on a masonry chimney, the spark arrestor shall meet all of the following requirements: 1. The net free area of the arrestor shall not be less than four times the net free area of the outlet of the chimney flue it serves. 2. The arrestor screen shall have heat and corrosion resistance equivalent to 19-gage galvanized steel or 24-gage stainless steel. 3. Openings shall not permit the passage of spheres having a diameter greater than '1, inch (1 3 mm) nor block

1. Flue lining systems complying with Section R1003.11.1.

R1003.11.5 Oil-fired appliances approved for use with Type L vent. Flue lining and vent systems for use in masonry chimneys with oil-fired appliances approved for use with Type L vent shall be limited to the following: 1. Flue lining systems complying with Section R1003.11.1. 2. Listed chimney liners complying with UL 641. (See Section R1003.11.6 for marking.) R1003.11.6 Notice of usage. When a flue is relined with a material not complying with Section R1003.11.1, the chimney shall be plainly and permanently identified by a label attached to a wall, ceiling or other conspicuous location adjacent to where the connector enters the chimney. The 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

I


label shall include the following message or equivalent language:

and R1001.14(2) or as provided by the manufacturer or as measured in the field.

THIS CHIMNEY FLUE IS FOR USE ONLY WITH [TYPE OR CATEGORY OF APPLIANCE] APPLIANCES THAT BURN [TYPE OF FUEL]. DO NOT CONNECT OTHER TYPES OF APPLIANCES.

R1003.15.2 Option 2. The minimum net cross-sectionalarea

I R1003.12 Clay flue lining (installation).Clay flue liners shall be installedin accordance with ASTM C 1283 and extend from a point not less than 8 inches (203 mm) below the lowest inlet or, in the case of fireplaces, from the top of the smoke chamber to a point above the enclosing walls. The lining shall be carried up vertically, with a maximum slope no greater than 30 degrees (0.52 rad) from the vertical.

)

Clay flue liners shall be laid in medium-duty refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C 199 with tight mortar joints left smooth on the inside and installed to maintain an air space or insulation not to exceed the thickness of the flue liner separating the flue liners from the interior face of the chimney masonry walls. Flue liners shall be supportedon all sides. Only enough mortar shall be placed to make the joint and hold the liners in position.

I

of the chimney flue shall be determined in accordance with Figure R1003.15.2. A flue size providing at least the equivalent net cross-sectional area shall be used. Cross-sectional areas of clay flue linings are shown in Tables R1003.14(1) and R1003.14(2) or as provided by the manufacturer or as measured in the field. The height of the chimney shall be measured from the firebox floor to the top of the chimney flue. TABLE R1003.14(1) NET CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF ROUND FLUE SIZESa

,

I

FLUE SIZE, INSIDE DIAMETER ~ C R O S S - S E ~ O N A L A R E A (square inchesk

38

R1003.12.1 Listed materials. Listed materials used as flue linings shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listings and manufacturer's instructions.

R1003.12.2 Space around lining. The space surrounding a chimney lining system or vent installed within a masonry chimney shall not be used to vent any other appliance.

Exception: This shall not prevent the installation of a separate flue lining in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mn, 1 square inch = 645.16mm2 a. Flue sizes are based on ASTM C 315.

I

TABLE R1003.14(2) NET CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF SQUARE AND RECTANGULAR FLUE SIZES

R1003.13 Multiple flues. When two or more flues arelocated in the same chimney, masonry wythes shall be built between adjacent flue linings. The masonry wythes shall be at least 4 inches (102 mrn) thick and bonded into the walls of the chimney.

DIMENSIONS (inches)

(square inches)

Exception: When venting only one appliance,two flues may adjoin each other in the same chimney with only the flue lining separation between them. The joints of the adjacent flue linings shall be staggered at least 4 inches (102 mm).

R1003.14 Hue area (appliance). Chimney flues shall not be smaller in area than that of the area of the connector from the appliance [see Tables R1003.14( 1) and R1003.14(2)]. The sizing of a chimney flue to which multiple appliance venting systems are connected shall be in accordance with Section M1805.3. R1003.15 Flue area (masonry fireplace). Flue sizing for chimneys serving fireplaces shall be in accordance with Section R1003.15.1 or Section R1003.15.2.

R1003.15.1 Option 1. Round chimney flues shall have a

I

minimum net cross-sectional area of at least I/,, of the fireplace opening. Square chimney flues shall have a minimum net cross-sectional area of I/,, of the fireplace opening. Rectangular chimney flues with an aspect ratio less than 2 to I shall have a minimum net cross-sectional area of '/,, of the freplace opening. Rectangular chimney flues with an aspect ratio of 2 to 1 or more shall have a minimum net cross-sectional area of I/, of the fireplace opening. Cross-sectional areas of clay flue linings are shown in Tables R1001.14(1) 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

For SI:

1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inc11=645.16 m d . 307


HEIGHT, MEASURED FROM FLOOR

OF COlWWSTlON CHAMBW TO TOP OF RUE (FTI

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 m d . FIGURE R1003.15.2 FLUE SIZES FOR MASONRY CHIMNEYS

R1003.16 Inlet. Inlets to masonry chimneys shall enter from the side. Inlets shall have a thimble of fireclay, rigid refractory material or metal that will prevent the connector from pulling out of the inlet or from extending beyond the wall of the liner. R1003.17 Masonry chimney cleanout openings. Cleanout openings shall be provided within 6 inches (152 mm) of the base of each flue within every masonry chimney. The upper edge of the cleanout shall be located at least 6 inches (152 mm) below the lowest chimney inlet opening. The height of the opening shall be at least 6 inches (152 mm). The cleanout shall be provided with a noncombustible cover. Exception: Chimney flues serving masonry fireplaces where cleaning is possible through the fireplace opening. R1003.18 Chimney clearances. Any portion of a masonry chimney located in the interior of the building or within the

exterior wall of the building shall have a minimum air space clearance to combustibles of 2 inches (51 mm). Chimneys located entirely outside the exterior walls of the building, including chimneys that pass through the soffit or cornice, shall have a minimum air space clearance of 1 inch (25 mm). The air space shall not be filled, except to provide fire blocking in accordance with Section R1003.19.

Exceptions: 1. Masonry chimneys equipped with a chimney lining system listed and labeled for use in chimneys in contact with combustibles in accordance with UL 1777 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions are permitted to have combustible material in contact with their exterior surfaces. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@


MASOb COMB1 12 IN. F

' ABI IBLE

)M FL

;ING iEATt Z LlNll

3 1 IN. CLEARANCE (AIR SPACE) TO COMBUSTIBLE SHEATHING

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. FIGURE R1003.18 CLEARANCE FROM COMBUSTIBLES

2. When masonry chimneys are constructed as part of masonry or concrete walls, combustible materials be in with the Or 'OnCrete less than l 2inches (305 mm) from the inside surface of the nearest flue lining. 3. Exposed combustible trim and the edges of sheathing maierials, such as wood siding and noorhg, shall b; permitted to abut the masonry chimney side walls, in accordance with Figure R1003'187 provided such combustible trim or sheathing is a minimum of 12 inches (305 rnrn)from the inside surface of the nearest flue lining. Combustible material and trim shall not overlap the corners of the chimney by more than 1 inch (2.5 mm).

I

R1003.19 Chimney fireblocking. All spaces betwecn chimneys and floors andceilings through which chimneys pass shall be fireblocked with noncombustible material securely fastened in place. The fireblocking of spaces between chimneys and wood joists, beams or headers shall be self-supporting or be placed on strips of mctal or metal lath laid across the spaces between combustible material and the chimney. R1003.20 Chimney crickets. Chimneys shall be provided with crickets when the dimension parallel to the ridgeline is greater than 30 inches (762 mm) and does not intersect the ridgeline. The intersection of the cricket and the chimney shall be flashed and countcrflashed in the same manner as normal roof-chimney intersections. Crickets shall be constructed in compliance with Figure R1003.20 and Table R1003.20. TABLE R1003.20 CRICKET DIMENSIONS H

12 - 12

'I, of W

'I, of W '1, of W I/,

of W

'I* of W 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

R1004.2 Hearth Heanh extensions of approved factory-built fireplaces shall be installed in accordance with the listing of the fireplace. The hearth extension shall be readily clistinguishable from the surrounding floor area. R1004.3 Decorative shrouds. Decorative shrouds shall not be installed at the termination of chimneys for factory-built fireplaces except where the shrouds are listed and labeled for use with the specific factory-built fireplace systcm and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. R1004.4 Unvented gas log heaters. An unvented gas log heater shall not be installed in a factory-built fireplace unless the fireplace system has been specifically tested, listed and labeled for such use in accordance with UL 127. SECTION R1005 FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS R1005.1 Listing. Factory-built chimneys shall be listed and labeled and shall be installed and terminated in accordance with the manufacturcr's installation instructions.

R 1 0 5 . 2 Decorative shrouds. Decorative shrouds shall not be installed at the termination of factory-built chimneys except where the shrouds are listed and labeled for use with the specific factory-built chimney system and installed in accordancc with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

---T

ROOF SLOPE

6 - 12

SECTION R1004 FACTORY-BUILT FIREPLACES R1004.1 General. Factory-built fireplaces shall be listed and labeled and shall be installed in accordance with the conditions of the listing. Factory-built fireplaces shall be tested in accordance with UL 127.

R1005.3 Solid-fuel appliances. Factory-built chimneys installed in dwelling units with solid-fuel-burning appliances shall comply with the Type HT requirements of UL 103 and shall be marked 'Type HT and "Residential Type and Building Heating Appliance Chimney." Exception: Chimneys for use with open combustion chamber fireplaces shall comply with the requirements of UL 103 309

I


FLUE LINER

1 IN. MIN. AIR SPACE I

For SI:

1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R1003.20 CHIMNEY CRICKET

1

and shall be marked "Residential Type and Building Heating Appliance Chimney." Chimneys for use with open combustion chamber appliances installed in buildings other than dwelling units shall comply with the requirements of UL 103 and shall be marked "Building Heating Appliance Chimney" or "Residential Type and Building Heating Appliance Chimney."

R1005.4 Factory-built fireplaces. Chimneys for use with factory-built fireplaces shall comply with the requirements of UL 127. R1005.5 Support. Where factory-built chimneys are supported by structural members, such as joists and rafters, those members shall be designed to support the additional load. R1005.6 Medium-heat appliances. Factory-built chimneys for medium-heat appliances producing flue gases having a temperature above l,OOO°F (53g°C), measured at the entrance to the chimney shall comply with UL 959.

I

SECTION R1006 EXTERIOR AIR SUPPLY R1006.1 Exterior air. Factory-built or masonry fireplaces covered in this chapter shall be equipped with an exterior air supply to assure proper fuel combustion unless the room is mechanically ventilated and controlled so that the indoor pressure is neutral or positive.

R1006.2 Exterior air intake. The exterior air intake shall be capable of supplying all combustion air from the exterior of the dwelling or from spaces within the dwelling ventilated with outside air such as non-mechanically ventilated crawl or attic spaces. The exterior air intake shall not be located within the garage or basement of the dwelling nor shall the air intake be located at an elevation higher than the firebox. The exterior air intake shall be covered with a corrosion-resistant screen of '/,-inch (6 mm) mesh. R1006.3 Clearance. Unlisted combustion air ducts shall be installed with a minimum 1-inch (25 mm) clearance to combustibles for all parts of the duct within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the duct outlet. R1006.4 Passageway. The combustion air passageway shall be a minimum of 6 square inches (3870 mm2) and not more than 55 square inches (0.035 m2), except that combustion air systems for listed fireplaces shall be constructed according to the fireplace manufacturer's instructions. R1006.5 Outlet. Locating the exterior air outlet in the back or sides of the firebox chamber or within 24 inches (610 mm) of the firebox opening on or near the floor is permitted. The outlet shall be closable and designed to prevent burning material from dropping into concealed combustible spaces.

R1006.1.1 Factory-built fireplaces. Exterior combustion air ducts for factory-built fireplaces shall be a listed component of the fireplace and shall be installed according to the fireplace manufacturer's instructions. R1006.1.2 Masonry fireplaces. Listed combustion air ducts for masonry fireplaces shall be installed according to the terms of their listing and the manufacturer's instructions. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

Part IV

- Energy Conservation CHAPTER 11

ENERGY EFFICIENCY This chapter has been revised in its entirety; there will be no marginal markings SECTION N l l O l GENERAL N1lO1.l Scope. This chapter regulates the energy efficiency for the design and construction of buildings regulated by this code.

Exception: Portions of the building envelope that do not enclose conditioned space.

N1101.2 Compliance. Compliance shall be demonstrated by either meeting the requirements of the International Energy Conservation Code or meeting the requirements of this chapter. Climate zones from Figure N 1 101.2 or Table N'1101.2 shall be used in determining the applicable requirements from this chapter.

N1101.2.1 Warm humid counties. Warm humid counties are listed in Table N1101.2.1.

N1101.3 Identification. Materials, systems and equipment shall be identified in a manner that will allow a determination of compliance with the applicable provisions of this chapter.

N1101.4 Building thermal envelope insulation. An R-value identification mark shall be applied by the manufacturer to each piece of building thermal envelope insulation 12 inches (305 mm) or inore wide. Alternately, the insulation installers shall provide a certification listing the type, manufacturer and R-value of insulation installed in each element of the building thermal envelope. For blown or sprayed insulation (fiberglass and cellulose), the initial installed thickness, settled thickness, settled R-value, installed density, coverage area and number of bags installed shall be listed on the certification. For sprayed polyurethane foam (SPF) insulation, the installed thickness of the area covered and R-value of installed thickness shall be listed on the certificate. The insulation installer shall sign, date and post the certificate in a conspicuous location on the job site.

N1101.4.1 Blown or sprayed ruoflceilinginsulation. The thickness of blown in or sprayed rooflceiling insulation (fiberglass or cellulose) shall be written in inches (mm) on markers that are installed at least one for every 300 ft2 (28 m2)throughout the attic space. The markers shall be affixed to the trusses or joists and marked with the minimum initial installed thickness with numbers a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) high. Each marker shall face the attic access opening. Spray polyurethane foam thickness and installed R-value shall be listed on the certificate provided by the insulation installer.

N1101.4.2 Insulation mark installation. Insulating materials shall be installed such that the manufacturer's R-value mark is readily observable upon inspection. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

N1101.5 Fenestration product rating. U-factors of fenestration products (windows, doors and skylights) shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 100 by an accredited, independent laboratory, and labeled and certified by the manufacturer. Products lacking such a labeled U-factor shall be assigned a default U-factor from Tables N1101.5(1) and N1101.5(2). The solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) of glazed fenestration products (windows, glazed doors and skylights) shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 200 by an accredited, independent laboratory, and labeled and certified by the manufacturer. Products lacking such a labeled SHGC shall be assigned a default SHGC from Table N1101.5(3).

N1101.6 Installation. All materials, systems and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and the provisions of this code.

N1101.6.1 Protection of exposed foundation insulation. lnsulation applied to the exterior of basement walls, crawl spacc walls, and the perimeter of slab-on-grade floors shall have a rigid, opaque and weather-resistant protective covering to prevent the degradation of the insulation's thermal performance. The protective covering shall cover the exposed exterior insulation and extcnd a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) below grade. N1101.7 Above code programs. The building official or other authority having jurisdiction shall be permitted to deem a national, state or local energy efficiency program to exceed the energy efficiency required by this chapter. Buildings approved in writing by such an energy efficiency program shall be considered in compliance with this chapter. N1101.8 Certificate. A permanent certificate shall be posted on or in the electrical distribution panel. The certificate shall be completed by the builder or registered design professional. The certificate shall list the predominant R-values of insulation installed in or on ceilingfroof, walls, foundation (slab, basement wall, crawlspace wall and/or floor) and ducts outside conditioned spaces; U-factors for fenestration; and the solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) of fenestration. Where there is more than one value for each component, the certificate shall list the value covering the largest area. The certificate shall list the type and efficiency of heating, cooling and service water heating equipment.

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL

COD^

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE N1101.2 CLIMATE ZONES BY STATES AND COUNTIES Alabama

Zone 3 except Zone 2 Baldwin Mobile Alaska

Zone 7 except Zone 8 Bethel Dellingham Fairbanks North Star Nome North Slope Northwest Arctic Southcast Fairbanks Wade Hampton Yukon-Koyukuk Arizona

Zone 3 except Zone 2 La Paz Maricapa Pima Pinal Yuma Zone 4 Gila Yavapai Zone 5 Apache Coconino Navajo Arkansas

Zone 3 except Zone 4 Baxter Benton Boone Carroll Fulton Izard Madison Marion Newton Searcy Stone Washington California

Zone 3 Dry except Zone 2 Imperial Zone 3 Marine Alameda Marin 2006 INTERNATIONAL RE

Mendocino Monterey Napa San Benito San Francisco San Luis Obispo San Mateo Santa Barbara Santa Clara Santa Cruz Sonoma Ventura Zone 4 Dry Amador Calaveras El Dorado Inyo Lake Mariposa Trinity Tuolurnne Zone 4 Marine Del Norte Humboldt Zone 5 Lassen Modoc Nevada Plumas Sierra Siskiyou Zone 6 Alpine Mono Colorado

Zone 5 except Zone 4 Baca Las Animas Otero Zone 6 Alamosa Archuleta Chaffee Conejos Costilla Custer Dolores Eagle Moffat Ouray Rio Blanco Saguache San Miguel Zone 7 Clear Creek Grand

Gunnison Hinsdale Jackson Lake Mineral Park Pitkin Rio Grande Routt San Juan Summit

I

Connecticut

Zone 5 Delaware

Zone 4 Dist. of Columbia

Mitchell Pierce Seminole Tatmall Thomas Toombs Ware Wayne Zone 4 Banks Catoosa Dade Dawson Fannin Floyd Franklin Gil~ner Gordon

Washington Illinois

Zone 5 except Zone 4 Alexander Bond Ctuistian Clay Clinton Crawford Edwards Effingham Fayctte Franklin Gallatin Hamilton Hardin Jackson Jasper Jefferson Johnson Lawrence Macoupin Madison Marion Massac Monroe

Zone 4 Florida

Zone 2 except Zone1 Broward Dade Monroc Georgia

Zone 3 except Zone 2 Appling Atkinson Bacon Baker Bemen Brantley Brooks Bryan Camden Charlton Chatham Clinch Colquitt Cook Decatw Echols Effingham Evans Gly nn Grady Jeff Davis Lanier Liberty Long Lowndes Mcintosh Miller

Lumpkin Murray Pickens Rabun Stephens Towns Union Walker White Whitfield Hawaii

Zone 1 Moist Idaho

Zone 6 except Zone 5 Ada Benewah Canyon Cassia Clearwater Elmore Gem Gooding Idaho Jerome Kootenai Latah Lewis Lincoln Minidoka Nez Perce Owyhee Payette Power Shoshone Twin Falls

Montgomery Perry Pope Pulaski Randolph Richland Saline Shelby St clair Union Wabash Washington Wayne White Williamson Indiana

Zone 5 except Zone 4 Brown Clark Crawford Daviess Dearborn Dubois Floyd Gibson Greene Harrison Jackson

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE Nl101.2--continut CLIMATE ZONES BY STATES AND

Jefferson Jennings Knox Lawrence Martin Monroe Ohio Orange Perry Pike Posey Ripley Scott Spencer Sullivan Switzerland Vanderburgh Wamck Washington

Zone 5 except Zone 6 Allamakee Black Hawk Bremer Buchanan Buena Vista Butler Calhoun Cerro Gordo Cherokee Chickasaw Clay Clayton Delaware Dickinson Emmet Fayette Floyd Franklin Grundy Hamilton Hancock Hardin Howard Humboldt Ida Kossuth Lyon Mitchell O'Brien Osceola Pal0 Alto Plymouth Pocahontas Sac Sioux

Webster Winnebago Winneshiek Worth Wright Kansas

I Zone 4 except Zone 5 Cheyenne

~E2'm ~

Ellis Gave Graham Greeley Hamilton Jewel1 Lane

Maine

Zone 6 except Zone 7 Aroostook Maryland

Zone 4 except Zone 5 Garrett

~ ::ion E:cYell

Osborne Phillips Rawlins Republic Rooks Scott Sheridan Shennan Smith I Thomas Trego Wallace Wichita Kentucky

I Zone 4 Louisiana

1 Zone 2 except Zone 3 1 Bienville Bossier 1 Caddo Caldwell Catahoula I Claibome Concordia I De Soto &st Carroll 1 Franklin Grant Jackson La Salle Lincoln Madison

1

Morehouse Natchitoches Ouachita Red River Richland Sabine Tensas Union Vernon Webster West Carroll Winn

Massachusetts

Zone 5 Michigan

Zone 5 except Zone 6 Alcona Alger Alpena Antrim Arenac Benzie Charlevoix Cheboygan Clare Crawford Delta Dickinson Ernmet Gladwin Grand Traverse Huron Iosco Isabella Kalkaska Lake Leelanau Manistee Marquette Mason Mecosta Menominee Missaukee Montrnorency Newaygo

Oceana Ogemaw Osceola Oscoda Otsego Presque Isle Roscommon Sanilac Wexford Zone 7 Baraga Chippewa Gogebic Houghton Iron Keweenaw Luce Mackinac Ontonagon Schoolcraft Mlnnesota

Zone 6 except Zone 7 Aitkin Becker Beltrami Carlton Cass Clay Clearwater Cook Crow Wing Grant Hubbard Itasca Kanabec Kittson Koochiching Lake of the Wood Mahnomen Marshall Mille Lacs Norman Otter Tail Pennington Pine Polk Red Lake Roseau St Louis Wadena Wilkin Mississippi

Zone 3 except Zone 2 Hancock

(continued) 2006 INTERNATI(

Hamson Jackson Pearl River Stone Missouri

Zone 4 except Zone 5 Adair Andrew Atchison Buchanan Caldwell Chariton Clark Clinton Daviess De Kalb Gentry Grundy Hanison Holt Knox Lewis Linn Livingston Macon Marion Mercer Nodaway Pike Putnam Ralls Schuyler Scotland Shelby Sullivan Worth Montana

Zone 6 Nebraska

Zone 5 Nevada

Zone 5 except Zone 3 Clark New Hampshire

Zone 6 except Zone 5 Cheshire Hillsborough Rockingham Stafford

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE N l 101.2--continued CLIMATE ZONES BY STATES AND COUNTIES New Jersey

Zone 4 except Zone 5 Bergen Hunterdon Mercer Monis Passaic Somersct Sussex Warren New Mexico

Zone 4 except Zone 3 Chates Dona Ana Eddy Hidalgo Lea Luna Otero Zone 5 Catron Colfax Harding Los Alarnos McKinley Mora RIOAmba San Juan San Miguel Sandoval Santa Fe Taos Torrance New York

Zone 5 except Zone 4 Bronx Kings Nassau Ncw York Queens Richmond Suffolk Westchcster Zone 6 Allegan y Broome Cattaraugus Chenango Clinton Delaware Essex Franklin Fulton

Hamilton Herkimer Jefferson Lewis Madlson Montgomery Oneida Otsego Schohane Schuyler St Lawrence Steuben Sull~van Tompkins Ulster Warren Wyom~ng

Rockingham Rutherford Stokes surr~ Swain Transylvania Vance Wake Warren Wilkes Yadkin Zone 5 Alleghany Ashe Avery Mitchell Watauga Yancey

North Carolina

Zone 3 except Zone 4 Alamance Alexander Bertie Buncombe Burke Calwell Caswell Catawba Chatham Cherokee Clay Cleveland Davie Durham Forsyth Franklin Gates Graham Gram ille Guilford Halifax Harnett Haywood Henderson Hertford Iredell Jackson Lee Lincoln Macon Madison McDowell Nash Northampton Orange Person Polk

North Dakota

Zone 7 except Zone 6 Adams Billings Bowman Burlcigh Dickey Dunn Emmons Golden Valley Grant Hettlnger La Moure Logan McIntosh McKenzie Mercer Morton Oliver Ransom Richland Sargent Sioux Slope Stark Ohio

Zone 5 except Zone 4 Adarns Brown Clemont Gallla Hamilton Lawrence Pike Scioto Washington (coiztin~terl)


Oklahoma

Zone 3 Moist except Zone 4 Dry Beaver Cimarron Texas Oregon

Zone 4 Marine except Zone 5 Dry Baker Crook Deschutes Gllliam Grant Harney Hood River Jefferson KIamath Lake Malheur Morrow Sherman Umatilla Union Wallowa Wasco Wheeler Pennsylvania

Zone 5 except Zone 4 Bucks Chester Delaware Montgomery Philadelphia York Zone 6 Cameron Cleadield Elk McKean Potter Susquehanna Tioga Wayne Rhode Island

Zone 5 South Carolina

Zone 3 South Dakota

Zone 6 except Zone 5 Bennett

Bon Hornme Charles Mix Clay Douglas Gregory Hutchinson Jackson Mellette Todd Tripp Union Yankton Tennessee

Zone 4 except Zone 3 Chester Crockett Dyer Fayette Hardeman Hardin Haywood Henderson Lake Lauderdale Madison McNairy Shelby Tipton Texas

Zone 2 Moist except Zone 2 Dry Bandera Dimrnit Edwards Frio Kinney La Salle Maverick Medina Real Uvalde Val Verde Webb Zapata Zavala Zone 3 Dry Andrews Baylor Borden Brewster Callahan Childress Coke Coleman Collingsworth

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE N1101.2--continued CUMATE ZONES BY STATES AND COUNTIES

Concho Cottle Crane Crockett Crosby Culberson Dawson Dickens Ector El Paso Fisher Foard Gaines Garza Glasscock Hall Hardeman Haskell Hemphill Howard Hudspeth Irion Jeff Davis Jones Kent Kerr Kimble King Knox Loving Lubbock Lynn Martin Mason McCulloch Menard Midland Mitchell Motley Nolan Pecos Presidio Reagan Reeves Runnels Schleicher Scurry Shackelford Sterling Stonewall Sutton Taylor Tel-rell Teny Throckmorton Tom Green Upton Ward

Wheeler Wilbarger Winkler Zone 3 Moist Archer Bianco Bowie Brown Burnet Camp Cass Clay Collin Comanche Cooke Dallas Delta Denton Eastland Ellis Erath Fannin Franklin Gillespie Grayson Gregg Hamilton Harrison Henderson Hood Hopkins Hunt Jack Johnson Kaufman Kendall Lamar Lampasas Llano Marion Mills Montague Moms Nacogdoches Navarro Palo Pinto Panola Parker Rains Red River Rockwall Rusk Sabine San Augustine San Saba Shelby Smith Somewell

Stephens Tanant Titus Upshur Van Zandt Wichita Wise Wood Young Zone 4 Annstrong Bailey Briscoe Carson Castro Cochran Dallam Deaf Smith Donley Floyd Gray Hale Hansford Haaley Hockley Hutchinson Lamb Lipscomb Moore Ochiltree Oldham Parmer Potter Randall Roberts Sherman Swisher Yoakum Utah

Zone 5 except Zone 3 Washington Zone 6 Box Elder Cache Carbon Daggett Duchesne Morgan Rich Summit Uintah Wasatch Vermont

Zone 6

Virginia

Wyoming

Zone 4 Wisconsin Washington

Zone 4 Marine except Zone 5 Dry Adams Asotin Benton Chelan Columbia Douglas Franklin Garfield Grant Kittitas Klickitat Lincoln Skamania Spokane Walla Walla Whitman Yakima Zone 6 Dry Ferry Okanogan Pend Oreille Stevens

Zone 6 except Zone 7 Ashland Bayfield Burnett Douglass Florence Forest Iron Langlade Lincoln Oneida Price Sawyer Taylor Vilas Washburn Wyoming

Zone 6 except Zone 5 Goshen Platte Zone 7 Lincoln Sublette

West Virgina

Zone 5 except Zone 4 Berkely Boone Braxton Cabell Calhoun Clay Gilmer Jackson Jefferson Kanawha Lincoln Logan Mason McDowell Mercer Mingo Monroe Morgan Pleasants Putnarn Ritchie Rome Tyler Wayne Wirt Wood

American Samoa

Zone 1 Moist Guam

Zone 1 Moist Northern Marianas

Zone 1 Moist Puerto Rico

Zone 1 Moist U.S. Virgin Islands

Zone 1 Moist


-

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 1101.2.1 WARM HUF D COUNTIES Alabama

Autauga Baldwin Barbour Bullock Butler Choctaw Clarke Coffee Conecuh Covington Crenshaw Dale Dallas Elmore Escarnbia Geneva Henry Houston Lowndes Macon Marengo Mobile Monroe Montgomery Perry Pike Russell Washington Wilcox

Mississippi

Houston Irwin Jenkins Johnson Laurens Lee Macon Marion Montgomery Peach Pulaski Quitrnan Randolph Schley Screven Stewart Sumter Taylor Telfair Terrell Tift Treutlen Turner Twiggs Webster Wheeler Wilcox Worth Hawaii

North Carolina

All

Arkansas

Columbia Hempstead Lafayette Little River Miller Sevier Union Florida

All Georgia

All in Zone 2 Plus Ben Hill Bleckley Bulloch Calhoun Candler Chattahoochee Clay Coffee Crisp Dodge Dooly Dougherty Early Emmuel

All in Zone 2 Plus Adams Amite Claibome Copiah Covington Forrest Franklin George Greene Hinds Jefferson Jefferson Davis Jones Lamar Lawrcnce Lincoln Marion Perry Pike Rankin Simpson Smith Walthall Warren Wayne Wilkinson

Louisiana

All in Zone 2 Plus Bienville Bossier Caddo Caldwell Catahoula Claibome De Soto Franklin Grant Jackson La Salle Lincoln Madison Natchitoches Ouachita Red River Richland Sabine Tensas Union Vernon Webster Winn


Brunswick Carteret Columbus New Hanover Onslow Pender South Carolina

Allendale Bamberg Barnwell Beaufort Berkeley Charleston Colleton Dorchester Georgetown Hampton Harry Jasper

American Samoa

All Guam Texas

All in Zone 2 Plus Blanco Bowie Brown Bumet Camp

Cass Collin Comanche Dallas Delta Denton Ellis Erath Franklin Gillespie Gregg Hamilton Hamson Henderson Hood Hopkins Hunt Johnson Haufman Kendall Lamar Lampasas Llano Marion Milk Morris Nacogdoches Navarro Palo Pinto Panola Parker Rains Red River Rockwall Rusk Sabine San Augustine San Saba Shelby Smith Somervell Tarrant Titus Upshur Van Zandt Wood

All Northern Marianas

All Puerto Rico

All U.S. Virgin Islands

All

317

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE N1101.5(1) DEFAULT GLAZED FENESTRATION UFACTORS

1

!SINGLE PANE

FRAME TYPE

1

SKYLIGHT DOUBLE PANE

I

Metal -Metal with thermal break Nonmetal or metal clad

0.95

2

1

1.3

0.65

1.9

1.1

0.55

1.75

1.05

Glazed block

0.6

TABLE N1101.5(2) DEFAULT DOOR UFACTORS DOOR TYPE

I

UFACTOR

Insulated metal

0.6

i"

0.5

Insulated, nonmetal edge, max 45% glazing, any glazing double pane

0.35

TABLE N1101.5(3) DEFAULT GLAZED FENESTRATION SHGC SINGLE GLAZED Clear

DOUBLE GLAZED Tinted

Clear

SECTION N1102 BLllLDlNG THERMAL ENVELOPE N1102.1 Insulation and fenestration criteria. The building thermal envelope shall meet the requirements of Table N1102.1 basedon theclimatezone specifiedin TableN1101.2. N1102.1.1 R-value computation. Insulation material used in layers, such as framing cavity insulation and insulating sheathing, shall be summed to compute the component R-value. The manufacturer's settled R-value shall be used for blown insulation. Computed R-values shall not include an R-value for other building materials or air films. N1102.1.2 U-factor alternative. An assembly with a U-factor equal to or less than that specified in Table N1102.1.2 shall be permitted as an alternative to the R-value in Table N1102.1. Exception: For mass walls not meeting the criterion for insulation location in Section N1102.2.3, the U-factor shall be permitted to be: 1. U-factor of 0.17 in Climate Zone 1 2. U-factor of 0.14 in Climate Zone 2 3. U-factor of 0.12 in Climate Zone 3 4. U-factor of 0.10 in Climate Zone 4 except Marine

5. U-factor of 0.082 in Climate Zone 5 and Marine 4

-

Tinted

GLAZED BLOCK

N1102.1.3 Total UA alternative. If the total building thermal envelope UA (sum of U-factor times assembly area) is less than or equal to the total UA resulting from using the U-factors in TableN1102.1.2, (multiplied by the same assembly area as in the proposed building), the building shall be considered in compliance with Table N1102.1. The UA calculation shall be done using a method consistent with the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundantentals and shall include the thermal bridging effects of framing materials. The SHGC requirements shall be met in addition to UA compliance. N1102.2 Specific insulation requirements. N1102.2.1 Ceilings with attic spaces. When Section N1102.1 would require R-38 in the ceiling, R-30 shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-38 wherever the full height of uncompressed R-30 insulation extends over the wall top plate at the eaves. Similarly R-38 shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-49 wherever the full height of uncompressed R-38 insulation extends over the wall top plate at the eaves. N11023.2 Ceilings without attic spaces. Where Section N1102.1 would require insulation levels above R-30 and the design of the rooflceiling assembly does not allow sufficient space for the required insulation, the minimum required insulation for such rooflceiling assemblies shall be R-30. This reduction of insulation from the requirements of Section N1102.1 shall be limited to 500 ft? (46m2) of ceiling area. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

1

TABLE N1102.1 INSULATION AND FENESTRATION REQUIREMENTS BY COMPONENT

-

r

7and8

I

-*u

FENESTRATION SKYLIGHT^ FENESTRATION CEILING FRAME WALL WALL WOOD MASS YFAcToR] WFACTOR RVALUE R-VALUE RVALUE - -

CLIMATE

5 and Marine 4

1

---

0.35

1

0.35

0.60

/

0.60

I

NR -

1

NR

)

38

1

49

1

190r 13--+ 5 9

1

1

21

1

'

v

FLOOR WALL BVALLIiPVALlJE

I3

19

CRAWL SLAB^ R-VALUE SPACE WALL AND DEPTH, %VALUE

BASEMENF

3of

1

30'

I

lOil3

I

10113

1 1

10,2ft --

10114

--

10,4ft

1

10113

1

a. R-values are minimums. U-factors and SHGC are maximums. R-19 insulation shall be permitted to bc compressed into a 2 x 6 cavity. b. The fenestration U-factor column excludes skylights. The solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) column applies to all glazed fenestration. c. The first R-value applies to continuous insulation, the second to framing cavity insulation; either insulation meets the requirement. d. R-5 shall be added to the required slab edge R-values for heated slabs. e. There are no solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) requiremneots in the M'arine Zone. f. Or insulation sufficient to fill the framing cavity, R-19 minimum. g. "13+5" means R- 13 cavity insulation plus R-5 insulated sheathing. If stmctural sheathing covers 25% or less of the exterior, R-5 sheathing is not required where structural sheathingis used. If structural sheathing covers more than 25% ofexterior, structural sheathing shall be supplemented with insulatedshenthingof atleast R-2.

TABLE N1102.1.2 EQUIVALENT (I-FACTORSB

I

BASEMENT WALL UFACTOR

CRAWL SPACE WALL WFACTOR

0.059

0.065

/1

I

I

4 except Marine

1

0.40

0.60

0.030

I

0.082

b 1 4 1

-

1

0.047

I

0.060 0.026 0.060 0.60

0.026

0.057

a. Nonfenestration U-factors shall be obtaincd f i o n ~measurement, calculation or an apprcwed source.

N1102.2.3 Mass walls. Mass walls, for the purposes of this chapter, shall be considered walls of c o n c ~ e ~ b l o c conk, crete, insulated concrete form (ICF), masonry cavity, brick (other than brick veneer), earth (adobe, compressed earth block, rammed earth) and solid timberllogs. The provisions of Section N1102.1 for mass walls shall be applicable when at least 50 percent of the required insulation R-value is on the exterior of, or integral to, the wall. Walls that do not meet this criterion for insulation placement shall meet the wood frame wall insulation requirements of Section N 1 102.1. Exception: For walls that do not meet this criterion for insulation placement, the minimum added insulation R-value shall be permitted to be: 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL COD€@

1. R-value of 4 in Climate Zone 1 2. R-value of 6 in Climate Zone 2 3. R-value of 8 in Climate Zone 3

4. R-value of 10 in Climate Zone 4 except Marine

5. R-value of 13 in climate Zone 5 and Marine 4 N1102.2.4 Steel-frame ceilings, walls and floors. Steelframe ceilings, walls and floors shall meet the insulation requirements of Table N 1102.2.4 or shall meet the U-factor requirements in Table N1102.1.2. The calculation of the U-factor for a steel-frame envelope assembly shall use a series-parallel path calculation method.

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

r -

TABLE N1102.2.4 STEEL-FRAME CEILING, WALL AND FLOOR INSULATION (R-VALUE) WOOD FRAME R-VALUE REQUIREMENT

T -

1

COLD-FORMED STEEL EQUIVALENT RVALUE~

Steel Truss Ceilingsa -

R-49

-

1 T-A

R-38 + 5

Steel Joist Ceilingsb

R-30

~ - 4

R-38in2X4or2X 6 0 1 2 x 8 R-49 in any framing

Steel Framed Wall

R-13

7

R-19

R-13 +5orR-15 +4orR-21 + 3 R-13+9orR-19+8orR-25+7

I

R-13 +10 or R-19 + 9 or R-25 + 8

R-2 1

1

4

Steel Joist Floor

1

L

R-19

R-19 + R-6 in 2 x 6 R-19 + R-12 in 2 x 8 or 2 x 10 A-

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm. a. Cavity insulation R-value is listed first, followed by co~~tinuous insulation R-value. b. Insulation exceeding the height of the framing shall cover the framing.

N1102.2.5 Floors. Floor insulation shall be installed to maintain permanent contact with the underside of the subfloor decking. N1102.2.6 Basement walls. Exterior walls associated with conditioned basements shall be insulated from the top of the basement wall down to 10 feet (3048 nun) below grade or to the basement floor, whichever is less. Walls associated with unconditioned basements shall meet this requirement unless the floor overhead is insulated in accordance with Sections N1102.1 and N1102.2.5. N1102.2.7 Slab-on-grade floors. Slab-on-grade floors with a floor surface less than 12 inches below grade shall be insulated in accordance with Table N1102.1. The insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab on the outside or inside of the foundation wall. Insulation located below grade shall be extended the distance provided in Table N1102.1 by any combination of vertical insulation, insulation extending under the slab or insulation extending out from the building. Insulation extending away from the building shall be protected by pavement or by a minimum of 10 inches (254 mm) of soil. The top edge of the insulation installed between the exterior wall and the edge of the interior slab shall be permitted to be cut at a 45-degree (0.79 rad) angle away from the exterior wall. Slab-edge insulation is not required in jurisdictions designated by the code official as having a very heavy termite infestation. N1102.2.8 Crawl space walls. As an alternativeto insulating floors over crawl spaces, insulation of crawl space walls when the crawl spaceis not vented to the outside is permitted. 320

,

Crawl space wall insulation shall be permanently fastened to the wall and extend downward from the floor to the finished grade level and then vertically andfor horizontally for at least an additional 24 inches (610 mm). Exposed earth in unvented crawl space foundations shall be covered with a continuous vapor retarder. All joints of the vapor retarder shall overlap by 6 inches (152 mm) and be sealed or taped. The edges of the vapor retarder shall extend at least 6 inches (152 mm) up the stem wall and shall be attached to the stem wall.

N1102.2.9 Masonry veneer. Insulation shall not be required on the horizontal portion of the foundation that supports a masonry veneer. N1102.2.10 Thermally isolated sunroom insulation. The minimum ceiling insulation R-values shall be R-19 in zones 1 through 4 and R-24 in zones 5 though 8. The minimum wall R-value shall be R-13 in all zones. New wall(s) separating the sunroom from conditioned space shall meet the building thermal envelope requirements. N1102.3 Fenestration. N1102.3.1 U-factor. An area-weighted average of fenestration products shall be permitted to satisfy the U-factor requirements. N1102.3.2 Glazed fenestration SHGC. An area-weighted average of fenestration products more than 50 percent glazed shall be pennitted to satisfy the solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) requirements. N1102.3.3 Glazed fenestration exemption. Up to 15 square feet (1.4 m2) of glazed fenestration per dwelling unit 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

shall be permitted to be exempt from U-factor and solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) requirements in Section N 1102.1.

N1102.3.4 Opaque door exemption. One opaque door assembly is exempted from the U-factor requirement in Section N1102.1. N1102.3.5 Thermally isolated sunroom U-factor. For zones 4 through 8 the maximum fenestration U-factor shall be 0.50 and the maximum skylight U-factor shall be 0.75. New windows and doors separating the sunroom from conditioned space shall meet the building thermal envelope requiremenls. N1102.3.6 Replacement fenestration. Where some or all of an existing fenestration unit is replaced with a new fenestration product, including sash and glazing, the replacement fenestration unit shall meet the applicable requirements for U-factor and solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) in Table N1102.1. N1102.4 Air leakage. N1102.4.1 Building thermal envelope. The building thermal envelope shall be durably sealed to limit infiltration. The sealing methods between dissimilar materials shall allow for differential expansion and contraction. The following shall be caulked, gasketed, weatherstripped or otherwise sealed with an air barrier material, suitable film or solid material. 1. All joints, seams and penetrations. 2. Site-built windows, doors and skylights. 3. Openings between window and door assemblies and their respective jambs and framing. 4. Utility penetrations.

1 . 1C-rated and labeled with enclosures that are sealed or gasketed to prevent air leakage to the ceiling cavity or unconditioned space; or 2. C r a t e d and labeled as meeting ASTM E 283 when tested at 1.57 pounds per square foot (75 Pa) pressure differential with no more than 2.0 cubic feet per minute (0.944 Lls) of air movement from the conditioned space to the ceiling cavity; or

3. Located inside an airtight sealed box with clcarances of at least 0.5 inch (13 mm) from combustible material and 3 inches (76 mm) from insulation.

N1102.5 Moisture control. The building design shall not create conditions of accelerated deterioration from moisture condensation. Above-grade frame walls, floors and ceilings not vcntilated to allow moisture to escape shall be provided with an approved vapor retarder. The vapor retarder shall be installed on the warm-in-winter side of the thermal insulation. Exceptions:

1. In construction where moisture or its freezing will not damage the materials. 2. Frame walls, floors and ceilings in jurisdictions in Zones 1, 2, 3,4A, and 4B. (Crawl space floor vapor retarders are not exempted.) 3. Where other approved means to avoid condensation are provided. N1102.5.1 Maximum fenestration U-factor. The area weighted average maximum fenestration U-factor permitted using tradeoffs from Section N1102.1.3 in Zones 6 through 8 shall be 0.55. To comply with this section, the maximum U-factor for skylights shall be 0.75 in zones 6 through 8.

5. Dropped ceilings or chases adjacent to the thermal envelope.

SECTION N1103 SYSTEMS

6. Knee walls. 7. Walls and ceilings separating the garage from conditioned spaces. 8. Behind tubs and showers on exterior walls. 9. Common walls between dwelling units.

10. Other sources of infiltration.

N1102.4.2 Fenestration air leakage. Windows, skylights and sliding glass doors shall have an air infiltration rate of no more than 0.3 cubic foot per minute per square foot [I .5(L/s)/m2],and swinging doors no more than 0.5 cubic foot per minute per square foot [2.5(L/s)/m2],when tested according to NFRC 400 or AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101fl.S.21 A440 by an accredited, independent laboratory, and listed and labeled by the manufacturer. Exception: Site-built windows, skylights and doors.

N1102.4.3 Recessed lighting. Recessed luminaires installed in the building thermal envelope shall be sealed to limit air leakage between conditioned and unconditioned spaces by being: 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

N1103.1 Controls. At least one thermostat shall be installed for each separate heating and cooling system. N1103.1.1 Heat pump supplementary heat. Heat pumps having supplementary electric-resistance heat shall have controls that, except during defrost, prevent supplemental heat operation when the heat pump compressor can meet the heating load. N1103.2 Ducts. N1103.2.1 Insulation. Supply and return ducts shall be insulated to a minimum of R-8. Ducts in floor trusses shall be insulated to a minimum of R-6. Exception: Ducts or portions thereof located completely inside the building thermal envelope.

N1103.2.2 Sealing. Ducts, air handlers, filter boxes and building cavities used as ducts shall be sealed. Joints and seams shall comply with Section MI 601.3.1. N1103.2.3 Building cavities. Building framing cavities shall not be used as supply ducts.

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

N1103.3 Mechanical system piping insulation. Mechanical system piping capable of carrying fluids above 105°F (40°C) or below 55°F (13°C) shall be insulated to a minimum of R-2. N1103.4 Circulating hot water systems. All circulating service hot water piping shall be insulated to at least R-2. Circulating hot water systems shall include an automatic or readily accessible manual switch that can turn off the hot water circulating pump when the system is not in use. N1103.5 Mechanical ventilation. Outdoor air intakes and exhausts shall have automatic or gravity dampers that close when the ventilation system is not operating. N1103.6 Equipment sizing. Heating and cooling equipment shall be sized as specified in Section M1401.3.


Part V - Mechanical

CHAPTER 12

MECHANICAL ADMINISTRATION

SECTION MI201 GENERAL

M1201.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapters 12 through 24 shall regulate the design, installation, maintenance, alteration and inspcction of mechanical systems that are permanently installed and used to control environmental conditions within buildings. These chapters shall also regulate those mechanical systems, system components, equipment and appliances specifically addressed in this code.

M1201.2 Application. In addition to the general administration requirements of Chapter 1, the administrative provisions of this chapter shall also apply to the mechanical requirements of Chapters 13 through 24.

[EB] SECTION MI202 EXISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

M1202.1 Additions, alterations or repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to amechanical system shall conform to the requirements for a new mechanical system without requiring the existing mechanical system to comply with all of the requirements of this code. Additions, alterations or repairs shall not cause an existing mechanical system to become unsafe, hazardous or overloaded. Minor additions, alterations or repairs to existing mechanical systems shall meet the provisions for new construction. unless such work is done in the same manner and arrangement as was in the existing system, is not hazardous, and is approved.

M1202.2 Existing installations. Except as otherwise provided for in this code, a provision in this code shall not require the removal, alteration or abandonment of, nor prevent the continued use and maintenance of, an existing mechanical system lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of this code. M1202.3 Maintenance. Mechanical systems, both existing and new, and parts thereof shall be maintained in proper operating condition in accordance with the original design and in a safe and sanitary condition. Devices or safeguards that are required by this code shall be maintained in compliance with the code edition under which installed. The owner or the owner's designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of the mechanical systems. To determine compliance with this provision, the building official shall have the authority to require a mechanical system to be reinspected. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL COD€@


CHAPTER 13

GENERAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS SECTION M I 301 GENERAL M1301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govcrn the installation of mechanical systems not specifically covered in other chapters applicable to mechanical systems. Installations of mechanical appliances, equipment and systems not addressed by this code shall comply with the applicable provisions of the International Mechanical Code and the Intermtional Fuel Gas Code. M1301.1.1 Flood-resistantinstallation. In areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1), mechanical appliances, equipment and systems shall be located or installed in accordance with Section R323.1.5.

SECTION M I 304 TYPE OF FUEL M1304.1 Fuel types. Fuel-fired appliances shall be designed for use with the type of fuel to which they will be connected and the altitude at which they are installed. Appliances that comprise parts of the building mechanical system shall not be converted for the use of a different fuel, except where approved and converted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The fuel input rate shall not be increased or decreased beyond the limit rating for the altitude at which the appliance is installed.

SECTION MI302 APPROVAL M1302.1 Listed and labeled. Appliances regulated by this code shall be listed and labeled for the application in which they are installed and used, unless otherwise approved in accordance with Section R104.11.

M1305.1 Appliance access for inspectionsenice, repair and replacement.Appliances shall be accessible for inspection, service, repair and replacement without removing permanent construction, other appliances, or any other piping or ducts not connected to the appliance being inspected, serviced,repaired or replaced. A level working space at least 30 inches deep and 30 inches wide (762 mm by 762 mm) shall be provided in front of the control side to service an appliance. Installation of room heaters shall be permitted with at least an 18-inch (457 rnrn) working space. A platform shall not be required for room heaters.

I

SECTION MI303 LABELING OF APPLIANCES M1303.1 Label information. A permanent factory-applied nameplate(s) shall be affixed to appliances on which shall appear, in legible lettering, the manufacturer's name or trademark, the model number, a serial number and the seal or mark of the testing agency. A label shall also include the following: 1. Electrical appliances. Electrical rating in volts, amperes and motor phase; identification of individual electrical components in volts, amperes or watts and motor phase; and in Btu/h (W) output and required clearances. 2. Absorption units. Hourly rating in Btuh (W), minimum hourly rating for units having step or automatic modulating controls, type of fuel, type of refrigerant, cooling capacity in Btuth (W) and required clearances. 3. Fuel-burning units. Hourly rating in Btuh (W), type of fuel approved for use with the appliance and required clearances. 4. Electric comfort heating appliances. Name and trademark of the manufacturer; the model number or equivalent; the electric rating in volts, amperes andphase; Btuh (W) output rating; individual marking for each electrical component in amperes or watts, volts and phase; required clearances from combustibles and a seal indicating approval of the appliance by an approved agency. 5 . Maintenance instructions. Required regular maintenance actions and title or publication number for the operation and maintenance manual for that particular model and type of product.

I


SECTION MI305 APPLIANCE ACCESS

M1305.1.1 Central furnaces. Central furnaces within compartments or alcoves shall have a minimum working space clearance of 3 inches (76 mrn) along the sides, back and top with a total width of the enclosing space being at least 12 inches (305 mm) wider than the furnace. Furnaces having a firebox open to the atmosphere shall have at least a 6-inch (152 mm) working space along the front combustion chamber side. Combustion air openings at the rear or side of the compartment shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 17.

Exception: This sectio~lshall not apply to replacement appliances installed in existing compartments and alcoves where the working space clearances are in accordance with the equipment or appliance ~nanufacturer's installation instructions.

M1305.1.2 Appliances in rooms. Appliances installed in a compartment, alcove, basement or similar space shall be accessed by an opening or door and an unobstructed passageway measuring not less than 24 inches (610 mm) wide and large enough to allow removal of the largest appliance in the space, provided there is a level service space of not less than 30 inches (762 mm) deep and the height of the appliance, but not less than 30 inches (762 mm), at the front or service side of the appliance with the door open.

M1305.1.3 Appliances in attics. Attics containing appliances requiring access shall have with an opening and a

I

GENERAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

clear and unobstructed passageway large enough to allow removal of the largest appliance, but not less than 30 inches (762 mm) high and 22 inches (559 mm) wide and not more than 20 feet (6096 mm) long when measured along the centerline of the passageway from the opening to the appliance. The passageway shall have continuous solid flooring in accordance with Chapter 5 not less than 24 inches (610 mm) wide. A level service space at least 30 inches (762 mm) deep and 30 inches (762 mm) wide shall be present along all sides of the appliance where access is required. The clear access opening dimensions shall be a minimum of 20 inches by 30 inches (508 mm) by 762 mm), where such dimensions are large enough to allow removal of the largest appliance.

Exceptions: 1. The passageway and level service space are not required where the appliance can be serviced and removed through the required opening.

2. Where the passageway is unobstructed and not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) high and 22 inches (559 mm) wide for its entire length, the passageway shall be not more than 50 feet (15 250 mm) long.

M1305.1.3.1 Electrical requirements. A luminaire controlled by a switch located at the required passageway opening and a receptacle outlet shall be installed at or near the appliance location in accordance with Chapter 38. M1305.1.4 Appliances under floors. Underfloor spaces containing appliances requiring access shall have an unobstructed passageway large enough to remove the largest appliance, but not less than 30 inches (762 mm) high and 22 inches (559 mm) wide, nor more than 20 feet (6096 mm) long when measured along the centerline of the passageway from the opening to the appliance. A level service space at least 30 inches (762 mm) deep and 30 inches (762 mm)wide shall be present at the front or service side of the appliance. If the depth of the passageway or the service space exceeds 12 inches (305 mm) below the adjoining grade, the walls of the passageway shall be lined with concrete or masonry extending 4 inches (102 mm) above the adjoining grade in accordance with Chapter 4. The rough-framed access opening dimensions shall be a minimum of 22 inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm), where the dimensions are large enough to remove the largest appliance.

Exceptions: 1. The passageway is not required where the level service space is present when the access is open, and the appliance can be serviced and removed through the required opening.

2. Where the passageway is unobstructed and not less than 6 feet high (1929 mm) and 22 inches wide

for its entire length, the passageway shall not be limited in length.

I

M1305.1.4.1 Ground clearance. Appliances supported from the ground shall be level and firmly supported on a concrete slab or other approved material extending above the adjoining ground. Appliances suspended from the floor shall have a clearance of not less than 6 inches (152 mm) from the ground.

M1305.1.4.2 Excavations. Excavations for appliance installations shall extend to adepth of 6 inches (152 mm) below the appliance and 12 inches (305 mm) on all sides, except that the control side shall have a clearance of 30 inches (762 mm).

M1305.1.4.3 Electrical requirements. A luminaire controlled by a switch located at the required passageway opening and a receptacle outlet shall be installed at or near the appliance location in accordance with Chapter 38.

SECTION MI306 CLEARANCES FROM COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION

M1306.1 Appliance clearance. Appliances shall be installed with the clearances from unprotected combustible materials as indicated on the appliance label and in the manufacturer's installation inshuctions.

M1306.2 Clearance reduction. Reduction of clearances shall be in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's instructions and Table M1306.2. Forms of protection with ventilated air space shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Not less than 1-inch (25 mm) air space shall be provided between the protection and combustible wall surface. 2. Air circulation shall be provided by having edges of the wall protection open at least 1 inch (25 mm). 3. If the wall protection is mounted on a single flat wall away from comers, air circulation shall be provided by having the bottom and top edges, or the side and top edges open at least 1 inch (25 rnm).

4. Wall protection covering two walls in a corner shall be open at the bottom and top edges at least 1 inch (25 mm).

M1306.2.1 Solid fuel appliances. Table M1306.2 shall not be used to reduce the clearance required for solid-fuel appliances listed for installation with minimum clearances of 12 inches (305 mm) or less. For appliances listed for installation with minimum clearances greater than 12 inches (305 mm), Table M1306.2 shall not be used to reduce the clearance to less than 12 inches (305 mm).


1


-

I

TABLE M1306.2 REDUCTION OF CLEARANCES WlTH SPECIFIED FORMS O F P R O T E C T I O N B ~ b ~ c ~ d~ e~t~g~h~'~i~k .

TYPE OF PROTECTION APPLIED TO AND COVERING ALL SURFACES OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERlAL WITHIN THE DISTANCE SPECIFIED AS THE REQUIRED CLEARANCE WITH NO PROTECTION [See Figures M1306.1

-

WHERE THE REQUIRED CLEARANCE WlTH NO PROTECTION FROM APPLIANCE, VENT CONNECTOR, OR SINGLE WALL 12 inches Allowable clearances with specified protection ( l n c h e ~ ) ~ Use column 1 for clearances above an appliance or horizontal connector.

I

Sides and (Sidesand Sides and Sides and Sides and Above rear Above rear Above rear Above rear Above rear column 1 column 2 column 1 column 2 column 1 column 2 column 1 column 2 column 1 column 2

3'1,-inch thick masonry wall without ventilated air s ace

-

-

24

-

12

-

9

-

6

5

'/,-in. insulation board over I -inch or mineral wool batts 124 gage sheet metal over 1-inch glass fiber or mineral wool batts reinforced with wire on rear face w-entilated air space

/

2 4 gage sheet metal with ventilated air space

I /

1

I 1

1

I

8

J

1

2

1

9

12

-

12

9

1

6

1

I 1

6

1

4

I

1 /

5

/

3

1

3

I Ig

6

6

5

4

3

3

I /

l

3

2

.

'/,-inch thick insulation board with ventilated air space

12

18

9

6

6

5

4

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

-

24 gage sheet metal with ventilated air space over 2 4 gage sheet metal with ventilated air space

I-:-

I-inch glass fiber o r mineral wool baits sandwiched between two sheets 2 4 gage sheet metal with ventilated air space.

12

18

8

[

1

9

2

--A-

1

6

9

6

~

4

6

~

4

6 -

5

--

.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.019 kgiSn3,O C = [(OF)-32/1.a], 1 Btu/(h ft2 . 'F/in.) = 0.001442299 (Wlcm2 . 'Clem). a. Reduction of clearances from combustible materials shall not interfere with combustion air, draft hood clearance and relief, and accessibility of servicing. b. Clearances shall be measured from the surface of the heat producingappliance or cquipmeut to the outersurface of the combustiblematerinl or combustibleassembly. c. Spacers and ties shall be of ionc combustible materinl. No spacer or tie shall be used directly opposite appliance or connector d. Where all clearance reduction systems use a ventilated air space, adequate provision for air circulation shall be provided as described. (See Figures M1306. I and M1306.2.) e. There shall bc at least 1 inch between clenrance reduction systems nnd combstible walls and ceilings for reduction systems using ventilated air space. f. If a wall protector is mounted on a single flat wall away fromcorners, adcquate aircirculiltion shall be permitted to be provided by leaving only the bottom and top edges or only the side and top edges open with at least a 1-inch airgap. g. Mineral wool and glass fiber batts (blanket or board) shall have a minimum density of 8 pounds per cubic foot and a minimum melting point of 1,500°F. h. Insulation material used as part of a clearance reduction system shall have a thermal conductivity of 1.0 Btu inch per square foot per hour OF or less. Insulation board shall be formed of noncombustible material. i. There shall be at least 1 inch between the appliance and the protector. In no case shall the clearance between the appliance and the combustible surface be reduced below that allowed in this table. j. All clearances and thicknesses are minimum; l w e r clearances and thicknesses are acceptable. k. Listed single-wall connectors shall be permitted to be installed in accordance with the Lernls of theirlisting and the manuhcturer's instructions.


/


CONSTRUCTION USING COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL, PLASTERED OR UNPLASTERED

\ SHEET METAL OR OTHER PROTECTION

NOTE: "A" equals the required c l e m c e with no protection. "B" equals the reducedclearance permitted in accordance with Table M1306.2. The protection applied to the construction using combustible material shall extend far enough in each direction to make ' C equal to "A." FIGURE M1306.1 REDUCED CLEARANCE DIAGRAM

MOUNTED WITH SIDE AND TOP EDGES OPEN

WALL PROTECTOR MOUNTED I T H A U EDGES OPEN

:C;

MOUNTED WlTH TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES OPEN MUST BE MOUNTED WlTH TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES OPEN

WALL PROTECTOR INSTALLED IN CORNER

WALL PROTECTOR MOUNTED ON SINGLE FLAT WALL

1 IN. AIR SPACE

COMBUSTIBLE

NAIL OR SCREW ANCHOR

1 IN. NONCOMBUSTIBLESPACER SUCH AS STACKED WASHERS, SMALL DIAMETER PIPE. TUBING OR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT

MASONRY WALLS CAN BE ATTACHED TO COMBUSTIBLE WALLS USING WALL LINES DO NOT USE SPACERS DIRECTLY BEHIND APPLIANCE OR CONNECTOR

I Ik

CLEARANCE REDUCTION SYSTEM


FIGURE M1306.2 WALL PROTECTOR CLEARANCE REDUCTION SYSTEM



I

4

SECTION MI307 APPLIANCE INSTALLATION M1307.1 General. Installation of appliances shall conform to the conditions of their listing and label and the manufacturer's installation instructions. The manufacturer's operating and installation instructions shall remain attached to the appliance. M13W.2 Anchorage of appliances. Appliances designed to be fixed in position shall be fastened or anchored in an approved manner. In Seismic Design Categories D, and D,, water heaters shall be anchored or strapped to resist horizontal displacement caused by earthquake motion. Strapping shall be at points within the upper one-third and lower one-third of the appliance's vertical dimensions. At the lower point, the strapping shall maintain a minimum distance of 4 inches (102 mm) above the controls. M1307.3 Elevation of ignition source. Appliances having an ignition source shall be elevated such that the source of ignition is not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor in garages. - For the purpose of this section, rooms or spaces that are not part of the living space of a dwelling unit and that communicate with a private garage throngh openings shall be considered to be part of the garage. M1307.3.1 Protection from impact. Appliances located in a garage or carport shall be protected from impact by automobiles. M1307.4 Hydrogen generating and refueling operations. Ventilation shall be required in accordance with Section M1307.4.1, M1307.4.2 or M1307.4.3 in private garages that contain hydrogen-generating appliances or refueling systems. For the purpose of this section, rooms or spaces that are not part of the living space of a dwelling unit and that communicate directly with a private garage through openings shall be considered to be part of the private garage. M1307.4.1 Natural ventilation. Indoor locations intended for hydrogen-generating or refueling operations shall be limited to a maximum floor area of 850 square feet (79 m2) and shall communicate with the outdoors in accordance with Sections M1307.4.1.1 and M1307.4.1.2. The maximum rated output capacity of hydrogen generating appliances shall not exceed 4 standard cubic feet per minute (1.9 Ws) of hydrogen for each 250 square feet (23 mZ)of floor area in such spaces. The minimum cross-sectional dimension of air openings shall be 3 inches (76 mm). Where ducts are used, they shall be of the same cross-sectional area as the free area of the openings to which they connect. In those locations, equipment i d appliances having an ignition source shall be located so that the source of ignition is not within 12 inches (305 mm) of the ceiling. M1307.4.1.1 Two openings. Two permanent openings shall be constructed within the garage. The upper opening shall be located entirely within 12 inches (305 mm) of the ceiling of the garage. The lower opening shall be located entirely within 12inches (305 mm) of the floor of the garage. Both openings shall be constructed in the same exterior wall. The openings shall communicate directly with the outdoors and shall have a minimum free area of I/? square foot per 1,000 cubic feet (1.7 m2/1000 m3)of garage volume.

I I

2006 INTERNATIONALRESIDENTIAL CODE@

M1307.4.1.2 Louvers and grilles. In calculating free area required by Section MI 307.4.1, the required size of openings shall be based on the net free area of each opening. If the free area through a design of louver or grille is known, it shall be used in calculating the size opening required to provide the free area specified. If the design and free area are not known, it shall be assumed that wood louvers will have a 25-percent free area and metal louvers andgrilles will have a 75-percent frec area. Louvers and grilles shall be fixed in the open position. M1307.4.2 Mechanical ventilation. Indoor locations intended for hydrogen-generating or refueling operations shall be ventilated in accordance with Section 502.16 of the I~zternationalMechanical Code. In these locations, equipment and appliances having an ignition source shall be located so that the source of ignition is below the mechanical ventilation out~et(s). M1307.4.3 Specially engineered installations. As an alternative to the provisions of Sections M1307.4.1 and M1307.4.2, the necessary supply of air for ventilation and dilution of flanunable gases shall be provided by an approved engineered system. M1307.5 Electrical appliances. Electrical appliances shall be installed in accordance with Chapters 14, 15, 19, 20 and 33 through 42 of this code. SECTION MI 308 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSTALLATION M1308.1 Drilling and notching. Wood-framed structural members shall be drilled, notched or altered in accordance with the provisions of Sections R502.8, R602.6, R602.6.1 and R802.7. Holes in cold-formed, steel-framed, load-bearing members shall be permitted only in accordance with Sections R505.2, R603.2 and R804.2. In accordance with the provisions of Sections R505.3.5, R603.3.4 and R804.3.5, cutting and notching of flanges and lips of cold-formed, steel-framed, load-bearing members shall not be permitted. M1308.2 Protection against physical damage. In concealed locations where piping, other than cast-iron or galvanized steel, is installed through holes or notches in studs, joists, rafters or similar members less than 1.5 inches (38 mm) from the nearest edge of the member, the pipe shall be protected by shield plates. Protective shield plates shall be a minimum of 0.062-inchthick (1.6 mm) steel, shall cover the area of the pipe where the member is notched or bored, and shall extend a minimum of 2 inches (5 1 rnm) above sole plates and below top platcs. M1308.3 Foundations and supports. Foundations and supports for outdoor mechanical systems shall be raised at least 3 inches (76 mm) above the finished grade, and shall also conform to the manufacturer's installation instructions.

I

I


CHAPTER 14

HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT SECTION M I 401 GENERAL M1401.1 Installation. Heating and cooling equipment and appliances shall he installed in accordancc with the manufacturer's installation instructions and the requirements of this code.

M1403.2 Foundations and supports. Supports and foundations for the outdoor unit of a heat pump shall be raised at least 3 inches (76 mm) above the ground to permit free drainage of defrost water, and shall conform to the manufacturer's installation instructions.

M1401.2 Access. Heating and cooling equipment shall be located with respect to building construction and other cquipment to permit maintenance, servicing and replacement. Clearances shall be maintained to permit cleaning of heating and cooling surfaces; replacement of filters, blowers, motors, controls and vent connections; lubrication of moving parts; and adjustments.

SECTION M I 404 REFRIGERATION COOLING EQUIPMENT M1404.1 Compliance. Refrigeration cooling equipment shall comply with Section M1411.

M1401.3 Sizing. Heating and cooling equipment shall be sized based on building loads calculated in accordance with ACCA Manual J or other approved heating and cooling calculation methodologies. M1401.4 Exterior installations. Equipment installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled for outdoor installation. Supports and foundations shall prevent excessive vibration, settlement or movement of the equipment. Supports and foundations shall be level and conform to the manufacturer's installation instructions. M1401.5 Flood hazard. In areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1), heating and cooling equipment and appliances shall be located or installed in accordance with Section R323.1.5. SECTION MI402 CENTRAL FURNACES M1402.1 General. Oil-fired central furnaces shall conform to ANSYUL 727. Electric furnaces shall conform to UL 1995.

M1402.2 Clearances. Clearances shall be provided in accordance with the listing and the manufacturer's installation instructions. M1402.3 Combustion air. Combustion air shall be supplied in accordance with Chapter 17. Combustion air openings shall be unobstructed for a distance of not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in front of the openings. SECTION M I 403 HEAT PUMP EQUIPMENT M1403.1 Heat pumps. The minimum unobstructed total area of the outside and return air ducts or openings to a heat pump shall be not less than 6 square inches per 1,000 Btu/h (13 208 mm2/kW)o u t ~ urating t or as indicated by the conditions of the listing of the heat Electric heat shall conform to UL 1995.


SECTION M I 405 BASEBOARD CONVECTORS M1405.1 General. Electric baseboard convectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and Chapters 33 through 42 of this code. SECTION M I 406 RADIANT HEATING SYSTEMS M1406.1 General. Electric radiant heating systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and Chapters 33 through 42 of this code.

M1406.2 Clearances. Clearances for radiant heating panels or elements to any wiring, outlet boxes and junction boxes used for installing electrical devices or mounting luminaires shall ) comply with Chapters 33 through 42 of this code. M1406.3 Installation of radiant panels. Radiant panels installed on wood framing shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Heating panels shall be installed parallel to framing members and secured to the surface of framing members or mounted between framing members. 2. Panels shall be nailed or stapled only through the unheatedportions provided for this purpose and shall not be fastened at any point closer than '1, inch (7 mm) to an element. 3. Unless listed and labeled for field cutting, heating panels shall be installed as complete units. M1406.4 Installation in concrete or masonry. Radiant hcating systems installed in concrete or masonry shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Radiant hcating systems shall be identified as being suitable for the installation, and shall be secured in place as specifiedin the manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Radiant heating panels or radiant heating panel sets shall not be installed where they bridge expansion joints unless protected from expansion and contraction.

HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT

M1406.5 Gypsum panels. Where radiant heating systems are used on gypsum assemblies, operating temperatures shall not exceed 125°F (52°C).

3. The furnace register shall be located not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from doors in any position, draperies or similar combustible objects.

M1406.6 Finish surfaces. Finish materials installed over radiant heating panels or systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Surfaces shall be secured so that nails or other fastenings do not pierce the radiant heating elements.

4. The furnace register shall be located at least 5 feet (1524 mm) below any projecting combustible materials.

SECTION MI407 DUCT HEATERS

7. The floor furnace shall not be installed where a door can swing within 12 inches (305 mm) of the grille opening.

M1407.1 General. Electric duct heaters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and Chapters 33 through 42 of this code. Electric furnaces shall be tested in accordance with UL 1995. M1407.2 Installation. Electric duct heaters shall be installed so that they will not create afire hazard. Class 1 ducts, duct coverings and linings shall be interrupted at each heater to provide the clearances specified in the manufacturer's installation instructions. Such interruptions are not required for duct heaters listed and labeled for zero clearance to combustible materials. Insulation installed in the immediate area of each heater shall be classified for the maximum temperature produced on the duct surface. M1407.3 Installation with heat pumps and air conditioners. Duct heaters located within 4 feet (1219 mm) of a heat pump or air conditioner shall be listed and labeled for such installations. The heat pump or air conditioner shall additionally be listed and labeled for such duct heater installations. M1407.4 Access. Duct heaters shall be accessible for servicing, and clearance shall be maintained to permit adjustment, servicing and replacement of controls and heating elements. M1407.5 Fan interlock.The fan circuit shall be provided with an interlock to prevent heater operation when the fan is not operating.

5. The floor furnace burner assembly shall not project into an occupied under-floor area.

6. The floor furnace shall not be installed in concrete floor construction built on grade.

M1408.4 Access. An opening in the foundation not less than 18 inches by 24 inches (457 mm by 61 0 mm), or a trap door not less than 22 inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 rnm) shall be provided for access to a floor furnace. The opening and passageway shall be large enough to allow replacement of any part of the equipment. M1408.5 Installation. Floor furnace installations shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Thermostats controlling floor furnaces shall be located in the room in which the register of the floor furnace is located. 2. Floor furnaces shall be supported independently of the furnace floor register. 3. Floor furnaces shall be installed not closer than 6 inches (152 mm) to the ground. Clearance may be reduced to 2 inches (51 mm), provided that the lower 6 inches (152 mm) of the furnace is sealed to prevent water entry. 4. Where excavation is required for a floor furnace installation, the excavation shall extend 30 inches (762 mm) beyond the control side of the floor furnace and 12 inches (305 mrn) beyondthe remaining sides. Excavations shall slope outward from the perimeter of the base of the excavation to the surrounding grade at an angle not exceeding 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from horizontal. 5. Floor furnaces shall not be supported from the ground.

SECTION MI 408 VENTED FLOOR FURNACES M1408.1 General. Vented floor furnaces shall conform to UL 729 and be installed in accordance with their listing, the manufacturer's installation instructions and the requirements of this code. M1408.2 Clearances. Vented floor furnaces shall be installed in accordance with their listing and the manufacturer's installation instructions. M1408.3 Location. Location of floor furnaces shall conform to the following requirements: 1 . Floor registers of floor furnaces shall be installed not less than 6 inches (152 mm) from a wall. 2. Wall registers of floor furnaces shall be installednot less than 6 inches (152 mm) from the adjoining wall at inside comers.

SECTION MI 409 VENTED WALL FURNACES M1409.1 General. Vented wall furnaces shall conform to UL 730 and be installed in accordance with their listing, the manufacturer's installation instructions and the requirements of this code. M1409.2 Location. The location of vented wall furnaces shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Vented wall furnaces shall be located where they will not cause a fire hazard to walls, floors, combustible furnishings or doors. Vented wall furnaces installed between bathrooms and adjoining rooms shall not circulate air from bathrooms to other parts of the building. 2. Vented wall furnaces shall not be located where a door can swing within 12 inches (305 mm) of the furnace air inlet or outlet measured at right angles to the opening. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@


Doorstops or door closers shall not be installed to obtain this clearance.

nace will operate within the temperature rise specified for the furnace.

M1409.3 Installation. Vented wall furnace installations shall conform to the following requirements:

M1411.3 Condensate disposal. Condensate from all cooling coils or evaporators shall be conveyed from the drain pan outlet to an approved place of disposal. Condensate shall not discharge into a street, alley or other areas where it would cause a nuisance.

1. Required wall thicknesses shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Ducts shall not be attached to a wall furnace. Casing extensions or boots shall be installed only when listed as part of a listed and labeled appliance. 3. A manual shut off valve shall be installed ahead of all controls.

M1409.4 Access. Vented wall furnaces shall be provided with access for cleaning of heating surfaces; removal of burners; replacement of sections, motors, controls, filters and other working parts; and for adjustments and lubrication of parts requiring such attention. Panels, grilles and access doors that must be removed for normal servicing operations shall not be attached to the building construction.

SECTION MI410 VENTED ROOM HEATERS M1410.1 General. Vented room heaters shall be tested in I accordance with ASTM E 1509, UL 896 or UL 1482 and installed in accordance with their listing, the manufacturer's installation instructions and the requirements of this code. M1410.2 Floor mounting. Room heaters shall be installed on noncombustible floors or approved assemblies constructed of noncombustible materials that extend at least 18 inches (457 mm) beyond the appliance on all sides. Exceptions: 1. Listed room heatcrs shall be installed on noncombustible floors, assemblies constructed of noncombustiblematerials or listedfloor protectors with materials and dimensions in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's instructions. 2. Room heaters listed for installation on combustible

floors without floor protection shall be installed in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's instructions. SECTION MI 411 HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT M-1411.1 Approved refrigerants. Refrigerants used in direct refrigerating systems shall conform to the applicable provisions of ANSIJASHRAE 34. M1411.2 Refrigeration coils in warm-air furnaces. Where a cooling coil is located in the supply plenum of a warm-air furnace, the furnace blower shall be rated at not less than 0.5-inch water column (124 Pa) static pressure unless the furnace is listed and labeled for use with a cooling coil. Cooling coils shall not be located upstream from heat exchangers unless listed and labeled for such use. Conversion of existing furnaces for use with cooling coils shall be permitted provided the fur2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

M1411.3.1 Auxiliary and secondary drain systems. In addition to the requirements of Section M14 11.3, a secondary drain or auxiliary drain pan shall be required for each cooling or evaporator coil where damage to any building components will occur as a result of overflow from the equipment drain pan or stoppage in the condensate drain piping. Such piping shall maintain a minimum horizontal slope in the direction of discharge of not less than 'I, unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (I-percent slope). Drain piping shall be a minimum of 3/,-inch (19 mm) nominal pipe size. One of the following methods shall be used: 1. An auxiliary drain pan with a separate drain shall be installed under the coils on which condensation will occur. The auxiliary pan drain shall discharge to a conspicuous point of disposal to alert occupants in the event of a stoppage of the primary drain. The pan shall have a minimum depth of 1.5 inches (38 mm), shall not be less than 3 inches (76 mm) larger than the unit or the coil dimensions in width andlength and shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant material. Metallic pans shall have a minimum thickness of not less than 0.0276-inch (0.7 mm) galvanized sheet metal. Nonmetallic pans shall have a minimum thickness of not less than 0.0625 inch (1.6 mm). 2. A separate overflow drain line shall be connected to the drain pan provided with the equipment. This overflow drain shall discharge to a conspicuous point of disposal to alert occupants in the event of a stoppage of the primary drain. The overflow drain line shall connect to the drain pan at a higher level than the primary drain connection. 3. An auxiliary drain pan without a separate drain line shall be installed under the coils on which condensate will occur. This pan shall be equipped with a water level detection device conforming to UL 508 that will ) shut off the equipment served prior to overflow of the pan. The auxiliary drain pan shall be constructed in accordance with Item 1 of this section. 4. A watcr level detection device conforming to UL 508 shall be provided that will shut off the equipment served in the event that the primary drain is blocked. The device shall be installed in the primary drain line, the overflow drain line or the equipment-supplied drain pan, located at a point higher than the primary drain line connection and below the overflow rim of such pan.

I

M1411.3.1.1 Water level monitoring devices. On down-flow units and all other coils that have no secondary drain and no means to install an auxiliary drain pan, a water-level monitoring device shall be installed inside the primary drain pan. This device shall shut off the


equipment served in the event that the primary drain becomes restricted. Externally installed devices and devices installed in the drain line shall not be permitted

M1413.2 Protection of potable water. The potable water system shall be protected from backflow in accordance with the provisions in Section P2902.

M1411.3.2 Drain pipe materials and sizes. Components of the condensate disposal system shall be cast iron, galvanized steel, copper, polybutylene, polyethylene, ABS, CPVC or PVC pipe or tubing. All components shall be selected for the pressure and temperature rating of the installation. Condensate waste and drain line size shall be not less than ?/,-inch (19 mm) internal diameter and shall not decrease in size from the drain pan connection to the place of condensate disposal. Where the drain pipes from more than one unit are manifolded together for condensate drainage, the pipe or tubing shall be sized in accordance with an approved method. All horizontal sections of drain piping shall be installed in uniform alignment at a uniform slope.

SECTION 1414 FIREPLACE STOVES M1414.1 General. Fireplace stoves shall be listed, labeled and installed in accordance with the terms of the listing. Fireplace stoves shall be tested in accordance with UL 737. M1414.2 Hearth extensions. Hearth extensions for fireplace stoves shall be installed in accordance with the listing of the fireplace stove. The supporting structure for a hearth extension for a fireplace stove shall be at the same level as the supporting structure for the fireplace unit. The hearth extension shall be readily distinguishable from the surrounding floor area.

M1411.4 Auxiliary drain pan. Category IV condensing appliances shall have an auxiliary drain pan where damage to any building component will occur as a result of stoppage in the condensate drainage system. These pans shall be installed in accordance with the applicableprovisions of Section MI41 1.3.

Exception: Fuel-fired appliances that automatically shut down operation in the event of a stoppage in the condensate drainage system.

SECTION M I 415 MASONRY HEATERS M1415.1 General. Masonry heaters shall be constructed in accordance with Section R1006.

M1411.5 Insulation of refrigerant piping. Piping and fittings for refrigerant vapor (suction) lines shall be insulated with insulation having a thermal resistivity of at least R-4 and having external surface permeance not exceeding 0.05 perm [2.87 ng/(s . m2 . Pa)] when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96.

SECTION M I 412 ABSORPTION COOLING EQUIPMENT M1412.1 Approval of equipment. Absorption systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. M1412.2 Condensate disposal. Condensate from the cooling coil shall be disposed of as provided in Section MI41 1.3. M1412.3 Insulation of piping. Refrigerant piping, brine piping and fittings within a building shall be insulated to prevent condensation from forming on piping. M1412.4 Pressure-relief protection. Absorption systems shall be protected by a pressure-relief device. Discharge from the pressure-relief device shall be located where it will not create a hazard to persons or property.

SECTION MI413 EVAPORATIVE COOLING EQUIPMENT M1413.1 General. Cooling equipment that uses evaporation of water for cooling shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Evaporative coolers shall be installed on a level platform or base not less than 3 inches (76 mm) above the adjoining ground and secured to prevent displacement. Openings in exterior walls shall be flashed in accordance with Section R703.8. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

CHAPTER 15

EXHAUST SYSTEMS SECTION M1501 GENERAL M1501.1 Outdoor discharge. The air removed by every mechanical exhaust system shall be discharged to the outdoors. Air shall not be exhausted into an attic, softit, ridge vent or crawl space.

Exception: Whole-house ventilation-type attic fans that discharge into the attic space of dwelling units having private attics shall be permitted.

2. Where large-radius 45-degree (0.8 rad) and 90-degree (1.6 rad) bends are installed, determination of the equivalent length of clothes dryer exhaust duct for each bend by engineering calculation in accordance with the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook shall be permitted.

SECTION M1502 CLOTHESDRYEREXHAUST M1502.1 General. Dryer exhaust systems shall be independent of all other systems, and shall convey the moisture to the outdoors. Exception: This section shall not apply to listed and labeled condensing (ductless) clothes dryers.

SECTION M1503 RANGE HOODS M1503.1 General. Range hoods shall discharge to the outdoors through a single-wall duct. The duct serving the hood shall have a smooth interior surface, shall be air tight and shall be equipped with a backdraft damper. Ducts serving range hoods shall not terminate in an attic or crawl space or areas inside the building.

M1502.2 Duct termination. Exhaust ducts shall terminate on the outside of the building. Exhaust duct terminations shall be in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's installation instructions. Exhaust ducts shall terminate not less than 3 feet (914 mm) in any direction from openings into buildings. Exhaust duct terminations shall be equipped with a backdraft damper. Screens shall not be installed at the duct termination.

Exception: Where installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions, and where mechanical or natural ventilation is otherwise provided, listed and labeled ductless range hoods shall not be required to discharge to the outdoors.

M1502.3 Duct size. The diameter of the exhaust duct shall be as required by the clothes dryer's listing and the manufacturer's installation instructions.

M1502.4 lkansition ducts. Transition ducts shall not be concealed within construction. Flexible transition ducts used to connect the dryer to the exhaust duct system shall be limited to single lengths, not to exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) and shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2158A.

M1502.5 Duct construction. Exhaust ducts shall be constructed of minimum 0.016-inch-thick (0.4 mm) rigid metal ducts, having smooth interior surfaces with joints running in the direction of air flow. Exhaust ducts shall not bc connected with sheet-metal screws or fastening means which extend into the duct.

M1502.6 Duct length. The maximum length of a clothes drycr exhaust duct shall not exceed 25 feet (7620 rnrn) from the dryer location to the wall or roof termination. The maximum length of the duct shall be reduced 2.5 feet (762 mm) for each 45-degree (0.8 rad) bend and 5 feet (1524 mm) for each 90-degree ( I .6 rad) bend. The maximum length of the exhaust duct does not include the transition duct. I)

including any transition duct, shall be permitted to be in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's installation instructions.

Exceptions: 1. Where the make and model of the clothcs drycr to be installed is known and the manufacturer's installation instructions for the dryer are provided to the building official, the maximum length of the exhaust duct, 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

M1503.2 Duct material. Single-wall ducts serving range hoods shall be constructed of galvanized steel, stainless steel or copper. Exception: Ducts for domestic kitchen cooking appliances equipped with down-draft exhaust systems shall be permitted to be constructed of schedule 40 PVC pipe provided that the installation complies with all of the following: 1. The duct shall be installed under a concrete slab poured on grade; and 2. The underfloor trench in which the duct is installed shall be completely backfilled with sand or gravel; and 3. The PVC duct shall extend not more than 1 inch (25 mm) above the indoor concrete floor surface; and 4. The PVC duct shall extend not more than 1 inch (25 mm) above grade outside of the building; and 5. The PVC ducts shall be solvent cemented.

M1503.3 Kitchen exhaust rates. Where domestic kitchen cooking appliances arc cquipped with ducted range hoods or down-draft exhaust systems, the fans shall be sized in accordance with Section M 1507.3.

SECTION M1 504 INSTALLATION OF MlCROWAVE OVENS M1504.1 Installation of microwave oven over a cooking appliance. The installation of a listed and labcled cooking 335

EXHAUST SYSTEMS

appliance or microwave oven over a listed and labeled cooking appliance shall conform to the terms of the upper appliance's listing and label and the manufacturer's installation instructions. The microwave oven shall conform to UL 923.

SECTION MI505 OVERHEAD EXHAUST HOODS M1505.1 General. Domestic open-top broiler units shall be provided with ametal exhaust hood, not less than 28 gage, with '1, inch (6 mm) between the hood and the underside of combustible material or cabinets. A clearance of at least 24 inches (610 mm) shall be maintained between the cooking surface and the combustible material or cabinet. The hood shall be at least as wide as the broiler unit and shall extend over the entire unit. Such exhaust hood shall discharge to the outdoors and shall be equipped with a backdraft damper or other means to control infiltrationlexfiltration when not in operation. Broiler units incorporating an integral exhaust system, and listed and labeled for use without an exhaust hood. need not be ~rovided with an exhaust hood.

SECTION MI506 EXHAUST DUCTS M1505.1 Ducts. Where exhaust duct construction is not specified in this chapter, such construction shall comply with Chapter 16.

SECTION MI507 MECHANICAL VENTILATION M1507.1 General. Where toilet rooms and bathrooms are mechanically ventilated, the ventilation equipment shall be installed in accordance with this section. M1506.2 Recirculation of air. Exhaust air from bathrooms and toilet rooms shall not be recirculated within a residence or to another dwelling unit and shall be exhausted directly to the outdoors. Exhaust air from bathrooms and toilet rooms shall not discharge into an attic, crawl space or other areas inside the building. M1507.3 Ventilation rate. Ventilation systems shall be designed to have the capacity to exhaust the minimum air flow rate determined in accordance with Table M1507.3. TABLE M1507.3 MINIMUM REQUIRED EXHAUST RATES FOR ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS

1

AREA TO BE VENTILATED

Kitchens Bathrooms-Toilet

VENTILATION RATES

100 cfm intermittent or Mechanical exhaust capacity of Rooms 50 cfm intermittent or 20 cfm continuous

For SI: 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.0004719d / s . 336


CHAPTER 16

DUCT SYSTEMS 7.4. Stud wall cavities and joist-space plenums shall be isolated from adjacent concealed spaces by tight-fitting fire blocking in accordance with Section R602.8.

SECTION MI601 DUCT CONSTRUCTION M1601.1 Duct design. Duct systems serving heating, cooling and ventilation equipment shall be fabricated in accordance with the provisions of this section and ACCA Manual D or other approved methods.

TABLE M1601.1.1(1) CLASSIFICATION OF FACTORY-MADE AIR DUCTS MAXIMUM FLAME-SPREAD RATING

0

M1601.1.1 Above-ground duct systems. Above-ground duct systems shall conform to the following: 1. Equipment connected to duct systems shall be designed to limit discharge air temperature to a maximum of 250°F (121°C).

2. Factory-made air ducts shall be constructed of Class 0 or Class 1 materials as designated i n Table M1601.1.1(1). 3. Fibrous duct construction shall conform to the

4.

1" 5.

6. 7.

SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Constructiorz Standards or NAIMA Fibrous Glass Duct Corwtruction Standards. Minimum thickness of metal duct material shall be as listed in Table M 1601.1.1(2). Galvanized steel shall conform to ASTM A 653. Use of gypsum products to construct return air ducts or plenums is permitted, provided that the air temperature does not exceed 125°F (52°C) and exposed surfaces are not subject to condensation. Duct systems shall be constructed of materials having a flame spread index not greater than 200. Stud wall cavities and the spaces between solid floor joists to be used as air plenums shall comply with the following conditions: 7.1. These cavities or spaces shall not be used as a plenum for supply air.

M1601.1.2 Underground duct systems. Underground duct systems shall be constructed of approved concrete, clay, metal or plastic. The maximum duct temperature for plastic ducts shall not be greater than 150°F (66°C). Metal ducts shall beprotectedfrom corrosion in an approved manncror shall be completely encased in concrete not less than 2 inches (51 mm) thick. Nonmetallic ducts shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Plastic pipe and fitting materials shall conform to cell classification 12454-B of ASTM D 1248 or ASTM D 1784 and external loading properties of ASTM D 2412. All ducts shall slope to an accessible point for drainage. Where encased in concrete, ducts shall be sealed and secured prior to any concrete being poured. Metallic ducts having an approved protective coating and nonmetallic ducts shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. M1601.2 Factory-made duct..Factory-made air ducts or duct material shall be approved for the use intended, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Each portion of a factory-made air duct system shall bear a listing and label indicating compliance with UL 181 and UL l 8 l A or UL 18lB. M1601.2.1 Duct insulation materials. Duct insulation materials shall conform to the following - requirements: A

7.2. These cavities or spaces shall not be part of a required fire-resistance-rated assembly. 7.3. Stud wall cavities shall not convey air from

more than one floor level.

1. Duct coverings and linings, including adhesives where used, shall have a flame spread index not higher than 25, and a smoke-developed index not over50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, using the spcci-

TABLE M I 601.1 . I (2) GAGES OF METAL DUCTS AND PLENUMS USED FOR HEATING OR COOLING

TYPE OF DUCT

Round ducts and enclosed rectangular ducts -----

SIZE (inches) --

14 or less over 14 14 or less over 14

For S1: I inch = 25.4mm

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL COD€@

MINIMUM THICKNESS (inch) ---

0.013 -0 0.016 0.019

EQUIVALENT GALVANIZED SHEET GAGE

30 -

28 28 26

APPROXIMATE ALUMINUM 8&S G A G E

I 1

DUCT SYSTEMS

men preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E 223 1. 2. Duct coverings and linings shall not flame, glow, smolder or smoke when tested in accordance with ASTM C 41 1 at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. The test temperature shall not fall below 250°F (12 1"C). 3. External duct insulation and factory-insulated flexible ducts shall be legibly printed or identified at intervals not longer than 36 inches (914 mm) with the name of the manufacturer; the thermal resistance R-value at the specified installed thickness; and the flame spread and smoke-developed indexes of the composite materials. All duct insulation product R-values shall be based on insulation only, excluding air films, vapor retarders or other duct components, and shall be based on tested C-values at 75°F (24°C) mean temperature at the installed thickness, in accordance with recognized industry procedures. The installed thickness of duct insulation used to determine its R-value shall be determined as follows: 3.1. For duct board, duct liner and factory-made rigid ducts not normally subjected to compression, the nominal insulation thickness shall be used. 3.2. For ductwrap, the installed thickness shall be assumed to be 75 percent (25-percent compression) of nominal thickness. 3.3. For factory-made flexible air ducts, The installed thickness shall be determined by dividing the difference between the actual outside diameter and nominal inside diameter by two.

vanized wire at intervals not exceeding 10 feet (3048 mm) or other approved means. Nonmetallic ducts shall be supported in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

M1601.3.3 Fireblocking. Duct installations shall be fireblocked in accordance with Section R602.8. M1601.3.4 Duct insulation. Duct insulation shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: 1. A vapor retarder having a maximum permeance of 0.05 perm [(2.87 ng/(s m2 Pa)] in accordance with ASTM E 96, or aluminum foil with a minimum thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm), shall be installed on the exterior of insulation on cooling supply ducts that pass through nonconditioned spaces conducive to condensation. 2. Exterior duct systems shall be protected against the elements. 3. Duct coverings shall not penetrate a fireblocked wall or floor.

M1601.3.5 Factory-made air ducts. Factory-made air ducts shall not be installed in or on the ground, in tile or metal pipe. or within masonry or concrete. M 1601.3.6 Duct separation. Ducts shall be installed with at least 4 inches (102 mm) separation from earth except where they meet the requirements of Section M 1601.1.2. M1601.3.7 Ducts located in garages. Ducts in garages shall comply with the requirements of Section R309.1 . l . M1601.3.8 Flood hazard areas. In areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1), duct systems shall be located or installed in accordance with Section R323.1.5.

M1601.2.2 Vibration isolators. Vibration isolators installed between mechanical equipment and metal ducts shall be fabricated from approved materials and shall not exceed 10 inches (254 mm) in length.

M1601.4 Under-floorplenums. An under-floor space used as a supply plenum shall conform to the requirements of this section. Fuel gas lines and plumbing waste cleanouts shall not be located within the space.

M1601.3 Installation. Duct installation shall comply with Sections M1601.3.1 through M1601.3.6.

M1601.4.1 General. The space shall be cleaned of loose combustible materials and scrap, and shall be tightly enclosed. The ground surface of the space shall be covered with a moisture barrier having a minimum thickness of 4 mils (0.1 mm).

M1601.3.1Joints and seams. Joints of duct systems shall be made substantially airtight by means of tapes, mastics, gasketing or other approved closure systems. Closure systems used with rigid fibrous glass ducts shall comply with UL 181A and shall be marked "181A-P" for pressure-sensitive tape, "18 1 A-M" for mastic or "181 A - H for heat-sensitive tape. Closure systems used with flexible air ducts and flexible air connectors shall comply with UL 181B and shall be marked "1 8 1B-FX for pressure-sensitive tape or "1 8 I B-M" for mastic. Duct connections to flanges of air distribution system equipment or sheet metal fittings shall be mechanically fastened. Mechanical fasteners for use with flexible nonrnetallic air ducts shall comply with UL 181B and shall be marked 181B-C. Crimp joints for round metal ducts shall have a contact lap of at least 1'1, inches (38 rnrn) and shall be mechanically fastened by meais of at least three sheet-metal screws or rivets equally spaced around the joint. M1601.3.2 Support. Metal ducts shall be supported by '/,-inch (13 mm) wide 18-gage metal straps or 12-gage gal-

M1601.4.2 Materials. The under-floor space, including the sidewall insulation, shall be formed by materials having flame-spread ratings not greater than 200 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. M1601.4.3 Furnace connections.A duct shall extend from the furnace supply outlet to not less than 6 inches (152 mm) below the combustible framing. This duct shall comply with the provisions of Section M1601.1. A noncombustible receptacle shall be installed below any floor opening into the plenum in accordance with the following requirements: 1. The receptacle shall be securely suspended from the floor members and shall not be more than 18 inches (457 mm) below the floor opening. 2. The area of the receptacle shall extend 3 inches (76 mm) beyond the opening on all sides. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

DUCT SYSTEMS

3. The perimeter of the receptacle shall have a vertical lip at least 1 inch (25 mm) high at the open sides.

M1601.4.4 Access. Access to an under-floor plenum shall be provided through an opening in the floor with minimum dimensions of 1 8 inches by 24 inches (457 mm by 610 mm). M1601.4.5 Furnace controls. The furnace shall bc equipped with an automatic control that will start the air-circulating fan when the air in the furnace bonnet reaches a temperature not highcr than 150°F (66°C). The furnace shall additionally be equipped with an approved automatic control that limits the outlet air temperature to 20O0F (93°C).

SECTION MI 602 RETURN AIR M1602.1 Return air. Return air shall be taken from inside the dwelling. Dilution of return air with outdoor air shall be permitted.

M1602.2 Prohibited sources. Outdoor and return air for a forced-air heating or cooling system shall not be taken from the following locations: 1. Closer than 10 feet (3048 rnrn) to an appliance vent outlet, a vent opening from a plumbing drainage system or the discharge outlet of an exhaust fan, unless the outlet is 3 feet (914 mm) above the outside air inlet. 2. Where flammable vapors are present; or where located less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above the surface of any abutting public way or driveway; or where located at grade level by a sidewalk, street, alley or driveway. 3. A room or space, the volume of which is less than 25 percent of the entire volume served by such system. Where connected by a permanent opening having an area sized in accordance with ACCA Manual D, adjoining rooms or spaces shall be considered as a single room or space for the purpose of determining the volume of such rooms or spaces.

Exception: The minimum volu~l~e requirement shall not apply where the amount of return air taken from a room or space is less than or equal to the amount of supply air delivered to such room or space. 4. A closet, bathroom, toilet room, kitchen, garage, mechanical room, furnace room or other dwelling unit. 5. A room or space containing a fuel-burning appliance where such room or space serves as the sole source of return air. Exceptions: 1. The fuel-burning appliance is a direct-vent appliance or an appliance not requiring avent in accordance with Section MI80 1.1 or Chapter 24. 2. The room or space complies with the following requirements: 2.1. The return air shall be taken from a room or space having a volume exceed2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

ing 1 cubic foot for each 10 Btulh (9.6 L/W) of combined input rating of all fuel-burning appliances therein. 2.2. The volume of supply air discharged back into the same space shall be approximately equal to the volume of return air taken from the space. 2.3. Return-air inlets shall not be located within 10 feet (3048 rnm) of any appliance firebox or draft hood in the same room or space. 3. Rooms or spaces containing solid-fuel burning appliances, provided that return-air inlets are located not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from the firebox of such appliances. M1602.3 Inlet opening protection. Outdoor air inlets shall be covered with screens having openings that are not less than '/,-inch (6 mm) and not greater than '/,-inch (12.7 mm).


CHAPTER 17

COMBUSTION AIR SECTION MI701 GENERAL

M1701.1 Air supply. Liquid- and solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be provided with a supply of air for fuel combustion, draft hood dilution and ventilation of the space in which the appliance is installed, in accordance with Section MI 702 or Section M1703. The methods of providing combustion air in this chapter do not apply to fireplaces, fireplace stoves and direct-vent appliances. M1701.1.1 Buildings of unusually tight construction. In buildings of unusually tight construction, combustion air shall be obtained from outside the sealed thermal envelope. In buildings of ordinary tightness, insofar as infiltration is concerned, all or a portion of the combustion air for fuel-burning appliances may be obtained from infiltration when the room or space has a volume of 50 cubic feet per 1,000 Btuh (4.83 LtW) input. M1701.2 Exhaust and ventilation system. Air requirements for the operation of exhaust fans, kitchen ventilation systems, clothes dryers and fireplaces shall be considered in determining the adequacy of a space to provide combustion air. M1701.3 Volume dampers prohibited. Volume dampers shall not be installed in combustion air openings. M1701.4 Prohibited sources. Combustion air ducts and openings shall not connect appliance enclosures with space in which the operation of a fan may adversely affect the flow of combustion air. Combustion air shall not be obtained from an area in which flammable vapors present a hazard. Fuel-fued appliances shall not obtain combustion air from any of the following rooms or spaces: 1. Sleeping rooms. 2. Bathrooms.

M1701.6 Opening location. In areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1), openings shall be located at or above the design flood elevation established in Section R323.1.5. SEC'I'ION MI702 ALL AIR FROM INSIDE THE BUILDING M1702.1 Required volume. Where the volume of the space in which fuel-burning appliances are installed is greater than 50 cubic feet per 1,000 Btuh (4.83 LIW) of aggregate input rating in buildings of ordinary tightness, insofar as infiltration is concerned, normal infiltration shall be regarded as adequate to provide combustion air. Rooms communicating directly with the space in which the appliances are installed through openings not furnished with doors shall be considered part of the required volume.

M1702.2 Confined space. Where the space in which the appliance is located does not meet the criterion specified in Section M1702.1, two permanent openings to adjacent spaces shall be provided so that the combined volume of all spaces meets the criterion. One opening shall be within 12 inchcs (305 mm) of the top and one within 12 inches (305 mm) of the bottom of the space, as illustrated in Figurc M1702.2. Each opening shall have a free area equal to a minimum of 1 square inch per 1,000 Btuh (2201 &/kW) input rating of all appliances installed within the space, but not less than 100 square inches (64 415 mm2). M1702.3 Unusually tight construction. Wherc the space is of adequate volume in accordance with Section M1702.1 or Section M1702.2, but is within a building sealed so tightly that infiltration air is not adequate for combustion, combustion air shall be obtained from outdoors or from spaces freely communicating with the outdoors in accordance with Section M1703.

7. - Toilet rooms. . -

-

-

- --

Exception: The following appliances shall be permitted to obtain combustion air from sleeping rooms, bathrooms and toilet rooms: 1. Solid fuel-fired appliances provided that the room is not a confined space and the building is not of unusually tight construction. 2. Appliances installed in an enclosure in which all cumbustion air is taken from the outdoors and the enclosure is 'quipped with a "lid weathersui~~*door and self-closing device.

M1701.5 Opening area. The free areaof each opening shall be used for determining combustion air. Unless othenvisc specified by the manufacturer or determined by actual measurement, the free area shall be considcred 75 percent of the gross area for metal louvers and 25 percent of the gross area for wood louvers. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

SECTION M I 703 ALL AIR FROM OUTDOORS M1703.1 Outdoor air. Where the space in which fuel-burning appliances are located does not meet the criterion for indoor air air shall be specified in Section M:1702, outside supplied as specified in Section M1703.2.

M1703.2 Two openings or ducts. Outside combustion air shall be supplied through openings or ducts, as illustrated in Figures M1703.2(1), M1703.2(2), M1703.2(3) and M1703.2(4). One opening shall be within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of the enclosure, and one within 12 inches (305 mm) of the bottom of the enclosure. Openings are permitted to connect to spaces directly communicating with the outdoors, such as ventilated crawl spaces or ventilated attic spaces. The same duct or opening shall not serve both combustion air openings. The duct sewing the upper opening shall be level or extend upward from the appliance space. 341

COMBUSTION AIR

I

M1703.2.1 Size of openings. Where directly communicating with the outdoors, or where communicating with the outdoors by means of vertical ducts, each opening shall have a free area of at least 1 square inch per 4,000 Btu/per hour (550 mm2/kW) of total input rating of all appliances in the space. Where horizontal ducts are used, each opening shall have a free area of at least 1 square inch per 2.000 Btulper hour (1 100 mm2/kW)of total input of all appliances in the space. Ducts shall be of the same minimum cross-sectional &ea as the required free area of the openings to which they connect. The minimum cross-sectional dimension of rectangular air ducts shall be 3 inches (76 mm). M1703.3 Attic combustionair. Combustion air obtained from an attic area, as illustrated in Figure M1703.2(3), shall be in accordance with the following: 1. The attic ventilation shall be sufficient to provide the required volume of combustion air. 2. The combustion air opening shall be provided with a metal sleeve extending from the appliance enclosure to at least 6 inches (152 mm) above the top of the ceiling joists and ceiling insulation.

CHIMNEY OR VENT

3. An inlet air duct within an outlet air duct shall be an acceptable means of supplying attic combustion air to an appliance room provided that the inlet duct extends at least 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the outlet duct in the attic space, as illustrated in Figure M1703.3. 4. The end of ducts that terminate in an attic shall not be screened.

M1703.4 Under-floor combustion air. Combustion air obtained from under-floor areas, as illustrated in Figure M 1703.2(4), shall have free opening areas to the outside equivalent to not less than twice the required combustion air opening. M1703.5 Opening requirements. Outside combustion air openings shall be covered with corrosion-resistant screen or equivalent protection having not less than '/,-inch (6 mm) openings, and not greater than '/,-inch (13 mm) openings.

4

OPENINGS

I

FURNACE

/

'

I

WATER HEATER

For SI: 1 square inch = 645.16 m d , 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W NOTE: Eachopening shall have afree area of not less than 1 squareinch per 1,00OBtu/hof the total input rating of all appliancesin the enclosure,but not less than 100 square inches.

FIGURE M1702.2 APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES-ALL AIR TAKEN FROM ADJACENT SPACES WITHIN THE BUILDING


COMBUSTION AIR

CHIMNEY ORVENT

41

W A U OPENING TO THE OUTDOORS OR TO AREA FREELY COMMUNICATING WITH M E OUTDOORS

WATER HEATER

For SI: I square inch = 645.1 6 mm2,I British thermal unit per hour = 0 293 1 W. NOTE: Each opening shall have a free area of not less than 1 square inch per 4,000 BtuJh of the total input rating of all appliances in the enclosure. FIGURE M1703.2(1) APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES-ALL AIR TAKEN FROM OUTDOORS THROUGH TWO OPENINGS

FURNACE

/

'

WATER HEATER

For S1: 1 inch = 25.4 nun, I square inch = 645.16 mn?, I British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W NOTE: Each opening shall have a free area of at least 1 square inch per 2,000 Rtulh of the total input of all appliances in the space FIGURE M1703.2(2) APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES-ALL AIR TAKEN FROM OUTDOORS THROUGH HORIZONTAL DUCTS


COMBUSTION AIR

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 British themial unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 square inch = 645.16 mrn2. NOTE: Each opening shall have afreeareaof at least 1 square inch per 4,000 Btuk of the total input of all appliances in the space. The attic mustbe sufficiently vented for combustion air to be taken from the attic.

FIGURE M1703.2(3) APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES--ALL AIR TAKEN FROM OUTDOORS THROUGH VENTILATED ATTIC

,CHIMNEY

OR VEM

d

,VENTIIATION LOWERS

'WATER HEATER

FURNACE

VENTILATION LOUVERS FOR^ UNHEATED CWWL SPACE

For SI: 1 square inch = 645.16 mm2, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. NOTE: The inlet and outlet air openings shall have afree areaof not less than 1square inch per 4,00OBtu/hof the total input rating of all appliances in theenclosure

FIGURE M1703.2(4) APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES-INLET AIR TAKEN FROM VENTILATED CRAWL SPACE AND OUTLET AIR TO VENTILATED ATTIC 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

COMBUSTION AIR

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.293 1 A ' ! 1 square inch = 645.16 mmz. NOTE: Each duct shall have a free areaof at least 1 square inchper4,OW Btulh of the lotal input of aU appliancesin the space. The atticmust be sufficiently ventilated to provide the required combustion air.

FIGURE M1703.3 APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES-ALL AIR TAKEN FROM OUTDOORS THROUGH VENTILATED ATTIC, INLET DUCT WITHIN OUTLET DUCT



CHAPTER 18

CHIMNEYS AND VENTS SECTION MI801 GENERAL M1801.1 Venting required. Fuel-burning appliances shall be vented to the outdoors in accordance with their listing and label and manufacturer's installation instructions except appliances listed and labeled for unvented use. Venting systems shall consist of approved chimneys or vents, or venting assemblies that are integral parts of labeled appliances. Gas-fired appliances shall be vented in accordance with Chapter 24.

vent the installation of a separate flue lining in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and this code. M1801.5 Mechanical draft systems. A mechanical draft system shall be used only with appliances listed and labeled for such use. Provisions shall be made to prevent the flow of fuel to the equipment when the draft system is not operating. Forced draft systems and all portions of induced draft systems under positive pressure during operation shall be designed and installed to prevent leakage of flue gases into a building.

M1801.2 Draft requirements. A venting system shall satisfy the draft requirements of the appliance in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions, and shall be constructed and installed to develop a positive flow to convey combustion products to the outside atmosphere.

M1801.6 Direct-vent appliances. Direct-vent appliances shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

M1801.3 Existing chimneys and vents. Where an appliance is permanently disconnected from an existing chimney or vent, or where an appliance is connected to an existing chimney or vent during the process of a new installation, the chimney or vent shall comply with Sections M1801.3.1 through M1801.3.4.

M1801.8 Duct penetrations. Chimneys, vents and vent connectors shall not extend into or through supply and return air ducts or plenums. M1801.9 Fireblocking. Vent and chimney installations shall be fircblocked in accordance with Section R602.8.

M1801.3.1 Size. The chimney or vent shall be resized as necessary to control flue gas condensation in the interior of the chimney or vent and to provide the appliance, or appliances served, with the required draft. For the venting of oil-fired appliances to masonry chimneys, the resizing shall be done in accordance with NFPA 3 1. M1801.3.2 Flue passageways. The flue gas passageway shall be free of obstructions and combustible deposits and shall be cleaned if previously used for venting a solid- or liquid-fuel-burning appliance or fireplace. The flue Liner, chimney inner wall or vent inner wall shall be continuous and free of cracks, gaps, perforations, or other damage or deterioration that would allow the escape of combustion products, including gases, moisture and creosote. M1801.3.3 Cleanout.Masonry chimneys shall be provided with a cleanout opening complying with Section RlOOl .14. M1801.3.4 Clearances. Chimneys and vents shall have airspace clearance to combustibles in accordance with this code and the chimney or vent manufacturer's installation instructions. Exception: Masonry chimneys equipped with a chimney lining system tested and listed for installation in chimneys i n contact with combustibles in accordance with UL 1777, and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction, shall not be required to have a clearance between combustible materials and exterior surfaces of the masonry chimney. Noncombustible firestopping shall be provided in accordance with this code. M1801.4 Space around lining. The space surrounding a flue lining system or other vent installed within amasonry chimney shall not be used to vent any other appliance. This shall not pre2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

M1801.7 Support. Venting systems shall be adequately supported for the weight of the material used.

M1801.10 Unused openings. Unused openings in any venting system shall be closed or capped. M1801.11 Multiple-applianceventing systems. Two or more listed and labeled appliances connected to a common natural draft venting system shall comply with the following requirements: 1. Appliances that are connected to common venting systems shall be located on the same floor of the dwelling. Exception: Engineered systems as provided for in Section G2427. 2. Inlets to common venting systems shall be offset such that no portion of an inlet is opposite another inlet. 3. Connectors serving appliances operating under a natural draft shall not be connected to any portion of a mechanical draft system operating under positive pressure. M1801.12 Multiple solid fuel prohibited. A solid-fuel-buming appliance or fireplace shall not connect to a chimney passageway venting another appliance.

SECTION M I 802 VENT COMPONENTS M1802.1 Draft hoods. Draft hoods shall be located in the same room or space as the combustion air openings for the appliances. M1802.2 Vent dampers. Vent dampers shall comply with Sections M1802.2.1 and M1802.2.2. M1802.2.1 Manually operated. Manually operated dampers shall not be installed except in connectors or chimneys serving solid-fuel-burning appliances.

CHIMNEYS AND VENTS

M1802.2.2 Automaticdly operated. Automatically operated dampers shall conform to UL 17 and be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing and label. The installation shall prevent firing of the burner when the damper is not opened to a safe position. M1802.3 Draft regulators. Draft regulators shall be provided for oil-fired appliances that must be connected to a chimney. Draft regulators provided for solid-fuel-burning appliances to reduce draft intensity shall be installed and set in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. M1802.3.1 Location. Where required, draft regulators shall be installed in the same room or enclosure as the appliance so that no difference in pressure will exist between the air at the regulator and the combustion air supply.

SECTION M I 803 CHIMNEY AND VENT CONNECTORS

M1803.1 General. Connectors shall be used to connect fuel-burning appliances to a vertical chimney or vent except where the chimney or vent is attached directly to the appliance. M1803.2 Connectors for oil and solid fuel appliances. Connectors for oil and solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be constructed of factory-built chimney material, Type L vent material or single-wall metal pipe having resistance to corrosion and heat and thickness not less than that of galvanized steel as specified in Table M1803.2. TABLE M1803.2 THICKNESS FOR SINGLE-WALL METAL PIPE CONNECTORS DIAMETER OF CONNECTOR (inches)

Over 10 through 16 For SI:

1

1

GALVANIZED SHEET METAL

22

1. Type L vent material for oil appliances shall be installed with not less than listed and labeled clearances to combustible material. 2. Single-wall metal pipe shall be guarded by a ventilated metal thimble not less than 4 inches (102 mm) larger in diameter than the vent connector. A minimum 6 inches (152 mm) of clearance shall be maintained between the thimble and combustibles.

M1803.3.2 Length. The horizontal run of an uninsulated connector to a natural draft chimney shall not exceed 75 percent of the height of the vertical portion of the chimney above the connector. The horizontal run of a listed connector to a natural draft chimney shall not exceed 100 percent of the height of the vertical portion of the chimney above the connector. M1803.3.3 Size. A connector shall not be smaller than the flue collar of the appliance.

Exception: Where installed in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's installation instructions. M1803.3.4 Clearance. Connectors shall be installed with clearance to combustibles as set forth in Table M1803.3.4. Reduced clearances to combustible materials shall be in accordance with Table M1306.2 and Figure M1306.1. TABLE M1803.3.4 CHIMNEY AND VENT CONNECTOR CLEARANCES TO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALSa

TYPE OF CONNECTOR

MINIMUM CLEARANCE (inches)

Single-wall metal pipe connectors:

0.029

1 inch = 25.4 mm.

M1803.3 Installation. Vent and chimney connectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and within the space where the appliance is located. Appliances shall be located as close as practical to the vent or chimney. Connectors shall be as short and straight as possible and installed with a slope of not less than '1, inch (6 mm) rise per foot of run. Connectors shall be securely supported and joints shall be fastened with sheet metal screws or rivets. Devices that obstruct the flow of flue gases shall not be installed in a connector unless listed and labeled or approved for such installations. M1803.3.1 Floor, ceiling and wall penetrations. A chimney connector or vent connector shall not pass through any floor or ceiling. A chimney connector or vent connector shall not pass through a wall or partition unless the connector is listed and labeled for wall pass-through, or is routed through a device Listed and labeled for wall pass-through and is installed in accordance with the conditions of its listing and label. Connectors for oil-fired appliances listed and labeled for Type L vents, passing through walls or partitions shall be in accordance with the following:

Oil and solid-fuel appliances

18

Oil appliances listed for use with Type L vents

9

Type L vent piping connectors:

Oil and solid-fuel appliances Oil appliances listed for use with Type L vents

9 3

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. a. These minimum cleara~icesapply to unlisted single-wall chimney and vent connectors. Reduction of required clearnnces is permitted as in Table M1306.2. b. When IistedType L vent piping is used, the clearance shall be in accordance with the vent listing.

M1803.3.5 Access. The entire length of a connector shall be accessible for inspection, cleaning and replacement. M1803.4 Connection to fireplace flue. Connection of appliances to chimney flues serving fireplaces shall comply with Sections M1803.4.1 through M1803.4.4. M1803.4.1 Closure and accessibility. A noncombustible seal shall be provided below the point of connection to prevent entry of room air into the flue. Means shall be provided for access to the flue for inspection and cleaning. M1803.4.2 Connection to factory-built fireplace flue. A different appliance shall not be connected to a flue serving a factory-built fireplace unless the appliance is specifically listed for such an installation. The connection shall be made 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

CHIMNEYS AND VENTS

in conformance with the appliance manufacturer's instructions.

the manufacturer's installation instructions and, except for direct vent appliances, the following requirements:

M1803.4.3 Connection to masonry fireplace flue. A connector shall extend from the appliance to the flue serving a masonry fireplace to convey the flue gases directly into the flue. The connector shall be accessible or removable for inspection and cleaning of both the connector and the flue. Listed direct-connection devices shall be installed in accordance with their listing.

1. The vent terminal shall be located not less than 3 feet (914 mm) above a forced air inlet located within 10 feet (3048 rnm). 2. The vent terminal shall be located not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) below, 4 feet (1219 mrn) horizontally from, or 1 foot (305 mm) above any door, window or gravity air inlet into a dwelling. 3. The vent termination point shall not be located closer than 3 feet (914 mm) to an interior comer formed by two walls perpendicular to each other. 4. The bottom of the vent terminal shall be located at least 12inches (305 mm) above finished ground level. 5. The vent termination shall not be mounted directly above or within 3 feet (914 mm) horizontally of an oil tank vent or gas meter. 6. Power exhauster terminations shall be located not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from lot lines and adjacent buildings. 7. The hscharge shall be directed away from the building.

M1803.4.4 Size of flue. The size of the fireplace flue shall be in accordance with Section M1805.3.1. SECTION MI804 VENTS M1804.1 Typeof vent required. Appliances shall be provided with a listed and labeled venting system as set forth in Table M1804.1. TABLE M1804.1 VENT SELECTION CHART VENT TYPES

I/

Type L oil vents Pellet vents

APPLIANCE TYPES

1 Oil-buming appliances listed and labeled for venting with Type L vents

( Pellet fuel-burning appliances listed and 1 1 labeled for use with pelletvents 1 -

M1804.2 Termination. Vent termination shall comply with Sections MI 804.2.1 through M1804.2.6. M1804.2.1 Through the roof. Vents passing through a roof shall extend through flashing and terminate in accordance with the manufacturer's installation requirements. M1804.2.2 Decorative shrouds. Decorative shrouds shall not be installed at the termination of vents except where the shrouds are listed and labeled for use with the specific venting system and are installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. M1804.2.3 Natural draft appliances. Vents for natural draft appliances shall terminate at least 5 feet (1524 mm) above the highest connected appliance outlet, and natural draft gas vents serving wall furnaces shall terminate at an elevation at least 12 feet (3658 mm) above the bottom of the furnace. M1804.2.4 Type L vent. Type L venting systems shall conform to UL 64 1 and shall terminate with a listed and labeled cap in accordance with the vent manufacturer's installation instructions not less than 2 feet (610 mm) abovetheroof and not less than 2 feet (610 mm) above any portion of the building within 10 feet (3048 mm). M1804.2.5 Direct vent terminations. Vent terminals for direct-vent appliances shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. M1804.2.6 Mechanical draft systems. Mechanical draft systems shall he installed in accordance with their listing,


M1804.3 Installation. ype Land pellet vents shall be installed in accordance with thc terms of their listing and label and the manufacturer's installation instructions. M1804.3.1 Size of single-appliance venting systems. An individual vent for a single appliance shall have a cross-sectional area equal to or greater than the area of the connector to the appliance, but not less than 7 square inches (4515 mm2)except where the vent is an integral part of a listed and labeled appliance. SECTION MI805 MASONRY AND FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS M1805.1 General. Masonry and factory-built chimneys shall be built and installed in accordance with Sections RlOOl and R1002, respectively. Flue lining for masonry chimneys shall comply with Section R1001.8.

M1805.2 Masonry chimney connection. A chimney connector shall enter a masonry chimney not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the bottom of the chimney. Where it is not possible to locate the conncctor entry at least 6 inches (152 mm) above the bottom of the chimney flue, a cleanout shall be provided by installing a capped tee in the connector next to the chimney. A connector entering a masonry chimney shall extend through, but not beyond, the wall and shall be flush with theinner face of the liner. Connectors, or thimbles where used, shall be f m l y cemented into the masonry. M1805.3 Size of chimney flues. The effective area of a natural draft chimney flue for one appliance shall be not less than the area of the connector to the appliance. The area of chimney flues connected to more than one appliance shall be not less

CHIMNEYS AND VENTS

than the area of the largest connector plus 50 percent of the areas of additional chimney connectors.

Exception: Chimney flues serving oil-fired appliances sized in accordance with NFPA 3 1 . M1805.3.1 Size of chimney flue for solid-fuel appliance. Except where otherwise specified in the manufacturer's installation instructions, the cross-sectional area of a flue connected to a solid-fuel-burning appliance shall be not less than the area of the flue collar or connector, and not larger than three times the area of the flue collar.


COD^?

CHAPTER 19

SPECIAL FUEL-BURNING EQUIPMENT SECTION MI 901 RANGES AND OVENS

M.1901.1 Clearances. Freestanding or built-in ranges shall have a vertical clearance above the cooking top of not less than 30 inches (762 mm) to unprotected combustible material. Reduced clearances are permitted in accordance with the listing and labeling of the range hoods or appliances. M1901.2 Cooking appliances. Household cooking appliances shall be listed and labeled and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. The installation shall not interfere with combustion air or access for operation and servicing.

SECI'ION MI902 SAUNA HEATERS

M1902.1 Locations and protection. Sauna heaters shall be protected from accidental contact by persons with a guard of material having a low thermal conductivity, such as wood. The guard shall have no substantial effect on the transfer of heat from the heater to the room. M1902.2 Installation. Sauna heaters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. M1902.3 Combustion air. Combustion air and venting for a nondirect vent-type heater shall be provided in accordance with Chapters 17 and 18, respectively. M1902.4 Controls. Sauna heaters shall be equipped with a thermostat that will limit room temperature to not greater than 194°F (90°C). Where the thermostat is not an integral part of the heater, the heat-sensing element shall be located within 6 inches (152 mm) of the ceiling.

SECTION M I 903 STATIONARY FUEL CELL POWER PLANTS

M1903.1 General. Stationary fuel cell power plants having a power output not exceeding 1,000 kW, shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 221.83 and shall be installed in accordance with thc manufacturer's installation instructions and NFPA 853.

SECTION M I 904 GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEMS

M1904.1 Installation. Gaseous hydrogen systems shall be installed in accordance with the applicable requirements of Sections M1307.4 and M1903.1 and the International Fuel Gus Code, the International Fire Code and the International Building Code. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@


CHAPTER 20

BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS SECTION M2001 BOILERS M2001.1 Installation. In addition to the requirements of this code, the installation of boilers shall conform to the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer's rating data, the nameplate and operating instructions of a permanent type shall be attached to the boiler. Boilers shall have all controls set, adjusted and tested by thc installer. A complete control diagram together with complete boiler operating instructions shall be furnished by the installer. Solid- and liquid-fuel-burning boilers shall be provided with combustion air as required by Chapter 17. M2001.1.1 Standards. Oil-fircd boilers and their control systems shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 726. Electric boilers and their control systems shall be listed in accordance with UL 834. Boilers shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of ASME CSD-1 and as applicable, the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sections I and IV. Gas-fired boilers shall conform to the requirements listed in Chapter 24.

M2001.2 Clearance. Boilers shall be installed in accordance with their listing and label. M2001.3 Valves. Every boiler or modular boiler shall have a shutoff valve in the supply and return piping. For multiple boiler or multiple modular boiler installations, each boiler or modular boiler shall have individual shutoff valves in the supply and return piping. Exception: Shutoff valves are not required in a system having a single low-pressure steam boiler. M2001.4 Flood-resistant installation. In areas prone to flooding as established in Table R301.2(1), boilers, water heaters and their control systems shall be located or installed in accordance with Section R323.1.5. SECTION M2002 OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS M2002.1 Safety controls.Electrical and mechanical operating and safety controls for boilers shall be listed and labeled.

M2002.2 Hot water boiler gauges. Every hot water boiler shall have a pressure gauge and a temperature gauge, or combination pressure and temperature gauge. The gauges shall indicate the temperature and pressure within the normal range of the system's operation. M2002.3 Steam boiler gauges. Every steam boiler shall have a water-ga'-%e glass and a pressure gauge. The pressure gauge range of the 'ysshall indicate the pressure within the tern's operation. The gauge glass be that the midpoint is at the normal water level. -

-

M2002.4 Pressure-relief valve. Boilers shall be equipped with pressure-relief valvcs with minimum rated capacities for 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

the equipment served. Pressure-rclief valves shall be set at the maximum rating of the boiler. Discharge shall be piped to drains by gravity to within 18 inches (457 mm) of the floor orto an open receptor.

M2002.5 Boiler low-water cutoff. All steam and hot water boilers shall be protected with a low-water cutoff control. The low-water cutoff shall automatically stop the combustion operation of the appliance when the water level drops below the lowest safe water level as established by the manufacturer. SECTION M2003 EXPANSION TANKS M2003.1 General. Hot water boilers shall be provided with expansion tanks. Nonpressurized expansion tanks shall be securely fastened to the structure or boiler and supported to cany twice the weight of the tank filled with water. Provisions shall be made for draining nonpressurized tanks without emptying the system.

M2003.1.1 Pressurized expansion tanks. Pressurized expansion tanks shall be consistent with the volume and capacity of the system. Tanks shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic test pressure of two and one-half times the allowable working pressure of the system. M2003.2 Minimum capacity. The minimum capacity of expansion tanks shall be determined from Table M2003.2. SECTION M2004 WATER HEATERS USED FOR SPACE HEATING M2004.1 General. Water heaters used to supply both potable hot water and hot water for space heating shall be installed in accordance with this chapter, Chapter 24, Chapter 28 and the manufacturer's installation instmctions. SECTION M2005 WATER HEATERS M2005.1 GeneraL Water heaters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and the requirements of this code. Water heaters installed in an attic shall conform to the requirements of Section M1305.1.3. Gas-fired water heaters shall conform to the requirements in Chapter 24. Domestic electric water heaters shall conform to UL 174 or UL 1453. Commercial electric water heaters shall conform to UL 1453. Oiled-fired water heaters shall conform to UL 732.

M2005.2 Prohibited locations. Fuel-fired water heaters shall not be installed in a room used as a storage closet. Water heaters located in a bedroom or bathroom shall be installed in a enclosure so that combustion air will not be taken from the living space. Installation of direct-vent water heaters within an enclo: sure is not required.

BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS

TABLE M2003.2 EXPANSION TANK MINIMUM CAPACITYaFOR FORCED HOT-WATER SYSTEMS

1

SYSTEM

VOLUME^ faallonsl

1

PRESSURIZED DIAPHRAGM TYPE

1

NONPRESSURIZEDTYPE

I

100

8.0

15.0

For SI: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 pound per square inch gauge = 6.895 kPa, "C = [("F)-32111.8. a. Based on average water temperature of 195°F. fill pressure of 12 psig and a maximum operating pressure of 30 psig. b. System volume includes volume of water in boiler, convectors md piping, not including the expansion tank.

M2005.2.1 Water heater access. Access to water heaters that are located in an attic or underfloor crawl space is permitted to be through a closet located in a sleeping room or bathroom where ventilation of those spaces is in accordance with this code. M2005.3 Electric water heaters. Electric water heaters shall also be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapters 33 through 42. M2005.4 Supplemental water-heating devices. Potable water heating devices that use refrigerant-to-water heat exchangers shall be approved and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION M2006 POOL HEATERS M2006.1 General. Pool and spa heaters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Oil-fired pool heaters shall be tested in accordance with UL 726. Electric pool and spa heaters shall be tested in accordance UL 1261. M2006.2 Clearances. In no case shall the clearances interfere with combustion air, draft hood or flue terminal relief, or accessibility for servicing.

I

M2006.3 Temperature-limiting devices. Pool heaters shall have temperature-relief valves. M2006.4 Bypass valves. Where an integral bypass system is not provided as a part of the pool heater, a bypass line and valve shall be installed between the inlet and outlet piping for use in adjusting the flow of water through the heater. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

1

CHAPTER 21

HYDRONIC PIPING SECTION M2101 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS INSTALLATION

M2101.1 General. Hydronic piping shall conform to Table M2101.1. Approved piping, valves, fittings and connections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Pipe and fittings shall be rated for use at the operating temperature and pressure of the hydronic system. Used pipe, fittings, valves or other materials shall be free of foreign materials. M2101.2 System drain down. Hydronic piping systems shall be installed to permit draining the system. When the system drains to the plumbing drainage system, the installation shall conform to the requirements of Chapters 25 through 32 of this code. M2101.3 Protection of potable water. The potable water system shall be protected from backflow in accordance with the provisions listed in Section P2902. M2101.4 Pipe penetrations. Openings through concrete or masonry building elements shall be sleeved. M2101.5 Contact with building material. A hydronic piping system shall not be in direct contact with any building material that causes the piping material to degrade or corrode. M2101.6 Drilling and notching. Wood-framed structural members shall be drilled, notched or altered in accordance with the provisions of Sections R502.6, R602.6, R602.6.1 and R802.6. Holes in cold-formed, steel-framed, load-bearing members shall be permitted only in accordance with Sections R506.2, R603.2 and R804.2. In accordance with the provisions of Sections R505.3.5, R603.3.4 and R804.3.5, cutting and notching of flanges and lips of cold-formed, steel-framed, load-bearing members shall not be permitted. M2101.7 Prohibited tee applications. Fluid in the supply side of a hydronic system shall not enter a tee fitting through the branch opening. M2101.8 Expansion, contraction and settlement. Piping shall be installed so that piping, connections and equipment shall not be subjected to excessive strains or stresses. Provisions shall be made to compensate for expansion, contraction, shrinkage and structural settlement. M2101.9 Piping support Hangers and supports shall be of material of sufficient strength to support the piping, and shall be fabricated from materials compatible with the piping material. Piping shall be supported at intervals not exceeding the spacing specified in Table M2101.9. M2101.10 Tests. Hydronic piping shall be tested hydrostatically at a pressure of not less than 100 pounds per square inch (psi) (690 kPa) for a duration of not less than 15 minutes. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

SECTION M2102 BASEBOARD CONVECTORS M2102.1 General. Baseboard convectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Convectors shall be supported independently of the hydronic piping. SECTION M2103 FLOOR HEATING SYSTEMS M2103.1 Piping materials. Piping for embedment in concrete or gysum materials shall be standard-weight steel pipe, copper tubing, cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linked polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) pressure pipe, chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC), polybutylene, cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) tubing or polypropylene (PP) with a minimum rating of 100 psi at 180°F (690 kPa at 82°C).

M2103.2 Piping joints. Piping joints that are embedded shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Steel pipe joints shall be welded. 2. Copper tubing shall be joined with brazing material having a melting point exceeding l,OOO°F (538°C). 3. Polybutylene pipe and tubing joints shall be installed with socket-type heat-fused polybutylene fittings. 4. CPVC tubing shall be joined using solvent cementjoints. 5. Polypropylene pipe and tubing joints shall be installed with socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings. 6. Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) tubing shall be joined using cold expansion, insert or compression fittings. M2103.3 Testing. Piping or tubing to be embedded shall be tested by applying a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 psi (690 kPa). The pressure shall be maintained for 30 minutes, during which all joints shall be visually inspected for leaks.

I

I

SECTION M2104 LOW TEMPERATURE PIPING M2104.1 Piping materials. Low temperature piping for embedment in concrete or gypsum materials shall be as indicated in Table M2101.1.

M2104.2 Piping joints. Piping joints (other than those in Section M2103.2) that are embedded shall comply with the following requirements: 1. Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Polyethylene tubing shall be installed with heat fusion joints. 3. Polypropylene (PP) tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 355

I

HYDRONIC PIPING

TABLE M2101.1 HYDRONIC PIPING MATERIALS

L

USE MATERIAL

JOINTS

Brass pipe

1

NOTES

Brazed, welded, threaded,

b__;%diz.e"d soldered and mechanical

Bnss tubing

Chlorinated poly (vinyl chloride) (CPVC)

-

Solvent cement joints, compression 2846 .oints and threaded adapters

27

fittings threaded, soldered and welded rnec&and

-

Copper tubing (type K, L or M)

1,2

f&Mz$:

Brazed, soldered and flared mechanical fittings

306

I'

Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX)

1,2,3

ASy8yF67

Joints embedded in concrete Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

AsTMF1807

--

1,2,3

-

-3

Heat-fusion, crimplinsert and 3309 compression

ASTM D 2513; ASTM D 3350; ASTM D 25 13; ASTM D 3035;

Polyethylene (PE) pipe, tubing and fittings (for ground source heat pump loop systems)

IL--

ASTM

I

Joints in concrete shall be heat-fused.

Polyproplylene (PP)

P1

S tee1 pipe

1 Steel tubing

"

/

1

PCo

ASTM B 813

.

er tube oints

! dand ASTM A 53; A

Joints in concrete shall be Brazed, welded, threaded, flanged welded. Galvanized pipe shall mechanical fittings not be wexed or brazed.

ASTM A 254

Mechanical fittings, welded

For SI: "C = [("F)-32111.8. a. Use code: 1. Above ground. 2. Embedded in radiant systems. 3. Temperatures below 180°F only. 4. Low temperature (below 130°F) applications only, b. Standards as listed in Chapter 43.


HYDRONIC PIPING

TABLE M2101.9 HANGER SPACING INTERNALS MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL SPACING

MAXIMUM VERTICAL SPACING

PIPING MATERIAL

ABS CPVC I 1 inch pipe or tubing

-

CPVC 2 11/,inch

10

Copper or copper alloy pipe

12

Copper or copper alloy -tubing

6

-

PB pipeor tubing -

10 -

10

2.67

4

2.67

4

PEX tubing

2.67

4

PP < 1 inch-pipe or tubing

2.67

4

4

5

4

10

12

15

8

10

PE pipe or tubing

-

PP > I]/, inch --

KC--

Steel pipe

-

Steel tubing For SI:

1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

M2104.2.1 Polyethylene plastic pipe and tubing for ground source heat pump loop systems. Joints between polyethylene plastic pipe and tubing or fittings for ground source heat pump loop systems shall be heat fusion joints conforming to Section M2104.2.1.1, electrofision joints conforming to Section M2104.2.1.2 or stab-type insertion joints conforming to Section M2104.2.1.3. M2104.2.1.1 Heat-fusion joints. Joints shall be of the socket-fusion, saddle-fusion or butt-fusion type, fabricated in accordance with the piping manufacturer's instructions. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture. Joint surfaces shall be heated to melt temperatures and joined. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D 2683. M2104.2.1.2 Electrofusion joints. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture, and scoured to expose virgin resin. Joint surfaces shall be heated to melt temperatures for the period of time specified by the manufacturer. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F 1055. M2104.2.1.3 Stab-type insert fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture. Pipe ends shall be chamfered and inserted into the fitting to full depth. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D 2513.


SECTION M2105 GROUND SOURCE HEAT PUMP SYSTEM LOOP PIPING M2105.1 Testing. The assembled loop system shall be pressure tested with water at 100 psi (690 kPa) for 30 minutes with no observed leaks before connection (header) trenches are bacHilled. Flow rates and pressure drops shall be compared to calculated values. If actual flow ratc or pressure drop figures differ from calculated values by more than 10 percent, the problcm shall be identified and corrected.

I


CHAPTER 22

SPECIAL PIPING AND STORAGE SYSTEMS SECTlON M2201 OIL TANKS M2201.1 Materials. Supply tanks shall be listed and labeled and shall conform to UL 58 for underground tanks and UL 80 for indoor tanks.

M2201.2 Above-ground tanks. The maximum amount of fuel oil stored above ground or inside of a building shall be 660 gallons (2498 L). The supply tank shall be supported on rigid noncombustible supports to prevent settling or shifting. M2201.2.1 Tanks within buildings. Supply tanks for use inside of buildings shall be of such size and shape to permit installation and removal from dwellings as whole units. Supply tanks larger than 10 gallons (38 L) shall be placed not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from any fire or flame either within or external to any fuel-burning appliance. M2201.2.2 Outside above-ground tanks. Tanks installed outside above ground shall be a minimum of 5 feet (1524 mm) from an adjoining property line. Such tanks shall be suitably protected from the weather and from physical damage. M2201.3 Underground tanks. Excavations for underground tanks shall not undermine the foundations of existing structures. The clearance from the tank to the nearest wall of a basement, pit or property line shall not be less than 1 foot (305 mm). Tanks shall bc set on and surrounded with noncorrosive inert materials such as clean earth, sand or gravel well tamped in place. Tanks shall be covered with not less than 1 foot (305 mm)of earth. Corrosion protection shall be provided in accordance with Section M2203.7. M2201.4 Multiple tanks. Cross connection of two supply tanks shall be permitted in accordance with Section M2203.6. M2201.5 Oil gauges. Inside tanks shall be provided with a device to indicate when the oil in the tank has reached a predetermined safe level. Glass gauges or a gauge subject to breakage that could result in the escape of oil from the tank shall not be used. M2201.6 Flood-resistant installation. In areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1), tanks shall be installed at or above the design flood elevation established in Section R323 or shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse and lateral movement under conditions of the design flood. M2201.7 Tanks abandoned or removed. Exterior abovegrade fill piping shall be removed when tanks are abandoned or removed. Tank abandonmentand removal shall be in accordance with the International Fire Code.

I

SECTION M2202 OIL PIPING, FITTING AND CONNECTIONS M2202.1 Materials. Piping shall consist of steel pipe, copper tubing or steel tubing conforming to ASTM A 539. Aluminum 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

tubing shall not be used between the fuel-oil tank and the burner units.

M2202.2 Joints and fittings. Piping shall be connected with standard fittings compatible with the piping material. Cast iron fittings shall not be used for oil piping. Unions requiring gaskcts or packings, right or left couplings, and sweat fittings employing solder having a melting point less than 1,00O0F (538°C) shall not be used for oil piping. Threaded joints and connections shall be made tight with a lubricant or pipc thread compound. M2202.3 Flexible connectors. Flexible metal hose used where rigid connections are impractical or to reduce the effect of jarring and vibration shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 536 and shall be installed in compliance with its label and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Connectors made from combustible materials shall not be used inside of buildings or above ground outside of buildings. SECTION M2203 INSTALLATION M2203.1 General. Piping shall be installed in a nianner to avoid placing stresses on the piping, and to accommodate expansion and contraction of the piping system.

M2203.2 Supply piping. Supply piping used in the installation of oil burners and appliances shall be not smaller than 3/,-inch (9 mm) pipeor3/,-inch (9 mm) outside diameter tubing. Copper tubing and fittings shall be a minimum of Type L. M2203.3 Fill piping. Fill piping shall terminate outside of buildings at a point at least 2 feet (610 mm) from any building opening at the same or lower level. Fill openings shall be equipped with a tight metal cover. M2203.4 Vent piping. Vent piping shall be not smaller than 1'1,-inch (32 mm) pipe. Vent piping shall be laid to drain toward the tank without sags or traps in which the liquid can collect. Vent pipes shall not be cross conncctcd with fill pipes, lines from burners or overflow lines from auxiliary tanks. The lower end of a vent pipe shall enter the tank through the top and shall extend into the tank not more than 1 inch (25 mrn). M2203.5 Vent termination. Vent piping shall terminate outside of buildings at a point not less than 2 feet (610 mm), measured vertically or horizontally, from any building opening. Outer ends of vent piping shall terminate in a weather-proof cap or fitting having an unobstructed area at least equal to the cross-sectional area of thevent pipe, and shall be located sufficiently above the ground to avoid being obstructed by snow and ice. M2203.6 Cross connectionof tanks. Cross connection of two supply tanks, not exceeding 660 gallons (2498 L) aggregate capacity, with gravity flow from one tank to another, shall be acceptable providing that the two tanks are on the same horizontal plane.

SPECIAL PIPING AND STORAGE SYSTEMS

M2203.7 Corrosion protection. Underground tanks and buried piping shall be protected by corrosion-resistant coatings or special alloys or fiberglass-reinforced plastic. SECTION M2204 OIL PUMPS AND VALVES M2204.1 Pumps. Oil pumps shall be positive displacement types that automatically shut off the oil supply when stopped. Automatic pumps shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 343 and shall be installed in accordance with their listing. M2204.2 Shutoff valves. A readily accessible manual shutoff valve shall be installed between the oil supply tank and the burner. Where the shutoff valve is installedin the discharge line of an oil pump, a pressure-relief valve shall be incorporated to bypass or return surplus oil. M2204.3 Maximum pressure. Pressure at the oil supply inlet to an appliance shall be not greater than 3 pounds per square inch (psi) (20.7 kPa). M2204.4 Relief valves. Fuel-oil lines incorporating heaters shall be provided with relief valves that will discharge to a return line when excess pressure exists.


CHAPTER 23

SOLAR SYSTEMS SECTION M2301 SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS M2301.1 General. This scction provides for the design, construction, installation, alteration and repair of equipment and systems ~lsingsolar energy to provide space heating or cooling, hot water heating and swimming pool heating.

M2301.2 Installation. Installation of solar energy systems shall comply with Sections M2301.2.1 through M2301.2.9. M2301.2.1 Access. Solar energy collectors, controls, dampers, fans, blowers and pumps shall be accessible for inspection, maintenance, repair and replacement. M2301.2.2 Roof-mounted collectors. The roof shall be constructed to support the loads imposed by roof-mounted solar collectors. Roof-mounted solar collectors that serve as a roof covering shall confonn to the requirements for roof coverings in Chapter 9 of this code. Where mounted on or above the roof coverings, the collectors and supporting structure shall be constructed of noncombustible materials or fire-retardant-treated wood equivalent to that required for the roof construction. M2301.2.3 Pressure and temperature relief. System components containing fluids shall be protected with pressure- and temperature-relief valves. Relief devices shall be installed in sections of the system so that a section cannot be valved off or isolated from a relief device. M2301.2.4 Vacuum relief. System components that might be subjected to pressure drops below atmospheric pressure during operation or shutdown shall be protected by a vacuum-relief valve. M2301.2.5 Protection from freezing. System components shall be protected from damage resulting from freezing of heat-transfer liquids at the winter design temperature provided in Table R301.2(1). Freeze protection shall be provided by heating, insulation, thermal mass and heat transfer fluids with freeze points lower than the winter design temperature, heat tape or other approved methods, or combinations thereof. Exception: Where the winter design temperature is greater than 32°F (0°C). M2301.2.6 Expansion tanks. Expansion tanks in solar energy systems shall be installed in accordance with Section M2003 in closed fluidloops that contain heat transfer fluid. M2301.2.7 Roof and wall penetrations. Roof and wall penetrations shall be flashed and sealed in accordance with Chapter 9 of this code to prevent entry of water, rodents and insects. M2301.2.8 Solar loop isolation. Valves shall be installed to allow the solar collectors to be isolated from the remainder of thc system. Each isolation valve shall be labeled with the open and closed position. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

M2301.2.9 Maximum temperature limitation. Systems shall be equipped with means to limit the maximum water temperature of the system fluid entering or exchanging heat with any pressurized vessel inside the dwelling to 180°F (82°C). This protection is in addition to the required temperature- and pressure-relief valves required by Section M2301.2.3. M2301.3 Labeling. Labeling shall comply with Sections M2301.3.1 and M2301.3.2. M2301.3.1 Collectors. Collectors shall be listed and labeled to show the manufacturer's name, model number, serial number, collector weight, collector maximum allowable temperatures and pressures, and the type of heat transfer fluids that are compatible with the collector. The label shall clarify that these specifications apply only to the collector. M2301.3.2 Thermal storage units. Pressurized thermal storage units shall be listed and labeled to show the manufacturer's name, model number, serial number, storage unit maximum and minimum allowable operating temperatures and pressures, and the type of heat transfer fluids that are compatible with the storage unit. The label shall clarify that these specifications apply only to the thermal storage unit. M2301.4 Prohibited heat transfer fluids. Flammable gases and liquids shall not be used as heat transfer fluids. M2301.5 Backflow protection. Connections from the potable water supply to solar systems shall comply with Scction P2902.4.5.


Part VI - Fuel Gas CHAPTER 24

FUEL GAS The text of this chapter is excerpted frorn the 2006 edition of the International Fuel Gas Code and has been modified where necessary to make such text conform to the scope of application of the Interr~utionalResidential Codefor One- and Two-Family Dwellings. The section numbers appearing in parentheses after each section number represent thc location of the corresponding text in the International Fuel Gas Code.

SECTION G2401 (101) GENERAL G2401.1 (101.2) Application. This chapter covers those fuelgas piping systems, fuel-gas utilization equipment and relatcd accessories,venting systems and combustion air configurations most commonly encountered in the construction of one- and two-family dwellings and structures regulated by this code. Coverage of piping systems shall extend from the point of delivery to the outlet of the equipment shutoff valves (see "Point of delivery"). Piping systems requirements shall include design, materials, components, fabrication, assembly, installation, testing, inspection, operation and maintenance. Requirements for gas utilization equipment and related accessories shall include installation, combustion and ventilation air and venting and connections to piping systems. The omission from this chapter of any material or method of installation provided for in the International Fuel Gas Code shall not be construed as prohibiting the use of such material or method of installation. Fuel-gas piping systems, fuel-gas utilization equipment and related accessories, venting systems and combustion air configurations not specifically covered in these chapters shall comply with the applicable provisions of the International Fuel Gus Code. Gaseous hydrogen systems shall be regulated by Chapter 7 of the International Fuel Gas Code. This chapter shall not apply to the following:

1. Liquified natural gas (LNG) installations. 2. Temporary LP-gas piping for buildings under construction or renovation that is not to become part of the permanent piping system. 3. Except as provided in Section G24 12.1.1, gas piping, meters, gas pressure regulators, and other appurtenances used by the serving gas supplier in the distribution of gas, other than undiluted LP-gas. 4. Portable LP-gas equipment of all types that is not connected to a fixed fuel piping system. 5. Portable fuel cell appliances that are neither connected to a fixed piping system nor interconnected to a power grid.

6, Installation of hydrogen gas, LP-gas andcompressed natural gas (CNG) systems on vehicles. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

SECTION G2402 (201) GENERAL G2402.1(201.1) Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this chapter, have the meanings indicated in this chapter. G2402.2 (201.2) Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense include the future; words in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes the plural and the plural, the singular. G2402.3 (201.3) Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not defined in this code and are defined in the ICC Electrical Code, International Building Code, International Fire Code, International Mechanical Code or International Plurnbing Code, such terms shall have meanings ascribed to them as in those codes. SECTION G2403 (202) GENERAL DEFINITIONS AIR CONDITIONING, GAS FIRED. A gas-burning, automatically operated appliance for supplying cooled and/or dehumidified air or chilled liquid. AIR, EXHAUST. Air being removed from any space or piece of equipment and conveyed directly to the atmosphere by means of openings or ducts. AIR-HANDLING UNIT. A blower or fan used for the purpose of distributing supply air to a room, space or area. AIR, MAKEUP. Air that is provided to replace air being exhausted. ALTERATION. A change in a system that involves an extension, addition or change to the arrangement, type orpurpose of the original installation. ANODELESS RISER. A transition assembly in which plastic piping is installed and terminated above ground outside of a building. APPLIANCE (EQUIPMENT). Any apparatus or equipment that utilizes gas as a fuel or raw material to produce light, heat, power, rcfrigeration or air conditioning. APPLIANCE, FAN-ASSISTED COMBUSTION. An appliance equipped with an integral mechanical means to either

FUEL GAS

draw or force products of combustion through the combustion chamber or heat exchanger.

APPLIANCE, AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED. Appliances equipped with an automatic burner ignition and safety shut-off device and other automatic devices, which accomplish complete turn-on and shut-off of the gas to the main burner or burners, and graduate the gas supply to the burner or burners, but do not affect complete shut-off of the gas. APPLIANCE, UNVENTED. An appliance designed or installed in such a manner that the products of combustion are not conveyed by a vent or chimney directly to the outside atmosphere. APPLIANCE, VENTED. An appliance designed and installed in such a manner that all of the products of combustion are conveyed directly from the appliance to the outside atmosphere through an approved chimney or vent system.

I

APPROVED. Acceptable to the code official or other authority having jurisdiction. ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE. The pressure of the weight of air and water vapor on the surface of the earth, approximately 14.7 pounds per square inch (psia) (101 Wa absolute) at sea level. AUTOMATIC IGNITION. Ignition of gas at the burner(s) when the gas controlling device is turned on, including reignition if the flames on the bumer(s) have been extinguished by means other than by the closing of the gas controlling device. BAROMETRIC DRAFT REGULATOR. A balanced damper device attached to a chimney, vent connector, breeching or flue gas manifold to protect combustion equipment by controlling chimney draft. A double-acting barometric draft regulator is one whose balancing damper is free to move in either direction to protect combustion equipment from both excessive draft and backdraft. BOILER, LOW-PRESSURE. A self-contained gas-fired appliance for supplying steam or hot water. Hot water heating boiler. A boiler in which no steam is generated, from which hot water is circulated for heating purposes and then returned to the boiler, and that operates at water pressures not exceeding 160 psig (1 100 Wa gauge) and at water temperatures not exceeding 250°F (121°C) at or near the boiler outlet.

BTU. Abbreviation for British thermal unit, which is the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 pound (454 g) of water 1°F (0.56OC) (1 Btu = 1055 J). BURNER. A device for the final conveyance of the gas, or a mixture of gas and air,to the combustion zone. Induced-draft. A burner that depends on draft induced by a fan that is an integral part of the appliance and is located downstream from the burner. Power. A burner in which gas, air or both are supplied at pressures exceeding, for gas, the line pressure, and for air, atmospheric pressure, with this added pressure being applied at the burner. CHIMNEY. A primarily vertical structure containing one or more flues, for the purpose of carrying gaseous products of combustion and air from an appliance to the outside atmosphere. Factory-built chimney. A listed and labeled chimney composed of factory-made components, assembled in the field in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the conditions of the listing. Masonry chimney.A field-constructed chimney composed of solid masonry units, bricks, stones or concrete. CLEARANCE. The minimum distance through air measured between the heat-producing surface of the mechanical appliance, device or equipment and the surface of the combustible material or assembly. CLOTHES DRYER. An appliance used to dry wet laundry by means of heated air. Type 1. Factory-built package, multiple production. Primarily used in the family living environment. Usually the smallest unit physically and in function output. CODE. These regulations, subsequent amendments thereto, or any emergency rule or regulation that the administrative authority having jurisdiction has lawfully adopted. CODE OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code, or a duly authorized representative. COMBUSTION.In the context of this code, refers to the rapid oxidation of fuel accompanied by the production of heat or heat and light.

Hot water supply boiler. A boiler, completely filled with water, which furnishes hot water to be used externally to itself, and that operates at water pressures not exceeding 160 psig (1100 kPa gauge) and at water temperatures not exceeding 250°F (121°C) at or near the boiler outlet.

COMBUSTION CHAMBER. The portion of an appliance within which combustion occurs.

Steam heating boiler. A boiler in which steam is generated and that operates at a steam pressure not exceeding 15 psig (100 W a gauge).

COMBUSTION PRODUCTS. Constituents resulting from the combustion of a fuel with the oxygen of the air, including the inert gases, but excluding excess air.

BRAZING. A metal joining process wherein coalescence is produced by the use of a nonferrous filler metal having a melting point above l,OOO°F (53X°C), but lower than that of the base metal being joined. The filler material is distributed between the closely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillary action.

COMBUSTION AIR. Air necessary for complete combustion of a fuel, including theoretical air and excess air.

concealed.

FUEL GAS

CONCEALED PIPING. Piping that is located in a concealed location (see "Concealed location"). CONDENSATE. The liquid that condenses from a gas (including flue gas) caused by a reduction in temperature or increase in pressure. CONNECTOR. The pipe that connects an approved appliance to a chimney, flue or vent. CONNECTOR, APPLIANCE (Fuel). Rigid metallic pipe and fittings, semirigid metallic tubing and fittings or a listed and labeled device that connects an appliance to the gas piping system. CONNECTOR, CHIMNEY OR VENT. The pipe that connects an appliance to a chimney or vent. CONTROL. A manual or automatic device designed to regulate thc gas, air, water or electrical supply to, or operation of, a mechanical system.

Natural draft. The pressure difference created by a vent or chimney because of its height, and the temperature difference between the flue gases and the atmosphere. DRAFT HOOD. A nonadjustable device built into an appliance, or made as part of the vent connector from an appliance, that is designed to (1) provide for ready escape of the flue gases from the appliance in the event of no draft, backdraft, or stoppage beyond the draft hood, (2) prevent a backdraft from entering the appliance, and (3) neutralize the effect of stack actionof the chimney or gas vent upon operation of the appliance. DRAFT REGULATOR. A device that functions to maintain a desired draft in the appliance by automatically reducing the draft to the desired value. DRIP. The container placed at a low point in a system of piping to collect condensateand from which the condensate is removable.

CONVERSION BURNER. A unit consisting of a burner and its controls for installation in an appliance originally utilizing another fuel.

DUCT FURNACE. A warm-air fumace normally installed in an air-distribution duct to supply warm air for heating. This defmition shall apply only to a warm-air heating appliance that depends for air circulation on a blower not furnished as part of the furnace.

CUBIC FOOT. The amount of gas that occupies 1 cubic foot (0.02832 m3)when at a temperature of 60°F (16"C), saturated with water vapor and under a pressure equivalent to that of 30 inches of mercury (101 kPa).

DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation.

DAMPER. A manually or automatically controlled device to regulate draft or the rate of flow of air or combustion gases.

EQUIPMENTI. See "Appliance."

DECORATIVE GAS APPLIANCE, VENTED. A vented appliance wherein the primary function lies in the aesthetic effect of the flames. DECORATIVE GAS APPLIANCES FOR INSTALLATION IN VENTED FIREPLACES. A vented appliance designed for installation within the fire chamber of a vented fireplace, wherein the primary function lies in the aesthetic effect of the flames. DEMAND. The maximum amount of gas input required per unit of time, usually expressed in cubic feet per hour, or BtuJh (1 Btuh = 0.293 1 W). DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the "design flood," including wave height, relative to the datum specified on the community's legally designated flood hazard map. DILUTION AIR. Air that is introduced into a draft hood and is mixed with the flue gases. DIRECT-VENT APPLIANCES. Appliances that are constructed and installed so that all air for combustion is derived directly from the outside atmosphere and all flue gases are discharged directly to the outside atmosphere. DRAFT. The pressure difference existing between the equipment or any component part and the atmosphere, that causes a continuous flow of air and products of combustion through the gas passages of the appliance to the atmosphere. Mechanical or induced draft. The pressure difference created by the action of a fan, blower or ejector that is located between the appliance and thc chimney or vent termination. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FIREPLACE. A fire chamber and hearth constructed of noncombustible material for use with solid fuels and provided with a chimney. Masonry fireplace. A heath and fire chamber of solid masonry units such as bricks, stones, listedmasonry units or reinforced concrete, provided with a suitable chimney. Factory-built fireplace. A fireplace composed of listed factorv-built comDonents assembled in accordance with the tcrms of listing to form the completed fireplace. n A M E SAFEGUARD. A device that will automatically shut off the fuel supply to a main burner or group of burners when the means of ignition of such burners becomes inoperative, and when flame failure occurs on the burner or group of burners. FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The greater of the following two areas:

1. The area within a floodplain subject to a 1 percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year. 2. This area designated as a flood hazard area on a community's flood hazard map, or otherwise legally designated. FLOOR FURNACE. A completely self-contained furnace suspended from the floor of the space being heated, taking air for combustion from outside such space and with means for observing flames and lighting the appliance from such space. FLUE, APPLIANCE. The passage(s) within an appliance through which combustion products pass from the combustion chamber of the appliance to the draft hood inlet opening on an appliance equipped with a draft hood or to the outlet of the appliance on an appliance not equipped with a draft hood.

I

FUEL GAS

FLUE COLLAR. That portion of an appliance designed for the attachment of a draft hood, vent connector or venting system.

I

FLUE GASES. Products of combustion plus excess air in appliance flues or heat exchangers. FLUE LINER (LINING). A system or material used to form the inside surface of a flue in achimney or vent, for the purpose of protecting the surrounding structure from theeffects of combustion products and for conveying combustion products without leakage to the atmosphere. FUEL GAS. A natural gas, manufactured gas, liquefied petroleum gas or mixtures of these gases. FUEL GAS UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT. See "Appliance." FURNACE. A completely self-contained heating unit that is designed to supply heated air to spaces remote from or adjacent to the appliance location. FURNACE, CENTRAL FURNACE. A self-contained appliance for heating air by transfer of heat of combustion through metal to the air, and designed to supply heated air through ducts to spaces remote from or adjacent to the appliance location. FURNACE PLENUM. An air compartment or chamber to which one or more ducts are connected and which forms part of an air distribution system. GAS CONVENIENCE OUTLET. A permanently mounted, manually operated device that provides the means for comecting an appliance to, and disconnecting an appliance from, the gas supply piping. The device includes an integral, manually operated valve with a nondisplaceable valve member and is designed so that disconnection of an appliance only occurs when the manually operated valve is in the closed position. GAS PIPING. An installation of pipe, valves or fittings installed on a premises or in a building and utilized to convey fuel gas. GAS UTILIZATION EQULPMENT. An appliance that utilizes gas as a fuel or raw material or both. HAZARDOUS LOCATION. Any location considered to be a fire hazard for flammable vapors, dust, combustible fibers or other highly combustible substances. The location is not necessarily categorized in the International Building Code as a high-hazard use group classification. HOUSE PIPING. See "Piping system." IGNITION PILOT. A pilot that operates during the lighting cycle and discontinues during main burner operation. IGNITION SOURCE. A flame spark or hot surface capable of igniting flammable vapors or fumes. Such sources include appliance burners, burner ignitors and electrical switching devices. INFRARED RADIANT HEATER. A heater which directs a substantial amount of its energy output in the form of infrared radiant energy into the area to be heated. Such heaters are of either the vented or unvented type. JOINT, FLARED. A metal-to-metal compression joint in which a conical spread is made on the end of a tube that is compressed by a flare nut against a mating flare.

JOINT, MECHANICAL. A general form of gas-tight joints obtained by the joining of metal parts through a positive-holding mechanical construction, such as flanged joint, threaded. joint, flared joint or compression joint. JOINT, PLASTIC ADHESIVE. A joint made in thermoset plastic piping by the use of an adhesive substance which forms a continuous bond between the mating surfaces without dissolving either one of them. LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS or LPG (LP-GAS). Liquefied petroleum gas composed predominately of propane, propylene, butanes or butylenes, or mixtures thereof that is gaseous under normal atmospheric conditions, but is capable of being liquefied under moderate pressure at normal temperatures. LIVING SPACE. Space within a dwelling unit utilized for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, bathing, washing and sanitation purposes. LOG LIGHTER, GAS-FIRED. A manually operated solid-fuel ignition appliance for installation in a vented solid-fuel-burning fireplace.

MAIN BURNER. A device or group of devices essentially forming an integral unit for the final conveyance of gas or a mixture of gas and air to the combustion zone, and on which combustion takes place to accomplish the function for which the appliance is designed.

METER. The instrument installed to measure the volume of gas delivered through it. MODULATING. Modulating or throttling is the action of a control from its maximum to minimum position in either predetermined steps or increments of movement as caused by its actuating medium. OFFSET (VENT). A combination of approved bends that make two changes in direction bringing one section of the vent out of line, but into a line parallel with the other section. OUTLET. A threaded connection or bolted flange in a pipe system to which a gas-burning appliance is attached. OXYGEN DEPLETION SAFETY SHUTOFF SYSTEM (ODs). A system designed to act to shut off the gas supply to the main and pilot burners if the oxygen in the surrounding atmosphere is reduced below a predetermined level. PILOT. A small flame that is utilized to ignite the gas at the main burner or burners. PIPING. Where used in this code, "piping" refers to either pipe or tubing, or both. Pipe. A rigidconduit of iron, steel, copper, brass or plastic.

Tubing. Semirigid conduit of copper, aluminum, plastic or steel. PIPING SYSTEM. All fuel piping, valves, and fittings from the outlet of the point of delivery to the outlets of the equipment shutoff valves. PLASTIC, THERMOPLASTIC. A plastic that is capable of being repeatedly softened by increase of temperature and hardened by decrease of temperature. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

C

FUEL GAS

POINT OF DELIVERY. For natural gas systems, the point of delivery is the outlet of the service meter assembly or the outlet of the service regulator or service shutoff valve where a meter is not provided. Where a valve is provided at the outlet of the service meter assembly, such valve shall be considered to be downstream of the point of delivery. For undiluted liquefied petroleum gas systems, the point of delivery shall be considered to be the outlet of the first regulator that reduces pressure to 2 psig (13.8 kPa) or less.

I

Reseating or self-closing type. An automatic valve which opens and closes a relief vent, depending on whether the temperature is above or below a predetermined value. RELlEF VALVE, VACUUM. A valve that automatically opens and closes a vent for relieving a vacuum within the hot water supply system, depending on whether the vacuum is above or below a predetermined value. RISER, GAS. A vcrtical pipe supplying fuel gas.

PRESSURE DROP. The loss in pressure due to friction or obstruction in pipes, valves, fittings, regulators and burners.

ROOM HEATER, UNVENTED. See "Unvented room heater."

PRESSURE TEST. An operation performed to verify the gas-tight integrity of gas piping following its installation or modification.

ROOM HEATER, VENTED. A free-standing gas-fired heating unitusedfor directheating of the space in and adjacent to that in which the unit is located. [See also "Vented room heater."] SAFETY SHUTOFF DEVICE. See "Flame safeguard."

READY ACCESS (TO). That which enables a device, appliance or equipment to be directly reached, without requiring the removal or movement of any panel, door or similar obstruction. (See "Access.") REGULATOR. A device for controlling and maintaining a uniform gas supply pressure, either pounds-to-inches water column (MP regulator) or inches-to-inches water column (appliance regulator). REGULATOR, GAS APPLIANCE. A pressure regulator for controlling pressure to the manifold of gas equipment. REGULATOR, LINE GAS PRESSURE. A device placed in a gas line between the service pressure regulator and the equipment for controlling, maintaining or reducing the pressure in that portion of the piping system downstream of the device. REGULATOR, MEDIUM-PRESSURE (MP Regulator). A line pressure regulator that reduces gas pressure from the range of greater than 0.5 psig (3.4 kPa) and less than or equal to 5 psig (34.5 kPa) to a lower pressure. REGULATOR, PRESSURE. A device placed in a gas line for reducing, controlling and maintaining the pressure in that portion of the piping system downstream of the device. REGULATOR, SERVICE PRESSURE. A device installed by the serving gas supplier to reduce and limit the service line gas pressure to delivery pressure. RELIEF OPENING. The opening provided in a draft hood to permit the ready escape to the atmosphere of the flue products from the draft hood in the event of no draft, backdraft or stoppage beyond the draft hood, and to permit air into the draft hood in the event of a strong chimney updraft. RELIEF VALVE (DEVICE). A safety valve designed to forestall the development of a dangerous condition by relieving either pressure, temperature or vacuum in the hot water supply system. RELIEF VALVE, PRESSURE. An automatic valve which opens and closes a relief vent, depending on whether the pressure is above or below a predetermined value. RELIEF VALVE, TEMPERATURE Monud reset type. A valve which automatically opens a relief vent at a predetermined temperature and which must be manually returned to the closed position. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

SHAFT. An enclosed space extending through one or more stories of a building, connecting vertical openings in successive floors, or floors and the roof. SPECIFIC GRAVITY. As applied to gas, specific gravity is the ratio of the weight of a given volume to that of the same volume of air, both measured under the same condition. THERMOSTAT Electric switch type. A device that senses changes in temperature and controls electrically, by means of separate components, the flow of gas to the burner(s) to maintain selected temperatures. Integral gas valve type. An automatic device, actuated by temperature changes, designed to control the gas supply to the burner(s) in order to maintain temperatures between predetermined limits, and in which the thcnnal actuating element is an integral part of the device. 1. Graduating thermostat. A thermostat in which the motion of the valve is approximately in direct proportion to the effective motion of the thern~alelement induced by temperature change. 2. Snap-acting thermostat. A thermostat in which the thermostatic valve travels instantly from the closed to the open position, and vice versa. TRANSITION FITTINGS, PLASTIC TO STEEL. An adapter for joining plastic pipe to steel pipe. The purpose of this fitting is to provide a permanent, pressure-tight connection between two materials that cannot be joined directly one to another. UNIT HEATER High-staticpressure type. A self-contained, automatically controlled, vented appliance having integral means for circulation of air against 0.2 inch (15 mmH,O) or greater static pressure. Such appliance is equipped with provisions for attaching an outlet air duct and, where the appliance is for indoor installation remote from the space to be heated, is also equipped with provisions for attaching an inlet air duct. Low-static pressure type. A self-contained, automatically controlled, vented appliance, intended for installation in the space to be heated without the use of ducts, having integral means for circulation of air. Such units are allowed to be

FUEL GAS

equipped with louvers or face extensions made in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

UNVENTED ROOM HEATER. An unvented heating appliance designed for stationary installation and utilized to provide comfort heating. Such appliances provide radiant heat or convection heat by gravity or fan circulation directly from the heater and do not utilize ducts. VALVE. A device used in piping to control the gas supply to any section of a system of piping or to an appliance. Automatic. An automatic or semiautomatic device consisting essentially of a valve and operator that control the gas supply to the burner(s) during operation of an appliance. The operator shall be actuated by application of gas pressure on a flexible diaphragm, by electrical means, by mechanical means or by other approved means. Automatic gas shutoff.A valveused in conjunction with an automatic gas shutoff device to shut off the gas supply to a water heating system. It shall be constructedintegrally with the gas shutoff device or shall be a separate assembly. Equipment shutoff. A valve located in the piping system, used to isolate individual equipment for purposes such as service or replacement. Individual main burner. A valve that controls the gas supply to an individual main burner. Main burner control. A valve that controls the gas supply to the main burner manifold. Manual main gas-control. A manually operated valve in the gas line for the purpose of completely turning on or shutting off the gas supply to the appliance, except to pilot or pilots that are provided with independent shutoff. Manual reset. An automatic shutoff valve installed in the gas supply piping and set to shut off when unsafe conditions occur. The device remains closed until manually reopened. Service shutoff. A valve, installed by the serving gas supplier between the service meter or source of supply and the customer piping system, to shut off the entire piping system. VENT. A pipe or other conduit composed of factory-made components, containing a passageway for conveying combustion products and air to the atmosphere, listed and labeled for use with a specific type or class of appliance. Special gas vent. A vent listed and. labeled for use with listed Category 11,111and IV gas appliances. Type B vent. A vent listed and labeled for use with appliances with draft hoods and other Category I appliances that are listed for use with Type B vents. Type BW vent. A vent listed and labeled for use with wall furnaces. Type L vent. A vent listed and labeled for use with appliances that are listed for use with Type L or Type B vents. VENT CONNECTOR. See "Connector."

VENT PIPING Breather. Piping run from a pressure-regulating device to the outdoors, designed to provide a reference to atmospheric pressure. If the device incorporates an integral pressure relief mechanism, a breather vent can also serve as a relief vent. Relief. Piping run from a pressure-regulating or pressure-limiting device to the outdoors, designed to provide for the safe venting of gas in the event of excessive pressure in the gas piping system. VENTED GAS APPLIANCE CATEGORIES. Appliances that are categorized for the purpose of vent selection are classified into the following four categories: Category I. An appliance that operates with a nonpositive vent static pressure and with a vent gas temperature that avoids excessive condensate production in the vent. Category 11. An appliance that operates with a nonpositive vent static pressure and with a vent gas temperature that is capable of causing excessive condensate production in the vent. Category 111. An appliance that operates with a positive vent static pressure and with a vent gas temperature that avoids excessive condensate production in the vent. Category IV. An appliance that operates with a positive vent static pressure and with a vent gas temperature that is capable of causing excessive condensate production in the vent. VENTED ROOM HEATER. A vented self-contained, free-standing, nonrecessed appliance for furnishing warm air to the space in which it is installed, directly from the heater without duct connections. VENTED WALL FURNACE. A self-contained vented appliance complete with grilles or equivalent, designed for incorporation in or permanent attachment to the structure of a building, mobile home or travel trailer, and furnishing heated air circulated by gravity or by a fan directly into the space to be heated through openings in the casing. This definition shall exclude floor furnaces, unit heaters and central furnaces as herein defined. VENTING SYSTEM. A continuous open passageway from the flue collar or draft hood of an appliance to the outside atmosphere for the purpose of removing flue or vent gases. A venting system is usually composed of a vent or a chimney and vent connector, if used, assembled to form the open passageway. WALL HEATER, UNVENTED TYPE. A room heater of the type designed for insertion in or attachment to a wall or partition. Such heater does not incorporate concealed venting arrangements in its construction and discharges all products of combustion through the front into the room being heated. WATER HEATER. Any heating appliance or equipment that heats potable water and supplies such water to the potable hot water distribution system.


FUEL GAS

SECTION G2404 (301) GENERAL G2404.1(30l.l) Scope. This section shall govern the approval and installation of all equipment and appliances that comprise parts of the installations regulated by this code in accordance with Section G2401. G2404.2 (301.1.1) Otherfuels. The requirements for combustion and dilution air for gas-fired appliances shall be governed by Section G2407. The requirements for combustion and dilution air for appliances operating with fuels other than fuel gas shall be regulated by Chapter 17.

I

G2404.3 (301.3) Listed and labeled. Appliances regulated by this code shall be listed and labeled for the application in which they are used unless otherwise approved in accordance with Section R104.11. The approval of unlisted appliances in accordance with Section R104.11 shall be based upon approved engineering evaluation. G2404.4 (301.8) Vibration isolation. Where means for isolation of vibration of an appliance is installed, an approved means for support and restraint of that appliance shall be provided. G2404.5 (301.9) Repair. Defective material or parts shall be replaced or repaired in such a manner so as to preserve the original approval or listing. G2404.6 (301.10) Wind resistance. Appliances and supports that are exposed to wind shall be designed and installed to resist the wind pressures determined in accordance with this code. G2404.7 (301.11) Flood hazard. For structures located in flood hazard areas, the appliance, equipment and systeminstallations regulated by this code shall be located at or above the design flood elevation and shall comply with the flood-resistant construction requirements of Section R323. Exception: The appliance. equipment and system installations regulated by this code are permitted to be located below the design flood elevationprovided that they are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components and to resist hydrostatic and hy drodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to the design flood elevation and shall comply with the flood-resistant construction requirements of Section R323.

G2404.8 (301.12) Seismic resistance.When earthquakeloads are applicable in accordance with this code, the supports shall be designed and installed for the seismic forccs in accordance with this code. G2404.9 (301.14) Rodentproofing. Buildings or structures and the walls enclosing habitable or occupiable rooms and spaces in which persons live, sleep or work, or in which feed, food or foodstuffs are stored, prepared, processed, served or sold, shall be constructed to protect against the entry of rodents.

I

G2404.10 (307.5) Auxiliary drain pan. Category IV condensing appliances shall be provided with an auxiliary drain pan wherc damage to any building component will occur as a result of stoppage in the condensate drainage system. Such pan shall 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section M1411. Exception: An auxiliary drain pan shall not be required for appliances that automatically shut down operation in the event of a stoppage in the condensate drainage system.

SECTION G2405 (302) STRUCTURAL SAFETY G2405.1 (302.1) Structural safety. The building shall not be weakened by the installation of any gas piping. In the process of installing or repairing any gas piping, the finished floors, walls, ceilings, tile work or any other part of the building orpremises which are required to be changed or replaced shall be left in a safe structural condition in accordance with the requirements of this code. 62405.2 (302.4) Alterations to trusses. Truss members and components shall not be cut, drilled, notched, spliced or otherwise altered in any way without the written concurrence and approval of a registered design professional. Alterations resulting in the addition of loads to any mcmber (e.g., HVAC equipment, water heaters) shall not be permitted without verification that the truss is capable of supporting such additional loading. G2405.3 (302.3.1)Engineeredwood products. Cuts, notches and holes bored in trusses, structural composite lumber, structural glued-laminated members and I-joists are prohibited except where permitted by the manufacturer's recommendations or where the effects of such alterations are specifically considered in the design of the member by a registered design professional.

SECTION G2406 (303) APPLIANCE LOCATION G2406.1 (303.1) General. Appliances shall be located as required by this section, specific requirements elsewhere in this code and the conditions of the equipment and appliance listing. G2406.2 (303.3) Prohibited locations. Appliances shall not be located in sleeping rooms, bathrooms, toilet rooms, storage closcts or surgical rooms, or in a space that opens only into such rooms or spaces, except where the installation complies with one of the following: 1. The appliance is a direct-vent appliance installed in accordance with the conditions of the listing and the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Vented room heaters, wall furnaces, vented decorative appliances, vented gas fireplaces, vented gas fireplace heaters and decorative appliances for installation in vented solid fuel-burning fireplaces are installed in rooms that meet the required volume criteria of Section G2407.5. 3. A single wall-mounted unvented room heater is installed in a bathroom and such unvented room heater is equipped as specified in Section G2445.6 and has an input rating not grcatcr than 6,000 Btu/h ( I .76 kW). The

I

FUEL GA3

bathroom shall meet the required volume criteria of Section G2407.5. 4. A single wall-mounted unvented room heater is installed in a bedroom and such unvented room heater is equipped as specified in Section G2445.6 and has an input rating not greater than 10,000 Btu/h (2.93 kW). The bedroom shall meet the required volume criteria of Section G2407.5. 5. The appliance is installed in a room or space that opens only into a bedroom or bathroom, and such room or space is used for no other purpose and is provided with a solid weather-stripped door equipped with an approved self-closing device. All combustion air shall be taken directly from the outdoors in accordance with Section G2407.6. G2406.3 (303.6) Outdoor locations. Equipment installed in outdoor locations shall be either listed for outdoor installation or provided with protection from outdoor environmental factors that influence the operability, durability and safety of the equipment.

SECTION G2407 (304) COMBUSTION, VENTILATION AND DILUTION AIR G2407.1(304.1) General. Air for combustion, ventilation and I dilution of flue gases for appliances installed in buildings shall be provided by application of one of the methods prescribed in Sections G2407.5 through G2407.9. Where the requirements of Section G2407.5 are not met, outdoor air shall be introduced in accordance with one of the methods prescribed in Sections G2407.6 through G2407.9. Direct-vent appliances, gas appliances of other than natural draft design and vented gas appliances other than Category I shall be provided with combustion, I ventilation and dilution air in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's instructions. Exception: Type I clothes dryers that are provided with makeup air in accordance with Section G2439.4.

I G2407.2 (304.2) Appliance location. Appliances shall be located so as not to interfere with proper circulation of combustion, ventilation and dilution air. G2407.3 (3043) Draft hood/regulator location. Where used, a draft hood or a barometric draft regulator shall be installed in I the same room or enclosure as the appliance served so as to prevent any difference in pressure between the hood or regulator and the combustion air supply.

municating directly with the space in which the appliances are installed through openings not furnished with doors, and through combustion air openings sized and located in accordance with Section G2407.5.3, are considered to be part of the required volume. G2407.5.1 (304.5.1) Standard method. The minimum required volume shall be 50 cubic feet per 1,000 Btuh (4.8 m3/kW). G2407.5.2 (304.5.2) Known air-infiltration-rate method. Where the air infiltration rate of a structure is known, the minimum required volume shall be determined as follows: For appliances other than fan assisted, calculate volume using Equation 24-1. Required Volume,,,,, 2 -

(Equation 24-1) For fan-assisted appliances, calculate volume using Equation 24-2. Required Volume,, 2

-

ACH

1,000Btu/ hr

(Equation 24-2) where:

I,,,

= All appliances other than fan assisted (input in

Btuh). = Fan-assisted appliance (input in Btuh).

I ACH = Air change per hour (percent of volume of space exchanged per hour, expressed as a decimal). For purposes of this calculation, an infiltration rate greater than 0.60 ACH shall not be used in Equations 24-1 and 24-2. G2407.5.3 (304.5.3) Indoor opening size and location. Openings used to connect indoor spaces shall be sized and located in accordance with Sections G2407.5.3.1 and G2407.5.3.2 (see Figure G2407.5.3).

G2407.4 (304.4) Makeup air provisions. Makeup air requirements for the operation of exhaust fans, kitchen ventilation systems, clothes dryers and fireplaces shall be considered in determining the adequacy of a space to provide combustion air requirements.

G2407.5.3.1 (304.5.3.1) Combining spaces on the same story. Each opening shall have a minimum free area of I square inch per 1,000 Btulh (2,200 mrn2/kW)of the total input rating of all appliances in the space, but not I less than 100 square inches (0.06 m2).One opening shall commence within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top and one opening shall commence within 12 inches (305 rnm) of the bottom of the enclosure. The minimum dimension of air openings shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm).

G2407.5 (304.5) Indoor combustion air. The required volume of indoor air shall be determined in accordance with Section G2407.5.1 or G2407.5.2, except that where the air infiltration rate is known to be less than 0.40 air changes per hour (ACN), Section G2407.5.2 shall be used. The total required volume shall be the sum of the required volume calculated for all appliances located within the space. Rooms com-

G2407.5.3.2 (304.5.3.2) Combining spaces in different stories. The volumes of spaces in different stories shall be considered as communicating spaces where such spaces are connected by one or more openings in doors or floors having a total minimum free area of 2 square inches per 1,000Btuh (4402 mm2/kW)of total input ratI ing of all appliances. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FUEL GAS

CHIMNEY OR GAS VENT

JRNACE \

OPENING

11 1 L

ALTERNATE OPENING LOCATION

OPENING

FIGURE G2407.5.3 (304.5.3) ALL AIR FROM INSIDE THE BUILDING (see Section 2407.5.3)

G2407.6 (304.6) Outdoor combustion air. Outdoor combustion air shall be provided through opening(s) to the outdoors in accordance with Section G2407.6.1 or G2407.6.2. The minimum dimension of air openings shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm). G2407.6.1 ( 304.6.1) Two-permanent-openings method. Two permanent openings, one commencing within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top and one commencing within 12 inches (305 mm) of the bottom of the enclosure, shall be provided. The openings shall communicate directly, or by ducts, with the outdoors or spaces that freely communicate with the outdoors.

I

I

Where directly communicating with the outdoors, or where communicating with the outdoors through vertical ducts, each opening shall have a minimum free area of 1 square inch per 4,000 Btuh (550 mm2/kW) of total input rating of all appliances in the enclosure [see Figures G2407.6.1(1) and G2407.6.1(2)]. Where communicating with the outdoors through horizontal ducts, each opening shall have a minimum free area of not less than 1 square inch per 2,000 Btulh (1,100 mm2/kW)of total input rating of all appliances in the enclosure [see Figure (32407.6.1(3)]. 62407.6.2 (304.6.2) One-permanent-opening method. One permanent opening, commencing within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of the enclosure, shall be provided. The appliance shall have clearances of at least 1 inch (25 mm) from the sides and back and 6 inches (152 mm) from the fiont of the appliance. The opening shall directly communicate with the outdoors or through a vertical or horizontal duct to the outdoors, or spaces that freely communicate with the outdoors (see Figure G2407.6.2) and shall have a minimum free area of 1 square inch per 3,000 Btu/h (734 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FIGURE G2407.6.2 (304.6.2) SINGLE COMBUSTION AIR OPENING, ALL AIR FROM OUTDOORS (see Section 304.6.2)

mmz/kW)of the total input rating of all appliances located in I the enclosure and not less than the sum of the areas of all vent connectors in the space.

G2407.7 (304.7) Combination indoor and outdoor combustion air. The use of a combination of indoor and outdoor combustion air shall be in accordance with Sections (32407.7.1 through (32407.7.3. G2407.7.1 (304.7.1) Indoor openings. Where used, openings connecting the interior spaces shall comply with Section G2407.5.3. G2407.7.2 (304.7.2) Outdoor opening location. Outdoor opening(s) shall be located in accordance with Section G2407.6. G2407.7.3 (304.7.3) Outdoor opening(s) size. The outdoor opening(s) sizc shall be calculated in accordance with the following: 1. The ratio of interior spaces shall be the available volume of all communicating spaces divided by thc required volume. 2. The outdoor size reduction factor shall be one minus the ratio of interior spaces. 3. The minimum size of outdoor opening(s) shall be the fill1 size of outdoor opening(s) calculated in accordance with Section (32407.6, multiplied by the reduction factor. The minimum dimension of air openings shall be not less than 3 inches (76 rnnl). G2407.8 (304.8) Engineered installations. Engineered combustion air installations shall provide an adequate supply of combustion, ventilation and dilution air and shall be approved.

FUEL GAS

ION LOUVERS CHIMNEY

GAS VENT

5 4

WATER HEAT ALTERNATE

VENTIMTION LOUVERS FOR UNHEATED CRAWL SPACE FIGURE G2407.6.1(1) [304.6.1(1)] ALL AIR FROM OUTDOOR-INLET AIR FROM VENTILATED CRAWL SPACE AND OUTLET AIR TO VENTILATED ATTIC (see Section G2407.6.1)

ENTl lATlON LOUVERS EACH END OF ATTIC)

24

CHIMNEY OR GAS VENT

OUTLET AIR

WATER HEATER

q k

0

a

-'[INLET AIR DUCT (ENDS 1 FT.) ABOVE FLOOR]

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. FIGURE G2407.6.1(2) [304.6.1(2)] ALL AIR FROM OUTDOORS THROUGH VENTILATED ATTIC (see Section G2407.6.1) 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

FUEL GAS

I

-

OUTLET AIR DUCT

t----i INLETAIR DUCT

0

I

I

FIGURE G2407.6.1(3) [304.6.1(3)] ALL AIR FROM OUTDOORS (see Section G2407.6.1)

62407.9 (304.9) Mechanical combustion air supply. Where all combustion air is provided by a mechanical air supply sYstem, the combustion air shall be supplied from the outdoors at a rate not less than 0.35 cubic feet per minute EKr 1,000 Btu/h (0.034 m3/min Per kW) of total input rating of all appliances located within the spacc. G2407.9.1 (304.9.1) Makeup air. Where exhaust fans are installed, makeup air shall be provided to replace the exhausted air. G2407.9.2 (304.9.2) Appliance interlock. Each of the appliances served shall be interlocked with the mechanical air supply system to prevent main burner operation when the mechanical air supply system is not in operation. G2407.93 (304.9.3) Combined combustion air and ventilation air system. Where combustion air is provided by the building's mechanical ventilation system, the system shall provide the specified combustion air rate in addition to the required ventilation air. G2407.10 (304.10) Louvers and grilles. The required size of openings for combustion, ventilation and dilution air shall be based on the net free area of each opening. Where the free area through a design of louver, grille or screen is known, it shall be used in calculating the size opening required to provide the free area specified. Where the design and free area of louvers and grilles are not known, it shall be aqsumed that wood louvers will have 25-percent free area and metal louvers and grilles will have


75-percent free area. Screens shall have a mesh size not smaller than '1, inch (6.4 -1. Nonmotorized louvers and grilles shall interb,fixed in the open position. Motorized louvers shall locked with the appliance so that they are proven to be in the I full open position prior to main burner ignition and during main burner o~eration.Means shall be provided to prevent the main burner from igniting if the louvers fail to open during burner start-up and to shut down the main burner if the louvers close during operation. 62407.11 (304.11) Combustion air ducts. Combustion air ducts shall comply with all of the following:

1. Ducts shall be constructed of galvanized steel complying with Chapter 16or of a material having equivalent corrosion resistance, strength and rigidity. Exception: Within dwellings units, unobstructed stud and joist spaces shall not be prohibited from conveying combustion air, provided that not more than one required fireblock is removed. 2. Ducts shall terminate in an unobstructed space allowing free movcmcnt of combustion air to the appliances.

3. Ducts shall serve a single enclosure. 4. Ducts shall not serve both upper and lower combustion air openings where both such openings are used. The separation between ducts serving upper and lower com-

1

FUEL GAS

bustion air openings shall be maintained to the source of coinbustion air. 5. Ducts shall not be screened where terminating in an attic space.

6. Horizontal upper combustion air ducts shall not slope downward toward the source of combustion air. 7. The remaining space surrounding a chimney liner, gas vent, special gas vent or plastic piping installed within a masonry, metal or factory-built chimney shall not be used to supply combustion air.

I

Exception: Direct-vent gas-fired appliances designed for installation in a solid fuel-burning fireplace where installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 8. Combustion air intake openings located on the exterior of a building shall have the lowest side of such openings located not less than 12 inches (305 mm) vertically from the adjoining grade level. G2407.12 (304.12) Protection from fumes and gases. Where corrosive or flammable process fumes or gases, other than products of combustion, are present, means for the disposal of such fumes or gases shall be provided. Such fumes or gases include carbon monoxide, hydrogen sulfide, ammonia, chlorine and halogenated hydrocarbons.

In barbershops, beauty shops and other facilities where chemicals that generate corrosive or flammable products, such I as aerosol sprays, are routinely used, nondirect vent-type appliances shall be located in a mechanical room separated or partitioned off from other areas with provisions for combustion air and dilution air from the outdoors. Direct-vent appliances shall be installed in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION (32408 (305) INSTALLATION G2408.1 (305.1) General. Equipment and appliances shall be installed as required by the terms of their approval, in accordance with the conditions of listing, themanufacturer's instructions and this code. Manufacturers' installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. Where a code provision is less restrictive than the conditions of the listing of the equipment or appliance or the manufacturer's installation instructions, the conditions of the listing and the manufacturer's installation instructions shall apply.

garages, repair garages, motor fuel-dispensing facilities and parking garages. For the purpose of this section, rooms or spaces that are not part of the living space of a dwelling unit and that communicate directly with a private garage through openings shall be considered to be part of the private garage.

Exception: Elevation of the ignition source is not required for appliances that are listed as flammable vapor ignition I resistant. G2408.3 (305.5) Private garages. Appliances located in private garages shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor.

Exception: The requirements of this section shall not apply where the appliances are protected from motor vehicle impact and installed in accordance with Section G2408.2. G2408.4 (305.7) Clearances from grade. Equipment and appliances installed at grade level shall be supported on a level concrete slab or other approved material extending above adjoining grade or shall be suspended a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) above adjoining grade. G2408.5 (305.8) Clearances to combustible construction. Heat-producing equipment and appliances shall be installed to maintain the required clearances to combustible construction as specified in the listing and manufacturer's instructions. Such clearances shall be reduced only in accordance with Section G2409. Clearances to combustibles shall include such considerations as door swing, drawer pull, overhead projections or shelving and window swing. Devices, such as door stops or limits and closers, shall not be used to provide the required clearances.

SECTION (32409 (308) CLEARANCE REDUCTION G2409.1 (308.1) Scope. This section shall govern the reduction in required clearances to combustible materials and combustible assemblies for chimneys, vents, appliances, devices and eaui~ment. A

3

Unlisted appliances approved in accordance with Section 2404.3 shall be limited to uses recommended by the manufact ~ u e rand shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, the provisions of this code and the requirements determined by the code official.

G2409.2 (308.2) Reduction table. The allowable clearance reduction shall be based on one of the methods specified in Table G2409.2 or shall utilize an assembly listed for such application. Where required clearances are not listed in Table G2409.2, the reduced clearances shall be determined by linear interpolation between the distances listed in the table. Reduced clearances shall not be derived by extrapolation below the range of the table. The reduction of the required clearances to combustibles for listed and labeled a ~ ~ l i a n cand e s eaui~ment shall be in accordance with the requirements of this section except that such clearances shall not be reduced where reduction is specifically prohibited by the terms of the appliance or equipment listing [see Figures G2409.2(1), G2409.2(2) and G2409.2(3)].

G2408.2 (305.3) Elevation of ignition source. Equipment and appliances having an ignition source shall be elevated such that the source of ignition is not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor in hazardous locations and public garages, private

G2409.3 (308.3) Clearances for indoor air-conditioning appliances. Clearance requirements for indoor air-conditioning appliances shall comply with Sections G2409.3.1 through G2409.3.5.

.

L

A

.


I

FUEL GAS

CONSTRUCTION USING COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL, PLASTERED OR UNPLASTERED \

SHEET METAL OR OTHER PROTECTION

GAS EQUIPMENT OR VENT CONNECTOR

NOTES: " A equals the clearance with no protection. "B" equals the reduced clearance permittedin accordance with Table G2409.2. The protection applied to the constmction using combustible mnterial shall extend far enough in each direction to make "C" equal t o "A."

FIGURE G2409.2(1) [308.2(1)] EXTENT OF PROTECTION NECESSARY TO REDUCE CLEARANCES FROM GAS EQUIPMENT OR VENT CONNECTORS

fl fi

AND TOP EOGES WITHSIDE OPEN

WALL PROTECTOR MOUNTED WITH ALL EOGES OPEN

MOUWEOWTH TOP

WALL PROTECT03 MOUNTED ON SINGLE FIAT WALL

i

WITH TOPANO BOTTOM

1-INCH NONCOMBUSTIBLE SPACER SUCH AS STACKED WASHERS, SMALLDIAMETER PIPE. TUBING OR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT.

WALL PROTECTOR INSTALLED IN CORNER

MASONRY WALLS CAN BE ATTACHED TO COMBUSTlBLE WALLS USING WALL TIES. DO NOT USE SPACERS DIRECTLY BEHIND APPLIANCE OR CONNECTOR.

For SI:

1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE G2409.2(2) [308.2(2)] WALL PROTECTOR CLEARANCE REDUCTION SYSTEM


FUEL GAS

G2409.3.5 (308.3.5) Clearance from supply ducts. Air-conditioning appliances shall have the clearance from I supply ducts within 3 feet (914 mm) of the furnace plenum be not less than that specified from the furnace plenum. Clearance is not necessary beyond this distance.

,-- - CCMBUSTlE!LE WALL 1-!W MlNlhlUM

IUUSPICEENICEN

A M

CDVaUSTIalY J U

I W H NOUIUAL

BRKUVIKL m T E UETU TIES

w u

mnou IWO TOP c a m OFBRICI(SSTIG0ERED F a VELITIST!W

A STRIP HEAW @WE STEEL USE0 FCSl IIDDEOSU-

--

--

-*'

h9:E DDWT PLACE WONRV Y(IUL TIES MRECTLY BEHlMl AWLlfflC6 S3UlYNFClCIi

FIGURE G2409.2(3) [308.2(3)] MASONRY CLEARANCE REDUCTION SYSTEM

G2409.3.1 (308.3.1) Appliances installed in rooms that are large in comparison with the size of the appliances. Air-conditioning appliances installed in rooms that are large in comparison with the size of the appliance shall be installed with clearances in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. G2409.3.2 (308.3.2) Appliances installed in rooms that are not large in comparison with the size of the appliances. Air-conditioning appliances installed in rooms that are not large in comparison with the size of the appliance, such as alcoves and closets, shall be listed for such installations and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Listed clearances shall not be reduced by the protection methods described in Table G2409.2, regardless of whether the enclosure is of combustible or noncombustible material. G2409.3.3 (308.3.3) Clearance reduction. Air-conditioning appliances installed in rooms that are large in comparison with the size of the appliance shall be permitted to be installed with reduced clearances to combustible material, provided the combustible material or appliance is protected as described in Table G2409.2. G2409.3.4 (308.3.4) Plenum clearances. Where the furnace plenum is adjacent to plaster on metal lath or noncombustible material attached to combustible material, the clearance shall be measured to the surface of the plaster or other noncombustible finish where the clearance specified is 2 inches (51 mm) or less.

D

G2409.4 (308.4) Central heating boilers and furnaces. Clearance requirements for central-heating boilers and furnaces shall comply with Sections G2409.4.1 through G2409.4.6. The clearance to these appliances shall not interfere with combustion air; draft hood clearance and relief; and accessibility for servicing. G2409.4.1 (308.4.1) Appliances installed in rooms that are large in comparison with the size of the appliances. Central-heating furnaces and low-pressure boilers installed in rooms large in comparison with the size of the appliance shall be installed with clearances in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. G2409.4.2 (308.4.2) Appliances installed in rooms that are not large in comparison with the size of the appliances. Central-heating furnaces and low-pressure boilers installed in rooms that are not large in comparison with the size of the appliance, such as alcoves and closets, shall be I listed for such installations. Listed clearances shall not be reduced by the protection methods described in Table G2409.2 and illustrated in Figures G2409.2(1) through G2409.2(3), regardless of whether the enclosure is of combustible or noncombustible material. G2409.4.3 (308.4.3) Clearance reduction. Central heating furnaces and low-pressure boilers installed in rooms that are large in comparison with the size of the equipment shall be permitted to be installed with reduced clearances to combustible material provided the combustible material or equipment is protected as described in Table G2409.2. G2409.4.4 (308.4.5) Plenum clearances. Where the furnace plenum is adjacent to plaster on metal lath or noncombustible material attached to combustible material, the clearance shall be measured to the surface of the plaster or other noncombustible finish where the clearance specified is 2 inches (5 1 mm) or less. G2409.4.5 (308.4.6) Clearance from supply ducts. Central-heating furnaces shall have the clearance from supply ducts within 3 feet (914 mm) of the furnace plenum be not less than that specified from the furnace plenum. No clearance is necessuy beyond this distance. G2409.4.6 (308.4.4) Clearance for servicing appliances. Front clearance shall be sufticient for servicing the burner and the furnace or boiler. SECTION G2410 (309) ELECTRICAL G2410.1(309.1) Grounding. Gas piping shall not be used as a grounding electrode.

G2410.2 (309.2) Connections. Electrical connections between gas utilization equipment and the building wiring, including the grounding of the equipment, shall conform to Chapters 33 through 42. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FUEL GAS

TABLE G2409.2 (308.2)8 '"'OUgh REDUCTION OF CLEARANCES WITH SPECIFIED FORMS O F PROTECTION -WHERE THE REQUIRED CLEARANCE WITH NO PROTECTION FROM APPLIANCE, VENT CONNECTOR, OR SINGLE-WALL METAL PIPE IS: (inches) 36

12

18

9

6

Allowable clearances with specified protection (inches) Use Column 1 for clearances above appliance or horizontal connector. Use Column 2

TYPE OF PROTECTIONAPPLIED TO AND COVERING ALL SURFACES OF COMBUSTIBLE

1. 3'/?-inch-thick masonry waIl without ventilated airspace

I-!

2. '/,-inch insulation board over I-inch glass fiber or mineral wool batts

3. 0.024-inch (nominal 24 gage) sheet metal over I-inch 18

glass fiber or mineral wool batts reinforced with wire

F-

12

9

6

12

-

6

-1

I

4. 3'12-inch-thick masonry wall with ventilated airspace

-

5. 0.024-inch (nominal 24 gage) sheet metal with ventilated airspace

18

-

9

12

6

6

-

4

,

,

-

5

3-

,

16. 'A-inch-thick insulation board with ventilated sir-

.

space

7. 0.024-inch (nominal 24 gage) sheet metal with ventilated airspace over 0.024-inch (nominal 24 gage) sheet metal with ventilated airspace

L

18

12

9

~

1

6

1

6

1

4

1

5

1

3

1

3

,

.

8. I-inch glass fiber or mineral wool batts sandwiched between two sheets 0.024-inch (nominal 24 gage) sheet metal with ventilated airspace

18

12

9

6

6

4

5

3

3

3

1

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, OC = [(OF - 32)11 .a], 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kghn", 1 Btu per inch per square foot per hour per "F = 0.144 wh2x K. a. Reduction of clearances from combustible materials shall not interfere with combustion air, draft hood clearance and relief, and accessibility of servicing. b. All clearances shall be mcasured from the outer surlace of the combustiblematerial to the ilearest point on the surface of the appliance, disregarding any intervening protection applied to the combustible material. c. Spacers and ties shall be of noncombustible material. No spacer or tie shall be used directly opposite an appliance or connector: d. For all clearance reduction systems using a ventilated airspace, adequate provision for air circulation shall be provided as described [see Figures G2409.2(2) and G2409.2(3)]. e. There shall be at least 1 inch between clearance reduction systems and comtustible walls and ceilings for reduction systems using ventilated airspace. f. Where a wall protector is mounted on o single flat wall away from corners, it shall have a minimum I-inch air gap. To provide air circulation,the bottom and top edges, or only the side and top edges, or all edges shall be left open. g. Mineral wool batts (blanket or board) shall have a minimum density of 8 pounds per cubic foot and a minimum melting point of 1500°F h. Insulation material used as part of a clearance reduction system shall have a thermal conductivity of 1.0 Btu per inch per square foot per hour per "F or less. i. There shall be at least 1 inch between the appliance and the protector. In no case shall the clearancebetween the appliance and the con~bustiblesurfacebe reduced below that allowed in this table. j. All clearances and thicknesses are minimum; largcr clcorances and Il~iclulessesare acceptable. k. Listed single-wall connectors shall be installed hi accordance with the manufacturer's instalidationinstructions.

SECTION G2411 (310) ELECTRICAL BONDING

SECTION G2412 (401) GENERAL

G2411.1 (310.1) Gas pipe bonding. Each above-ground portion of a gas piping system that is likely t o b e c o m e energized shall b e electrically continuous a n d bonded t o an effective ground-fault current path. G a s piping shall be considered t o be bonded w h e r e it is connected to appliances that a r e connected t o t h e equipment grounding conductor of the circuit supplying that appliance.

G2412.1 (401.1) Scope. This section shall govern the design, installation, modification and maintenance of piping systems. The applicability of this c o d e to piping systems extends f r o m t h e point of delivery t o the connections with the equipment a n d

I


i n c l u d e s t h e design, materials, c o m p o n e n t s , fabrication, assembly, installation, testing, inspection, operation and maintenance o f such piping systems.

FUEL GAS

TABLE G2413.2 (402.2) APPROXIMATE GAS INPUT FOR TYPICAL APPLIANCES

62412.1.1 (401.1.1) Utility piping systems located within buildings. Utility service piping located within buildings shall be installed in accordance with the structural safety and fire protection provisions of this code. 62412.2 (401.2) Liquefied petroleum gas storage. The storage system for liquefied petroleum gas shall be designed and installed in accordance with the International Fire Code and NFPA 58.

Space Heating Units

G2412.3 (401.3) Modifications to existing systems. In modifying or adding to existing piping systems, sizes shall be maintained in accordance with this chapter.

Warm-air furnace

Hydronic boiler Single family Multifamily, per unit Single family Multifamily, per unit

62412.4 (401.4) Additional appliances.Where an additional appliance is to be served, the existing piping shall be checked to determine if it has adequate capacity for all appliances served. If inadequate, the existing system shall be enlarged as required or separate piping of adequate capacity shall be provided.

Space and Water Heating Units Hydronic boiler Single family

1 62412.5 (401.5) Identification. For other than steel pipe,

per unit

exposed piping shall be identified by a yellow label marked "Gas" in black letters. The marking shall be spaced at intervals not exceeding 5 feet (1524 rnm). The marking shall not be required on pipe located in the same room as the equipment served.

62412.6 (401.6) Interconnections. Where two or more meters are installed on the same premises, but supply separate consumers, the piping systems shall not be interconnected on the outlet side of the meters. 62412.7 (401.7) Piping meter identification. Piping from multiple meter installations shall be marked with an approved permanent identification by the installer so that the piping system supplied by each meter is readily identifiable. G2412.8 (401.8) Minimum sizes. All pipe utilized for the installation, extension and alteration of any piping system shall be sized to supply the full number of outlets for the intended purpose and shall be sized in accordance with Section G24 13.

INPUT BTUlH (Approx.)

APPLIANCE --

Water Heating Appliances Water heater, automatic instantaneous Capacity at 2 gal./minute Capacity at 4 gal./minute Capacity at 6 gal./minute

1

Water heater, automatic storage, 30- to 40-gal. tank Water heater, automatic storage, 50-gal. tank

1 I

Water heater, domestic, circulating or side-am

35,000 50,000

I I

35,000 I

Cooking Appliances

1

Built-in oven or broiler unit, domestic Built-in top unit, domestic

1

25,000

1

40,000

I

40,000 35,000

1

3,000

Range, free-standing, domestic

Other Appliances

SECTION G2413 (402) PIPE SIZING 62413.1 (402.1) General considerations. Piping systems shall be of such size and so installed as to provide a supply of gas sufficient to meet the maximum demand without undue loss of pressure between the point of delivery and the appliance. G2413.2 (402.2) Maximum gas demand. The volume of gas to be provided, in cubic feet per hour, shall be determined directly from the manufacturer's input ratings of the appliances served. Where an input rating is not indicated, the gas supplier, appliance manufacturer or a qualified agency shall be contacted, or the rating from Table G2413.2 shall be used for estimating the volume of gas to be supplied. The total connected hourly load shall be used as the basis for I pipe sizing, assuming that all appliances could be operating at full capacity simultaneously. Where a diversity of load can be established, pipe sizing shall be permitted to be based on such loads.

I

I

378

Barbecue

(

Clothes dryer, Type 1 (domestic)

Gas fireplace, direct vent Gas light Gas log

(

Refrigerator

For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.293 W, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 Um.

62413.3 (402.3) Sizing. Gas piping shall be sized in accordance with one of the following: 1. Pipe sizing tables or sizing equations in accordance with Section G2413.4. 2. The sizing tables included in a listed piping system's manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Other approved engineering methods.


FUEL GAS

62413.4 (402.4) Sizing tables and equations. Where Tables G24 13.4(1) through G24 13.4(8) are used to size piping or tubing, the pipe length shall be determined in accordance with Section G2413.4.1, G2413.4.2 or G2413.4.3. Where Equations 24-3 and 24-4 are used to size piping or tubing, the pipe or tubing shall have smooth inside walls and the pipe length shall be determined in accordance with Section G2413.4.1, G2413.4.2 or G2413.4.3. 1. Low-pressure gas equation [Less than 1.5 pounds per squarc inch (psi) (10.3 kPa)]: ~0.381

(Equation 24-3)

2. High-pressure gas equation 11.5 psi (10.3 kPa) and above]:

determined using the longest run of piping and the load of the section. 2. The pipe size of each section of branch piping not previously sized shall be determined using the length of piping from the point of delivery to the most remote outlet in each branch and the load of the section. 62413.4.3 (402.4.3) Hybrid pressure. The pipe size for each section of higher pressure gas piping shall be determined using the longest length of piping from the point of delivery to the most remote line pressure regulator. The pipe size from the line pressure regulator to each outlet shall be determined using the length of piping from the regulator to the most remote outlet served by the regulator. 62413.5 (402.5) Allowable pressure drop. The design pressure loss in any piping system under maximum probable flow conditions, from the point of delivery to the inlet connection of the appliance, shall be such that the supply pressure at the appliance is greater than the minimum pressure required for proper appliance operation. 62413.6 (402.6) Maximum design operating pressure. The maximum design operating pressure for piping systems locatcd inside buildings shall not exceed 5 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (34 kPa gauge) except where one or more of the following conditions arc met: 1. The piping system is welded.

where:

D = Inside diameter of pipe, inches (mm).

Q = Input rate appliance(s), cubic feet per hour at 60°F (16°C) and 30-inch mercury column. P, = Upstream pressure, psia ( P I+ 14.7). P, = Downstream pressure, psia (P,+ 14.7). L = Equivalent length of pipe, feet. AH= Pressure drop, inch water column (27.7 inch water column = 1 psi). TABLE G2413.4 (402.4)

2. The piping is located in a ventilated chase or otherwise enclosed for protection against accidental gas accumulation. 3. The piping is a temporary installation for buildings under construction.

62413.6.1 (402.6.1) Liquefied petroleum gas systems. The operating pressure for undiluted LP-gas systems shall not exceed 20 psig (140 kPa gauge). Buildings having systems designed to operate below -5°F (-21°C) or with butane or a propane-butane mix shall be designed to either accommodate liquid LP-gas or prevent LP-gas vapor from condensing into a liquid.

C, AND Y VALUES FOR NATURAL GAS AND

UNDILUTED PROPANE AT STANDARD CONDITIONS

SECTION G2414 (403) PIPING MATERIALS Natural gas

0.6094

0.9992

For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m3,1 foot = 305 mm, 1 inch water column = 0.249 kPa, I pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa. 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.293 W.

62413.4.1 (402.4.1) Longest length method. The pipe size of each section of gas piping shall be determined using the longest length of piping from the point of delivery to the most remote outlet and the load of the section. 62413.4.2 (402.4.2) Branch length method. Pipe shall be sized as follows: 1. Pipe size of each section of the longest pipe run from the point of delivery tothe most remote outlet shall be 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

62414.1 (403.1) General. Materials used for piping systems shall comply with the requirements of this chapter or shall be approved. 62414.2 (403.2) Used materials. Pipe, fittings, valves or other materials shall not be used again unless they are free of foreign materials and have been ascertained to be adequate for the service intended. G2414.3 (403.3) Other materials. Material not covered by the standards specifications listed herein shall be investigated and tested to determine that it is safe and suitable for the proposed service, and, in addition, shall be recommended for that service by the manufacturer and shall be approved by the code official. 62414.4 (403.4) Metallic pipe. Metallic pipe shall comply with Sections G2414.4.1 and G2414.4.2.

I

FUEL GAS

TABLE G2413.4(1) [402.4(2)] SCHEDULE 40 METALLIC PlPE

PlPE SIZE (inch)

172

360

678

1

Capacity in Cubic Feet --of Gas per Hour

2-090

1,390

20 30

95

--40

81

-

170

50

1,680

60

65

70

60

22 83

-

77 71 250

30

63

25

53

99

203

305

587

23

49

92

189

:z-pz

283

546

300

57

,

350 400

I

22

46

21

43

20

266

512

251

484

:v

6.100

9,880

20,300

3,140

5,680

9,190

18,900 34,300 1 54,300 -

2,940

5,330

8,620

32,200

50,900

2,780

5,030

8,150

30,400

48,100

935

1,650 1,440

-m1,360

36,900

58,400

41

78

159

239

459

732

1,290

2,640

4,780

7,740

15,900

28.00

45,700

600

19 -

39

74

152

228

438

699

1,240

2,520

4,560

7,380

15,200

27,500

43,600

650

18--.p

38

71

145

218

420_

669

1,180

2,410

4,360

7)70_

14,500

26,400

41,800

700

17

36

68

140

209

403

643

1,140

2,320

4,190 6,790

14,000

25,300

40,100

750

17

35

66

135

202

389

619

1,090

2,230

4,040

6,540

38,600

800

16

1,060

2,160

3,900

6.320

1,020

2,090

3,780

6,110

992

2,020

3,6605,93012,200

22,100

35,000

3,550

11,800

21,500

34,000

11,500

20,e

33,100

~3 850

900

15

950

15 -

1,000 1.100

For S1:

1

14 14

1

,

63 61 59

'

l

375 ,

561

122

183

352

58

118

178

342

30 28

56 53

115 109

173 164

333 316

27

-5 1

104

156

,

579

31

1

8

363

'

1,960

---I

-5,760

y460yl

530 503

890

1,810

-301 480-

849

1,730

1

13,400

24,400

13,000

23,603

37.300

12,600

22,800

36,100

1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1-inch water column = 0.2488 kPa, I British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m'h. 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.

Notes: I. NA means a flow of less than 10 cfh. 2. All table entries have been rounded to three significant digits.

380


FUEL GAS

--

-

Gas

TABLE G2413.4(2) [402.4(3)] SCHEDULE 40 METALLIC PIPE .

--

~

Pressure Drop

1.0 psi

Specific Gravity

- .

-~

2.0 psi -

Inlet Pressure

-

Natural

0.60

PIPE SIZE (inch) Nominal

2

-0.622

Actual ID

2

-

1.049 -

0.824

1.380 .

2.067 ____

1.610 Capacity -- in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

Length (ft)

3.068

.-

4.026-

P A p

3,040

5,560

11,400

17,100

35925

52,500

92,800

2,150 1,070 -

3,930

8,070

12,100

23,300

37,100

65,600

10

1,510

- 20

30 -

869

1,760

3,210

6,590

9,880

40

753

1,520

2,780

5,710

8,550

50

673

1,360

2,490-

5,110

7,650

60

615

1,240

2,270

4,660

6,980

569

1,150

2,100

4,320

6,470

70

- g o

~

94,700

16.500 2 , 5 0 0

532

-

134,000

109,000

,.

12,500

19,900

11,700

18,600

41,500

84,700

1

37,900

77,300

A

35 100

71,600

-L_)-____

32,800

6 7,0001

90

-502 - ---

1,010

1,SSO

3,810

5,700

11,000

17,500

30,900

100 -

462

934

1,710

3,510

5.260

10.100

16,100

28,500

58,200

125 -

414

836

1,530

3,140

. 25,500

52.100

- 150

372

751

1,370

2,820

4,220

8,130

13,000

22.900

-46,700

175

144

695

1,270

2,601

3,910

7,530

12,000

2 1,200

43,300

2,410

3,610

6,960

11,100

19,600

40,aOO

2,140

3,210

6,180

1,940

2,910

5,600,

2,670

57150

-

1,660 -

2,490

4,790

-

1,560 -

2,330

4,500

__

1-1,790

869

550

424

203

450 500 -

192

. ..

182 -

14,400

759

166

348

-

160

334

- 750 .

154

322

700

149 311 800_1-_____ 850

:zt

900

135

950 1.000 1,100 1,200

I

i3

6.130 5,870 1,230

598 ..

-

576 --

1,180

556

1,140

538

- 1,100

522

1,070

507

1,040

493

1,010

~

--

- 283 -

9,970

pq 2L200

1

3.410

5,440

9,610

___ 19,600

1,710

i

3,290

5,250

9,280

18,WQ

1,650

1

3,190

5,080

8,980

1,770

1,600

3,090 -

1,560 -

4.930

18.300

--

::V&

3,000

4,780

1,520

8,220

.

17,200

__ 2,920

_-

1.440

2,770

4,420

7,810

15,900

250

917

1.370

2,640

4.220

7,450

15,200

114

239

110

230

411

878 843

1.500

106

22 1

396

812

102 99 ._______-

-

-96

- l ~ _ - - 93 -91 2.000

1

..-______.-

,

16,800 -__-

2530 2,430

4.040 3,880

6,860

14,000

1,220

2,340

3,740

6,600

13.5W

6,380

13,000

214

382

784

207 .

370 -

759

1.140

2,260 __-___-_-__3,610 2,190 3,490

6.170

12,600

200

358

736

1,100

2,120

5,980

12,200

195

348 - -

715

1.070

189

339

695

!3180-.______

1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1-inch water column = 0.2488 kPo, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m3/h. 1 degree = 0.01745 rad. Note: All tablr. enrries hnve been rounded to three significant digits.

For SI:


3,390

-

7,140 14,600 -

1,260

1.320

-

+17,800

- 960 468 ______

119

-

20,300

262 125__--__

1,400

1.800

/ /

5,640

__

1,300

1,700

(

10,400

4,650

275

446 427

2kEL

3,540

1,840

10,800

-

132

.

1

4 0 1 381

174 363 600 650

~

63,100

5,810

11,900

5,650

11,500

FUEL GAS

Gas Inlet Pressure

TABLE G2413.4(3) [402.4(7)] SEMIRIGID COPPER TUBING

1

Pressure Drop Specific Gravity

natural^ Less than 2 psi 0.5 in. W.C. 0.60

TUBE SIZE (inch)

ACR

I12

0.375

0.500

0.625

0.750

0.875

0.305

0.402

0.527

0.652

0.745

1.125 1.481

1.959

I -

20

27

55

18

38

15

30

3,490 1,930

13

131 247

j

445

74

105

224

1

403

59

84

180

28

56 50

70

175

24

41

200

22

39

11 10

NA NA

_

21 I 9

39

18

36

17

34

.

32 1 6 -

NA

14

635

20

544

1,130

202

420

324

34 31

NA

16

28

400 450 550

NA

NA NA

13

600

NA

NA -

650

NA

NA

70750

NA NA

-N A

800

NA

NA

850

NA NAP-P NA

NA NA NA

NA NA

NA NA

NA NA

900 950 1.000 1,100

I

128

-

-

NA

1

22

12

21

l2

20 -

29

11 11

20 19

28 27

10

18

26

10

18

25

NA NA

17

24

17

24

1,200

21 14

1,400

NA1,700 1,800 1,900 2,000 For S1:

NA NA NA

NA NA NA

13

NA NA NA NA

12

-

62 -

57

50

1

46

274 126

,

262

20

120

25 1

19

116

241

18

108

224

17

104

217

101

210

62

98

204

60

95

199

1

17

11

16

II

16

35 34

1

1

1 inch = 25.4 rnm 1 font = 304.8 rnm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 Wa, 1-inch water column = 0.2488 Wa, 1 British thermul unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m'h. 1 degree = 0.01745 rod.

Notes: 1. Table capacities are based on Type K cupper tubing inside diameter (shown), which has the smallest inside diameter of the copper tubing products. 2. NA means a tluw of less than 10 cfh. 3. All table enuies have been rounded to three sibmificant digits.

382


FUEL GAS

Natural

Gas

Inlet Pressure Pressure Drop

TABLE G2413.4(4) [402.4(10)] SEMIRIGID COPPER TUBING

2.0 psi

1.0psi

--TUBE SIZE (inch) 3/4

v4

Outside 0.375 Inside 0.305 -~

0.500

10.625

0.402

0.527

1

. -

--

1I/?

7/g

0.750

Po&2-

0.875

1 0.745-

1.125

1.375

1.625

2.125

_0.995 _

1.245

1.481

1.959

Length (ft)

9,820

15,500 32,200 -

-

6.750 135

5,420

116

4,640 754 359

891

1,900

829

1,770

13,500

3,430

5,400

11,300

3,190

5.030

10,500

2,990

4,720

9,820

47450

9,280

2,500

3,950

8,220

2,270

3,580

7 4 06z50

778

lfa

100

71

146

296

518

735

1,570

125 -

63

263

459

65 1

1,390

150

57

117

238

416

590

1,260

.52

108

219

383

543

1,160

2.090

49

100

204

356

505

..~

129

-

~

J.

80

164

28 6

406

866

74

150

263

373

797

69

140

245

347

741

1,330

2,100

31

65

- 131

230

326

696

30 18

61

124

217

308

657 -

1,250 1,180

1,970 1.870

58

206

292

624

-1,120

27

55

595

1,070

--

-11s

25

51

24 --

49

I

900

22 22

.

~

-~

..

279~ __ 267

570

103

181

-256

548 --

100

174

247

528

3,060

_

6,380

2,710

5,650

2.460

5,120

96

259

1

4,380

4,110 3,880

1,770 1

-1,690 -

1

3,690 3,520

1,620

3,370

1,550

3,240

950

1,5W

3,120

917

1,450

3,010

1,030986

510

88

20

42

1,100

19

40

1,200

18

38

18

36

17 16

1,600

1

888 861

224 478 -

44 43

.

1

1

__1,400___11,360

2,920 2,830

1.320 -

2,740

1,280

2.670

153

217

464 .__

836

85

149

211

452

81

142

201

429

813-_ 772

135

192

409

737

1,160

I=9

lS3

392

705

1.110

2,320

3 ?

176 170

376 363

678 653

1,070 1,030

2,230

16

33

164

1,700

15

31

1,800

15

1,000

1,300

-

~

1,400

-

1,500 -----

2,000

1-

14

14__

77--74

-

.-

--

1,220

2.540 2,420 -

2 , 1 4 0

630

-994

2,070 .__2.000

64

112

159

339

610

--962

62

108

-154

329

592

933

1,940

30

60

105

149 __

3 19

575

906

1,890

29

59

102

145

310

559

881

1,830

I

Lp

1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, I-inch water column = 0.2488 Wa, 1 British thermnl unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 ciibic foot per hour = 0.0283 m'h, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.

Notes: I . Tahle capacities are based on 'bpe K copper tubing inside diameter (shown), which has the smallest inside diameter of the copper tubing products. 2. All table entries have been rounded to three significant digits.


,

4,710

46

21

950 -

-

A

__P~________

47-

-23

850

1

1,720

700 -

goo--

3,290

-1,940

26

___

1

1,080

650 750

-

-

112 196 53108 188

600

1

2,830

956 448 lL_____315

36 33 400 500 550

I

1

89

2 5 ? - _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 43 300 --39

450

-

~_ ..

17,800 15,200 12,200

548

--

7,310 5,870

3 14

p584

1

6,480

154

-

350

For S1:

3,730

75

~

200

___

4,110

334

175

~

628-

2,2802307~-

164 9

--

1,070

22,200 -

10,600 . 8,550

~

FUEL GAS

1

Gas

L

TABLE G2413.4(5) [402.4(13)] CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL TUBING (CSST)

Inlet Pressure Pressure Drop

I

Natural Less than 2 psi

1

0.5 in. W.C.

Specific G r a v i t 2 y0p~

Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

-

32

6344

115 82

134 95

2 2 5 161 192

15

25

35

66

77

132

157

20

22

31

25

19

4

30

18

40

15

-

25

58

67

116

137

52

a

104

122

' ,

47 55 96 ' 2 47 83 -

19

12

17

3

37

42

75

9 87 7

4

38

68

80

36

63

74J

33

60

69

546 383

895 639

267

310

524

231

269

456

206

240

409

88

1

1

/

/

T l k 3 7 4

/! 1

141

13

471 330

168

1.790 1,260

2,070 1 3.660 1,470 2,600

4.1402,930

1,030

1,200

2,140

2,400

1,050

1.850

2,080-

936

1,660

1,860

888 793

1

723

8

T

1,700

625

742

1,320

1,470

665

1,180

1,320

608

1,080

1,200

325

5

~

1

I

70

11

16

31

80

10

15

29

300

L

- 121

13

26

30

54

62

101

118

208

10

20

23

42

48

78

91

I71

9

18

1 2 1

38

44

71

82

148

1

I

i

1

563

1,000

1,110

527

940

1,040

498

887

983

393

472

843

933

320

387

277

-336

7'7:

5

8

16

19

34

39

63

74

133 1 2 4 7

301

538

5

7

15

17

32

36

57

67

95

!

275

492

226

5 9 1

/

540

For St: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, I pound per square inch = 6.895kPa. 1-inch water column = 0.2488 kPa, I British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 mqh, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.

Notes: 1. Table includes losses for four 9Cdegree bends and two end fittings. Tubing runs with larger numbers of bends andlor fittings shall be increased by an equivalent length of tubing to the following equation: L = 1.3n, where L is additional length (feet) of tubing andn is the number of additional fittings and/or bends. 2. E G E q u i v a l e n t Hydraulic Diameter,which is a measure of the relative hydraulic efficiency between different tubing sizes. The greater the value of EHD, the greater the gas capacity of the tubing. 3. All table entries have been rounded to three significant digits.


FUEL GAS

TABLE G2413.4(6) [402.4(16)] CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL TUBING (CSST)

s

Flow i t ion Length (ft)

l3

15

18

1

1

19

TUBE SIZE (EHD)

23

1

___ 270

353

587

700

1,100

25

166

220

374

444

709

-

30 129

50

172 54

-~

.

124 89

120

79

I

1

3

0

1

I 37

1

46

48

60

Capacity in Cubic Feet o f G a s ~ H o u r

10

40 -

7

2

-405

297

351

266

314

218

257

211

249

-

-

1

1,370

2,590

2,990

876-- 1,620

1,870

-7 4,510 9,600 10,700 18,600 21,600 -

2,890

6,040

6,780

11,900

13,700

650

801

1,480

1,700

2,640

5,510

567

696

1,270

1,470

2,300

4,760

510

624

1,14~L1,310

2,060

4,260

4,820

8,470

420

512

922

1,070

1,690

3,470

3,950

6,940

9& 7,940

496

892

1.030

1,640

3,820

6,730-1

7,690

-

l a 12,500 2 0 0 9,440 10,900 5,380 -

107

189

445

795

920

1,470

3,420

6,030

6,880

64 150 -

87

155

222-182

3,360 -3,000

302

364

646

748

1,210

2,440

2,800

4,940 --

5,620

55

75

135

157

263

317

557

645

1,050

2,110

2,430

4,290

4,870

1.490

1,730

3,060

3,450

100 200

4 J-(

--

For SI:

I inch = 25.4 mm, I foot = 304.8 mm, 1pound per square inch = 6:895kPa, I-inch water c o l u ~ m=~0.2488 kPa, 1 British thermal unit per hou~.= 0.293 1 W, 1 cubic fuot per hour = 0.0283 m"/h, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.

Notes: 1. Table does not include eifect of pressure drop across the line regulator. Where regulator loss exceeds DO NOT USETHTS TABLE. Consult with thc regulator manufacturer for pressure drops and capacity factors. Pressure drops across a regulator can vary urtth flow rate. 2. CAUTION: Capacities shown in the table might exceed maximum capicity for a selected regulator. Consult with the regulator or tubing manufacturer for guidance. o fittings. Tubing runs with larger numbers of bends and/or fittings shall be increased by an equivalent 3. Table includes losses for four 90-degree bends aud ~ w end length of tubing to the following equation: L = 1.3n where L is additional length (feet) of tubing and n is the number of additional fittings and/or bends. 4. EHD-Equivalent Hydraulic Diameter, which is a measure of the relative hydraulic efficiency between different tubing sizes. The seaterthe value of EHD, thc greater the gas capacity of the tubing. 5. All table elltries have been rounded to three significant digits.


FUEL GAS

L--

Gas

Natural

TABLE G2413.4(8) [402.4(20)] POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC PIPE ~~-

PIPE SIZE (in.) Nominal OD -

SDR 11.0

--

0.860

0.660

Actual lD~ Length (ft)

6,710

11,600

4,610

7,990

1,030

2,050

3,710

878

1,760

3,170

778

1,560

705

1,410

--649

1,3001,210

175

-

200

9.690

17,400

5,490

8,300

14,900

2,810

4,870 --

7,350

13,200

2,550 2,340

4,4 10 4,060

6,660 6,130

12,000 11,000

2,180 1,930

3,350

5,050

949

1,710

2,970

4,480

8,050

860

1,550 --

-- 2,690

4,060

7,290

1 , 4 3 0

2,470

3,730

6,7 10

1,330

2,300

3,470

6,240

1,180

2?040 1,850

3,080

-5,530

1,070 981

1,700

2,790 2,570 2,390

~

-

79 1 736

_.__

544

9,080

5,010

-.

4.61 0

400

913

1,580

450

042856 :1q--

- 1,480

809

1,400

2,120

3,800

768___

1,330

2,010

3,610

1,220

1,840

1,170

1,760

500

224213

-

448 426

~

203 -

600

194

389

702

700 187- 374 -

674 -

650

180

750

800 --

~~

360

607

~3,300

1,700

1,090

1,640

2,950

1,050 -

1,590

2,850

1,020

1,540

2,770

326 308-

572 556

990

154 146

293

528

915

1,380

2,480

873

1,320

2,370

836

1,260

2,270

139 ...~

~

163

3171.000

1x0

1,130 -

649 -

850

279 ----

134 128

504 ---

267 2

5

7

482 -

463

.

1,500 1,450

2,610

247

446

773

1,170

2,100

239

431

747

1,130

2,030

1,700

115

23 1

417

723

1,090-

1,960

1,800

112

224

404

701

1,060

1,900

~

-

-- 109

218

--393

680

1,030

1,850

106

212

-382 -

662

1,000

1,800

1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, I-inch water mlutnn = 0.2488 kPa, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m'fh, 1 degree = 0.01745rad.

Note: All table entries have been rounded to three sigriificant digits.


1

803 1,210 2,L8E_ -________-___________

124-.--_________p

2,000

11

--2,690

119

1,500

,

4,020

3,440

348

.

4,290

733 --

406

'

9,610

2,050

3

-

10,200

1,130

326

550

For S1:

6,420

1,070

350-

+ -

3 1,600

535

272 1 -

1.043

17,600

A

295

300

1.554

566

368

250

~

1.328

2,560

429 ---

150

.-

1.077 --

3,720

474125 ---

.

-~

SDR 11.00

1,280

603

-2

SDR 11.00

1,860

~

--

Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

.

10

-

- 1

'IL

'Iz SDR 9.33

Designation

--

-

1

FUEL GAS

G2414.4.1 (403.4.1) Cast iron. Cast-iron pipe shall not be used.

in structure or threading, and shall be thoroughly brushed, and chip and scale blown.

G2414.4.2 (403.4.2) Steel. Steel and wrought-iron pipe shall be at least of standard weight (Schedule 40) and shall comply with one of the following:

Defects in pipe or tubing or fittings shall not be repaired. Defective pipe, tubing or fittings shall be replaced. (See Section G2417.1.2.)

1. ASME B 36.10, IOM; 2. ASTMA53;or 3. ASTM A 106. G2414.5 (403.5) Metallic tubing. Seamless copper, aluminum alloy or steel tubing shall be permitted to be used with gases not corrosive to such material. G2414.5.1 (403.5.1) Steel tubing. Steel tubing shall comply with ASTM A 539 or ASTM A 254.

G2414.8 (403.8) Protective coating. Where in contact with material or atmosphere exerting a corrosive action, metallic piping and fittings coated with a corrosion-resistant material shall be used. External or internal coatings or linings used on piping or components shall not be considered as adding strength. G2414.9 (403.9) Metallic pipe threads. Metallic pipe and fitting threads shall be taper pipe threads and shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. G2414.9.1 (403.9.1) Damaged threads. Pipe with threads that are stripped, chipped, corroded or otherwise damaged shall not be used. If a weld opens during the operation of cutting or threading, that portion of the pipe shall not be used.

G2414.5.2 (403.5.2) Copper tubing. Copper tubing shall comply with standard Type K or L of ASTM B 88 or ASTM B 280. Copper and brass tubing shall not be used if the gas contains more than an average of 0.3 grains of hydrogen sulfide per 100 standard cubic feet of gas (0.7 milligrams per 100 liters).

I

G2414.5.3 (403.5.4) Corrugated stainless steel tubing. Corrugated stainless steel tubing shall be listed in accordance with ANSI LC 1ICSA 6.26.

G2414.6 (403.6) Plastic pipe, tubing and fittings. Plastic I pipe, tubing and fittings used to supply fuel gas shall be used outdoors, underground, only, and shall conform to ASTM D 2513. Pipe shall be marked "Gas" and "ASTM D 2513."

G2414.9.2 (403.9.2) Number of threads. Field threading of metallic pipe shall be in accordance with Table G2414.9.2. TABLE G2414.9.2 (403.9.2) SPECIFICATIONS FOR THREADING METALLIC PlPE

/

I IRON PlPE SIZE (inches)

I

APPROXIMATE LENGTH OF THREADED PORTION APPROXIMATE NO. OF (inches) THREADS TO BE CUT

1

G2414.6.1 (403.6.1) Anodeless risers. Anodeless risers shall comply with the following: 1. Factory-assembled anodeless risers shall be recommended by the manufacturer for the gas used and shall be leak-tested by the manufacturer in accordance with written procedures. 2. Service head adapters and field-assembled anodeless risers incorporating service head adapters shall be recommended by the manufacturer for the gas used by the manufacturer and shall be designed certified to meet the requirements of Category I of ASTM D 2513, and U.S. Department of Transportation, Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Part 192.28l(e). The manufacturer shall provide the user qualified installation instructions as prescribed by the U.S. Department of Transportation, Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Part 192.283(b). G2414.6.2 (403.6.2) LP-gas systems. The use of plastic pipe, tubing and fittings in undiluted liquefied petroleum gas piping systems shall be in accordance with NFPA 58.

I

G2414.6.3 (403.6.3) Regulator vent piping. Plastic pipe, tubing and fittings used to connect regulator vents to remote vent terminations shall be of PVC conforming to LTL 65 1. PVC vent piping shall hot be installed indoors.

G2414.7 (403.7) Workmanship and defects. Pipe or tubing and fittings shall be clear and free from cutting burrs and defects

I

1

1 'I2

11

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mln.

G2414.9.3 (403.9.3) Thread compounds. Thread (joint) compounds (pipe dope) shall be resistant to the action of liquefied petroleum gas or to any other chemical constituents of the gases to be conducted through the piping. G2414.10 (403.10) Metallic piping joints and fittings. The type of piping joint used shall be suitable for the pressure-temperature conditions and shall be selected giving consideration to joint tightness and mechanical strength under the service conditions. The joint shall be able to sustain the maximum end force due to the internal pressure and any additional forces due to temperature expansion or contraction, vibration, fatigue, or to the weight of the pipe and its contents. G2414.10.1 (403.10.1) Pipe joints. Pipe joints shall be threaded, flanged, brazed or welded. Where nonferrous pipe is brazed, the brazing materials shall have a melting point inexcess of l,OOO°F (538°C). Brazing alloys shall not contain more than 0.05-percent phosphorus. G2414.10.2 (403.10.2) lbbing joints. Tubing joints shall either be made with approved gas tubing fittings or be brazed with a material having a melting point in excess of 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FUEL GAS

1,000"F (538°C). Brazing alloys shall not contain more than 0.05-percent phosphorus.

SECTION G2415 (404) PIPING SYSTEM INSTALLATION

62414.10.3 (403.10.3) Flared joints. Flared joints shall be used only in systems constructed from nonferrous pipe and tubing where experience or tests have demonstrated that the joint is suitable for the conditions and where provisions are made in the design to prevent separation of the joints.

62415.1 (404.1) Prohibited locations. Piping shall not be installed in or through a circulating air duct, clothes chute, chimney or gas vent, ventilating duct, dumbwaiter or elevator shaft. Piping installed downstream of the point of delivery shall not extend through any townhouse unit other than the unit served by such piping.

62414.10.4 (403.10.4) Metallic fittings. Metallic fittings, including valves, strainers and filters shall comply with the following:

62415.2 (404.2) Piping in solid partitions and walls. Concealed piping shall not be located in solid partitions and solid walls, unless installed in a chase or casing.

1. Fittings used with steel or wrought-iron pipe shall be steel, brass, bronze, malleable iron, ductile iron or cast iron.

62415.3 (404.3) Piping in concealed locations. Portions of a piping system installed in concealed locations shall not have unions, tubing fittings, right and left couplings, bushings, compression couplings, and swing joints made by combinations of fittings.

2. Fittings used with copper or brass pipe shall be copper, brass or bronze.

Exceptions:

3. Cast-iron bushings shall be prohibited.

1. Tubing joined by brazing.

4. Special fittings. Fittings such as couplings, proprietary-type joints, saddle tees, gland-type compression fittings, and flared, flareless or compression-type tubing fittings shall be: used within the fitting manufacturer's pressure-temperature recommendations; used within the service conditions anticipated with respect to vibration, fatigue, thermal expansion or contraction; installed or braced to prevent separation of the joint by gas pressure or external physical damage; and shall be approved.

2. Fittings listed for use in concealed locations.

62414.11 (403.11) Plastic piping, joints and fittings. Plastic pipe, tubing and fittings shall be joined in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions. Such joints shall comply with the following: 1. The joints shall be designed and installed so that thc longitudinal pull-out resistance of the joints will be at least equal to the tensile strength of the plastic piping material. 2. Heat-fusion joints shall be made in accordance with qualified procedures that have been established and proven by test to produce gas-tight joints at least as strong as the pipe or tubing being joined. Joints shall be made with the joining method recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Heat fusion fittings shall be marked "ASTM D 2513." 3. Where compression-type mechanical joints are used, the gasket material in the fitting shall be compatible with the plastic piping and with the gas distributed by the system. An internal tubular rigid stiffener shall be used in conjunction with the fitting. The stiffener shall be flush with the end of the pipe or tubing and shall extend at least to the outside end of the compression fitting when installed. The stiffener shall be free of rough or sharp edges and shall not be a force fit in the plastic. Split tubular stiffeners shall not be used.

4. Plastic piping joints and fittings for use in liquefied petroleum gas piping systems shall be in accordance with NFPA 58. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

I

G2415.4 (404.4) Piping through foundation wall. Underground piping, where installed bclow grade through the outer foundation or basement wall of a building, shall be encased in a protective pipe sleeve. The annular space between the gas piping and the sleeve shall be sealed. 62415.5 (404.5) Protection against physical damage. In concealed locations, where piping other than black or galvanized steel is installed through holes or notches in wood studs, joists, rafters or similar members less than 1.5 inches (38 mm) I from the nearest edge of the member, the pipe shall be protected by shield plates. Shield plates shall be a minimum of 'I,,-inch-thick (1.6 mm) steel, shall cover the area of the pipe where the member is notched or bored and shall extend a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) above sole plates, below top plates and to each side of a stud, joist or rafter. 62415.6 (404.6) Piping in solid floors.Piping in solid floors shall be laid in channels in the floor and covered in a manner that will allow access to the piping with a minimum amount of damage to the building. Where such piping is subject to exposure to excessive moisture or corrosive substances, the piping shall be protected in an approved manner. As an alternative to installation in channels, the piping shall be installed in a con- I duit of Schedule 40 stecl, wrought iron, PVC or ABS pipe with tightly sealed ends and joints. Both ends of such conduit shall I extend not less than 2 inches (51 mm) beyond the point where the pipe emerges from the floor. The conduit shall be vented above grade to the outdoors and shall be installed so as to prevent the entry of water and insects.

I

G2415.7 (404.7) Above-ground piping outdoors. All piping installed outdoors shall he elevated not less than 3l/, inches (152 mm) above ground and where installed across roof surfaces, shall be elevated not less than 3'/, inches (152 mm) above the roof surface. Piping installed above ground, outdoors, and installed across the surface of roofs shall be securely supported and located where it will be protected from physical damage. Where passing through an outside wall, the piping shall also be protected against corrosion by coating or wrap-

FUEL GAS

ping with an inert material. Where piping is encased in a protective pipe sleeve, the annular space between the piping and the sleeve shall be sealed. 62415.8 (404.8) Protection against corrosion. Metallic pipe or tubing exposed to corrosive action, such as soil condition or moisture, shall be protected in an approved manner. Zinc coatings (galvanizing) shall not be deemed adequate protection for gas piping underground. Ferrous metal exposed in exterior locations shall be protected from corrosion in a manner satisfactory to the code official. Where dissimilar metals are joined underground, an insulating coupling or fitting shall be used. Piping shall not be laid in contact with cinders. 62415.8.1 (404.8.1) Prohibited use. Uncoated threaded or socket welded joints shall not be used in piping in contact with soil or where internal or external crevice corrosion is known to occur. 62415.8.2 (404.8.2) Protective coatings and wrapping. Pipe protective coatings and wrappings shall be approved for the application and shall be factory applied.

Exception: Where installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions, field application of coatings and wrappings shall be permitted for pipe nipples, fittings and locations where the factory coating or wrapping has been damaged or necessarily removed at joints. 62415.9 (404.9) Minimum burial depth. Underground piping systems shall be installed a minimum depth of 12 inches (305 mm) below grade, except as provided for in Section G2415.9.1. 624159.1 (404.9.1) Individual outside appliances. Individual lines to outside lights, grills or other appliances shall be installed a minimum of 8 inches (203 mrn) below finished grade, provided that such installation is approved and is installedin locations not susceptible to physical damage. 62415.10 (404.10) Trenches. The trench shall be graded so that the pipe has a firm, substantially continuous bearing on the bottom of the trench. 62415.11(404.11) Piping underground beneath buildings. Piping installed underground beneath buildings is prohibited except where the piping is encased in a conduit of wrought iron, plastic pipe, or steel pipe designed to withstand the superimposed loads. Such conduit shall extend into an occupiable po&on of the building and, at the point where the condiit terminates in the building, the space between the conduit and the gas piping shall be sealed to prevent the possible entrance of any gas leakage. If the end sealing is capable of withstanding the full pressure of the gas pipe, the conduit shall be designed for the same pressure as the pipe. Such conduit shall extend not less than 4 inches (102 mrn) outside the building, shall be vented above grade to the outdoors, and shall be installed so as prevent the entrance of water and insects. The conduit shall be protected from corrosion in accordance with Section G2415.8. 62415.12 (404.12) Outlet closures. Gas outlets that do not connect to appliances shall be capped gas tight.

Exception: Listed and labeled flush-mounted-type quick-disconnect devices and listed and labeled gas conve-

nience outlets shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 62415.13 (404.13) Location of outlets. The unthreaded portion of piping outlets shall extend not less than 1 inch (25 mm) through finished ceilings and walls and where extending through floors, outdoor patios and slabs, shall not be less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) above them. The outlet fitting or piping shall be securely supported. Outlets shall not be placed behind doors. Outlets shall be located in the room or space where the appliance is installed.

Exception: Listed and labeled flush-mounted-type quick-disconnect devices and listed and labeled gas convenience outlets shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 62415.14 (404.14) Plastic pipe. The installation of plastic pipe shall comply with Sections G2415.14.1 through G2415.14.3. 62415.14.1 (404.14.1) Limitations. Plastic pipe shall be installed outside underground only. Plastic pipe shall not be used within or under any building or slab or be operated at pressures greater than 100 psig (689 Wa) for natural gas or 30 psig (207 Wa) for LP gas.

Exceptions: 1. Plastic pipe shall be permitted to terminate above ground outside of buildings where installed in premanufactured anodeless risers or service head adapter risers that are installed in accordance with that manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Plastic pipe shall be permitted to terminate with a wall head adapter within buildings where the plastic pipe is inserted in a piping material for fuel gas use in buildings.

62415.14.2 (404.14.2) Connections. Connections made outside and underground between metallic and plastic piping shall be made only with transition fittings categorized as Category I in accordance with ASTM D 2513. 6241514.3 (404.14.3) Tracer. A yellow insulated copper tracer wire or other approved conductor shall be installed adjacent to underground nonmetallic piping. Access shall be provided to the tracer wire or the tracer wire shall terminate above ground at each end of the nonmetallic piping. The tracer wire size shall not be less than 18 AWG and the insulation type shall be suitable for direct burial. 62415.15 (404.15) Prohibited devices. A device shall not be placed inside the piping or fittings that will reduce the cross-sectional area or otherwise obstruct the free flow of gas.

Exception: Approved gas filters. 62415.16 (404.16) Testing of piping. Before any system of piping is put in service or concealed, it shall be tested to ensure that it is gas tight. Testing, inspection and purging of piping systems shall comply with Section G2417. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FUEL GAS

SECTION G2416 (405) PIPING BENDS AND CHANGES IN DIRECTION 62416.1 (405.1) General. Changes in direction of pipe shall be permitted to be made by the use of fittings, factory bends or field bends.

62416.2 (405.2) Metallic pipe. Metallic pipe bends shall comply with the following: 1. Bends shall be made only with bending tools and procedures intended for that purpose.

2. All bends shall be smooth and free from buckling, cracks or other evidence of mechanical damage.

I

3. The longitudinal weld of the pipe shall be near the ncutral axis of the bend. 4. Pipe shall not be bent through an arc of more than 90 degrees (1.6 rad). 5. The inside radius of a bend shall be not less than six times the outside diameter of the pipe. G2416.3 (405.3) Plastic pipe. Plastic pipe bends shall comply with the following: 1. The pipe shall not be damaged and the internal diameter of the pipe shall not be effectively reduced. 2. Joints shall not be located in pipe bends. 3. The radius of the inner curve of such bends shall not be less than 25 times the inside diameter of the pipe. 4. Where the piping manufacturer specifies the use of special bending tools or procedures, such tools or procedures shall be used. SECTION G2417 (406) INSPECTION,TESTING AND PURGING 62417.1 (406.1) General. Prior to acceptance and initial operation, all piping installations shall be inspected and pressure tested to determine that the materials, design, fabrication, and installation practices comply with the requirements of this code.

62417.1.1 (406.1.1) Inspections. Inspection shall consist of visual examination, during or after manufacture, fabrication, assembly or pressure tests as appropriate. 62417.1.2 (406.1.2) Repairs and additions. In the event repairs or additions are made after the pressure test, the affected piping shall be tested. Minor repairs and additions are not required to be pressure tested provided that the work is inspected and connections are tested with a noncorrosive leak-detecting fluid or other approved leak-detecting methods.

I

G2417.1.3 (406.1.3) New branches. Where new branches are installed to new appliances, only the newly installed branches shall be required to be pressure tested. Connecexisting piping tions between the new piping be tested with a noncorrosive leak-detecting fluid or other approved leak-detecting methods.

Under no circumstances shall a valve in a line be used as a bulkhead between gas in one section of the piping system and test medium in an adjacent section, unless two valves are installed in series with a valved "tell-tale" located between these valves. A valve shall not be subjected to the test pressure unless it can be determined that the valve, including the valve closing mechanism, is designed to safely withstand the test pressure.

62417.1.5 (406.1.5) Regulators and valve assemblies. Regulator and valve assemblies fabricated independently of the piping system in which they are to be installed shall be permitted to be tested with inert gas or air at the time of fabrication.

62417.2 (406.2) Test medium. The test medium shall be air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide or an inert gas. Oxygen shall not be used. 62417.3 (406.3) Test preparation. Pipe joints, including welds, shall be left exposed for examination during the test.

Exception: Covered or concealed pipe end joints that have been previously tested in accordance with this code.

62417.3.1 (4063.1) Expansion joints. Expansion joints shall be provided with temporary restraints, if required, for the additional thrust load under test.

62417.3.2 (406.3.2) Equipment isolation. Equipment that is not to be included in the test shall be either disconnected from the piping or isolatedby blanks, blind flanges or caps.

62417.3.3 (406.3.3) Appliance and equipment disconnection. Where the piping system is connected to appliances or equipment designed for operating pressures of less than the test pressure, such appliances or equipment shall be I isolated from thc piping system by disconnecting them and capping the o~itlet(s).

62417.3.4 (406.3.4) Valve isolation. Where the piping system is connected to appliances or equipment designed for operating pressures equal to or greater than the test pressure, such appliances or equipment shall be isolated from the piping system by closing the individual appliance or equipment shutoff valve(s).

62417.3.5 (406.3.5) Testing precautions. All testing of piping systems shall be done with due regard for the safety of employees and the public during the test. Prior to testing, the interior of the pipe shall be cleared of all foreign materi a1. 62417.4 (406.4) Test pressure measurement. Test pressure shall be measurcd with a manometer or with a pressure-measuring device designed and calibrated to read, record, or indicate a pressure loss caused by leakage during the pressure test ueriod. The source of uressure shall be isolated before the pressure tests are made. Mechanical gauges used to measure test pressures shall have a range such that the highest end of the scale is not greater than five times the test pressure.

62417.4-1 (406.4.1) Test p r e s s u ~The . test pressure to be used shall be not less than one and one-half times the pro~ o s e dmaximum working i~ " uressure. but not less than 3 u s " i20 kPa gauge), irrespective of design pressure. Where the test pressure exceeds 125 psig (862 kPa gauge), the test L

62417.1.4 (406.1.4) Section testing. A piping system shall be permitted to be tested as a complete unit or in sections. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

I

L

391

FUEL GAS

pressure shall not exceed a value that produces a hoop stress in the piping greater than 50 percent of the specified minimum yield strength of the pipe.

62417.4.2 (406.4.2) Test duration. The test duration shall be not less than 10 minutes. 62417.5 (406.5) Detection of leaks and defects. The piping system shall withstand the test pressure specified without showing any evidence of leakage or other defects. Any reduction of test pressures as indicated by pressure gauges shall be deemed to indicate the presence of a leak unless such reduction can be readily attributed to some other cause. 62417.5.1 (406.5.1)Detection methods. The leakage shall be located by means of an approved combustible gas detector, a noncorrosive leak detection fluid or an equivalent nonflammable solution. Matches, candles, open flames or other methods that could provide a source of ignition shall not be used. 62417.5.2 (406.5.2) Corrections. Where leakage or other defects are located, the affected portion of the piping system shall be repaired or replaced and retested. 62417.6 (406.6) Piping system, appliance and equipment leakage check. Leakage checking of systems and equipment shall be in accordance with Sections G2417.6.1 through G2417.6.4. 62417.6.1 (406.6.1) Test gases. Fuel gas shall be pennitted to be used for leak checks in piping systems that have been tested in accordance with Section G2417. 62417.6.2 (406.6.2) Before turning gas on. Before gas is introduced into a system of new gas piping, the entire system shall be inspected to determine that there are no open fittings or ends and that all valves at unused outlets are closed and plugged or capped. 62417.6.3 (406.6.3) Leak check. Immediately after the gas is turned on into a new system or into a system that has been initially restored after an interruption of service, the piping system shall be checked for leakage. Where leakage is indicated, the gas supply shall be shut off until the necessary repairs have been made.

I

I

62417.6.4 (406.6.4) Placing appliances and equipment in operation. Appliances and equipment shall be permitted to be placed in operation after the piping system has been checked for leakage and determined to be free of leakage and purged in accordance with Section G2417.7.2.

62417.7 (406.7) Purging. Purging of piping shall comply with Sections G2417.7.1 through G2417.7.4. 62417.7.1 (406.7.1) Removal from service. When gas piping is to be opened for servicing, addition or modification, the section to be worked on shall be turned off from the gas supply at the nearest convenient point, and the line pressure vented to the outdoors, or to ventilated areas of sufficient size to prevent accumulation of flammable mixtures. 62417.7.2 (406.7.2) Placing in operation. When piping full of air is placed in operation, the air in the piping shall be displaced with fuel gas. The air can be safely displaced with fuel gas provided that a moderately rapid and continuous

flow of fuel gas is introduced at one end of the line and air is vented out at the other end. The fuel gas flow should be continued without interruption until the vented gas is free of air. The point of discharge shall not be left unattended during purging. After purging, the vent shall then be closed.

62417.7.3 (406.7.3) Discharge of purged gases. The open end of piping systems being purged shall not discharge into confined spaces or areas where there are sources of ignition unless precautions are taken to perform this operation in a safe manner by ventilation of the space, control or purging rate, and elimination of all hazardous conditions. 62417.74 (406.7.4) Placing appliances and equipment in operation. After the piping system has been placed in operation, all appliances and equipment shall be purged and I then placed in operation, as necessary. SECTION G2418 (407) PIPING SUPPORT 62418.1 (407.1) General. Piping shall be provided with support in accordance with Section G2418.2.

62418.2 (407.2)Design and installation. Piping shall be supported with pipe hooks, metal pipe straps, bands, brackets or hangers suitable for the size of piping, of adequate strength and quality, and located at intervals so as to prevent or damp out excessive vibration. Piping shall be anchored to prevent undue strains on connected equipment and shall not be supported by other piping. Pipe hangers and supports shall conform to the requirements of MSS SP-58 and shall be spaced in accordance with Section G2424. Supports, hangers, and anchors shall be installed so as not to interfere with the free expansion and contraction of the piping between anchors. All parts of the supporting equipment shall be designed and installed so they will not be disengaged by movement of the supported piping. SECTION G2419 (408) DRIPS AND SLOPED PIPING 62419.1 (408.1) Slopes. Piping for other than dry gas conditions shall be sloped not less than 0.25 inch in 15 feet (6.4 mm in 4572 mm) to prevent traps.

62419.2 (408.2) Drips. Where wet gas exists, a drip shall be provided at any point in the line of pipe where condensate could collect. A drip shall also be provided at the outlet of the meter and shall be installed so as to constitute a trap wherein an accumulation of condensate will shut off the flow of gas before the condensate will run back into the meter. 62419.3 (408.3) Location of drips. Drips shall be provided with ready access to permit cleaning or emptying. A drip shall not be located where the condensate is subject to freezing. G2419.4 (408.4) Sediment trap. Where a sediment trap is not incorporated as part of the gas utilization equipment, a sediment trap shall be installed downstream of the equipment shutoff valve as close to the inlet of the equipment as practical. The sediment trap shall be either a tee fitting with a capped nipple in the bottom opening of the run of the tee or other device approved as an effective sediment trap. Illuminating appli2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FUEL GAS

ances, ranges, clothes dryers and outdoor grills need not be so equipped.

be installed in accordance with thc appliance manufacturer's instractions.

SECTION G2420 (409) GAS SHUTOFF VALVES 62420.1 (409.1) General. Piping systems shall be provided with shutoff valves in accordance with this scction.

I

SECTION G2421 (410) FLOW CONTROLS

62421.1 (410.1) Pressure regulators. A line pressure regulator shall be installed where the appliance is designed to operate at a lower pressure than the supply pressure. Line gas pressure regulators shall be listed as complying with ANSI 221.80. Acccss shall be provided to pressure regulators. Pressure regulators shall be protected from physical damage. Regulators installed on the exterior of the building shall be approved for outdoor installation.

62420.1.1 (409.1.1) Valve approval. Shutoff valves shall be of an approved type; shall be constructed of materials compatible with the piping; and shall comply with the standard that is applicable for the pressure and application, in accordance with Table G2420.1.1. 62420.1.2 (409.1.2) Prohibited locations. Shutoff valves shall be prohibited in concealed locations and furnace plenums.

62421.2 (410.2) MP regulators.MP pressure regulators shall comply with the following:

62420.1.3 (409.1.3) Access to shutoff valves. Shutoff valves shall be located in places so as to provide access for operation and shall be installed so as to be protected from damage.

1. The MP regulator shall be approved and shall be suitable for the inlet and outlet gas pressures for the application. 2. The MP regulator shall maintain a reduced outlet pressure under lockup (no-flow) conditions.

62420.2 (409.2) Meter valve. Every meter shall be equipped with a shutoff valve located on the supply side of the meter.

3. The capacity of the MP regulator, determined by published ratings of its manufacturer, shall be adequate to supply the appliances served.

62420.3 (409.3.2)Individual buildings.In a common system scrving more than one building, shutoff valves shall be installed outdoors at each building.

4. The MP pressure regulator shall be provided with access. Where located indoors, the regulator shall be vented to the outdoors or shall be equippcd with a leak-limiting device, in either case complying with Section G2421.3.

62420.4 (409.4) MP regulator valves. A listed shutoff valve shall be installed immediately ahead of each MP regulator. 62420.5 (409.5) Equipment shutoff valve. Each appliance shall be provided with a shutoff valve separate from the appliancc. The shutoff valve shall be located in the same room as the appliance, not further than 6 feet (1829 mm) from the appliance, and shall be installed upstream from the union, connector or quick disconnect device it serves. Such shutoff valves shall be provided with access.

5. A tee fitting with one opening capped or plugged shall be installed between the MP regulator and its uDstream shutoff valve. Such tee fittini shall be positibned to allow connection of a pressure mcasuring instrument and to serve as a sediment trap.

6. A tee fitting with one opening capped or plugged shall be installed not less than 10 pipe diameters downstream of

Exception: Shutoff valves for vented decorative appliances

the MP regulator outlet. Such tee fitting shall be positioned to allow connection of a prcssure measuring instrument.

and decorative appliances for installation in vcntcd fireplaces shall not be prohibited from being installed in an area remote from the appliance where such valves are provided with ready acccss. Such valves shall be permanently identified and shall serve no other equipment.

62421.3 (410.3) Venting of regulators. Pressure regulators that require a vent shall be vented directly to the outdoors. The vent shall be designed to prevent the entry of insects, water and foreign objects.

62420.5.1 (409.5.1) Shutoff valve in fireplace. Equipment shutoff valves located in the firebox of a fireplace shall

TABLE G2420.1.1 MANUAL GAS VALVE STANDARDS

-

APPLIANCE SHUTOFF VALVE APPLICATION UP TO '1, psig PRESSURE

u p TO 11, psig PRESSURE

ANSI 221.15

X

-

CSA Requirement 3-88

X

X

-X

X

X

X

VALVE STANDARDS

ASME B 16.44 ASME B16.X-

-

For SI: 1 pound per square inch gauge = 6.895kPa. a. If labeled 2G. b. If labeled 5G.


I

----

OTHER VALVE APPLICATIONS UP TO 2 psig

UP TO 5 psig PRESSURE

UP TO 125 psig PRESSURE

-

-

-

Xa

Xb

Xa

Xb

-

PRESSURE ---

p p p p -

-- X

X

1

I

FUEL GAS

Exception: A vent to the outdoors is not required for regulators equipped with and labeled for utilization with an approved vent-limiting device installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

62422.1.2.2 (411.1.3.2) Minimum size. Connectors shall have the capacity for the total demand of the connected appliance. 62422.1.2.3 (411.1.3.3) Prohibited locations and penetrations. Connectors shall not be concealed within, or extended through, walls, floors, partitions, ceilings or appliance housings.

624213.1 (410.3.1) Vent piping. Vent piping shall be not smaller than the vent connection on the pressure regulating device. Vent piping serving relief vents and combination relief and breather vents shall be run independently to the outdoors and shall serve only a single device vent. Vent piping serving only breather vents is permitted to be connected in a manifold arrangement where sized in accordance with an approved design that minimizes back pressure in the event of diaphragm rupture.

Exception: Fireplace inserts that are factory equipped with grommets, sleeves or other means of protection in accordance with the listing of the appliance. 62422.1.2.4 (411.1.3.4) Shutoff valve. A shutoff valve not less than the nominal size of the connector shall be installed ahead of the connector in accordance with Section G2420.5.

SECTION G2422 (41 1) APPLIANCE CONNECTIONS

62422.1.3 (411.1.3) Movable appliances. Where appliances are equipped with casters or are otherwise subject to periodic movement or relocation for purposes such as routine cleaning and maintenance, such appliances shall be connected to the supply system piping by means of an approved flexible connector designed and labeled for the application. Such flexible connectors shall be installed and protected against physical damage in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

62422.1 (411.1) Connecting appliances.Appliances shall be connected to the piping system by one of the following:

1 1

1. Rigid metallic pipe and fittings. 2. Corrugated stainless steel tubing (CSST) where installed in accordance with the manufacturer's insbuctions. 3. Listed and labeled appliance connectors in compliance with ANSI 2 2 1.24 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and located entirely in the same room as the appliance. 4. Listed and labeledquick-disconnect devices used in conjunction with listed and labeled appliance connectors. 5. Listed and labeled convenience outlets used in conjunction with listed and. labeled appliance connectors.

I

6. Listed and labeled outdoor appliance connectors in compliance with ANSI Z21.75lCSA 6.27 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 62422.1.1 (411.1.1) Protection from damage. Connectors and tubing shall be installed so as to be protected against physical damage. 62422.1.2 (411.1.3) Connector installation. Appliance fuel connectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and Sections G24221.2.1 through G2422.1.2.4.

SECTION G2423 (413) CNG GAS-DISPENSING SYSTEMS 62423.1 (413.1) General. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities for CNG fuel shall be in accordance with Section 4 13 of the International Fuel Gas Code.

SECTION G2424 (415) PIPING SUPPOR'~ INTERVALS 62424.1 (415.1) Interval of support. Piping shall be supported at intervals not exceeding the spacing specified in Table G2424.1. Spacing of supports for CSST shall be in accordance with the CSST manufacturer's instructions. TABLE G2424.1 SUPPORT OF PIPING

62422.1.2.1 (411.1.3.1) Maximum length. Connectors shall have an overall length not to exceed 3 feet (914 mm),except for range and domestic clothes dryer connectors, which shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 rnm) in overall length. Measurement shall be made along the centerline of the connector. Only one connector shall be used for each appliance.

NOMINAL SIZE

i

Exception: Rigid metallic piping used to connect an appliance to the piping system shall be permitted to have a total length greater than 3 feet (914 rnm),provided that the connecting pipe is sized as part of the piping system in accordance with Section G2413 and the location of the equipment shutoff valve complies with Section G2420.5.

---~ -

I

3/,

or 1

I I/, or larger i (horizontal)

/

/

1

10

1

8 -

7180r1 (horizontal)

I

1'1, or larger (vertical)

Every floor level

1 or Larger (vertical)

Every floor level

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.


1 1

1

FUEL GAS

SECTION G2425 (501) GENERAL G2425.1(501.1) Scope. This section shall govern the installation. maintenance, repair and approval of factory-built and masonry chimneys, chimney liners, vents and connectors serving gas-fired appliances. G2425.2 (501.2) General.Every appliance shall discharge the products of combustion to the outdoors, except for appliances exempted by Section G2425.8. G2425.3 (501.3) Masonry chimneys. Masonry chimneys shall be constructed in accordance with Section G2427.5 and Chapter 10. 62425.4 (501.4) Minimum size of chimney or vent. Chimneys and vents shall be sized in accordance with Section G2427. 62425.5 (501.5) Abandoned inlet openings. Abandoned inlet openings in chimneys and vents shall be closed by an approved method. 62425.6 (501.6) Positive pressure. Where an appliance equipped with a mechanical forced draft system creates a positive pressure in the venting system, the venting system shall be designed for positive pressure applications. G2425.7 (501.7) Connection to fireplace. Connection of appliances to chimney flues serving fireplaces shall be in accordance with Sections G2425.7.1 through G2425.7.3. G2425.7.1 (501.7.1) Closure and access. A noncombustible seal shall be provided below the point of connection to prevent entry of room air into the flue. Means shall be provided for access to the flue for inspection and cleaning. G2425.7.2 (501.7.2) Connection to factory-built fireplace flue. An appliance shall not be connected to a flue serving a factory-built fireplace unless the appliance is specifically listed for such installation. The connection shall be made in accordance with the appliancc manufacturer's installation instructions. G2425.7.3 (501.7.3) Connection to masonry fireplace flue.A connector shall extend from the appliance to the flue serving a masonry fireplace such that the flue gases are exhausted directly into the flue. The connector shall be accessible or removable for inspection and cleaning of both the connector and the flue. Listed direct connection devices shall be installed in accordance with their listing. G2425.8 (501.8) Equipment not required to be vented. The following appliances shall not be required to be vented: 1. Ranges. 2. Built-in domestic cooking units listed and marked for optional venting. 3. Hot plates and laundry stoves, 4. Type 1 clothes drycrs (Type 1 clothes dryers shall be exhausted in accordance with the requirements of Section G2439). 5. Refrigerators. 6. Counter appliances. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

7. Room hcaters listed for unvented use. Where the appliances and cquipment listed in Items 5 through 7 above are installed so that the aggregate input rating exceeds 20 Btu per hour per cubic foot (207 watts per m") of volume of the room or space in which such appliances and equipment are installed, one or more shall be provided with venting systems or other approved means for conveying the vent gases to the outdoor atmosphere so that the aggregate input rating of the remaining unvented appliances and equipment does not exceed the 20 Btu per hour per cubic foot (207 watts per m3) figure. Where the room or space in which the equipment is installed is directly connected to another room or space by a doorway, archway or other opening of comparable size that cannot be closed, the volume of such adjacent room or space shall be permitted to be included in the calculations. G2425.9 (501.9) Chimney entrance. Connectors shall connect to amasonry chimney flue at a point not lcss than 12inches (305 mm) above the lowest portion of the interior of the chimney flue. G2425.10 (501.10) Connections to exhauster. Appliance connections to a chimney or vent equipped with a power exhauster shall be made on the inlet side of the exhauster. Joints on the positive pressure side of the exhauster shall be sealed to prevent flue-gas leakage as specified by the manufacturer's installation instructions for the exhauster. 62425.11 (501.11) Masonry chimneys. Masonry chimneys utilized to vent appliances shall be located, constructed and sized as specified in the manufacturer's installation instructions for the appliances being vented and Section G2427. G2425.12 (501.12) Residential and low-heat appliances flue lining systems. Flue lining systems for use with residential-type and low-heat appliances shall be limited to the following: 1. Clay flue lining complying with the requirements of

ASTM C 315 or equivalent. Clay flue lining shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 10. 2. Listed chimney lining systems complying with UL 1777. 3. Other approvcd materials that will resist, without cracking, softening or corrosion, flue gases and condensate at temperatures up to 1,800°F (982°C). G2425.13 (501.13) Category Iappliance flue lining systems. Flue lining systems for use with Category I appliances shall be limited to the following: 1. Flue lining systems complying with Section G2425.12. 2. Chimney lining systems listed and labeled for use with appliances with draft hoods and other Category I gas appliances listed and labeled for use with Type B vents. G2425.14 (501.14) Category 11,111 and IV appliance venting systems. The design, sizing and installation of vents for Category 11, III and I V appliances shall be in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's installation instructions. G2425.15 (501.15) Existing chimneys and vents. Where an appliance is permanently disconnected from an existing chimney or vent, or where an appliance is connected to an existing chimney or vent during the process of a new installation, the

FUEL GAS

chimney or vent shall comply with Sections G2425.15.1 through G2425.15.4. 62425.15.1 (501.15.1) Size. The chimney or vent shall be resized as necessary to control flue gas condensation in the interior of the chimney or vent and to provide the appliance or appliances served with the required draft. For Category I appliances, the resizing shall be in accordance with Section G2426. G2425.15.2 (501.15.2) Flue passageways. The flue gas passageway shall be free of obstructions and combustible deposits and shall be cleaned if previously used for venting a solid or liquid fuel-burning appliance or fireplace. The flue liner, chimney inner wall or vent inner wall shall be continuous and shall be free of cracks, gaps, perforations, or other damage or deterioration that would allow the escape of combustion products, including gases, moisture and creosote. G2425.15.3 (501.15.3) Cleanout. Masonry chimney flues shall be provided with a cleanout opening having a minimum height of 6 inches (152 mm). The upper edge of the opening shall be located not less than 6 inches (152 mm) below the lowest chimney inlet opening. The cleanout shall be provided with a tight-fitting, noncombustible cover. 62425.15.4 (501.15.4) Clearances. Chimneys and vents shall have airspace clearance to combustibles in accordance with Chapter 10 and the chimney or vent manufacturer's installation instructions. Noncombustible firestopping or fireblocking shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 10.

Exception: Masonry chimneys equipped with a chimney lining system tested and listed for installation in chimneys in contact with combustibles in accordance with UL 1777, and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, shall not be required to have clearance between combustible materials and exterior surfaces of the masonry chimney. SECTION G2426 (502) VENTS 62426.1 (502.1) General. All vents, except as provided in Section G2427.7, shall be listed and labeled. Type B and BW vents shall be tested in accordance with UL 441. Type L vents shall be tested in accordance with UL 641. Vents for Category I1 and III appliances shall be tested in accordance with UL 1738. Plastic vents for Category IV appliances shall not be required to be listed and labeled where such vents are as specified by the appliance manufacturer and are installed in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's installation instructions.

62426.4 (502.4) Insulation shield. Where vents pass through insulated assemblies, an insulation shield constructed of not less than 26 gage sheet (0.016 inch) (0.4 mm) metal shall be installed to provide clearance between the vent and the insulation material. The clearance shall not be less than the clearance to combustibles specified by the vent manufacturer's installation instructions. Where vents pass through attic space, the shield shall terminate not less than 2 inches (51 mm) above the insulation materials and shall be secured in place to preventdisplacement. Insulation shields provided as part of a listed vent system shall be installed in accordance with themanufacturer's installation instructions. 62426.5 (502.5) Installation. Vent systems shall be sized, installed and terminated in accordance with the vent and appliance manufacturer's installation instructions and Section G2427. 62426.6 (502.6) Support of vents. All portions of vents shall be adequately supported for the design and weight of the materials employed. 62426.7 (502.7) Protection against physical damage. In concealed locations, where a vent is installed through holes or notches in studs,joists, rafters or similar members less than 1.5 inches (38 mm) from the nearest edge of the member, the vent shall be protected by shield plates. Shield plates shall be a minimum of l/,,-inch-thick (1.6 mm) steel, shall cover the area of the vent where the member is notched or bored and shall extend a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) above sole plates, below top plates and to each side of a stud, joist or rafter.

SECTION G2427 (503) VENTING OF EQLllPMENT 62427.1 (503.1) General. This section recognizes that the choice of venting materials and the methods of installation of venting systems are dependent on the operating characteristics of the appliance being vented. The operating characteristics of vented appliances can be categorized with respect to: (1) positive or negative pressure within the venting system; and (2) whether or not the appliance generates flue or vent gases that might condense in the venting system. See Section G2403 for the definitions of these vented appliance categories.

I

62427.2 (503.2) Venting systems required. Except as permitted in Sections G2427.2.1, G2427.2.2 and G2425.8, all 1 appliances shall be connected to venting systems. 62427.2.1 (503.2.3) Direct-vent appliances. Listed direct-vent appliances shall be installed in accordance with I the manufacturer's instructions and Section G2427.8, Item 3. 62427.2.2 (503.2.4) Appliances with integral vents. Appliances incorporating integral venting means shall be I considered properly vented where installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and Section G2427.8, 1 Items 1 and 2.

G2426.2 (502.2) Connectors required. Connectors shall be used to connect appliances to the vertical chimney or vent, except where the chimney or vent is attached directly to the appliance. Vent connector size, material, construction and installation shall be in accordance with Section G2427.

G2427.3 (503.3) Design and construction.A venting system shall be designed and constructed so as to develop a positive I flow adequate to convey flue or vent gases to the outdoors.

G2426.3 (502.3) Vent application. The application of vents shall be in accordance with Table G2427.4.

G2427.3.1 (503.3.1) Appliance draft requirements. A venting system shall satisfy the draft requirements of the 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FUEL GAS

I

appliance in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

located adjacent to public walkways and shall be located as specified in Section 503.8, Items 1 and 2.

1

G2427.3.2 (503.3.2)Design and construction.Appliances required to be vented shall be connected to a venting system designed and installed in accordance with the provisions of Sections G2427.4 through G2427.15.

G2427.3.4 (503.3.5) Circulating air ducts and furnace plenums. No portion of a venting system shall extend into or pass through any circulating air duct or furnace plcnum.

62427.3.5 (503.3.6) Above-ceiling air-handling spaces. 62427.3.3 (503.3.3) Mechanical draft systems. Mechani-

Where a venting system passes through an above-ceiling air-handling space or othcr nonducted portion of an air-handling system, the venting system shall conform to one of the following requirements:

cal draft systems shall comply with the following: 1. Mechanical draft systems shall be listed and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions for both the appliance and the mechanical draft system.

1. The venting system shall be a listed special gas vent; other venting system serving a Category 111or Category 1V appliance; or other positive pressure vent, with joints sealed in accordance with the appliance or vent manufacturer's instructions.

2. Appliances, except incinerators, requiring venting shall be permitted to be vented by means of mechanical draft systems of either forced or induced draft design

2. The venting system shall be installed such that fittings

and joints between sections are not installed in the above-ceiling space.

3. Forced draft systems and all portions of induced draft

systems under positive pressure during operation shall be designed and installed so as to prcvcnt leakage of flue or vent gases into a building.

3. The venting system shall be installed in a conduit or enclosure with sealed joints separating the interior of the conduit or cnclosure from the ceiling space.

4. Vent connectors serving applianccs vcnted by natural

draft shall not be connected into any portion of mechanical draft systems operating under positive pressure.

62427.4 (503.4) Type of venting system to be used. The type of venting system to be used shall be in accordance with Table G2427.4.

5. Where a mechanical draft system is employed, provi-

62427.4.1(503.4.1) Plastic piping. Plastic piping used for venting appliances listed for use with such ventingmaterials shall be approved.

sions shall be made to prevent the flow of gas to the main burners when the draft system is not performing so as to satisfy thc operating- requirements of the appliance for safe performance.

I

62427.4.2 (503.4.2) Special gas vent. Special gas vcnt

6. The exit terminals of mechanical draft systems shall be not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) abovc grade where

shall be listed and installed in accordance with the special gas vent manufacturer's installation instructions.

1

TABLE G2427.4 TYPE OF VENTING SYSTEM TO BE USED APPLIANCES I

Listed Category I appliances Listed appl~ancesequipped with draft hood Appliances listed for use with Type B gas vent -

Listed vented wall furnaces

-

'

TYPE OF VENTING SYSTEM --Type B gas vent (Section G2427.6) Chimney (Section (32427.5) Single-wall metal pipe (Section (32427.7) Listed chimney lining system for gas venting (Section G2427.5.2) gas vent listed for these appliances (Section G2427.4.2) --

Type B-W gas vent (Sections (32427.6, G2436)

--7---

Category I1 appliances -

As specified or furnished by manufacturers of listed appliances

Categoly I11 appliances

As specified or furnished by manufacturers of listed appliances (Sections G2427.4.1, (32427.4.2)

Category IV apphances

As specified or furnished by manufacturers of listed appliances (Scctions G2427.4.1, (32427.4.2)

-

Chimney (Section (32427.5) Decorative appliances in vented fireplaces

1 Chimney See Section G2427.2.1 See Section G2427.2.2


--

I

=I 397

FUEL GAS

62427.5 (503.5) Masonry, metal, and factory-built chimneys. Masonry, metal and factory-built chimneys shall comply with Sections G2427.5.1 through G2427.5.9.

I

G2427.5.1 (503.5.1) Factory-built chimneys. Factory-built chimneys shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Factory-built chimneys used to vent appliances that operate at a positive vent pressure shall be listed for such application. 62427.5.2 (503.5.3) Masonry chimneys. Masonry chimneys shall be built and installed in accordance with NFPA 21 1 and shall be lined with approvedclay flue lining, a listed chimney lining system or other approved material that will resist corrosion, erosion, softening or cracking from vent gases at temperatures up to 1,800°F (982OC).

I

Exception: Masonry chimney flues serving listed gas appliances with draft hoods, Category I appliances and other gas appliances listedfor use with ~~~e B vents shall be permitted to be lined with a chimney lining system specifically listed for use only with such appliances. The liner shall beinstalled in accordance with the liner manufacturer's installation instructions. A permanent identifying label shall be attached at the point where the

connection is to be made to the liner. The label shall read: "This chimney liner is for appliances that burn gas only. Do not connect to solid or liquid fuel-burning appliances or incinerators." G2427.5.3 (503.5.4) Chimney termination. Chimneys for residential-type or low-heat appliances shall extend at least I 3 feet (914 mm) above the highest point where they pass through a roof of a building and at least 2 feet (610 mm) higher than any portion of a building within a horizontal distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) (see Figure G2427.5.3). Chimneys for medium-heat appliances shall extend at least 10 1 feet (3048 mm) higher than any portion of any building within 25 feet (7620 mm). Chimneys shall extend at least 5 feet (1524 mm) above the highest connected appliance draft I hood outlet or flue collar. Decorative shrouds shall not be installed at the termination of factory-built chimneys except where such shrouds are listed and labeled for use with the specific factory-built chimney system and are installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. G2427.5.4 (503.5.5) Size of chimneys. The effective area of a chimney venting system serving listed appliances with

10 FT OR LESS

r CHIMNEY

CHIMNEY

. O z A N 7

3" MIN.

,

CHIMNEY

10 FT OR LESS

CHIMNEY A. TERMINATION 10 FT OR LESS FROM RIDGE, WALL OR PARAPET

8.TERMINATION MORE THAN 10 FT FROM RIDGE, WALL OR PARAPET

For S1: 1 inch = 25.4 mm,1 foot = 304.8 mm. NOTES: a. No height above parapet required when distance from walls or parapet is more than 10 feet. b. Height above any roof surface within 10 feet horizontally.

FIGURE G2427.5.3 (503.5.4) TYPICAL TERMINATION LOCATIONS FOR CHIMNEYS AND SINGLE-WALL METAL PIPES


FUEL GAS

draft hoods, Category 1 appliances, and other appliances listed for use with Type B vents shall be determined in accordance with one of the following methods: 1. The provisions of Section G2428. 2. For sizing an individual chimney venting system for a single appliance with a draft hood, the effective areas of the vent connector and chimney flue shall be not less than the area of the appliance flue collar or draft hood outlet, nor greater than seven times the draft hood outlet area.

3. For sizing a chimney venting system connected to two appliances with draft hoods, the effective arca of the chimney flue shall be not less than the area of the larger draft hood outlet plus 50 percent of the area of the smaller draft hood outlet, nor greater than seven times the smallest draft hood outlet area. 4. Chimney venting systems using mechanical draft shall be sized in accordance with approved engineering methods. 5. Other approved engineering methods. 62427.5.5 (503.5.6) Inspection of chimneys. Before replacing an existing appliance or connecting a vent connector to a chimney, the chimney passageway shall be examined to ascertain that it is clear and free of obstructions and it shall be cleaned if previously used for venting solid or liquid fuel-burning appliances or fireplaces. 62427.5.5.1 (503.5.6.1) Chimney lining. Chimneys shall be lined in accordance with Chapter 10. Exception: Existing chimneys shall be permitted to have their use continucd when an appliance is replaced by an appliance of similar type, input rating and efficiency. 62427.5.5.2 (503.5.6.2) Cleanouts. Cleanouts shall be examined to determine they will remain tightly closed when not in use.

I

62427.5.5.3 (5035.63) Unsafe chimneys. Where inspection reveals that an existing chimney is not safe for the intended application, it shall be repaired, rebuilt, lined, relined or replaced with a vent or chimney to conform to NFPA 21 1 and it shall be suitable for the appliances to be vented. 62427.5.6 (503.5.7) Chimneys serving equipment burning other fuels. Chimneys serving equipment burning other fuels shall comply with Sections G2427.5.6.1 through G2427.5.6.4. 62427.5.6.1 (503.5.7.1) Solid fuel-burning appliances. An appliance shall not be connected to a chimney flue serving a separatc appliance designed to bum solid fuel. 62427.5.6.2 (503.5.7.2) Liquid fuel-burning appliances. Where one chimney flue serves gas appliances and liquid fuel-burning appliances, thc appliances shall be connected through separate openings or shall be connected through a single opening where joined by a suitable fitting located as close as practical to the chimney. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

Where two or more openings are provided into one chimney flue, they shall be at different levels. Wherc the appliances are automatically controlled, they shall be equipped with safety shutoff devices.

62427.5.6.3 (503.5.73) Combination gas- and solid fuel-burning appliances. A combination gas- and solid fuel-burning appliance equipped with a manual reset device to shut off gas to the main burner in the event of sustained backdraft or flue gas spillage shall be permitted to be connected to a single chimney flue. The chimney flue shall be sized to properly vent the appliance. 62427.5.6.4 (503.5.7.4) Combination gas- and oil fuel-burningappliances. A listed combination gas- and oil fuel-burning appliance shall be permitted to be connectcd to a single chimney flue. The chimney flue shall be sized to properly vent the appliance. G2427.5.7 (503.5.8) Support of chimneys. All portions of chimneys shall be supportedfor the design and weight of the materials employed. Factory-built chimneys shall be supported and spaced in accordance with the manufacturer's I installation instructions. G2427.5.8 (503.5.9) Cleanouts. Where a chimney that formerly carried flue products from liquid or solid fuel-buming appliances is used with an appliance using fuel gas, an accessible cleanout shall be provided. The cleanout shall have a tight-fitting cover and be installedso its uppcr cdge is at least 6 inches (152 mm) below thelower edge of the lowest chimney inlet opening. 62427.5.9 (503.5.10) Space surrounding lining or vent. The remaining space surrounding a chimney liner, gas vent, special gas vent or plastic piping installed within a masonry chimney flue shall not be used to vent another appliance. The insertion of another liner or vent within the chimney as provided in this code and the liner or vent manufacturer's instructions shall not be prohibited. The remaining space surrounding a chimney liner, gas vent, special gas vent or plastic piping installed within a masonry, metal or factory-built chimney shall not be used to supply combustion air. Such space shall not be prohibited from supplying combustion air to direct-vent appliances designed for installation in a solid fuel-burning fireplace and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

62427.6 (503.6) Gas vents. Gas vents shall comply with Sections G2427.6.1 through G2427.6.11. (See Section G2403, Definitions.) 62427.6.1 (503.6.1) Installation, general. Gas vents shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listings and the manufacturer's instructions. 62427.62 (503.6.2) Type B-W vent capacity. A Type B-W gas vent shall have a listed capacity not less than that of the listed vented wall furnace to which it is connected. 62427.6.3 (503.6.3) Roof penetration. A gas vent passing through a roof shall extend through thc roof flashing, roof jack or roof thimble and shall be terminated by a listed termination cap.

I

FUEL GAS

I)

I

4. As provided for appliances with integral vents in Section G2427.2.2. 5. As provided for mechanical draft systems in Section G2427.3.3.

62427.6.4 (503.6.4) Gas vent tennination. A gas vent shall terminate in accordance with one of the following: 1. Gas vents that are 12 inches (305 mm) or less in size and located not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) from a vertical wall or similar obstruction shall terminate above the roof in accordance with Figure G2427.6.4. 2. Gas vents that are over 12 inches (305 rnrn) in size or are located less than 8 feet (2438 mm) from a vertical wall or similar obstruction shall terminate not less than 2 feet (610 mm) above the highest point where they pass through the roof andnot less than 2 feet (610 mm) above any portion of a building within 10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally. 3. As provided for direct-vent systems in Section G2427.2.1.

62427.6.4.1 (503.6.4.1) Decorative shrouds. Decorative shrouds shall not be installed at the termination of gas vents except where such shrouds are listed for use with the specific gas venting system and are installed in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 62427.65 (503.6.5) Minimum height. A Type B or L gas vent shall terminate at least 5 feet (1524 mm) in vertical height above the highest connected appliance draft hood or flue collar. A Type B-W gas vent shall terminate at least 12 feet (3658 mm) in vertical height above the bottom of the wall furnace.

LOWEST DISCHARGE OPENING

MINIMUM HEIGHT FROM ROOF TO LOWEST DISCHARGE OPENING

1 ~ ~ 3 p--pq~=ROOF SLOPE

H (minimum) ft

Flat to 6/12

1.O

Over 6/12to 7/12

1.25

Over 7/,2to a/12

1.5

p p p p -

Over a/12to 9/12 -

L

Over 9/12to

I -

2.0 2.5

Over lo/,, to "/,,

3.25

Over ',Il2to l2Il2

4.0

Over l2Jl2 to L4/12

5.O 6.0

T--

I -

Over l6Il2to Over la/,, to 20/12

7.5

Over 20/12 to 21/12

8.0

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. FIGURE G2427.6.4 (503.6.4) GAS VENT TERMINATION LOCATIONS FOR LISTED CAPS 12 INCHES OR LESS IN SIZE AT LEAST 8 FEET FROM A VERTICAL WALL 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

FUEL GAS

62427.6.6 (503.6.6) Roof terminations. Gas vents shall extend through the roof flashing, roof jack or roof thimble and terminate with a listed cap or listed roof assembly.

62427.6.10 (503.6.11) Support of gas vents. Gas vents shall be supported and spaced in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

62427.6.7 (503.6.7) Forced air inlets. Gas vents shall terminate not less than 3 feet (914 mm) above any forced air inlet located within 10 feet (3048 mm).

62427.6.11 (503.6.12) Marking. In those localities where solid and liquid fuels are used extensively, gas vents shall be permanently identifiedby a label attached to the wall or ceiling at a point where the vent connector enters the gas vent. The determination of where such localities exist shall be made by the code official. The label shall read:

62427.6.8 (503.6.8) Exterior wall penetrations. A gas vent extending through an exterior wall shall not terminate adjacent to the wall or below eaves or parapets, except as provided in Sections G2427.2.1 and G2427.3.3. 62427.6.9 (503.6.9) Size of gas vents. Venting systems shall be sized and constructed in accordance with Section (32428 or other approved engineering methods and the gas vent and appli'ulce manufacturer's installation instructions. 62427.6.9.1 (503.6.9.1) Category I appliances. The sizing of natural draft venting systems serving one or more listed appliances equipped with a draft hood or appliances listed for use with Type B gas vent, installed in a single story of a building, shall be in accordance with one of the following methods: 1. The provisions of Section (32428. 2. For sizing an individual gas vent for a single, draft-hood-equipped appliance, the effective area of the vent connector and the gas vent shall be not less than the area of the appliance draft hood outlet, nor greater than seven times the draft hood outlet area.

3. For sizing a gas vent connected to two appliances with draft hoods, the effective area of the vent shall be not less than the area of the larger draft hood outlet plus 50 percent of the area of the smaller draft hood outlet, nor greater than seven times the smaller draft hood outlet area. 4. Approved engineering practices. 62427.6.9.2 (503.6.9.2) Vent offsets. Type B and L vents sized in accordance with Item 2 or 3 of Section G24276.9.1 shall extend in a generally vertical direction with offsets not exceeding 45 degrees (0.79 rad), except that a vent system having not more than one 60-degree (1.04 rad) offset shall be permitted. Any angle greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the vertical is considered horizontal. The total horizontal distance of a vent plus the horizontal vent connector s e r v i n g draft hood-equipped appliances shall be not greater than 75 percent of the vertical height of the vent. 62427.6.9.3 (503.6.9.3) Category 11,111and IV appliances. The sizing of gas vents for Category LI, III and IV appliances shall be in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's instructions. 62427.6.9.4 (503.6.9.4) Mechanical draft. Chimney venting systems using mechanical draft shall be sized in accordance with approved engineering methods.


"This gas vent is for appliances that bum gas. Do not connect to solid or liquid fuel-burning appliances or incinerators." 62427.7 (503.7) Single-wall metal pipe. Single-wall metal pipe vents shall comply with Sections G2427.7.1 through G2427.7.12. 62427.7.1 (503.7.1) Construction. Single-wall metal pipe shall be constructed of galvanized sheet steel not lcss than 0.0304 inch (0.7 mm) thick, or other approved, noncombustible, corrosion-resistant material. 62427.7.2 (503.7.2) Cold climate. Uninsulated single-wall metal pipe shall not be used outdoors for venting appliances in regions where the 99-percent winter design temperature is below 32°F (0°C).

I

62427.7.3 (503.7.3) Termination. Single-wall metal pipe shall terminate at least 5 feet (1524 mm) in vertical height above the highest connected appliance draft hood oiitlet or I flue collar. Single-wall metal pipe shall extendat least 2 feet (610 mm) above the highest point where it passes through a roof of a building and at least 2 feet (610 mm) higher than any portion of a building within a horizontal distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) (see Figure G2427.6.4). An approved cap or roof assembly shall be attached to the terminus of a single-wall metal pipe (see also Section G2427.7.8, Item 3).

62427.7.4 (503.7.4) Limitations of use. Single-wall metal pipe shall be used only for runs directly froin the space in which the appliance is located through the roof or exterior I wall to the outdoor atmosphere. 62427.7.5 (503.7.5) Roof penetrations. A pipe passing through a roof shall extend without interruption through the roof flashing, roof jack, or roof thimble. Where a single-wall metal pipe passes through a roof constructed of combustible material, a noncombustible. nonventilating thimble shall be used at the point of passage. The thimble shall extend at least 18 inches (457 mm) above and 6 inches (152 mm) below the roof with the annular space open at the bottom and closed only at the top. The thimble shall be sized in accordance with Section G2427.10. IS. 62427.7.6 (503.7.6) Installation. Single-wall metal pipe shall not originate in any unoccupied attic or concealed space and shall not pass through any attic, inside wall, concealed space, or floor. The installation of a single-wall metal pipe through an exterior combustible wall shall comply with Section G2427.10.15. Single-wall metal pipe used for venting an incinerator shall be exposed and readily examinable for its full length and shall have suitable clearances maintained.

FUEL GAS

I

62427.7.7 (503.7.7) Clearances. Minimum clearances from single-wall metal pipe to combustible material shall be in accordance with Table G2427.7.7. The clearance from single-wall metal pipe to combustible material shall be permitted to be reduced where the combustible material is protected as specified for vent connectors in Table G2409.2.

62427.8 (503.8) Venting system termination location. The location of venting system terminations shall comply with the following (see ix - A ~ ~ e n dC):

62427.7.8 (503.7.8) Size of single-wall metal pipe. A venting system constructed of single-wall metal pipe shall be sized in accordance with one of the following methods and the appliance manufacturer's instructions:

Exceptions: 1. This provision shall not apply to the combustion air intake of a direct-vent appliance. 2. This provision shall not apply to the separation of the integral outdoor air inlet and flue gas discharge of listed outdoor appliances. 2. A mechanical draft venting system, excluding direct-vent appliances, shall terminate at least 4 feet (1219 mm) below, 4 feet (1219 mm) horizontally from, or 1 foot (305 mm) above any door, operable window, or gravity air inlet into any building. The bottom of the vent terminal shall be located at least 12 inches (305 mm) above grade. 3. The vent terminal of a direct-vent appliance with an input of 10,000 Btu per hour (3 kW) or less shall be located at least 6 inches (152 mm) from any air opening into a building, and such an appliance with an input over 10,000 Btu per hour (3 kW) but not over 50,000 Btu per hour (14.7 kW) shall be installed with a 9-inch (230 mm) vent termination clearance, and an appliance with an input over 50,000 B t u h (14.7 kW) shall have at least a 12-inch (305 mm) vent termination clearance. The bottom of the vent terminal and the air intake shall be located at least 12 inches (305 rnm) above grade. 4. Through-the-wall vents for Category I1 and IV appliances and noncategorized condensing appliances shall not terminate over public walkways or over an area where condensate or vapor could create a nuisance or hazard or could be detrimental to the operation of regulators, relief valves, or other equipment. Where local expe-

-

..

1. A mechanical draft venting system shall terminate at least 3 feet (914 mm) above any forced-air inlet located within 10 feet (3048 mm).

1. For a draft-hood-equipped appliance, in accordance with Section G2428. 2. For a venting system for a single appliance with a draft hood, the areas of the connector and the pipe each shall be not less than the area of the appliance flue collar or draft hood outlet, whichever is smaller. The vent area shall not be greater than seven times the draft hood outlet area. 3. Other approved engineering methods. 62427.7.9 (503.7.9) Pipe geometry. Any shaped single-wall metal pipe shall be permitted to be used, provided that its equivalent effective area is equal to the effective area of the round pipe for which it is substituted, and provided that the minimum internal dimension of the pipe is not less than 2 inches (51 mm). 62427.7.10 (503.7.10) Termination capacity. The vent cap or a roof assembly shall have a venting capacity not less than that of the pipe to which it is attached. 62427.7.11 (503.7.11) Support of single-wall metal pipe. All portions of single-wall metal pipe shall be supported for the design and weight of the material employed. 62427.7.12 (503.7.12) Marking. Single-wall metal pipe shall comply with the marking provisions of Section G2427.6.11.

TABLE G2427.7.7 (503.8.7)a CLEARANCES FOR CONNECTORS

-

--

MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

or/ 1

~

vent material

APPLIANCE -

Listed appfiances with draft hoods and appliances listed foror/ use with Type I3 gasvents Residential boilers and furnaces with listed gas conversion burner and with draft hood

(

As listed

6 inches

-4Not permitted

Residential appliances listed for use with Type L vents

/ Listed pas-fired toilets Unlisted residential appliances with draft hood Residential and low-heat appliances other than above

I-

Medium-heat a~oliances

1 I

1

Notoemitted Not permitted Not permitted Not ~ermitted

1

metal pipe

vent - m

As listed

6 inches

As listed

~

+

rheS , 1

(As listed

9 inches

Aslisted

Aslisted

9 inches

18inches

9 inches

Not ~ermitted I

As listed

I

1

Aslisted

1

As l i s t e d 1

:;:i;h:

36 inches

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 nim. a. These clearances shall apply unless the manufacturer's installation instructions for a listed appliance or connector specify different clearances, in which case the listed clearances shall apply.

402


FUEL GAS

rience indicates that condensate is a problem with Category I and 111 appliances, this provision shall also apply.

5. Smooth interior wall metal pipe having resistance to heat and corrosion equal to or greater than that of ltem 2, 3 or 4 above; or 6. A listed vent connector. Vent connectors shall not be covered with insulation.

62427.9 (503.9) Condensationdrainage. Provisions shall be made to collect and dispose of condensate from venting sysI tems serving Category I1 and IV appliances and noncategorized condensing appliances in accordance with Section 503.8, Item 4. Where local experience indicates that condensation is aproblem, provision shall be made to drain off and dispose of condensate from venting systems serving CateI gory I and III appliances in accordance with Section G2427.8, Item 4.

Exception: Listed insulated vent connectors shall be installed according to the terms of their listing. 62427.10.2.4 (503.10.2.4) Low-heat equipment. A vent connector for a nonresidential, low-heat appliance I shall be a factory-built chimney section or steel pipe having resistance to heat and corrosion equivalent to that for the appropriate galvanized pipe as specified in Table G2427.10.2.4. Factory-built chimney sections shall be joined together in accordance with the chimney manufacturer's instructions.

62427.10 (503.10) Vent connectors for Category I equipment. Vent connectors for Category I equipment shall comply with Sections G2427.10.1 through G2427.10.15.

I

62427.10.1 (503.10.1) Where required. A vent connector shall be used to connect an appliance to a gas vent, chimney or single-wall metal pipe, except where the gas vent, chimney or single-wall metal pipe is directly connected to the appliance. G2427.1.0.2 (503.10.2) Materials. Vent connectors shall be constructed in accordance with Sections G2427.10.1 through (32427.10.2.5. G2427.10.2.1 (503.1031) General. A vent connector shall be made of noncombustible corrosion-resistant material capable of withstanding the vent gas temperature produced by the appliance and of sufficient thickness to withstand physical damage. G2427.10.2.2 (503.10.2.2) Vent connectors located in unconditioned areas. Where the vent connector used for an appliance having a draft hood or a Category I appliance is located in or passes through attics, crawl spaces or other unconditioned spaces, that portion of the vent connector shall be listed Type B, Type L or listed vent material having cquivalent insulation properlies.

Exception: Single-wall metal pipe located within the exterior walls of the building in areas having a local 99-percent winter design temperature of 5°F (-15°C) or higher shall be permitted to be used in unconditioned spaces other than attics and crawl spaces. G2427.10.2.3 (503.10.2.3) Residential-type appliance connectors. Wherc vent connectors for residential-type appliances are not installed in attics or other unconditioned spaces, connectors for listed appliances having draft hoods, appliances having draft hoods and equipped with listed conversion burners and Category 1appliances shall be one of the following: 1. Type B or L vent material; 2. Galvanized sheet steel not less than 0.018 inch (0.46 mm) thick; 3. Aluminum (1 I00 or 3003 alloy or equivalent) sheet not less than 0.027 inch (0.69 mm) thick; 4. Stainless steel sheet not less than 0.012 inch (0.31 rnm) thick; 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

TABLE 62427.10.2.4 (503.10.2.4) MINIMUM THICKNESS FOR GALVANIZED STEEL VENT CONNECTORS FOR LOW-HEAT APPLIANCES .. -

DIAMETER OF CONNECTOR (inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS (inch)

Less than 6

0.019

6%

-

1zzzT-

0.023

10 to 12 inclusive

0.029

14 to 16 inclusive

0.034

LOL~~C

--

__ -

0.056


G2427.10.3 (503.10.3) Size of vent connector. Vent connectors shall be sized in accordance with Sections G2427.10.3.1 through G2427.3.5. G2427.10.3.1 (503.10.3.1) Single draft hood and fan-assisted. A vent connector for an appliance with a I single draft hood or for a Category I fan-assisted combustion system appliance shall be sized and installed in accordance with Section G2428 or other approved engineering methods. G2427.10.3.2 (503.10.3.2) Multiple draft hood. For a single appliance having more than one draft hood outlet or flue collar, the manifold shall be constructed according to the instructions of the appliance manufacturer. Where there are no instructions, the manifold shall be designed and constructed in accordance with approved engineering practices. As an alternate method, the effectivc area of the manifold shall equal the combined area of the flue collars or draft hood outlets and the vent connectors shall have a minimum 1-foot (305 mm) rise. G2427.10.3.3 (503.10.3.3) Multiple appliances.Where two or more appliances are connected to a common vent or chimney, each vent connector shall be sized in accordance with Section G2428 or other approved enginccring methods. As an alternative method applicable only when all of the appliances are draft hood equipped, each vent connector shall have an effcctive area not less than the area of the draft hood outlet of the appliance to which it is connected.

FUEL GAS

G2427.10.3.4 (503.10.3.4) Common connectorlmanifold. Where two or more appliances are vented through a comlnon vent connector or vent manifold, the common vent connector or vent manifold shall be located at the highest level consistent with available headroom and the reauired clearance to combustible materials and shall be sizkd in accordance with Section G2428 or other approved engineering methods. As an alternate method applicable only where there are two draft hood-equipped appliances, the effective area of the common vent connector or vent manifold and all junction fittings shall be not less than the area of the larger vent connector plus 50 percent of the area of the smaller flue collar outlet.

1

G2427.10.3.5 (503.10.3.5) Size increase. Where the size of a vent connector is increased to overcome installation limitations and obtain connector capacity equal to the appliance input, the size increase shall be made at the appliance draft hood outlet. G2427.10.4 (503.10.4) Two or more appliances connected to a single vent. Where two or morevent connectors enter a common gas vent, chimney flue, or single-wall metal pipe, the smaller connector shall enter at the highest level consistent with the available headroom or clearance to combustible material. Vent connectors serving Category I appliances shall not be connected to any portion of a mechanical draft system operating under positive static pressure, such as those serving Category ILI or IV appliances. G2427.10.5 (503.10.5) Clearance. Minimum clearances from vent connectors to combustible material shall be in accordance with Table G2427.7.7.

Exception: The clearance between a vent connector and combustible material shall be permitted to be reduced where the combustible material is protected as specified for vent connectors in Table G2409.2. G2427.10.6 (503.10.6) Flow resistance. A vent connector shall be installed so as to avoid turns or other construction features that create excessive resistance to flow of vent gases. G2427.10.7 (503.10.7) Joints. Joints between sections of connector piping and connections to flue collars and draft hood outlets shall be fastened by one of the following methods: 1. Sheet metal screws.

G2427.10.9 (503.10.9) Length of vent connector. A vent connector shall be as short as practical and the appliance I located as close as practical to the chimney or vent. The maximum horizontal length of a single-wall connector shall be 75 percent of the height of the chimney or vent except for engineered systems. The maximum horizontal length of a Type B double-wall connector shall be 100 percent of the height of the chimney or vent except for engineered systems. For a chimney or vent system serving multiple appliances, the maximum length of an individual connector, from the appliance outlet to the junction with the common vent or another connector, shall be 100 percent of the height of the chimney or vent.

I

I

G2427.10.10 (503.10.10) Support. A vent connector shall be supported for the design and weight of the material employed to maintain clearances and prevent physical damage and separation of joints. G2427.10.11 (503.10.11) Chimney connection. Where entering a flue in a masonry or metal chimney, the vent connector shall be installed above the extreme bottom to avoid stoppage. Where a thimble or slip joint is used to facilitate removal of the connector, the connector shall be firmly attached to or inserted into the thimble or slip joint to p r e vent the connector from falling out. Means shall be employed to prevent the connector from entering so far as to restrict the space between its end and the opposite wall of the chimney flue (see Section G2425.9). G2427.10.12 (503.10.12) 1nspection.Theentirelength of a vent connector shall be provided with ready access for inspection, cleaning, and replacement. G2427.10.13 (503.10.13) Fireplaces. A vent connector shall not be connected to a chimney flue serving a fireplace unless the fireplace flue opening is permanently sealed. G2427.10.14 (503.10.14) Passage through ceilings, floors or walis. Single-wall metal pipe connectors shall not pass through any wall, floor or ceiling except as permitted by Sections G2427.7.4 and G2427.10.15. G2427.10.15 (503.10.15) Single-wall connector penetrations of combustible walls. Avent connector made of a single-wall metal pipe shall not pass through a combustible exterior wall unless guarded at the point of passage by aventilated metal thimble not smaller than the following:

G2427.10.8 (503.10.8) Slope. A vent connector shall be installed without dips or sags and shall slope upward toward the vent or chimney at least '1, inch per foot (21 rnmlm).

1. For listed appliances equipped with draft hoods and appliances listed for use with Type B gas vents, the thimble shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) larger in diameter than the vent connector. Where there is arun of not less than 6 feet (1 829 mm) of vent connector in the open between the draft hood outlet and the thimble, the thimble shall be permitted to be not less than 2 inches (51 mm) larger in diameter than the vent connector.

Exception: Vent connectors attached to a mechanical draft system installed in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions.

2. For unlisted appliances having draft hoods, the thimble shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm) larger in diameter than the vent connector.

2. Vent connectors of listed vent material assembled and connected to flue collars or draft hood outlets in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions. 3. Other approved means.


I

FUEL GAS

3. For residential and low-heat appliances, the thimble shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) larger in diameter than the vent connector. Exception: In lieu of thimble protection, all combustible material in the wall shall be removed from the vent connector a sufficient distance to provide the specified clearance from such vent connector to combustible material. Any material used to close up such opening shall be noncombustible. 62427.11 (503.11) Vent connectors for Category 11, I11 and IV appliances. Vent connectors for Category II, 111 and IV appliances shall be as specified for the venting systems in accordance with Section G2427.4. 62427.12 (503.12) Draft hoods and draft controls. The installation of draft hoods and draft controls shall comply with Sections G2427.12.1 through G2427.12.7. 62427.12.1 (503.12.1) Appliances requiring draft I hoods. Vented appliances shall be installed with draft hoods.

I

I I I I I I

I

I

I

Exception: Dual oven-type combination ranges; incinerators; direct-vent appliances; fan-assisted combustion system appliances; appliances requiring chimney draft for operation; single fiebox boilers equipped with conversion burners with inputs greater than 400,000 Btu per hour (117 kW); appliances equipped with blast, power or pressure burners that are not listed for use with draft hoods; and appliances designed for forced venting. 62427.12.2 (503.12.2) Installation. A draft hood supplied with or forming a part of a listed vented appliance shall be installed without alteration, exactly as furnished and specified by the appliance manufacturer. 62427.12.2.1 (503.12.2.1) Draft hood required. If a draft hood is not supplied by the appliance manufacturer where one is required, a draft hood shall he installed, shall be of a listedor approved type and, in the absence of other instructions, shall be of the same size as the appliance flue collar. Where a draft hood is required with a conversion burner, it shall be of a listed or approved type. 62427.12.2.2 (503.12.2.2) Special design draft hood. Where it is determined that a draft hood of special design is needed or preferable for a particular installation, the installation shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the appliance manufacturer and shall be approved. 62427.12.3 (503.12.3) Drafl control devices. Where a draft control device is part of the appliance or is supplied by the appliance manufacturer, it shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. In the absence of manufacturer's instructions, the device shall be attached to the flue collar of the appliance or as near to the appliance as practical. 62427.12.4 (503.12.4) Additional devices. Appliances (except incinerators) requiring a controlled chimney draft shall be permitted to be equipped with a listed double-acting


COD^

barometric-draft regulator installed and adjusted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

62427.12.5 (503.12.5) Location. Draft hoods and barometric draft regulators shall be installed in the same room or enclosure as the appliance in such a manner as to prevent I any difference in pressure between the hood or regulator and the combustion air supply. 62427.12.6 (503.12.6) Positioning. Draft hoods and draft regulators shall be installed in the position for which they were designed with reference to the horizontal and vertical planes and shall be located so that the relief opening is not obstructed by any part of the appliance or adjacent construction. The appliance and its draft hood shall be located so that I the relief opening is accessible for checking vent operation. 62427.12.7 (503.12.7) Clearance. A draft hood shall be located so its relief opening is not less than 6 inches (152 mm)from any surface except that of the appliance it serves I and the venting system to which the draft hood is connected. Where a greater or lesser clearance is indicated on the appliance label, thc clearance shall be not less than that I specified on the label. Such clearances shall not be reduced. 62427.13 (503.13) Manually operated dampers. A manually operated damper shall not be placed in the vent connector for any appliance. Fixed baffles shall not be classified as manu- I ally operated dampers. 62427.14 (503.14) Automatically operated vent dampers. An automatically operated vent damper shall be of a listed type.

62427.15 (503.15) Obstructions.Devices that retard the flow of vent gases shall not be installed in a vent connector, chimney, or vent. The following shall not bcconsidered as obstructions: 1. Draft regulators and safety controls specifically listed for installation in venting systems and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

I

2. Approved draft regulators and safety controls that are designed and installed in accordance with approved engineering methods. 3. Listed heat reclaimers and automatically operated vent dampers installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

I

4. Approved economizers, heat reclaimers, and recuperators installed in venting systems of equipment not required to be equipped with draft hoods, provided that the appliance manufacturer's instructions cover the I installation of such a device in the venting system and performance in accordance with Sections G2427.3 and G2427.3.1 is obtained.

5. Vent dampers serving listed appliances installed in accordance with Sections G2428.2.1 and G2428.3.1 or other approved engineering methods.

FUEL GAS

SECTION G2428 (504) SIZING OF CATEGORY I APPLIANCE VENTING SYSTEMS G2428.1(504.1) Definitions. The following definitions apply to tables in this section. APPLIANCE CATEGORIZED VENT DIAMETERIAREA. The minimum vent arealdiameter permissible for Category I appliances to maintain a nonpositive vent static pressure when tested in accordance with nationally recognized standards. FAN-ASSISTED COMBUSTION SYSTEM. An appliance equipped with an integral mechanical means to either draw or force products of combustion through the combustion chamber or heat exchanger. FAN MIN. The minimum input rating of a Category I fanassisted appliance attached to a vent or connector. FAN MAX. The maximum input rating of a Category I fan-assisted appliance attached to a vent or connector. NAT MAX. The maximum input rating of a Category I draft-hood-equipped appliance attached to a vent or connector. FAN + FAN. The maximum combined appliance input rating of two or more Category I fan-assisted appliances attached to the common vent. FAN + NAT. The maximum combined appliance input rating of one or more Category I fan-assisted appliances and one or more Category I draft-hood-equipped appliances attached to the common vent. NA. Vent configuration is not permitted due to potential for condensate formation or pressurization of the venting system, or not applicable due to physical or geometric restraints. NAT + NAT. The maximum combined appliance input rating of two or more Category I draft-hood-equipped appliances attached to the common vent. G2428.2 (504.2) Application of single appliance vent Tables G2428.2(1) and G2428.2(2). The application of Tables G2428.2(1) and G2428.2(2) shall be subject to the requirements of Sections G2428.2.1 through G2428.2.15. G2428.2.1 (504.2.1) Vent obstructions. These venting tables shall not be used where obstructions, as described in Section G2427.15, are installed in the venting system. The installation of vents serving listed appliances with vent dampers shall be in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's instructions or in accordance with the following: I . The maximum capacity of the vent system shall be determined using the "NAT Max" column. 2. The minimum capacity shall be determined as if the appliance were a fan-assisted appliance, using the "FAN Min" column to determine the minimum

capacity of the vent system. Where the corresponding "FAN Min" is "NA," the vent configuration shall not be permitted and an alternative venting configuration shall be utilized. G2428.2.2 (504.2.2) Minimum size. Where the vent size determined from the tables is smaller than the appliance draft hood outlet or flue collar, the smaller size shall be permitted to be used provided all of the following are met: 1. The total vent height (H) is at least 10 feet (3048 mm). 2. Vents for appliance draft hood outlets or flue collars 12 inches (305 rnm) in diameter or smaller are not reduced more than one table size. 3. Vents for appliance draft hood outlets or flue collars larger than 12 inches (305 mm) in diameter are not reduced more than two table sizes.

4. The maximum capacity listed in the tables for a fan-assisted appliance is reduced by 10 percent (0.90 by maximum table capacity). 5. The draft hood outlet is greater than 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter. Do not connect a 3-inch-diameter (76 mm) vent to a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) draft hood outlet. This provision shall not apply to fan-assisted appliances. G2428.2.3 (504.2.3) Vent offsets. Single-appliance venting configurations with zero (0) lateral lengths in Tables G2428.2(1) and G2428.2(2) shall not have elbows in the venting system. Single-appliance venting configurations with lateral lengths include two 90-degree (1.57 rad) elbows. For each additional elbow up to and including 45 degrees (0.79 rad), the maximum capacity listed in the venting tables shall be reduced by 5 percent. For each additional elbow greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) up to and including 90 degrees (1.57 rad), the maximum capacity listed in the venting tables shall be reduced by 10 percent. G2428.2.4 (504.2.4) Zero lateral. Zero (0) lateral (L) shall apply only to a straight vertical vent attached to a top outlet draft hood or flue collar. G2428.2.5 (504.2.5) High altitude installations. Sea level input ratings shall be used when determining maximum capacity for high altitude installation. Actual input, derated for altitude, shall be used for determining minimum capacity for high altitude installation. G2428.2.6 (504.2.6) Multiple input rate appliances. For appliances with more than one input rate, the minimum vent capacity (FAN Min) determined from the tables shall be less than the lowest appliance input rating, and the maximum vent capacity (FAN MaxINAT Max) determined from the tables shall be greater than the highest appliance rating input.


I

Number of Appliances Appliance Type

TABLE G2428.2(1) [504.2(1)] TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL GAS VENT

Appliance Vent Connection

4

5

6

Categoly I Connected directly to vent

1

VENT DIAMETER-(D) inches

3

Single

7

APPLIANCE INPUT RATING IN THOUSANDS OF BTUlH

FUEL GAS


Single

Number of Appliances I

Appliance Type

TABLE G2428.2(2) [504.2(2)]

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL GAS VENT


(continued)

I Category I Single-wall metal connector

1

Number ot Appliances

1 Single I

Appliance Type

TABLE G2428.2(2) [504.2(2)-continued] TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL GAS VENT

Vent Connection VENT DIAMETER--@) inches

3

4

5

Far SI: I inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. 0 0) 0

6

7

I I

8

I

9

Category I Single-wall metal connector

FUEL GAS

I

1

I I

G2428.2.7 (504.2.7) Liner system sizing and connections. Listed corrugated metallic chimney liner systems in masonry chimneys shall be sized by using Table G2428.2(1) or G2428.2(2) for Type - - B vents with the maxi-

masonry chimneys venting listed Category I fan-assisted appliances shall be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions for such listed accessories.

mum capacity by 20 percent capacity) and the minimum capacity as shown in Table G2428.2(1) or G2428.2(2). liner 'ysterns installed with bends or offsets shall have their maximum capacity further reduced in accordance with Section ~2428.2.3. The 20-percent reduction for corrugated metallic chimney liner systems includes an allowance for one long-radius 90-degree (1.57 rad) turn at the bottom of the liner. Connections between chimney liners and listed double-wall connectors shall be made with listed adapters designed for such purpose. G2428.2.8 (504.2.8) Vent area nnd diameter. Where the vertical vent has a larger diameter than the vent connector, the vertical vent diameter shall be used to determine the minimum vent capacity, and the connector diameter shall be used to determine the maxim~imvent capacity. The flow area of the vertical vent shall not exceed seven times the flow area of the listed appliance categorized vent area, flue collar area, or draft hood outlet area unless designed in accordance with approved engineering methods.

G2428.2.14 (504.2.14) Table interpolation. Interpolation shall be permitted in calculating capacities for vent dimensions that fall between the table entries (see Example 3, Appendix B).

G2428.2.9 (504.2.9) Chimney and vent locations. Tables G2428.2(1) and G2428.2(2) shall only be used for chimneys and vents not exposed to the outdoors below the roof line. A v p e B vent or listed chimney lining system passing through an unused masonry chimney flue shall not be considered to be exposed to the outdoors. A Type B vent shall not be considered to be exposed to the outdoors where it passes through an unventilated enclosure or chasc insulated to a value of not less than R-8.

Exception: The installation of vents serving listed appliances shall be permitted to be in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's installation instructions. 62428.2.10 (504.2.10) Corrugated vent connector size. Corrugated vent connectors shall bc not smaller than the listed appliance categorized vent diameter, flue collar diameter, or draft hood outlet diameter. 62428.2.11 (504.2.11) Vent connector size limitation. Vent connectors shall not be increased in size more than two sizes greater than the listed appliance categorized vent diameter, flue collar diameter or draft hood outlet diameter. G2428.2.12 (504.2.12) Com~onentcommingling. - - In a single run of vent or vent connector, different diametersand types of vent and 'Onnector shall be to be used, provided that such sizes and are permitted by the tables.

I

G2428.2.13 (504.2.13) Draft hood conversion accessories. Draft hood conversion accessories for use with


G2428.2.15 (504.2.15) Extrapolationprohibited.Extrapolation beyond the table entries shall not be permitted. G2428.2.16 (504.2.16') Engineering calculations.For vent heights less than 6 feet (18% mm) and greater than shown in the tables, engineering mcthods shall be used to calculate vent capacities. G2428.3 (504.3) Application of multiple appliance vent Tables G2428.3(1) through G24283(4). The application of Tables G2428.3(1) through G2428.3(4) shall be subject to the requirements of Sections G2428.3.1 through G2428.3.22. G2428.3.1 (504.3.1) Vent obstructions. These venting tables shall not be used where obstructions, as described in Section (32427.15, are installed in the venting system. The installation of vents serving listed appliances with vent dampers shall be in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's instructions or in accordance with thc following: 1. The maximum capacity of the vent connector shall be determined using the NAT Max column. 2. The maximum capacity of the vertical vent or chimney shall be determined using the FAN+NAT column when the second appliance is afan-assisted appliance, or the NAT+NAT column when the second appliatlce is equipped with a draft hood. 3. The minimum capacity shall be determined as if the appliance were a fan-assisted appliance. 3.1. The minimum capacity of the vent connector shall be determined using the FAN Min column. 3.2. The FAN+FAN column shall be used when the second appliance is a fan-assisted appliance, and the FAN+NAT column shall be used when the second appliance is equipped with a draft hood: to determine whether the vertical vent or chimney configuration is not permitted (NA). Where the vent configuration is NA, the vent configuration shall not be permitted and an altemative vcnting - configurationshall be utilized. 62428.3.2 (504.3.2) Connector length limit. The vent connector shall be routed to the vent utilizing the shortest possible route. Except as provided in Section (3'2428.3.3, the maximum vent connector horizontal length shall be 1.5 feet (457 mm) for each inch (18 mm per rn;) of connector diameter as shown in Table (32428.3.2.

I

FUEL GAS

C1

Number of Appliances Appliance Type

TABLE G2428.3(1) [504.3(1)] TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT

i


T ~ omore r

Category I

--A

I

--

1 Type B double-wall connector 1

VENT CONNECTOR CAPACIN TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT AND CONNECTOR DIAMETER--@) inches

-

3

7

4

-

v7617

~p

B

9

COMMON VENT CAPACIN COMMON VENT DIAMETER (+inchr

7

8

1

9

COMBINED APPLIANCE INPUT RATING IN THOUSANDS OF BTUIH

For SI: 1 Inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 Bntlsh thermal

412

U I I I ~per

FAN

NAT

FAN

FAN

NAT

434

335

672

520

410

hour = 0.2931 W


FUEL GAS

) TABLE G2428.3(2) [504.3(2)] TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT

Appliance Type b p p l i a n c e Vent Connection

VENT CONNECTOR CAPACITY

COMMON VENT CAPACITY

For SI:

I inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thennal unit per hour = 0.2931 W


Number of Appliances

Two or more Categ* Single-wall metal connector

FUEL GAS

TABLE G2428.3(3) [504.3(3)] MASONRY CHIMNEY

VENT CONNECTOR CAPACITY 7

-

I

-

-

p p p p p

I

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT CONNECTOR DIAMETER-(D) inches

7

- 4 - & - ~ -

6

j-7-1

7----

8

1

9

COMMON VENT CAPACITY

50

HElGHT~

For SI.

1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 square Inch = 645.16 m d , I Foot = 304 8 mm, 1 Bntlsh thermal unlt per hour = 0 2931 W


FUEL GAS

TABLE G2428.3(4) [504.3(4)] MASONRY CHIMNEY

VENT CONNECTOR CAPACITY SINGLE-WALL METAL VENT CONNECTOR DIAMETER (Wtnches

4

1

5

APPLIANCE INPUT RATING LIMITS IN THOUSANDS OF BTUIH

COMMON VENT CAPACITY ---

For SI: 1 lnch = 25.4 mm, 1 square lnch = 645.16 m d , 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 Rnttsh thermal un~tper hour = 0.2931 W


FUEL GAS

y y Z ; ~ l TABLE G2428.3.2 (504.3.2) MAXIMUM VENT CONNECTOR LENGTH

offset (Lo)shall not exceed 1'1, feet for each inch (457 mm per mm) of common vent diameter.

CONNECTOR HORIZONTAL

4

6

d

13.5 For SI: 1inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 rnm.

62428.33 (504.3.3) Connectors with longer lengths. Connectors with longer horizontal lengths than those listed in Section G2428.3.2 are permitted under the following conditions: 1. The maximum capacity (FAN Max or NAT Max) of the vent connector shall be reduced 10 percent for each additional multiple of the length listed above. For example, the maximum length listed above for a 4-inch (102 mm) connector is 6 feet (1829 mm). With a connector length greater than 6 feet (1829 mm), but not exceeding 12 feet (3658 mm), the maximum capacity must be reduced by 10 percent (0.90 x maximum vent connector capacity). With a connector length greater than 12 feet (3658 mm), but not exceeding 18 feet (5486 mm), the maximum capacity must be reduced by 20 percent (0.80 x maximum vent capacity). 2. For a connector serving a fan-assisted appliance, the minimum capacity (FAN Min) of the connector shall be determined by referring to the corresponding single appliance table. For Type B double-wall connectors, Table G2428.2(1) shall be used. For single-wall connectors, Table G2428.2(2) shall be used. The height (H) and lateral (L) shall be measured according to the procedures for a single appliance vent, as if the other appliances were not present. G2428.3.4 (504.3.4) Vent connector manifold. Where the vent connectors are combined prior to entering the vertical portion of the common vent to form a common vent manifold, the size of the common vent manifold and the common vent shall be determined by applying a 10-percent reduction (0.90 x maximum common vent capacity) to the common vent capacity part of the common vent tables. The length of the common vent connector manifold (L,) shall not exceed I '1, feet for each inch (457 mm per mm) of commonvent connector manifold diameter (D) (see Appendix B Figure B-1 1). G2428.3.5 (504.3.5) Common vertical vent offset. Where the common vertical vent is offset, the maximum capacity of the common vent shall be reduced in accordance with Section G2428.3.6. The horizontal length of the common vent

62428.3.6 (504.3.6) Elbows in vents. For each elbow up to and including 45 degrees (0.79 rad) in the common vent, the maximum common vent capacity listed in the venting tables shall be reduced by 5 percent. For each elbow greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) up to and including 90 degrees (1.57 rad), the maximum common vent capacity Listed in the venting tables shall be reduced by 10 percent.

62428.3.7 (504.3.7) Elbows in connectors. The vent connector capacities listed in the common vent sizing tables include allowance for two 90-degree (1.57 rad) elbows. For each additional elbow up to and including 45 degrees (0.79 rad), the maximum vent connector capacity listed in the venting tables shall be reduced by 5 percent. For each elbow greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) up to and including 90 degrees (1.57 rad), the maximum vent connector capacity listed in the venting tables shall be reduced by 10 percent. 624283.8 (504.3.8) Common vent minimum size. The cross-sectional area of the common vent shall be equal to or greater than the cross-sectional area of the largest connector. 62428.3.9 (504.3.9) Common vent fittings. At the point where tee or wye fittings connect to a common vent, the opening size of the fitting shall be equal to the size of the common vent. Such fittings shall not be prohibited from having reduced-size openings at the point of connection of appliance vent connectors. 62428.3.9.1 (504.3.9.1) Tee and wye fittings. Tee and wye fittings connected to a common vent shall be considered as part of the common vent and shall be constructed of materials consistent with that of the common vent. 62428.3.10 (504.3.10) High altitude installations. Sealevel input ratings shall be used when determining maximum capacity for high altitude installation. Actual input, derated for altitude, shall be used for determining minimum capacity for high altitude installation.

I

62428.3.11 (5043.11) Connector rise measurement. Connector rise (R) for each appliance connector shall be measured from the draft hood outlet or flue collar to the centerline where the vent gas streams come together. G24283.12 (504.3.12) Vent height measurement. For multiple appliances all located on one floor, available total I height (H) shall be measured from the highest draft hood outlet or flue collar up to the level of the outlet of the common vent. 624283.13 (504.3.17) Vertical vent maximum size. Where two or more appliances are connected to a vertical vent or chimney, the flow area of the largest section of vertical vent or chimney shall not exceed seven times the smallest listed appliance categorized vent areas, flue collar area, or draft hood outlet area unless designed in accordance with approved engineering methods. 62428.3.14 (504.3.18) Multiple input rate appliances. For appliances with more than one input rate, the minimum vent connector capacity (FAN Min) determined from the tables shall be less than the lowest appliance input rating, 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

FUEL GAS

and the maximum vent connector capacity (FAN Max or NAT Max) determined from the tables shall be greater than the highest appliance input rating. 62428.3.15 (504.3.19) Liner system sizing and connections. Listed, corrugated metallic chimney liner systems in masonry chimneys shall be sized by using Table G2428.3(1) or G2428.3(2) for Type B vents, with the maximum capacity reduced by 20 percent (0.80 x maximum capacity) and the minimum capacity as shown in Table G2428.3(1) or G2428.3(2). Corrugated metallic liner systems installed with bends or offsets shall have their maximum capacity further reduced in accordance with Sections G2428.3.5 and G2428.3.6. The 20-percent reduction for corrugated metallic chimney liner systems includes an allowance for one long-radius 90-degree (1.57 rad) turn at the bottom of the liner. Where double-wall connectors are required, tee and wye fittings used to connect to the common vent chimney liner shall be listed double-wall fittings. Connections between chimney lincrs and listed double-wall fittings shall be made with listed adapter fittings designed for such purpose.

1

I

G2428.3.16 (504.3.20) Chimney and vent location. Tables G2428.3(1), G2428.3(2), G2428.3(3) and G2428.3(4) shall only be used for chimneys and vents not exposed to the outdoors below the roof line. A Type I3 vent or listed chimney lining system passing through an unused masonry chimney flue shall not be considered to be exposed to the outdoors. A Type B vent shall not be considered to be exposed to the outdoors where it passes through an unventilated enclosure or chase insulated to a value of not lcss than .-8.

Exception: Vents serving listed appliances installed in accordance with the avuliance manufacturer's installation instructions.

G2428.3.18 (504.3.22) Component commingling. All combinations of pipe sizes, single-wall, and double-wall metal pipe shall be allowed within any connector run(s) or within the common vent, provided all of the appropriate tables permit all of the desired sizes and types of pipe, as if they were used for the entire length of the subject connector or vent. Where single-wall and Type B double-wall metal pipes are used for vent connectors within the same venting system, the common vent must be sized using Table G2428.3(2) or G2428.3(4), as appropriate. G2428.3.19 (5043.23) Draft hood conversion accessories. Draft hood conversion accessories for use with masonry chimneys venting listed Category I fan-assisted appliances shall be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions for such listed accessories. G24283.20 (504.3.24) Multiple sizes permitted. Where a table permits more than one diameter of pipe to be used for a connector or vent, all the permitted sizes shall be permitted to be used. G2428.3.21 (504.3.25) Table interpolation. Interpolation shall be permitted in calculating capacities for vent dimensions that fall between table entries. (See Example 3, Appendix B.) G2428.3.22 (504.3.26) Extrapolation prohibited. Extrapolation beyond the table entries shall not be permitted. G2428.3.23 (504.3.27) Engineering calculations.For vent heights less than 6 feet (1829 mm) and greater than shown in the tables, engineering methods shall be used to calculate vent capacities.

SECTION G2429 (505) DIRECT-VENT, INTEGRAL VENT, MECHANICAL VENT AND VENTILATIONIEXHAUST HOOD VENTING

G2428.3.17 (504.3.21) Connector maximum and minimum size. Vent connectors shall not be increased in size more than two sizes greater than the listed appliance categorized vent diameter, flue collar diameter, or draft hood outlet diameter. Vent connectors for draft-hood-equipped appliances shall not be smaller than the draft hood outlet diameter. Where a vent connector size(s) determined from the tables for a fan-assisted appliance(s) is smaller than the flue collar diameter, the use of the smaller size(s) shall be permitted provided that the installation conlplies with all of the following conditions:

G2429.1 (505.1) General. The installation of direct-vent and integral vent appliances shall be in accordance with Section G2427. Mechanical venting systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Section G2427.

1. Vent connectors for fan-assisted appliance flue collars 12 inches (305 mm)in diameter or smaller are not reduced by more than one table size [e.g., 12 inches to 10 inches (305 mm to 254 mm) is a one-size reduction] and those larger than 12 inches (305 mrn) in diameter are not reduced more than two table sizes [e.g., 24 inches to 20 inches (610 mm to 508 mm) is a two-size reduction].

G2430.1 (506.1) Listing. Factory-built chimneys for building heating appliances producing flue gases having a temperature not greater than 1,00O0F(53g°C), measured at the entrance to the chimney, shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 103 and shall be installed and terminated in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

2. The fan-assisted appliance(s) is common vented with

a draft-hood-equipped appliances(s). 3. The vent connector has a smooth interior wall. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

SECTION G2430 (506) FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS

G2430.2 (506.2) Support. Where factory-built chimneys are supported by structural members, such as joists and rafters, such members shall be designed to support the additional load.

FUEL GAS

SECTION G2431 (601) GENERAL 62431.1 (601.1) Scope. Sections G2432 through G2453 shall govern the approval, design, installation, construction, maintenance, alteration and repair of the appliances and equipment specifically identified herein. SECTION G2432 (602) DECORATIVE APPLIANCES FOR INSTALLATION IN FIREPLACES 62432.1 (602.1) General. Decorative appliances for installation in approved solid fuel burning fireplaces shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 221.60 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Manually lighted natural gas decorative appliances shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 2 2 1.84. 62432.2 (602.2) Flame safeguard device. Decorative appliances for installation in approved solid fuel-burning fireplaces, with the exception of those tested in accordance with ANSI 221.84, shall utilize a direct ignition device, an ignitor or a pilot flame to ignite the fuel at the main burner, and shall be equipped with a flame safeguard device. The flame safeguard device shall automatically shut off the fuel supply to a main burner or group of burners when the means of ignition of such burners becomes inoperative.

SECTION G2436 (608) VENTED WALL FURNACES 62436.1(608.1) General. Vented wall furnaces shall be tested in accordance with ANSI Z2 1.86lCSA 2.32 and shall be I installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 62436.2 (608.2) Venting. Vented wall furnaces shall be vented in accordance with Section G2427. 62436.3 (608.3) Location. Vented wall furnaces shall be located so as not to cause a fire hazard to walls, floors, combustible Or Vented furnaces between bathrooms and adjoining rooms shall not circulate air from bathrooms to other parts of the building. 62436.4 (608.4) Door swing. Vented wall furnaces shall be located so that a door cannot swing within 12 inches (305 mm) of an air inlet or air outlet of such furnace measured at right angles to the opening. Doorstops or door closers shall not be installed to obtain this clearance. 62436.5 (608.5) Ducts prohibited. Ducts shall not be attached to wall furnaces. Casing extension boots shall not be installed unless listed as part of the appliance.

62432.3 (602.3) Prohibited installations. Decorative appliances for installation in fireplaces shall not be installed where prohibited by Section G2406.2.

62436.6 (608.6) Access. Vented wall furnaces shall be provided with access for cleaning of heating surfaces, removal of burners, replacement of sections, motors, controls, filters and other working parts, and for adjustments and lubrication of parts requiring such attention. Panels, grilles and access doors that are required to be removed for normal servicing operations shall not be attached to the building construction.

SECTION G2433 (603) LOG LIGHTERS 62433.1 (603.1) General. Log lighters shall be testedin accordance with CSA 8 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION G2437 (609) FLOOR FURNACES 62437.1 (609.1) General. Floor furnaces shall be tested in accordance with ANSI Z21.86lCSA 2.32 and shall be installed I in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION G2434 (604) VENTED GAS FIREPLACES (DECORATIVE APPLIANCES) 62434.1 (604.1) General. Vented gas fireplaces shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 221 .SO, shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and shall be designed and equipped as specified in Section G2432.2. 62434.2 (604.2) Access. Panels, grilles, and access doors that are required to be removed for normal servicing operations shall not be attached to the building.

SECTION G2435 (605) VENTED GAS FIREPLACE HEATERS 62435.1 (605.1) General. Vented gas fireplace heaters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions, shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 221.88 and shall be designed and equipped as specified in Section G2432.2. -

418

-

62437.2 (609.2) Placement. The following provisions apply to floor furnaces: 1. Floors. Floor furnaces shall not be installed in the floor of any doorway, stairway landing, aisle or passageway of any enclosure, public or private, or in an exitway from any such room or space. 2. Walls and corners. The register of a floor furnace with a horizontal warm air outlet shall not be placed closer than 6 inches (152 mm) to the nearest wall. A distance of at least 18 inches (457 mm) from two adjoining sides of the floor furnace register to walls shall be provided to eliminate the necessity of occupants walking over the warm air discharge. The remaining sides shall be permitted to be placed not closer than 6 inches (152 mrn) to a wall. Wall-register models shall not be placed closer than 6 inches (152 mm) to a corner. 3. Draperies. The furnace shall be placed so that a door, drapery, or similar object cannot be nearer than 12 inches (305 mm) to any portion of the register of the furnace. 4. Floor construction. Floor furnaces shall not be installed in concrete floor construction built on grade. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FUEL GAS

5. Thermostat. The controlling thermostat for a floor furnace shall be located within the same room or space as thc floor furnace or shall be located in an adjacent room or space that is permanently open to the room or space containing the floor furnace. G2437.3 (609.3) Bracing. The floor around the furnace shall be braced and headed with a support frimework designed in accordance with Chapter 5. 62437.4 (609.4) Clearance. The lowest portion of the floor furnace shall have not less than a 6-inch (152 rnm) clearance from the grade level; except where the lower 6-inch (152 mm) portion of the floor furnace is sealed by the manufacturer to prevent entrance of water, the minimum clearance shall be reduced to not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm). Where these clearances cannot be provided, the ground below and to the sides shall be excavated to form a pit under the furnace so that the required clearance is provided beneath the lowest portion of the furnace. A 12-inch (305 mm) minimum clearance shall be provided on all sides except the control side, which shall have an 18-inch (457 mm) minimum clearance. G2437.5 (609.5) First floor installation. Where the basement story level below the floor in which a floor furnace is installed is utilized as habitable space, such floor furnaces shall be enclosed as specified in Section G2437.6 and shall project into a nonhabitable space. G2437.6 (609.6) Upper floor installations. Floor furnaces installed in upper stories of buildings shall project below into nonhabitable space and shall be separated from the nonhabitable space by an enclosure constructed of noncombustible materials. The floor furnace shall bc provided with access, clearance to all sides and bottom of not less than 6 inches (152 rnm) and combustion a u in accordance with Section G2407.

SECTION G2438 (613) CLOTHES DRYERS G2438.1 (613.1) General. Clothes dryers shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 221.5.1 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. SECTION G2439 (614) CLOTHES DRYER EXHAUST G2439.1 (614.1) Installation. Clothes dryers shall be exhausted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Dryer exhaust systems shall be independent of all other systems and shall convey the moisture and any products of combustion to the outside of the building. G2439.2 (614.2) Duct penetrations. Ducts that exhaust clothes dryers shall not penetrate or be located within any fireblocking, draftstopping or any wall, floorkeiling or other assembly required by this code to be fire-resistance rated, unless such duct is constructed of galvanized steel or aluminum of the thickness specified in the mechanical provisions of this code and the fire-resistance rating is maintained in accordance with this code. Fire dampers shall not be installed in clothes dryer exhaust duct systems. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

G2439.3 (614.4) Exhaust installation. Dryer exhaust ducts for clothes dryers shall terminate on the outside of the building and shall be equipped with a backdraft damper. Screens shall not be installed at the duct termination. Ducts shall not be connected or installed with sheet metal screws or other fasteners that will obstruct the flow. Clothes dryer exhaust ducts shall not be connectcd to a vent connector, vent or chimney. Clothes dryer exhaust ducts shall not extendinto or through ducts or plenums. G2439.4 (614.5) Makeup air. Installations exhausting more than 200 cfrn (0.09 m3/s) shall be provided with makeup air. Where a closet is designed for the installation of a clothes dryer, an opening having an area of not less than 100 square inchcs (0.0645 mZ)for makeup air shall be provided in the closet enclosure, or makeup air shall be provided by other approved means. 62439.5 (614.6) Clothes dryer ducts. Exhaust ducts for domestic clothes dryers shall be constructed of metal and shall have a smooth interior finish. The exhaust duct shall be a minimum nominal size of 4 inches (102 rnm) in diameter. The entire exhaust system shall be supported and secured in place. Thc male end of the duct at overlapped duct joints shall extend in thc direction of airflow. Clothes dryer transition ducts used to connect the appliance to the exhaust duct system shall be metal and limited to a single length not to exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and shall be listed and labeled for the application. Transition ducts shall not be concealed within construction. G2439.5.1 (614.6.1) Maximum length. The maximum length of a clothes dryer exhaust duct shall not exceed 25 feet (7620 rnm) from the dryer location to the outlet terminal. The maximum length of the duct shall he reduced 2'1, feet (762 mm) for each 45 degree (0.79 rad) bend and 5 feet (1524 mm) for cach 90 degree (1.6 rad) bend. Exception: Where the make and model of the clothes dryer to be installed is known and the manufacturer's installation instructions for such dryer are provided to thc code official, the maximum length of the exhaust duct, including any transition duct, shall be permitted to be in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's installation instructions. G2439.5.2 (614.6.2) Rough-in-required. Where a compartment or space for a clothes dryer is provided, an exhaust duct system shall be installed.

SECTION G2440 (615) SAUNA HEATERS G2440.1 (615.1) General. Sauna heaters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. G2440.2 (615.2) Location and protection. Sauna heaters shall be located so as to minimize the possibility of accidental contact by a person in the room. G2440.2.1 (615.2.1) Guards. Sauna heaters shall be protected from accidental contact by an approved guard or barrier of material having a low coefficient of thermal conductivity. The guard shall not substantially affect the transfer of heat from the heater to the room.

FUEL GAS

62440.3 (615.3) Access. Panels, grilles and access doors that are required to be removed for normal servicing operations, shall not be attached to the building. 62440.4 (615.4) Combustion and dilution air intakes. Sauna heaters of other than the direct-vent type shall be installed with the draft hood and combustion air intake located outside the sauna room. Where the combustion air inlet and the draft hood are in a dressing room adjacent to the sauna room, there shall be provisions to prevent physically blocking the combustion air inlet and the draft hood inlet, and to prevent physical contact with the draft hood and vent asseinbly, or warning notices shall be posted to avoid such contact. Any warning notice shall be easily readable, shall contrast with its background, and the wording shall be in letters not less than 0.25 inch (6.4 mm) high. 62440.5 (615.5) Combustion and ventilation air. Combustion air shall not be taken from inside the sauna room. Combustion and ventilation air for a sauna heater not of the direct-vent type shall be provided to the area in which the combustion air inlet and draft hood are located in accordance with Section G2407. 62440.6 (615.6) Heat and time controls. Sauna heaters shall be equipped with a thermostat which will limit room temperature to 194OF (90°C).If the thermostat is not an integral part of the sauna heater, the heat-sensing element shall be located within 6 inches (152 mm) of the ceiling. If the heat-sensing element is a capillary tube andbulb, the assembly shall be attached tothe wall or other support, andshall beprotectedagainstphysical damage. 62440.6.1 (615.6.1)Timers. A timer, if provided to control main burner operation, shall have a maximum operating time of 1hour. The control for the timer shall be located outside the sauna room. 62440.7 (615.7) Sauna room. A ventilation opening into the sauna room shall be provided. The opening shall be not less than 4 inches by 8 inches (102 mm by 203 mm) located near the top of the door into the sauna room.

SECTION G2441 (617) POOL AND SPA HEATERS 62441.1 (617.1) General. Pool and spa heaters shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 221.56 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. SECTION G2442 (61 8) FORCED-AIR WARM-AIR FURNACES 62442.1 (618.1) General. Forced-air warm-air furnaces shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 221.47 or UL 795 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 62442.2 (618.2) Forced-air furnaces. The minimum unobstructed total area of the outside and return air ducts or openings to a forced-air warm-air furnace shall be not less than 2 square inches for each 1,000 Btuh (4402 mmZIW)output rating capacity of the furnace and not less than that specified in the

furnace manufacturer's installation instructions. The minimum unobstructed total area of supply ducts from a forced-air warm-air furnace shall be not less than 2 square inches for each 1,000 Btuh (4402 mm2/W) output rating capacity of the furnace and not less than that specified in the furnace manufacturer's installation instructions.

Exception: The total area of the supply air ducts and outside and return air ducts shall not be required to be larger than the minimum size required by the furnace manufacturer's installation instructions. 62442.3 (618.3) Dampers. Volume dampers shall not be placed in the air inlet to a furnace in a manner that will reduce the required air to the furnace. 62442.4 (618.4) Circulating air ducts for forced-air warm-air furnaces. Circulating air for forced-air-type, warm-air furnaces shall be conducted into the blower housing from outside the furnace enclosure by continuous air-tight ducts. 62442.5 (618.5) Prohibited sources. Outside or return air for a forced-air heating system shall not be taken from the following locations: 1. Closer than 10 feet (3048 mm) from an appliance vent outlet, a vent opening from a plumbing drainage system or the discharge outlet of an exhaust fan, unless the outlet is 3 feet (914 mrn) above the outside air inlet. 2. Where there is the presence of objectionable odors, fumes or flammable vapors; or where located less than 10 feet (3048mm) above the surface of any abutting public way or driveway; or where located at grade level by a sidewalk, street, alley or driveway. 3. A room or space, the volume of which is less than 25 percent of the entire volume served by such system. Where connected by a peimanent opening having an area sized in accordance with Section G2442.2,adjoining rooms or spaces shall be considered as a single room or space for the purpose of determining the volume of such rooms or spaces. Exception: The minimum volume requirement shall not apply where the amount of return air taken from a room or space is less than or equal to the amount of supply air delivered to such room or space. 4. A room or space containing an appliance where such a room or space serves as the sole source of return air. Exception: This shall not apply where: 1. The appliance is a direct-vent appliance or an appliance not requiring a vent in accordance with Section G2425.8. 2. The room or space complies with the following requirements: 2.1. The retum air shall be taken from a room or space having a volume exceeding 1 cubic foot (28 316.85 mm3) for each 10 Btulh (9.6 WW) of combined input rating of all fuel-burning appliances therein. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FUEL GAS

2.2. The volume of supply air discharged back into the same space shall be approximately equal to the volume of return air taken from the space. 2.3. Return-air inlets shall not be located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of any appliance firebox or draft hood in the same room or space. 3. Rooms or spaces containing solid-fuel burning appliances, provided that return-air inlets are located not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from the firebox of such appliances. 5. A closet, bathroom, toilet room, kitchen, garage, mechanical room, boiler room or furnace room. G2442.6 (618.6) Screen. Required outdoor air inlets shall be covered with a screen having '/,-inch (6.4 rnm) openings. Required outdoor air inlets serving a nonresidential portion of a building shall be covered with screen having openings larger than I/, inch (6.4 mm) and not larger than 1 inch (25 mm). G2442.7 (618.7) Return-air limitation. Return air from one dwelling unit shall not be dischargedinto another dwelling unit. SECTION 62443 (619) CONVERSION BURNERS G2443.1(619.1) Conversion burners. The installation of conversion burners shall conform to ANSI 221.8. SECTION G2444 (620) UNIT HEATERS G2444.1(620.1) General.Unit heaters shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 283.8 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. G2444.2 (620.2) Support. Suspended-type unit heaters shall be supported by elements that are designed and constructed to accorlllnodate the weight and dynamic loads. Hangers and brackets shall be of noncombustible material. G2444.3 (620.3) Ductwork. Ducts shall not be connected to a unit heater unless the heater is listed for such installation. G2444.4 (620.4) Clearance. Suspended-typc unit heaters shall be installed with clearances to combustible materials of not less than 18 inches (457 rnrn) at the sides, 12 inches (305 mm) at the bottom and 6 inches (152 mm) above the top where the unit heater has an internal draft hood or 1 inch (25 mm) above the top of the sloping side of the vertical draft hood. Floor-mounted-type unit heaters shall be installed with clearances to combustible materials at the back and one side only of not less than 6 inches (1 52 mm). Where the flue gases are vented horizontally,the 6-inch (152 mm) clearance shall be measured from the draft hood or vent instead of the rear wall of the unit heater. Floor-mounted-type unit heaters shall not be installed on combustible floors unless listed for such installation. Clearance for servicing all unit heaters shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

Exception: Unit heaters listed for reduced clearance shall be permitted to be installed with such clearances in accordance with their listing and themanufacturer's instructions.

SECTION G2445 (621) UNVENTED ROOM HEATERS G2445.1 (621.1) General. Unvented room heaters shall be testedin accordance with ANSlZ 21.11.2 and shall be installed in accordance with the conditions of the listing and the manufacturer's installation instructions. G2445.2 (621.2) Prohibited use. One or more unvented room heaters shall not be used as the sole source of comfort heating in a dwelling unit. G2445.3 (621.3) Input rating. Unvented room heaters shall not have an input rating in excess of 40,000 Btuh (11.7 kW). G2445.4 (621.4) Prohibited locations. The location of unvented room heaters shall comply with Section G2406.2. G2445.5 (621.5) Room or space volume. The aggregate input rating of all unvented appliances installed in a room or space shall not exceed 20 Btuh per cubic foot (0.2 1 kW/m3)of volume of such room or space. Where the room or space in which the equipment is installedis directly connected to another room or space by a doorway, archway or other opening of comparable size that cannot be closed, the volume of such adjacent room or space shall be permitted to be included in the calculations. G2445.6 (621.6) Oxygen-depletionsafety system. Unvented room heaters shall be equippcd with an oxygen-depletion-sensitive safety shutoff system. The system shall shut off the gas supply to the main and pilot burners when the oxygen in the surrounding atmosphere is depleted to the percent concentration specified by the manufacturer, but not lower than 18 percent. The system shall not incorporate field adjustment means capable of changing the set point at which the system acts to shut off the gas supply to the room heater. G2445.7 (621.7) Unvented decorative room heaters. An unvented decorative room heater shall not be installed in a fac- I tory-built fireplace unless the fueplace system has been specifically tested, listed and labeled for such use in accordance with UL 127. G2445.7.1(621.7.1) Ventless firebox enclosures. Ventless firebox enclosures used with unvented decorative room heaters shall be listed as complying with ANSI 221.91.

I

SECTION 62446 (622) VENTED ROOM HEATERS G2446.1(622.1) General. Vented room heaters shall be tested in accordance with ANSI Z21.86/CSA 2.32, shall be designed I and equipped as specified in Section G2432.2 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

FUEL GAS

SECTION G2447 (623) COOKING APPLIANCES 62447.1 (623.1) Cooking appliances. Cooking appliances that are designed for permanent installation, including ranges, ovens, stoves, broilers, grills, fryers, griddles, hot plates and barbecues, shall be tested in accordance with ANSl 221.1 or ANSl 221.58 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. G2447.2 (623.2) Prohibited location. Cooking appliances designed, tested, listed and labeled for use in commercial occupancies shall not be installed within dwelling units or within any area where domestic cooking operations occur. G2447.3 (623.3) Domestic appliances. Cooking appliances installed within dwelling units and within areas where domestic cooking operations occur shall be listed and labeled as household-type appliances for domestic use. G2447.4 (623.4) Range installation. Ranges installed on combustible floors shall be set on their own bases or legs and shall be installed with clearances of not less than that shown on the label.

SECTION G2448 (624) WATER HEATERS G2448.1 (624.1) General. Water heaters shall be tested in accordance with ANSIZ 21.10.1 andANSIZ21.10.3 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. G2448.1.1 (624.1.1) Installation requirements. The requirements for water heaters relative to sizing, relief valves, drain pans and scald protection shall be in accordance with this code. G2448.2 (624.2) Water heaters utilized for space heating. Water heaters utilized both to supply potable hot water andprovide hot water for space-heating applications shall be listed and labeled for such applications by the manufacturer and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and this code.

SECTION G2449 (627) AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT G2449.1 (627.1) General. Air conditioning equipment shall be tested in accordance with ANSl 2 2 1.40.1or ANSl 2 2 1.40.2 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. G2449.2 (627.2) Independent piping. Gas piping serving heating equipment shall be permitted to also serve cooling equipment where such heating and cooling equipment cannot be operated simultaneously. (See Section G2413.) G2449.3 (627.3) Connection of gas engine-powered air conditioners. To protect against the effects of normal vibration in service, gas engines shall not be rigidly connected to the gas supply piping. G2449.4 (627.6) Installation. Air conditioning equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions. Unless the equipment is listed for installation on a combustible surface such as a floor or roof, or unless the surface is protected in an approved manner, equipment shall be installed on a surface of noncombustible construction with noncombustible material and surface finish and with no combustible material against the underside thereof.

SECTION G2450 (628) ILLUMINATING APPLIANCES G2450.1 (628.1) General. Illuminating appliances shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 221.42 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. G2450.2 (628.2) Mounting on buildings. Illuminatillg appliances designed for wall or ceiling mounting shall be securely attached to substantial structures in such a manner that they are not dependent on the gas piping for support. G2450.3 (628.3) Mounting on posts. Illuminating appliances designed for post mounting shall be securely and rigidly attached to a post. Posts shall be rigidly mounted. The strength and rigidity of posts greater than 3 feet (9 14 mm) in height shall be at least equivalent to that of a 2.5-inch-diameter (64 mm) post constructed of 0.064-inch-thick (1.6 mm) steel or a 1-inch (25 mm) Schedule 40 steel pipe. Posts 3 feet (914 mm) or less in height shall not be smaller than 3/4-inch(19.1 mm) Schedule 40 steel pipe. Drain openings shall be provided near the base of posts where there is a possibility of water collecting inside them. G2450.4 (628.4) Appliance pressure regulators. Where an appliance pressure regulator is not supplied with an illuminating appliance and the service line is not equipped with a service pressure regulator, an appliance pressure regulator shall be installed in the line to the illuminating appliance. For multiple installations, one regulator of adequate capacity shall be permitted to serve more than one illuminating appliance.

SECTION G2451 (630) INFRARED RADIANT HEATERS G2451.1 (630.1) General. Infrared radiant heaters shall be tested in accordance with ANSI Z 83.6 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. G2451.2 (630.2) Support. Infrared radiant heaters shall be safely and adequately fixed in an approved position independent of gas and electric supply lines. Hanger and brackets shall be of noncombustible material.

SECTION G2452 (631) BOILERS G2452.1 (631.1) Standards. Boilers shall be listed in accordance with the requirements of ANSI 221.13 or UL 795. If applicable, the boiler shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of ASME CSD-1 and as applicable, the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sections I, II,IV, V and IX and NFPA 85. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

FUEL GAS

G2452.2 (631.2) Installation. In addition to the requirements of this code, the illstallation of boilers shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and this code. Operating instructions of apemalent type shall be attached to the boiler. Boilers shall have all controls set, adjusted and tested by the installer. A complete control diagram together with complete boiler operating instructions shall be furnished by the installer. The manufacturer's rating data and the nameplate shall be attached to the boiler. G2452.3 (631.3) Clearance to combustible material. Clearances to combustible materials shall be in accordance with Section G2409.4.

SECTION G2453 (634) CHIMNEY DAMPER OPENING AREA G2453.1 (634.1) Free opening area of chimney dampers. Where an unlisted decorative appliance for installation in a vented fireplace is installed, the fireplace damper shall have a permanent free opening equal to or greater than specified i n Table G2453.1.

TABLE G2453.1 (634.1) FREE OPENING AREA OF CHIMNEY DAMPER FOR VENTING FLUE GASES FROM UNLISTED DECORATIVE -- APPLIANCES FOR INSTALLATION IN VENTED FIREPLACES

--

MINIMUM PERMANENT FREE OPENING

(square 1n~he.s)~ -- y -

8

CHIMNEY HEIGHT (f*

6

-

-

13 --

39 51 /--~oL29

64

Appliance input rating (Btu per hour) --

-

7,800

1 4 , 0 0 0 7 0 ~

34@0

46,400

62,400

80,000

8

8,400

15,200

25,200

37,000

50,400

68,000

86,000

10

9,000

16,800

27,600

55,800 40,400

15

9,800

18,200

30,200

__44,600 62,400 -

20

10,600

20,200

32,600

50,400

30

11,200

21,600 -

36,600

55,200

68,400 1

76,800

74,400,

96,400

84.000-. 94,000

108,800

-

,

105,800

A

122,200

-

1 ~

138,600

For SI. 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 squarc inch = 645.16 nun', 1,OM) Btu per hour = 0.293 kW. a. The first six minimum permanent free openings (8 square inches to 51 square inches) correspond approximately to the cross-scctionaiareas of chimneys having diamctersof 3 inches thugh8 inches,respectively. The64-squareinchopening corresponds tothe cross-sectional areaof standard 8-inch by 8-inch chimney tile.



Part Vll

-Plumbing CHAPTER 25

PLUMBING ADMINISTRATION SECTION P2501 GENERAL P2501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish the general administrative requirements applicable to plumbing systems and inspection requirements of this code. P2501.2 Application. In addition to the general administration requirements of Chapter 1, the administrativeprovisions of this chapter shall also apply to the plumbing requirements of Chapters 25 through 32. SECTION P2502 EXISTING PLUMBING SYSTEMS P2502.1 Existing building sewers and drains. Existing building sewers and drains shall bc used in connection with new systems when found by examination and/or test to conform to the requirements prescribed by this document. P2502.2 Additions, alterations or repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to any plumbing system shall conform to that required for a new plumbing system without requiring the existing plumbing system to comply with all the requirements of this code. Additions, alterations or repairs shall not cause an existing system to becomeunsafe, insanitary or overloaded. Minor additions. alterations, renovations and repairs to existing plumbing systems shall be permitted in the same manner and arrangement as in the existing system, provided that such repairs or replacement are not hazardous and are approved.

P2503.5 DWV systems testing. Rough and finished plumbing installations shall be tested in accordance with Sections P2503.5.1 and P2503.5.2. P2503.5.1 Rough plumbing. DWV systems shall be tested on completion of the rough piping installation by water or air with no evidence of leakage. Either test shall be applied to the drainage system in its entirety or in sections after rough piping has been installed, as follows: 1. Water test. Each section shall be filled with water to a point not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above the highest fitting connection in that section, or to the highest point in the completed system. Water shall be held in the section under test for a period of 15 minutes. The system shall prove leak free by visual inspection. 2. Air test. The portion under test shall be maintained at a gauge pressure of 5 pounds per square inch (psi) (34 kPa) or 10 inches of mercury column (34 kPa). This pressure shall be held without introduction of additional air for a period of 15 minutes. P2503.5.2 Finished plumbing. After the plumbing fixtures have been set and their traps filled with water, their connections shall be tested and proved gas tight andlor water tight as follows: 1. Water tightncss. Each fixture shall be filled and then drained. Traps and fixture connections shall be proven water tight by visual inspection. 2. Gas tightness. When required by the local administrative authority, a final test for gas tightness of the DWV system shall be made by the smoke or peppermint test as follows:

P2503.3Responsibility of permittee. Test equipment, materials and labor shall be furnished by the permittee.

2.1. Smoke test. Introduce apungent, thick smoke into the system. When thc smoke appears at vent terminals, such terminals shall be sealed and a pressure equivalent to a 1-inch water column (249 Pa) shall be applied and maintained for a test period of not less than 15 rninutes. 2.2. Peppermint test. Introduce 2 ounces (59 mL) of oil of peppermint into the system. Add 10 quarts (9464 mL) of hot water and seal all vent terminals. The odor of peppermint shall not be detected at any trap or other point in the system.

P2503.4 Building sewer testing. The building sewer shall be tested by insertion of a test plug at the point of connection with the public sewer and filling the building sewer with water, testing with not less than a 10-foot (3048 mm) head of water and be able to maintain such pressure for 15 minutes.

P2503.6 Water-supply system testing. Upon completion of the water-supply system or asection of it, the system or portion completed shall be tested and proved tight under a water pressure of not less than the working pressure of the system or, for piping systems other than plastic, by an air test of not less than

SECTION P2503 INSPECTION AND TESTS P2503.1 Inspection required. New plumbing work and parts of existing systems affected by new work or alterations shall be inspected by the building official to ensure compliance with the requirements of this code. P2503.2 Concealment. A plumbing or drainage system, or part thereof, shall not be covered, concealed or put into use until it has been tested, inspected and approved by the building official.

2006 INTERNATIONALRESIDENTIALCODE@

PLUMBING ADMINISTRATION

I

50 psi (345 @a). This pressure shall be held for not less than 15 minutes. The water used for tests shall be obtained from a potable water source.

P2503.7 Inspection and testing of backflow prevention devices. Inspection and testing of backflow prevention devices shall comply with Sections P2503.7.1 and P2503.7.2.

P2503.7.1 Inspections. Inspections shall be made of all backflow prevention assemblies to determine whether they are operable.

P2503.7.2 Testing. Reduced pressure principle backflow preventers, double check valve assemblies, double-detector check valve assemblies and pressure vacuum breaker assemblies shall be tested at the time of installation, immediately after repairs or relocation and at least annually.

P2503.8 Test gauges. Gauges used for testing shall be as follows: 1. Tests requiring a pressure of 10 psi or less shall utilize a testing gauge having increments of 0.10 psi (0.69 kPa) or less. 2. Tests requiring a pressure higher than 10 psi (0.69 kPa) but less than or equal to 100 psi (690 kPa) shall use a testing gauge having increments of 1 psi (6.9 kPa) or less. 3. Tests requiring a pressure higher than 100 psi (690 kPa) shall use a testing gauge having incrementsof 2 psi (14kPa) or less.


CHAPTER 26

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION P2601 GENERAL P2601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the installation of plumbing not specifically covered in other chapters applicable to plumbing systems. The installation of plumbing, appliances, equipment and systems not addressed by this code shall comply with the applicable provisions of the International Plunzbing Code. P2601.2 Connection. Plumbing fixtures, drains and appliances used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage shall be connected to the sanitary lainage system of the building or premises in accordance with the requirements of this code. This section shall not be construed to prevent indirect waste systems. P2601.3 Flood hazard area. In areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1), plu~nbingfixtures, drains, and appliances shall be locatedor installed in accordance with Section R324.1.5. SECTION P2602 INDIVIDUAL WATER SUPPLY AND SEWAGE DISPOSAL P2602.1 General. The water-distribution and drainage system of any building or premises where plumbing fixtures are installed shall be connected to a public water supply or sewer system, respectivcly, if available. When either a public water-supply or sewer system, or both, are not available, or connection to them is not feasible, an individual water supply or individual (private) sewage-disposal system, or both, shall be provided. P2602.2 Flood-resistant installation. In areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1): 1. Water supply systems shall be designed and constructed to prevent infiltration of floodwaters. 2. Pipes for sewage disposal systems shall be designed and constructed to prevent infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharges from the systems into floodwaters. SECTION P2603 STRUCTURAL AND PIPING PROTECTION P2603.1 General. In the process of installing or repairing any part of a plumbing and drainage installation, the finished floors, walls, ceilings, tile workor any other part of the building or premises that must be changed or replaced shall be left in a safe structural condition in accordance with the requirements of the building portion of this code. Y2603.2 Drilling and notching. Wood-framed structural mcmbers shall not be drilled, notched or altered in any manner except as provided in Sections R502.8, R602.5, R602.6, 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

R802.7 and R802.7.1. Holes in cold-formed steel-framed load-bearing members shall be permitted only in accordance with Sections R505.2, R603.2 and R804.2. In accordance with the provisions of Sections R603.3.4 and R804.3.5 cutting and notching of flanges and lips of cold-formed steel-framed load-bearing members shall not be permitted.

P2603.2.1 Protection against physical damage. In concealed locations, where piping, other than cast-iron or galvanized steel, is installed through holes or notches in studs, joists, rafters or similar members less than 1.5 inches (38 mm) from the nearest edge of the member, the pipe shall be protected by shield platcs. Protective shield plates shall be a minimum of 0.062-inch-thick (1.6 mm) steel, shall cover the area of the pipe where the member is notched or bored and shall extend a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm)above sole plates and below top plates. P2603.3 Breakage and corrosion. Pipes passing through or under walls shall be protected from breakage. Pipes passing through concrete or cinder walls and floors, cold-formed steel framing or other corrosive material shall be protected against external corrosion by a protective sheathing or wrapping or other means that will withstand any reaction from lime and acid of concrete, cinder or other corrosive material. Sheathing or wrapping shall allow for expansion and contraction of piping to prevent any rubbing action. Minimum wall thickness of material shall be 0.025 inch (0.64 mm). P2603.4 Sleeves. Annular spaces between sleeves and pipes shall bc filled or tightly caulked as approved by the building official. Annular spaces between sleeves and pipes in fire-rated assemblies shall be filled or tightly caulked in accordance with the building portion of this code. P2603.5 Pipes through footings o r foundation walls. Any pipe that passes under a footing or through a foundation wall shall be provided with a relieving arch; or there shall be built into the masonry wall a pipe slecvc two pipe sixes greater than the pipe passing through. P2603.6 Freezing. In localities having a winter design temperature of 32°F (0°C) or lower as shown in Table R301.2(1) of this code, a water, soil or waste pipe shall not be installed outside of a building, in exterior walls, in attics or crawl spaces, or in any other placc subjected to freezing temperature unless adequate provision is made to protect it from freezing by insulation or heat or both. Water service pipe shall be installed not less than 12 inches (305 mm) deep and not less than 6 inches (152 mm) below the frost linc. P2603.6.1 Sewer depth. Building sewers that connect to privatc sewage disposal systems shall be a minimum of [NUMBER] inches (mn) below finished gradc at the point of septic tank connection. Building sewers shall be a minimum of [NUMBER] inches (mm) below grade.

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

SECTION P2604 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING P2604.1 Trenching and bedding. Where trenches are excavated such that the bottom of the trench forms the bed for the pipe, solid and continuous load-bearing support shall be provided between joints. Where over-excavated,the trench shall be bacldilled to the proper grade with compacted earth, sand, fine gravel or similar granular material. Piping shall not be supported on rocks orblocks at any point. Rocky or unstable soil shall be over-excavatedby two or more pipe diameters and brought to the proper grade with suitable compacted granular material.

I

P2604.2 Common trench. See Section P2904.4.2. P2604.3 Backfilling. Backfill shall be free from discarded construction material and debris. Backfill shall be free from rocks, broken concrete and frozen chunks until the pipe is covered by at least 12 inches (305 mm) of tamped earth. Backfill shall be placed evenly on both sides of the pipe and tamped to retain proper alignment. Loose earth shall be carefully placed in the trench in 6-inch (152 rnm) layers and tamped in place. P2604.4 Protection of footings. Trenching installed parallel to footings shall not extend below the 45-degree (0.79 rad) bearing plane of the bottom edge of a wall or footing(see Figure P2604.4).

3. Hangers and anchors shall be of sufficient strength to maintain their proportional share of the weight of pipe and contents and of sufficient width to prevent distortion to the pipe. Hangers and strapping shall be of approved material that will notpromote galvanic action. Rigid support sway bracing shall be provided at changes in direction greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) for pipe sizes 4 inches ( 102 mm) and larger. 4. Piping shall be supported at distances not to exceed those indicated in Table P2605.1.

SECTION P2606 WATERPROOFING OF OPENINGS P2606.1 General. Roof and exterior wall penetrations shall be made water tight. Joints at the roof, around vent pipes, shall be made water tight by the use of lead, copper or galvanized iron flashings or an approved elastomeric material. Counterflashing shall not restrict the required internal cross-sectional area of any vent. SECTION P2607 WORKMANSHIP P2607.1 General. Valves, pipes and fittings shall be installed in correct relationship to the direction of the flow. Burred ends shall be reamed to the full bore of the pipe. SECTION P2608 MATERIALS EVALUATION AND LISTING P2608.1 Identification. Each length of pipe and each pipe fitting, trap, fixture, material and device used in a plumbing system shall bear the identification of the manufacturer.

\ y',

INSTALL PIPES

I/'

ABOVE THIS LINE

For SI: I degree = 0.018 rad. FIGURE P2604.4 PIPE LOCATION WITH RESPECT TO FOOTINGS

SECTION P2605 SUPPORT P2605.1 General. Piping shall be supported in accordance with the following: 1. Piping shall be supported to ensure alignment and prevent sagging, and allow movement associated with the expansion and contraction of the piping system. 2. Piping in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entire length, except where support is otherwise provided.

P2608.2 Installation of materials. All materials used shall be installed in strict accordance with the standards under which the materials are accepted and approved. In the absence of such installation procedures, the manufacturer's installation instructions shall be followed. Where the requirements of referenced standards or manufacturer's mstallation instructions do not conform to the minimum provisions of this code, the provisions of this code shall apply. P2608.3 Plastic pipe, fittings and components. All plastic pipe, fittings and components shall be third-party certified as conforming to NSF 14. P2608.4 Third-partytesting and certification. All plumbing products and materials shall comply with the referenced standards, specifications and performance criteria of this code and shall be identified in accordance with Section P2608.1. Where required by Table P2608.4, plumbing products and materials shall either be tested by an approved third-party testing agency or certified by an approved third-party certification agency. P2608.5 Water supply systems. Water service pipes, water distribution pipes and the necessary connecting pipes, fittings, control valves, faucets and all appurtenances used to dispense water intended for human ingestion shall be evaluated and listed as conforming to the requirements of NSF 61. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

1 1

TABLE P2605.1 PIPING SUPPORT PIPING MATERIAL

ABS pipe

-

Aluminum tublng

-

MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL SPACING (feet)

MAXIMUM VERTICAL SPACING

4

I Ob

-

-

-

kEss pipe

10

1

I

Cast-iron pipe

PlPe

I

12

4

"i

5"

.

10

Copper or copper alloy tubing (I 'I, inch diameter and smaller)

(l1I2inch diameter and larger)

1

/ Cross-linked polyethylene (PBX) pipe

-

-r----

2.67 (32 inches)

lob I

Cross-linked polyethylenelaluminum/cross-linkedpolyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX)

d-__-

(1 inch in diameter and smaller) tubing (1'1, inch in diameter and larger)

Continuous --PB pipe or tubing

2.67 (32 inches)

Polyethylenelaluminum/polyethylene(PE-AL-PE) pipe

2.67 (32 inches)

Polypropylene (PP) pipe or tubing 1 inch and smaller

2.67 (32 inches)

tubing, 1'1, inches and larger

I

v

I

4

__

--

I Steel pipe

I .

lob

-

__1---~2_-1---151

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 nun. a. The maximum horizontal spacing of cast-iron pipe hangers shall be increased to 10 feet where 10-foot lengths of pipe are installed. b. Midstory guide for sizes 2 inches and smaller.

TABLE P2608.4 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS REQUIRING THIRD-PARTY TESTING AND THIRD-PARTY CERTIFICATION THIRD-PARTY CERTIFIED ----

PRODUCT OR MATERIAL

Backflow prevention devices

-

-Potable water supply system components and potable fixture fittings

water -

Sanitary dramage and vent system components Special waste system component4

_-

Reqmed Required

__

-

I

THIRD-PARTY TESTED

-

Required

---

-

Plastic pipe, fittings, and pipe related components

-

All others Required

Storm d r a i n w y s t e m con~ponents


Subsoil drainage system components --

-

All others Required


All others

Required

-

-

Wastefixture fittings Water distribution system safety devices


-

Required

-

__

CHAPTER 27

PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION P2701 FIXTURES, FAUCETS AND FIXTURE FITTINGS P2701.1 Quality of fixtures. Plumbing fixtures, faucets and fixture fittings shall be constructed of approved materials, shall have smooth impervious surfaces, shall be free from defects and concealed fouling surfaces, and shall conform to the standards cited in this code. Plumbing fixtures shall be provided with an adequate supply of potable water to flush and keep the fixtures in a clean and sanitary condition without danger of backflow or cross connection. SECTION P2702 FIXTURE ACCESSORIES F2702.1 Plumbing fixtures. Plumbing fixtures, other than water closets, shall be provided with approved strainers.

P2702.2 Waste fittings. Waste fittings shall conform to ASME A1 12.1 8.2, ASTM F409, CSA B 125 or to one of the standards listed in Table P3002.1(1) for above-ground drainage and vent pipe and fittings. P2702.3 Plastic tubular fittings. Plastic tubular fittings shall conform to ASTM F 409 listed in Table P2701 .l. P2702.4 Carriers for wall-hung water closets. Carriers for wall-hung water closets shall conform to ASME A1 12.6.1 or ASME A1 12.6.2. SECTION P2703 TAIL PIECES P2703.1 Minimum size. Fixture tail pieces shall be not less than 11/, inches (38 mm) in diameter for sinks, dishwashers, laundry tubs, bathtubs and similar fmtures, and not less than 1'1, inches (32 mm) in diameter for bidets, lavatories and similar fixtures. SECTION P2704 ACCESS TO CONNECTIONS P2704.1 General. Slip joints shall be made with an approved elastomeric gasket and shall be installed only on the trap outlet, trap inlet and within the trap seal. Fixtures with concealed slip-joint connections shall be provided with an access panel or utility space at least 12 inches (305 min) in its smallest dimension or other approved arrangement so as to provide access to the slip connections for inspection and repair. SECTION P2705 INSTALLATION P2705.1General. The installation of fixtures shall conform to the following: 1. Floor-outlet or floor-mounted fixtures shall be secured to the drainage connection and to the floor, where so designed, by screws, bolts, washers, nuts and similar fas2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

2.

3. 4. 5.

6. 7.

teners of copper, brass or other corrosion-resistant material. Wall-hung fixtures shall be rigidly supported so that strain is not transmitted to the plumbing system. Where fixtures come in contact with walls and floors, thc contact area shall be water tight. Plumbing ffitures shall be usable. The centerline of water closets or bidets shall not be less than 15 inches (38 1 mm) from adjacent walls or partitions or not less than 15 inches (38 1 mm) from the centerline of a bidet to the outermost rim of an adjacent water closet. There shall be at least 21 inches (533 mm) clearance in front of the water closet, bidet or lavatory to any wall, fixture or door. The location of piping, fixtures or equipment shall not interfere with the operation of windows or doors. In areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1), plumbing fixtures shall be located or installed in accordance with Section R323.1.5.

8. Integral fixture-fitting mounting surfaces on manufactured plumbing fixtures or plumbing fixtures constructed on site, shall meet the design requirements of ASME A1 12.19.2 or ASME A1 12.19.3.

SECTION P2706 WASTE RECEPTORS P2706.1 General. Every waste receptor shall be of an approved type. Plumbing fixtures or other receptors receiving the discharge of indirect waste pipes shall be shaped and have a capacity to prevent splashing or flooding and shall be readily accessible for inspection and cleaning. Waste receptors and standpipes shall be trapped and vented and shall connect to the building drainage system. A removable strainer or basket shall cover the waste outlet of waste receptors. Waste receptors shall be installed in ventilated spaces. Waste receptors shall not be installed in bathrooms or in anv inaccessible or unventilated sDace such as a closet. Readv shall be provi&A to waste iwepton. Exception: Open hub waste receptors shall be permitted in the form of a hub Or pipe extending not less than inch (25 mm) above a water-impervious floor, and are not required to have a strainer.

P2706.2 Standpipes. Standpipes shall extend a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) and a maximum of 42 inches (1067 mm) above the trap weir. Access shall be provided to all standpipe traps and drains for rodding. P2706.2.1 Laundry tray connection. A laundry tray waste line is permitted to connect into a standpipe for the autornatic clothes washer drain. Thc standvi~esshall not be less than 30 inches (762 mm) as measuredfiorn the crown weir. The outlet of the laundry tray shall be a maximum horizontal distance of 30 inches (762 mm) from the standpipe trap. 43 1

PLUMBING FIXTURES

TABLE P2701.1 PLUMBING FIXTURES, FAUCETS AND FIXTURE FITTINGS

-

MATERIAL -

STANDARD

Air gap fittings for use with plumbing fixtures, a p p l i a n ~ e ~ apurtenances d

ASME A1 12.1.3

Bathtub/whirlpool pressure-sealed doors

ASME A112.19.15

-

I

Diverters for faucets with hose spray anti-syphon type, residential application

I Enameled cast-iron plumbing fixtures

t

Floor drains plumbing fixtures for public use

-

Framing-affixed supports for off-the-floor water closets with concealed tanks

ASME A1 12.19.1M, CSA B45.2 A

4

M A 12.63

ASME A112.6.IM ASME A1 12.6.2 ASSE 1014

1 Home laundry equipment

-.

~~~p~~

Household dishwashing machines Household disoosers

ASM ME AI 12.19.6

1 Hydraulic performance for water closets and urinals Individual.~ressurebalancingvalvesforindivid~alfixturefittings~~.. . . --

I b i v i d u a l shower control valves antiscald

ASSE 1066 ..

_--p__.-_p~

~~~~~~~~

h S E 1016, CSA

toilet systems and related component7

1

( Nonvitreous ceramic plumbing fixtures Plastic bathtub units

-

1 Bid

.

.--

ASME A1 1 2.19.9M, CSA 845.1

p p p p p

Plastic shower receptors and shower stall s tanks Plastic water c l o s ~ o w l and

Plumbing fixture waste fittings ASME A1 12.19.4M, CSA B45.3

Porcelain-enameled formed steel plumbing fixtures

PC= ASSE 1037

ASTM B 370

Sta~nlesssteel plumbing fixtures (residential) -

432

CSA B45.4

1


PLUMBING FIXTURES

P2706.3 Prohibited waste receptors. Plumbing fixtures that are used for domestic or culinary purposes shall not be used to receive the discharge of indirect waste piping. Exceptions: 1. A kitchen sink trap is acceptable for use as a receptor for a dishwasher. 2. A laundry tray is acceptable for use as a receptor for a clothes washing machine.

a high limit stop in accordance with ASSE 1016 or CSA B 125. The high limit stop shall be set to limit water temperature to a maximum of 120°F (49°C). In-line thermostatic valves shall not be used for compliance with this section.

P2708.4 Hand showers. Hand-held showers shall conform to ASMEAl12.18.1 or CSAB 125.1. Hand-held showers shall be provide backflow protection in accordance with ASME A1 12.18.1 or CSA B125.1 or shall be protected against backflow by a device complying with ASME A1 12.18.3.

SECTION P2707 DIRECTIONAL FITTINGS

SECTION P2709 SHOWER RECEPTORS

P2707.1 Directional fitting required. Approved directional-type branch fittings shall be installed in fixture tailpieces receiving the discharge from food waste disposal units or dishwashers.

P2709.1 Construction.Shower reccptors shall have a finished curb threshold not less than 1 inch (25 mm) below the sides and back of the receptor. The curb shall be not less than 2 inches (5 1 mrn) and not more than 9 inches (229 mm) deep when measured from the top of the curb to the top of the drain. The finished floor shall slope uniformly toward the drain not less than 'I, unit vcrtical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) nor more than '1, inch (13 mm), and floor drains shall be flanged to provide a water-tight joint in the floor.

SECTION P2708 SHOWERS P2708.1 General. Shower compartments shall have at least 900 square inches (0.6 m2) of interior cross-sectional area. Shower compartments shall be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in minimum dimension measured from the finished interior dimension of the shower compartment, exclusive of fixture valves. shower heads, soap dishes, and safety grab bars or rails. The minimum required area and dimension shall be measured from the finished interior dimension at a height equal to the top of the threshold and at a point tangent to its centedine and shall be continued to a height of not less than 70 inches (1778 mrn) above the shower drain outlet. Hinged shower doors shall open outward. The wall area above built-in tubs having installed shower heads andin shower compartments shall be constructed f in accordance with Section R702.4. Such walls shall fonn a water-tightjoint with each other and with either the tub, receptor or shower floor. Exceptions: 1. Fold-down seats shall be permitted in the shower, provided the required 900-square-inch (0.6 m2) dimension is maintained when the seat is in the folded-up position. 2. Shower compartments having not less than 25 inches (635 mrn) in minimum dimension measured from the finished interior dimension of the compartment provided that the shower compartment has a minimum of 1,300squareinches (0.838 m2)of cross-sectional area.

I I

I

P2708.1.1 Access. The shower compartment access and egress opening shall have a minimum clear and unobstructed finished width of 22 inches (559 mm).

P2708.2 Water-supply riser. The watcr supply riser from the shower valve to the shower head outlet shall be secured to the permanent structure.

1 P2708.3 Shower control valves. Individual

shower and tublshower combination valvcs shall be equipped with control valves of the pressure-balance, thermostatic-mixing or combination pressure-balancelthermostatic-mixing valve types with 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

P2709.2 Lining required. The adjoining walls and floor framing enclosing on-site built-up shower receptors shall be lined with sheet lead, copper or a plastic liner material that complies with ASTM D 4068 or ASTM D 4551. The lining material shall extend not less than 3 inches (76 mm) beyond or around the rough jambs and not less than 3 inches (76 mm) above finished thresholds. Hot mopping shall be permitted in accordance with Section P2709.2.3. P2709.2.1 PVC sheets. Plasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sheets shall be a minimum of 0.040 inch (1 mm) thick, and shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 4551. Sheets shall be joined by solvent welding in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instm&ons. P2709.2.2 Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE) sheets. Nonplasticized chlorinated polyethylene sheet shall be a minimum of 0.040 inch (1 mrn) thick, and shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 4068. The liner shall be joined in accordance with themanufacturer's installationinstructions. P2709.2.3 Hot-mopping. Shower receptors lined by hot mopping shall be built-up with not less than three layers of standard grade Type 15 asphalt-impregnated roofing felt. The bottom layer shall be fitted to the formed subbase and each succeeding layer thoroughly hot-mopped to that below. All comers shall be carefully fitted and shall be made strong and water tight by folding or lapping, and each corner shall be reinforced with suitable webbing hot-mopped in place. All folds, laps and reinforcing webbing shall extend at least 4 inches (102 mm) in all directions from the comer and all webbing shall be of approved type and mesh, producing a tensile strength of not less than 50 pounds per inch (893 kglm) in either direction. P2709.3 Installation. Lining materials shall be pitched one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) to weep holes in the subdrain by means of a smooth, solidly formed subbase, shall be properly recessed and fastened to approved backing so as not to occupy the space required for the

I

I 1

PLUMBING FIXTURES

wall covering, and shall not be nailed or perforated at any point less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) above the finished threshold.

F'2709.3.1 Materials. Lead and copper linings shall be insulated from conducting substances other than the connecting drain by 15-pound(6.80 kg) asphalt felt or its equivalent. Sheet lead liners shall weigh not less than 4 pounds per square foot (19.5 kg/m2). Sheet copper liners shall weigh not less than 12 ounces per square foot (3.7 kg/m2). Joints in lead and copper pans or liners shall be burned or silver brazed, respectively. Joints in plastic liner materials shall be jointed per the manufacturer's recommendations. P2709.4 Receptor drains. An approved flanged drain shall be installed with shower subpans or linings. The flange shall be placed flush with the subbase and be equipped with a clamping ring or other device to make a water-tight connection between the lining and the drain. The flange shall have weep holes into the drain.

SECTION P2710 SHOWER WALLS

P2710.1 Bathtub and shower spaces. Shower walls shall be finished in accordance with Section R307.2.

SECTION P2711 LAVATORlES

P2712.2 Flushing devices required. Water closets shall be provided with a flush tank, flushometer tank or flushometer valve designed and installed to supply water in sufficient quantity and flow to flush the contents of the fixt~ue,to cleanse the fixture and refill the fixture trap in accordance with ASME A1 12.19.2 and ASMEA112.19.6. P2712.3 Water supply for flushing devices. An adequate quantity of water shall be provided to flush and clean the fixture served. The water supply to flushing devices equipped for manual flushing shall be controlled by a float valve or other automatic device designed to refill the tank after each discharge and to completely shut off the water flow to the tank when the tank is filled to operational capacity. Provision shall be made to automatically supply water to the fixture so as to refill the trap after each flushing. P2712.4 Flush valves in flush tanks. Flush valve seats in tanks for flushing water closets shall be at least 1 inch (25 mm) above the flood-level rim of the bowl connected thereto, except an approved water closet and flush tank combination designed so that when the tank is flushed and the fixture is clogged or partially clogged, the flush valve will close tightly so that water will not spill continuously over the rim of the bowl or backflow from the bowl to the tank. P2712.5 Overflows in flush tanks. Flush tanks shall be provided with overflows discharging to the water closet connected thereto and such overflow shall be of sufficient size to prevent flooding the tank at the maximum rate at which the tanks are supplied with water according to the manufacturer's design conditions.

P2711.1 Approval. Lavatories shall conform to ANSI 2124.3, ASME A112.19.1, ASME A112.19.2, ASME A112.19.3, ASME A112.19.4, ASME A112.19.9, CSA B45.1, CSA B45.2, CSA B45.3 or CSA B45.4.

P2712.6 Access. All parts in a flush tank shall be accessible for repair and replacement.

P2711.2 Cultured marble lavatories. Cultured marble vanity tops with an integral lavatory shall confonn to ANSI 2124.3 or CSA B45.5.

P2712.7 Water closet seats. Water closets shall be equipped with seats of smooth, nonabsorbent material and shall be properly sized for the water closet bowl type.

P2711.3 Lavatory waste outlets. Lavatories shall have waste outlets not less than 1I/, inch (32 mrn) in diameter. A strainer, pop-up stopper, crossbar or other device shall be provided to restrict the clear opening of the waste outlet.

P2712.8 Flush tank lining. Sheet copper used for flush tank linings shall have a minimum weight of 10 ounces per square foot (3 kg/m2).

P2711.4 Movable lavatory systems. Movable lavatory systems shall comply with ASME A1 12.19.12.

SECTION P2712 WATER CLOSETS

P2712.1 Approval. Water closets shall conform to the water consumption requirements of Section P2903.2 and shall conform to ANSI 2124.4, ASME A1 12.19.2, CSA B45.1, CSA B45.4 or CSA B45.5. Water closets shall conform to the hydraulic performance requirements of ASME A1 12.19.6. Water closets tanks shall conform to ANSI 2124.4, ASME A1 12.19.2, ASME A1 12.19.9, CSA B45.1, CSA B45.4 or CSA B45.5. Water closets that have an invisible seal and unventilated space or walls that are not thoroughly washed at each discharge shall be prohibited. Water closets that permit backflow of the contents of the bowl into the flush tank shall be prohibited.

P2712.9 Electro-hydraulic water closets. Electro-hydraulic water closets shall conform to ASME A3 12.19.13.

SECTION P2713 BATHTUBS

P2713.1 Bathtub waste outlets and overflows. Bathtubs shall have outlets and overflows at least 1'/,inches (38 mm) in diameter, and the waste outlet shall be equipped with an approved stopper. F'2713.2 Bathtub enclosures. Doors within a bathtub enclosure shall conform to ASME A112.19.15. F'2713.3 Bathtub and whirlpool bathtub valves. The hot water supplied to bathtubs and whirlpool bathtubs shall be limited to a maximum temperature of 120°F (49°C) by a watertemperature-limiting device that conforms to ASSE 1070, except where such protection is otherwise provided by a combinationtub/shower valve in accordance with Section P2708.3. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

PLUMBING FIXTURES

SECTION P2714 SINKS

SECTION P2718 CLOTHES WASHING MACHINE

P2714.1 Sink waste outlets. Sinks shall be provided with waste outlets not less than 1I/, inches (38 rnm) in diameter. A strainer, crossbar or other device shall be provided to restrict the clear opening of the waste outlet.

P2718.1 Waste connection. The discharge from a clothes washing machine shall be through an air break.

P2714.2 Movable sink systems. Movable sink systems shall comply withASMEA112.19.12.

SECTION P2719 FLOOR DRAINS

SECTION P2715 LAUNDRY TUBS

P2715.1 Laundry tub waste outlet. Each compartment of a laundry tub shall be provided with a waste outlet not less than 1'1, inches (38 mm) in diameter and a strainer or crossbar to restrict the clear opening of the waste outlet.

SECTION P2716 FOOD WASTE GRINDER

P2716.1 Food waste grinder waste outlets. Food waste grinders shall be connected to a drain of not less than 1'1, inches (38 mm) in diameter. P2716.2 Water supply required. Food waste grinders shall be provided with an adequate supply of water at a sufficient flow rate to ensure proper functioning of the unit.

SECTION P2717 DISHWASHING MACHINES

P2717.1 Protection of water supply. The water supply for dishwashers shall be protected by an air gap or integral backflow preventer. Y2717.2 Sink and dishwasher. A sink and dishwasher are permitted to discharge through a single I]/,-inch (38 mm) trap. The discharge pipe from the dishwasher shall be increased to a minimum of V4 inch (19 mm) in diameter and shall be connected with a wye fitting to the sink tailpiece. The dishwasher waste line shall rise and be securely fastened to the underside of the countcr before connecting to the sink tailpiece. P2717.3 Sink, dishwasher and food grinder. The combined discharge from a sink, dishwasher, and waste grinder is permitted to discharge through a single 1'1, inch (38 mrn) trap. The discharge pipe from thc dishwasher shall be increased to a minimum of 3/4 inch (19 mm) in diameter and shall connect with a wye fitting between the discharge of the food-waste grinder and the trap inlet or to the head of the food grinder. The dishwasher waste line shall rise and be securely fastened to the underside of the counter before connecting to the sink tail piece or the food grinder.


P2719.1 Floor drains. Floor drains shall have waste outlets not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) in diameter and shall be provided with a removable strainer. The floor drain shall be constructed so that the drain is capable of being cleaned. Access shall be provided to the drain inlet.

I

SECTION P2720 WHIRLPOOL BATHTUBS

P2720.1 Access to pump. Access shall be provided to circulation pumps in accordance with the fixture manufacturer's installation instructions. Where the manufacturer's instructions do not specify the location and minimum size of field fabricated access openings, a 12-inchby 12-inch (304 mm by 304 mm) minimum size opening shall be installed to provide access to the circulation pump. Where pumps are located more than 2 feet (609 mm) from the access opening, an 18-inch by 18-inch (457 mm by 457 mm) minimum size opening shall be installed. A door or panel shall be permitted to close the opcning. In all cases, the access opening shall be unobstructed and be of thc size necessary to permit the removal and replacement of the circulation pump. P2720.2 Piping drainage. The circulation pump shall be accessibly located above the crown weir of the trap. The pump drain line shall be properly graded to ensure minimum water retention in the volute after fixture use. The circulation piping shall be installed to be self-draining. P2720.3 Leak testing. Leak testing and pump operation shall be performed in accordance with the rnanufacturcr's installation instructions. P2720.4 Manufacturer's instructions. The product shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION P2721 BIDET INSTALLATIONS

P2721.1 Water supply.The bidet shall be equipped with either an air-gap-type or vacuum-breaker-type fixture supply fitting. P2721.2 Bidet water temperature. The discharge water temperature from a bidet fitting shall be limited to a maximum temperature of 110°F (43°C) by a water-temperature-limiting device conforming to ASSE 1070.

I

PLUMBING FIXTURES

SECTION P2722 FIXTURE FllTlNG P2722.1 General. Fixture supply valves and faucets shall com1 ply with ASME A112.18.1 or CSA B125 as listed in Table P270 1.1. Faucets and fixture fittings that supply drinking water for human ingestion shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61, Section 9. Flexible water connectors shall conform to the requirements of Section P2904.7. Y2722.2 Hot water, Fixture fittings and faucets that are supplied with both hot and cold water shall be installed and adjusted so that the left-hand side of the water temperature control represents the flow of hot water when facing the outlet. Exception: Shower and tublshower mixing valves con1 forming to ASSE 1016 or CSA B 125, where the water temperature control corresponds to the markings on the device. P2722.3 Hose-connected outlets. Faucets and fixture fittings with hose-connected outlets shall conform to ASME A112.18.3 or CSAB125. P2722.4 Individual pressure-balancing in-line valves for individual fixture fittings. Where individual pressure-balancing in-line valves for individual fixture fittings are installed, the valves shall comply with ASSE 1066. Such valves shall be installed in an accessible location and shall not be used alone as a substitute for thebalanced pressure, thermostaticor combination shower valves required in Section P2708.3.

I

SECTION P2723 MACERATING TOILET SYSTEMS P2723.1 General. Macerating toilet systems shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. P2723.2 Drain. The minimum size of the drain from the macerating toilet system shall be 3/4inch (19 mm) in diameter. SECTION P2724 SPECIALTY TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICES AND VALVES P2724.1 Temperature-actuated,flow-reduction devices for individual fixtures. Temperature-actuated, flow-reduction devices, where installed for individual fixture fittings, shall conform to ASSE 1062. Such valves shall not be used alone as a substitute for the balanced pressure, thermostatic or combination shower valves required for showers in Section P2708.3.


CHAPTER 28

WATER HEATERS SECTION P2801 GENERAL P2801.1 Required. Each dwelling shall have an approved automatic water heater or other type of domestic water-heating system sufficient to supply hot water to plumbing fixtures and appliances intended for bathing, washing or culinary purposes. Storage tanks shall be constructed of noncorrosive metal or shall be lined with noncorrosive material.

P2801.2 Installation. Water heaters shall be installed in accordance with this chapter and Chapters 20 and 24.

I)

I

P2801.3 Location. Water heaters and storage tanks shall be located and connected to provide access for observation, maintenance, servicing and replacement. P2801.4 Prohibited locations. Water heaters shall be located in accordancc with Chapter 20. P2801.5 Required pan. Where water heaters or hot water storage tanks are installed in locations where leakage of the tanks or connections will cause damagc, the tank or water heater shall be installed in a galvanized steel pan having a minimum thickness of 24 gage (0.016 inch) (0.4 mrn) or other pans for such use. Listed pans shall comply with CSA LC3. P2801.5.1 Pan size and drain. The pan shall be not less than 1'1, inches (38 mm) deep and shall be of sufficient size and shape to receive all dripping or condensate from the tank or water heater. The pan shall be drained by an indirect waste pipe having a minimum diameter of inch (19 mrn). Piping for safety pan drains shall be of those materials listed in Table P2904.5. P2801.5.2 Pan drain termination. The pan drain shall extend full-size and terminate over a suitably located indirect waste receptor or shall extend to the exterior of the building and terminate not less than 6 inches (152 mm) and not more than 24 inches (610 mm) above the adjacent ground surface. P2801.6 Water heaters installed in garages. Water heaters having an ignition source shall be elevated such that the source of ignition is not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the garage floor. P2801.7 Water heater seismic bracing.In Seismic Design Categories Do,D, and D2and townhouses in SeismicDesign Category C, water heaters shall be anchored or strapped in the upper one-third and in the lower one-thud of the appliance to resist a horizontal force equal to one-third of the operating weight of the water heater, acting in any horizontal direction, or in accordance with the appliance manufactuer's recommendations. SECTION P2802 WATER HEATERS USED FOR SPACE HEATING P2802.1 Protection of potable water. Piping and components connected to a water heater for space heating applications shall 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

be suitable for use with potable water in accordance with Chapter 29. Water heaters that will be used to supply potable water shall not be connected to a heating system or components previously used with nonpotable-water heating appliances. Chemicals for boiler treatment shall not be introduced into the water heater.

P2802.2 Temperature control. Where a combination water heater-space heating system requires water for space heating at temperatures exceeding 140°F (60°C), a master thermostatic mixing valve complying with ASSE 1017 shall be installed to temper the water to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less for domestic uses.

SECTION P2803 RELIEF VALVES

P2803.1 Relief valves required. Appliances and equipment used for heating water or storing hot water shall be protected by: I. A separate pressure-relief valve and a separate temperature-relief valve; or

2. A combination pressure- and temperature-relief valve.

P2803.2 Rating. Relief valves shall have a minimum rated capacity for the equipment served and shall conform to ANSI z 2 1.22. P2803.3 Pressure relief valves. Pressure-relief valves shall have a relief ratina adequate to meet the pressure conditions for the appliances or equipment protected.~ntanks, they shall be installed directly into a tank tapping or in a water line close to the tank. They shall be set to open at least 25 psi (172 kPa) above the system pressure but not over 150 psi (1034 kPa). The relief-valve setting shall not exceed the tanks rated working pressure. -

a

P2803.3 Temperature relief valves. Temperature-relief valves shall have a relief rating compatible with the tempcrature conditions of the appliances or equipment protected. The valves shall be installed such that the temperat~ue-sensingelement monitors the water within the top 6 inches (152 rnrn) of the tank. The valve shall be set to open at a maximum temperature of 210°F (99°C). P2803.5 Combination pressure-/temperature-relief valves. Combination pressure-/temperature-relief valves shall comply with all the requirements for separate pressure- and temperature-relief valves. P2803.6 Installationof relief valves. A check or shutoff valve shall not be installed in the following locations:

1. Between a relief valve and the termination point of the relief valve discharge pipe; 2. Between a relief valve and a tank; or

WATER HEATERS

3. Between a relief valve and heating appliances or equipment.

P2803.6.1 Requirements for discharge pipe. The discharge piping serving a pressure-relief valve, temperaturerelief valve or combination valve shall: 1 . Not be directly connected to the drainage system. 2. Discharge through an air gap located in the same room as the water heater. 3. Not be smaller than the diameter of the outlet of the valve served and shall discharge full size to the air gap. 4. Serve a single relief device and shall not connect to piping serving any other relief device or equipment. 5. Discharge to the floor, to an indirect waste receptor or to the outdoors. Where discharging to the outdoors in areas subject to freezing, discharge piping shall be first piped to an indirect waste receptor through an air gap located in a conditioned area. 6 . Discharge in a manner that does not cause personal injury or structural damage. 7. Discharge to a termination point that is readily observable by the building occupants.

8. Not be trapped. 9. Be installed to flow by gravity. 10. Not terminate more than 6 inches (152 mm) above the floor or waste receptor. 11. Not have a threaded connection at the end of the piping. 12. Not have valves or tee fittings. 13. Be constructed of those materials listed in Section P2904.5 or materials tested, rated and approved for such use in accordance with ASME A112.4.1.


CHAPTER 29

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SECTION P2901 GENERAL P2901.1 Potable water required. Dwellirlg units shall be supplied with potable water in the amounts and pressures specified in this chapter. In a building where both a potable and nonpotable water-distribution system are installed, each system shall be identified by color marking, metal tag or other appropriate method. Any nonpotable outlet that could inadvertently be used for drinking or domestic purposes shall be posted. SECTION P2902 PROTECTION OF POTABLE WATER SUPPLY P2902.1 General. A potable water supply system shall be designed and installed as to prevent contamination from nonpotable liquids, solids or gases being introduced into the potable water supply. Connections shall not be made to a potable water s u ~ .~inl av maruler that could contaminate the water supply or provide a cross-connection between the supply and a source of contamination unless an approved backflow-prevention device is provided. cross-conn&tions between an individual water supply and a potable public water supply shall be prohibited. L L

I

P2902.2 Plumbing fmtures. The supply lines and fittings for every plumbing fixture shall be installed to prevent backflow. Plumbing fixture fittings shall provide backflow protection in accordance with ASME A1 12.18.1.

P2902.3 Backflow protection. A means of protection against backflow shall be provided in accordance with Sections P2902.3.1 through P2902.3.6. Backflow prevention applications shall conform to Table P2902.3, except as specifically stated in Sections P2902.4 through P2902.5.5. P2902.3.1 Air gaps. Air gaps shall comply with ASME A1 12.1.2 and air gap fittings shall comply with ASME A1 12.1.3.The minimum air gap shall be measured vertically from the lowest end of a water supply outlet to the flood level rim of the fixturc or receptor into which such potable water outlets discharge. Tlle minimum required air gap shall be twice the diameterof the effective opening of the outlet,but in no case less than the values specified in Table P2902.3.1. An air gap is rcquired at the discharge point of a relief valve or piping. Air gap devices shall be incorporated in dishwashing and clothes washing appliances.

I

P2902.3.2 Atmospheric-type vacuum breakers. Pipeapplied atmospheric-type vacuum breakers shall conform to ASSE 1001 or CSA B64.1.1. Hose-connection vacuum breakers shall conform to ASSE 1011, ASSE 1019, ASSE 1035, ASSE 1052, CSA B64.2, CSA B64.2.1, CSA BM.2.1.1, CSA B64.2.2 or CSAB64.7. These devices shall operate under normal atmospheric pressure when the critical level is installed at the required height.


P2902.3.3 Backflow preventer with intermediate atmospheric vent. Backflow preventers with intermediate atmospheric vents shall conform to ASSE 1012 or CSA C N C S A B64.3. These devices shall be permitted to be installed where subject to continuous pressure conditions. The relief opening shall discharge by air gap and shall be prevented from being submergcd. P2902.3.4 Pressure-type vacuum breakers. Pressuretype vacuum breakers shall conform to ASSE 1020 or CSA B64.1.2 and spillproof vacuum breakers shall comply with ASSE 1056. These devices are designed for installation under continuous prcssure conditions when thecritical level is installed at the required height. Pressure-type vacuum breakers shall not be installed in locations where spillage could cause damage to the structure. P2902.35 Reduced pressure principle bacMow preventers. Reduced pressure principle backtlow preventers shall conform to ASSE 1013, AWWA C5 11, CSA B64.4 or CSA B64.4.1. Reduced pressure detector assembly backflow preventers shall conform to ASSE 1047. These devices shall be permitted to be installed where subject to continuous pressure conditions. The relief opening shall discharge by air gap and shall be prevented from being submerged. P2902.3.6 Double check-valve assemblies. Double checkvalve assemblies shall conform to ASSE 1015, CSA B64.5, CSA B64.5.1 or AWWA C510. Double-detector checkvalve assemblies shall confornl to ASSE 1048. These devices shall be capable of operating under continuous pressure conditions. P2902.4 Protection of potable water outlets. Potable water openings and outlets shall be protected by an air gap, reduced prcssure principle backflow preventer with atmospheric vent, atmospheric-type vacuum breaker, pressure-type vacuum breaker or hose connection backflow preventer. P2902.4.1 FiUvalves. Flush tanks shall be equipped with an antisiphon fill valve conforming to ASSE 1002 or CSA B 125. The fill valve backflow preventer shall be located at least 1 inch (25 mm) above thc full opening of the overflow pipe. P2902.4.2 Deck-mounted and integral vacuum breakers. Approved deck-mounted vacuum breakers and faucets with integral atmospheric or spill-proof vacuum breakers shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and the requirements for labeling with the critical level not less than 1 inch (25 mm) above the flood level rim. P2902.4.3 Hose connection. Sillcocks, hose bibbs, wall hydrants and other openings with a hose connection shall be protected by an atrnospheric-type or pressure-type vacuum breaker or a permanently attached hose connection vacuum breaker.

439

I

I I

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

TABLE P2902.3 APPLICATION FOR BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

--

APPLICABLE

DEVICE

-Air gap

APPLICATION~

--

Backsiphonage or backpressure

IC-----

Antisiphon-type fill valves for gravity water closet flush tanks

I

High hazard

ASME A1 12.1.3

Backpressure or backsiphonage

ASSE 1012

, CSA B64.3

Double check detector fire protection backflow

Low hazard

Hose. connection backflow preventer

1

1

I

Laboratory faucet backflow preventer Pipe-applied atmospheric-type vacuum breaker

I

ASSE 1052, CSA B64.2.1.1

.-

~

-

Backsiphonage only High or low hazard Sizes '1," - 2"

)

I

High or low hazard

1 Reduced pressure principle backflow preventer

Backsiphonage or backpressure Fire sprinkler systems)

High or low hazard

Backsiphonage only Sizes 4,,- 2,,

ASSE 1047

ASSE' 1013, AWWA C511 CSA B64.4, CSA B64.4.1

Backpressure or backsiphonage

and reduced pressure principle fire protection

Vacuum breaker wall hydrants, frost-resistant, automatic draining type

i

1

lSiZes

____t-

1

A

ASSE 1024, CSA 864.6

Backsiphonage only High or low hazard ,/ ,,- q,,

1

Reduced pressure detector fire protection backflow prevention assemblies

i

1

Low head backpressure or backsiphonage ' ASSE 1011, CSA B64.2. CSA 8 6 4 . 2 4 Sizes 'I,", 3/,", 1" Low head backpressure and ASSE 1035, CSA B64.7

High or low hazard

Hose-connection vacuum breaker

Pressure vacuum breaker assembly

ASSE 1048 -

Backpressure or backsiphonage S i z e s l c - In Low head backpressure, lated working High or low hazard pressure backpressure or backsiphonage, 1 S i x s '1,'' - 1"

Dual-check-valve-type backflow preventer

l

Backsiphonage only

Backflow preventer with intermediate atmospheric vents Double check backflow prevention assembly

-

--A

1

-

Low head backpressure or High or low hazard backsiphonage I Si7eq 3/." - 1"

ASSE 1019, CSA B64.2.2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. a. Low hazard-See Pollution (Section 202). High hazard-See Contamination (Section 202). b. See Backpressure (Section 202). See Backpressure, Low Head (Sectio~~ 202). See Backsiphonage (Section 202).

Exceptions: 1. This section shall not apply to water heater and boiler drain valves that are provided with hose connection threads and that are intended only for tank o r vessel draining. 2. This section shall not apply to water supply valves intended f o r c o n n e c t i o n of c l o t h e s washing machines where backflow prevention is otherwise provided o r is integral with the machine.

P2902.5 Protection of potable water connections. Connections to the potable water shall conform to Sections P2902.5.1 through P2902.5.5. P2902.5.1 Connections to boilers. T h e potable supply to the boiler shall b e equipped with a backflow preventer with a n intermediate atmospheric vent complying with ASSE 1012 or C S A B64.3. Where conditioning chemicals are introduced into the system, the potable water connection shall be protected by a n air gap o r areduced pressure principle backflow preventer complying with ASSE 1013, C S A B64.3 or A W A C511. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@


TABLE P2902.3.1 ----

MINIMUM AIR GAPS

I

-

FIXTURE

-

I

-

1

MINIMUM AIR GAP __1

Away from a walla (inches)

Close to a wall (inches)

Two times the diameter of the effective opening

Three times the diameter of

1

1.5

2

3

1.5

2.5

__t--

i

I

Effective openings greater than 1 inch Lavatories and other fixtures with effective opening not seater than 'I2inch in diameter ..

1

~~~

IC-----

Over-rim bath fillers and other fitures with effective openings not greater than I inch in diameter - - . . -

Sink, laundry trays, gooseneck back faucets and other fixtures with effective -

1

A

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. a. Applicable where wnllsor obstructions are spaced from the nearest inside edge of the spout opening adistance greater than three times the dian~eterof the effective opening for a single wall, or a distance greater than four times the diameter of the effective opening tbr two intersecting walls.

P2902.5.2 Heat exchangers. Heat exchangers using an essentially toxic transfer fluid shall be separated from the potable water by double-wall construction. An air gap open to the atmosphere shall be provided between the two walls. Heat exchangers utilizing an essentially nontoxic transfer fluid shall bLpermitted to be of single-hall construction. P2902.5.3 Lawn irrigation systenls. The potable water supply to lawn irrigation systems shall be protected against backflow by an atmospheric-type vacuum breaker, a pressure-type vacuum breaker or a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer. A valve shall not be installed downstream from an atmospheric vacuum breaker. Where chemicals are introduced into the system, the potable water supply shall be protected against backflow by a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer. P2902.5.4 Connections to automatic fire sprinkler systems. The potable water supply to automatic fire sprinkler systems shall be protected against backflow by a double check-valve assembly or a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer. Exception: Where systems are installed as a portion of the water distribution system in accordance with the requirements of this code and are not provided with a fire department connection, isolation of the water supply system shall not be required. P2902.5.4.1 Additives or nonpotable source. Where systems contain chemical additives or antifreeze, or where systems are connected to a nonpotable secondary water supply, the potable water supply shall be protected against backflow by a reduced pressure principle

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIALCODE@

backflow preventer. Where chemical additives or antifreeze is added to only a portion of an automatic fire sprinkler or standpipe system, the reduced pressurc principle backflow preventer shall be permitted to be located so as to isolate that portion of the system.

P2902.5.5 Solar systems. The potable water supply to a solar system shall be equipped with a backflow preventer with intermediate atmospheric vent complying with ASSE 1012 or a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer complying with ASSE 1013. Where chemicals areused, the potable water supply shall be protected by a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer. Exception: Where all solar system piping is a part of the potable water distribution system, in accordance with the requirements of the International Plumbing Code, and all components of the piping system are listed for potable water use, cross-connection protection measure shall not be required. P2902.6 Access. Backflow prevention devices shall be accessible for inspection and servicing.

SECTION P2903 WATER-SUPPLY SYSTEM P2903.1 Water supply system design criteria. The water service and water distribution systems shall be designed and pipe sizes shall be selected such that under conditions of peak demand, the capacities at the point of outlet discharge shall not be less than shown in Table P2903.1.


TABLE P2903.1 REQUIRED CAPACITIES AT POINT OF OUTLET DISCHARGE

FIXTURE AT POINT OF OUTLET

1

FLOW PRESSURE

P2903.4.1 Pressure-reducingvalve. For water service system sizes up to and including 2 inches (5 1 mm), a device for controlling pressure shall be installed where, because of thermal expansion, the pressure on the downstream side of a pressure-reducing valve exceeds the pressure-reducing valve setting.

.-

P2903.4.2 Backflow prevention device or check valve. Where a backflow prevention device, check valve or other device is installed on a water supply system using storage water heating equipment such that thermal expansion causes an increase in pressure, a device for controlling pressure shall be installed.

-

Lavatory

1

1 Shower

Shower, temperature controlled

closet, flushorneter tank

I.,

L

A

For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

P2903.2 Maximum flow and water consumption.The maximum water consumption flow rates and quantities for all plumbing fixtures and fixture fittings shall be in accordance with Table P2903.2. TABLE P2903.2 MAXIMUM FLOW RATES AND CONSUMPTION FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE FllTINGSb PLUMBING FIXTURE OR FIXTURE FITTING

-

Lavatory faucet Shower heada Sink faucet Water closet For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 Wa. a. A handheld shower spray is also a shower head. b. Consumption tolerances shall be determined from referenced standards.

P2903.3 Minimum pressure. Minimum static pressure (as determined by the local water authority) at the building entrance for either public or private water service shall be 40 psi (276 kPa). P2903.3.1 Maximum pressure. Maximum static pressure shall be 80 psi (551 Wa). When main pressure exceeds 80 psi (551 kPa), an approved pressure-reducingvalve conforming to ASSE 1003shall be installed on the domestic water branch main or riser at the connection to the water-service pipe.

I

P2903.4Thermal expansion control. A means for controlling increased pressure caused by thermal expansion shall be installed where required in accordance with Sections P2903.4.1 and P2903.4.2.

P2903.5 Water hammer. The flow velocity of the water distribution system shall be controlled to reduce the possibility of water hammer. A water-hammer arrestor shall be installed where quick-closing valves are used. Water-hammer arrestors shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers' specifications. Water-hammer arrestors shall conform to ASSE 1010. P2903.6 Determining water-supply furture units. Supply loads in the building water-distribution system shall be determined by total load on the pipe being sized, in terms of water-supply fixture units (w.s.f.u.), as shown in Table P2903.6, and gallon per minute (gpm) flow rates [see Table P2903.6(1)]. For fixtures not listed, choose a w.s.f.u. value of a fixture with similar flow characteristics. P2903.7 Size of water-servicemains, branch mains and risers. The minimum size water service pipe shall be V4 inch (19 mm). The size of water service mains, branch mains and risers shall be determined according to water supply demand [gpm (Lim)], available water pressure [psi (kPa)] and friction loss caused by the water meter and developed length of pipe [feet (m)], including equivalent length of fittings. The size of each water distribution system shall be determined according to the procedure outlined in this section or by other design methods conforming to acceptable engineering practice and approved by the administrative authority: 1. Obtain the minimum daily static service pressure [psi (kPa)] available (as determined by the local water authority) at the water meter or other source of supply at the installation location. Adjust this minimum daily static pressure [psi (kPa)] for the following conditions: 1.1 . Determine the difference in elevation between the source of supply and the highest water supply outlet. Where the highest water supply outlet is located above the source of supply, deduct 0.5 psi (3.4 Wa) for each foot (305 mm) of difference in elevation. Where the highest water supply outlet is located below the sourceof supply, add0.5 psi (3.4 kPa) for each foot (305 mm) of difference in elevation. 1.2. Where a water pressure reducing valve is installed in the water distribution system, the minimum daily static water pressure available is 80 percent of the minimum daily static water pressure at the source of supply or the set pressure downstream of the pressure reducing valve, whichever is smaller. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@


1.3. Deduct all pressure losses caused by special equipment such as a backflow preventer, water filter or water softener. Pressure loss data for each piece of equipment shall be obtained from the manufacturer of such devices.

oped length" col~imnto a fixture unit equal to, or greater than the total installation demand calculated by using thc "combined" water supply fixture unit column of Table P2903.6. Read the water service pipe and meter sizes in the first left-hand column and the main distribution pipe to the building in the second left-hand column on the same row.

1.4. Deduct the pressure in excess of 8 psi (55 kPa) caused by installation of special plumbing fixtures, such as temperature controlled showers and flushometer tank water closets.

4. To determine the size of each water distribution pipe, start at the most rcmote outlet on each branch (either hot or cold branch) and, working back toward the main distribution pipe to the building, add up the water supply fixture unit demand passing through each segment of the distribution system using the related hot or cold column of Table P2903.6. Knowing demand, the size of each segment shall be read from the second left-hand column of the same table and a maximum developed length column selected in Steps 1 and 2, under the same or next smaller size meter row. In no case docs the size of any branch or main need to be larger that the size of the main distribution pipe to the building established in Step 3.

Using the resulting minimum available pressure, find the corresponding pressure range in Table P2903.7. 2. The maximum developed length for water piping is thc actual length of pipe between the source of supply and the most remote fixture, including either hot (through the water heater) or cold water branches multiplied by a factor of 1.2 to compensate for pressure loss through fittings. Sclect the appropriate column in Table P2903.7 equal to or greater thanthe calculated maximum developed length.

P2903.8 Gridded and parallel water distribution system manifolds. Hot water and cold water manifolds installed with

3. To determine the size of water service pipe, meter and main distribution pipe to the building using the appropriate table, follow down the selected "maximum devel-

gridded or parallel-connected individual distribution lines to each fixture or fixture fittings shall be designed in accordance with Sections P2903.8.1 through P2903.8.6.

-

I

I

TABLE P2903.6 WATER-SUPPLY FIXTURE-UNIT VALUES FOR VARIOUS PLUlWBlNG FIXTURES AND FIXTURE GROUPS

TYPE OF FIXTURES OR GROUP OF FIXTURES

1

IBathtub (withhithout overhead shower head) Clothes washer

WATER-SUPPLY FIXTURE-UNIT VALUE (w.s.f.u.)

Hot

Cold I

--

1.0

1.O 1

1.O

(

group (water closet and lavatory)

1.4

1.5

1.O

I

0.5 I

2.7

1

2.5 I

Water closet (tank type)

3.6

2.6 I

Hose bibb (sillcock)"

Shower stall

1

I

1

I

1 Full-bath group with bathtub (withlwithout shower head) or shower stall

Combined I

1

4

2.5

A

------

1.9

1.O

2.5 --

1.O

1O .

1.4

1.8

1.8

2.5

1.0

1.O

1.4

0.5

0.5

0.7

1.0

J 1.0 -

i__4

-

Lfj

-

For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 Llm. a. The fixture unit value 2.5 assumes a flow demand of 2.5 gpm, such as for an individual lawn sprinkler device. If a hose bibblsill cock will be required to furnish a greater flow, the equivalent fixture-unit value may be obtained from this table orTable P2903.6(1).



heater is fed from the end of a cold water manifold, the manifold shall be one size larger than the water heater feed.

P2903.8.1 Sizing of manifolds. Manifolds shall be sized in accordance with Table P2903.8.1. Total gallons ver minute is the demand for all outlets.

P2903.8.3 Orientation. Manifolds shall be permitted to be installed in a horizontal or vertical position.

P2903.8.2 Minimum size. Where the developed length of the distribution line is 60 feet (18 288 rnrn) or less, and the available pressure at the meter is a minimum of 40 pounds per square inch (276 Wa), the minimum size of individual distribution lines shall be 3/, inch (10 mrn). Certain fixtures such as one-piece water closets and whirlpool bathtubs shall require a larger size where specified by the manufacturer. If a water

C

P2903.8.4 Support and protection. Plastic piping bundles shall be secured in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and supported in accordance with Section P2605. Bundles that have a change in direction equal to or greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) shall be protected from chafing at the point of contact with framing members by sleeving or wrapping.

TABLE P2903.6(1) CONVERSIONS FROM WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT TO GALLON PER MINUTE FLOW RATES ~~~~p~

SUPPLY SYSTEMS PREDOMINANTLY FOR FLUSH TANKS Load

SUPPLY - SYSTEM PREDOMINANTLYFOR FLUSH VALVES

- T - - - d Demand

Load

1

Demand

I

50 For SI:

29.1

3.890088

50

50.0

6.684

I

1 gallon per minute = 3.785 Llm, 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.4719 Us,



TABLE P2903.7 MINIMUM SIZE OF WATER METERS, MAINS AND DISTRIBUTION PIPING BASED ON WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT VALUES Pressure Range-30

to 39 psi

---

METER AND SERVICE PIPE

DISTRIBUTION PIPE

(inches)

(inches)

40

60

80

100

150

1'4

lIza

2.5

2

1.5

1.5

1

-1 ' .4 1

95

7.5

6

5.5

4

32

25

20

16.5

11 -

1

32 32

32

27

21

13.5

32

32

32

30

80

80

70

61

45

34

27

80

80

75

54

40

31

87 87 -

87

84

-

.- .

3/4 1

MAXIMUM DEVELOPMENT LENGTH (feet) -

1

1Liz

-

1I12

200 250 300 I .5 .5

3.5 9

10

2.5-

3

7.5 6.5 7 8

24 2

17

0

500 0

2

1.5

5.5

4.5

5.5

5

13

10.5

22 16 25- 17.5

73 74 92

- 400

12 13

56

79

69

54

43

Pressure R a n g e 4 0 to 49 psi

9.5

Pressure Range-50

8.5

3.5

2.5

to 60 psi

METER AND DISTRIBUTION PlPE SERVICE PlPE (inches)

(inches)

3/a

'/2a

1' 4

1'4 1

1

1

3/4

5.5

MAXIMUM DEVELOPMENT LENGTH (feet) 7

60

80

3

3

9.5

9.5

2.5 2 1.5 8.5 6.5 9.5 -

40

32 32 32 32

80

100

32 32 32 32

80

150

151

151

151

25

18.5

14.5

12

9.5

30

22

16.5

13

10

(continued)


151

63 87

87

151

139

500

1 .5 .5 4 3 2.5

4.5

80 151

400

5

87 1

300

8-8

29 120

82

70

94

79


Pressure Ranae-areater

TABLE P2903.7--continued MINIMUM SIZE OF WATER METERS, MAINS AND DISTRIBUTION PIPING BASED ON WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT VALUES than 60 asi MAXIMUM DEVELOPMENT LENGTH (feet)

-

9.5 1

32

32

32

15.5

For ST: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, I foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895kPa. a. Minimum size for huilding supply is3/,-inch pipe.

TABLE P2903.8.1 MANIFOLD SIZING PLASTIC Nominal Size ID (inches)

1

METALLIC Maximuma Q D ~

Nominal Size ID (inches)

1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 Wm, 1 foot per second = 0.3048 mls. NOTE: See Table P2903.6 for w.s.f.u and Table 2903.6(1) for gallon-per-minute (gpm) flow rates.

For ST:

a. Based on velocity limitation: plastic-12

fps; metal-8

fps.

P2903.8.5 Valving. Fixture valves, when installed, shall be located either at the fixture or at the manifold. If valves are installed at the manifold, they shall be labeled indicating the fixture served. P2903.8.6 Hose bibb bleed. A readily accessible air bleed shall be installed in hose bibb supplies at the manifold or at the hose bibb exit point. P2903.9 Valves. Valves shall be installed in accordance with Sections P2903.9.1 through P2903.9.3. P2903.9.1 Service valve. Each dwelling unit shall be provided with an accessible main shutoff valve near the entrance of the water service. The valve shall be of a full-open type having nominal restriction to flow, with provision for drainage such as a bleed orifice or installation of a separate drain valve. Additionally, the water service shall be valved at the curb or property line in accordance with local requirements. 446

P2903.9.2 Water heater valve. A readily accessible full-open valve shall be installed in the cold-water supply pipe to each water heater at or near the water heater. P2903.9.3 Fixture valves and access. Valves serving individual fixtures, appliances, risers and branches shall be provided with access. An individual shutoff valve shall be required on the fixture supply pipe to each plumbing fixture other than bathtubs and showers. P2903.9.4 Valve requirements. Valves shall be of an approved type and compatible with the type of piping material installed in the system. Ball valves, gate valves, globe valves and plug valves intended to supply drinking water shall meet the requirements of NSF 61. P2903.10 Hose bibb. Hose bibbs subject to freezing, including the "frost-proof' type, shall be equipped with an accessible stop-and-waste-type valve inside the building so that they can be controlled andlor drained during cold periods. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

-

-


Exception: Frostproof hose bibbs installed such that the stem extends through the building insulation into an open heated or semiconditioned space need not be separately valved (see Figure P2903.10).

SECTION P2904 MATERIALS, JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS P2904.1 Soil and groundwater. The installation of water service pipe, water distribution pipe, fittings, valves, appurtenances and gaskets shall be prohibited in soil and groundwater that is contaminated with solvents, fuels, organic compounds or other detrimental materials that cause permeation, corrosion, degradation or structural failure of the water service or water distribution piping material.

P2904.1.1 Investigation required. Where detrimental conditions are suspected by or brought to the attention of the building official, achemical analysis of the soil and groundwater conditions shall be required to ascertain the acceptability of the water service material for the specific installation. P2904.1.2 Detrimental condition. When a detrimental condition exists, approved alternate materials or alternate routing shall be required. P2904.2 Lead content. Pipe and fittings used in the water-supply system shall have a maximum of 8 percent lead. P2904.3 Polyethylene plastic piping installation. Polyethylene pipe shall be cut square using a cutter designed for plastic pipe. Except where joined by heat fusion, pipe ends shall be

chamfered to remove sharp edges. Pipe that has been kinked shall not be installed. For bends, the installed radius of pipe curvature shall be greater than 30 pipe diameters or the coil radius when bending with the coil. Coiled pipe shall not be bent beyond straight. Bends shall not be permitted within 10 pipe diameters of any fitting or valve. Joints between polyethylene plastic pipe and fittings shall comply with Sections P2904.3.1 and P2904.3.2.

P2904.3.1 Heat-fusionjoints. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. Joint surfaces shall be heated to melting temperature and joined. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D 2657. P2904.3.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the mmufacturer's installation instructions. P2904.4 Water service pipe. Water service pipe shall conform to NSF 61 and shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table P2904.4. Water service pipe or tubing, installed underground and outside of the structure, shall have a minimum working pressure rating of 160 pounds per square inch at 73°F (1103 Wa at 23°C). Where the water pressure exceeds 160 pounds per square inch (1 103 Wa), piping material shall have a rated working pressure equal to or greater than the highest available pressure. Water service piping materials not third-party certified for water distribution shall terminate at or before the full open valve located at the entrance to the structure. Ductile iron water service piping shall be cement mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C 104.

FRAME WALL

FROSTPROOF

SUPPLY LINE

FOUNDATION WALL HEATED BASEMENT

FIGURE P2903.10 NPICAL FROSTPROOF HOSE BlBB INSTALLATION NOT REQUIRING SEPARATE VALUE 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

I


P2904.4.1 Dual check-valve-type backklow preventer. Where a dual check-valve backflow preventer is installed on the water supply system, it shall comply with ASSE 1024 or CSA B64.6.

P2904.5 Water-distribution pipe. Water-distribution piping within dwelling units shall conform to NSF 61 and shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table P2904.5. All hot-water-distribution pipe and tubing shall have a minimum pressure rating of 100 psi at 180°F (689 kPa at 82'C).

P2904.4.2 Water service installation. Trenching, pipe installation and backfilling shall be in accordance with Section P2604. Water-service pipe is permitted to be located in the same trench with a building sewer provided such sewer is constructed of materials listed for undcrground use within a building in Section P3002.1. If the building sewer is not constructed of materials listed in Section P3002.1, thc water-service pipe shall be separated from the building sewer by a minimum of 5 feet (1 524 mm), measured horizontally, of undisturbed or compacted earth or placed on a solid ledge at least 12 inches (305 mm) above and to one side of the highest point in the sewer line. Exception: The required scparation distance shall not apply where a water service pipe crosses a sewer pipe, provided that the water service pipe is sleeved to at least 5 feet (1 524 mm), horizontally from the sewer pipecenterline, on both sides of the crossing with pipe materials listed in Tables P2904.4, P3002.1(1), P3002.1(2) or P3002.2.

P2904.5.1Under concrete slabs. Inaccessible water distribution piping under slabs shall be copper water tube minimum Type M, brass, ductile iron pressure pipe, cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linkedpolyethylene (PEXAL-PEX) pressure pipe, polyethylene/aluminum/polyeth-I ylene (PE-AL-PE) pressure pipe, chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC), polybutylene (PB), cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) plastic pipe or tubing or polypropylene (PP) pipe or tubing, all to be installed with approved fittings or bends. The minimum pressure rating for plastic pipe or tubing installedunder slabs shall be 100 pounds per square inch at 180°F (689 kPa at 82°C). P2904.6 Fittings. Pipe fittings shall be approved for installation with the piping material installed, and shall conform to the respective pipe standards listed in Table P2904.6. Pipe fittings used in the water supply system shall also conform to NSF 61.

TABLE P2904.4 WATER SERVICE PIPE

1

1

1

MATERIAL

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic pipe

,

Asbestos-cement pipe L-____

I

STANDARD

ASTM D 1527; ASTM D 2282

I ASTM C 296

C-

Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) plastic pipe Copper or copper-alloy pipe

-

ASTM D 2846; ASTM F 441 ; ASTM F 442; CSA B 137.6 ASTM B 42; ASTM B 302

.

p p p p p p

Copper or copper-alloy tubing (Type K, WK, L, WL, M or WM) I

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linkedpolyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX)pipe

ASTM B 75; ASTM B 88; ASTM B 251; ASTM B 447 I; CSA CAN,CSA

ASTM

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/high-densitypolyethylene

37.10

ASTM F 1986

Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) plastic tubing AWWA C151: AWWA C115

Ductile iron water pipe klvanized steel pipe

JSTM

.

Polybutylene (PB) plastic pipe and tubing

--

-

A 53

1 ASTM D 2662; ASTM D 2666; ASTM D 3309; CSA B137.8M

I I

~ d d u m i n u r n l p o l y e t h y l e n(PE-AL-PE) e plpe

1 Polyethylene

(PE) plas"

pip

1 Polyethylene (PE) plastic tubing

ASTM F 1282; CSA CANICSA-B 1379M

1ASTM D 2 104; ASTM D 2239; CSA-B 137.1

----I

I

ASTM D 2737; CSA B 137.1 ASTM F 2389; CSA B137.1 I

---I

-----

ASTM D 1785; ASTM D 2241; ASTM D 2672; CSA B137.3 A 312; ASTM A 778

) Stainless steel (Type 3161316L) pipe 448

ASTM A 3 12; ASTM A 778



TABLE P2904.5 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPE STANDARD

----

ASTM B 43

7

-

ASTM D 2846; ASTM F 441; ASTM F 442; CSA B 137.6

1

1 ASTM B 42; ASTM B 302

Copper or copper-alloy pipe

1

Copper or sopperalloy tubing (Type K, WK, L. WL, M or WM)

1I

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminurn/cross-linkedpolyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) pipe

1

Cross-linkedplyethylcnc (PJ3X) plastic tubing

1

ASTM F 877; CSA B137.5 ------ASTM P 1281; CSACANICSA-Bl37.10

__t_

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminumlhigh-densitypolyethylene

1

___)

ASTM B 75; ASTM B 88; ASTM B 25 1 ; ASTM B 447

ASTM F 1986

Galvanized steel pipe

~AsTMA 53

1 ASTM D 3309; CSA CAN3-B 137.8

k y b u t y l e n e (PB) plastic pipe and tubing

1

P A -

Polyethylenelaluminmlpolyethylene - (PE-AL-PE) composite-pipe -

F 2389; CSA B137.1 I

Polypropylene (PP) plastic pipe or tubing SLainless steel (Type 3041304L) pipe

ASTM A 312; ASTM A 778

Stainless steel (Type 3 161316L) pipe

ASTM A3 12; ASTM A 778 --

TABLE P2904.6 FllTlNGS PIPE 7 --

-

MATERIAL

I

STANDARD

----

butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic

ASTM D 2468 ASTM F1974

Brass

1

chlorinated polyvinyl chloridc (CPYC) plasticASME B16.15; ASME B 16.18; ASME B16.22; ASME B16.26; ASME B16.29 .

Copper or copper alloy

-

Cross-linked polyethylene/alurninurnlhigh-densitypolyethylene

ASTM

1986

1

ASTM F 877; ASTM F 1807; ASTM F 1960; ASTM F 2080; ASTM F 2159; CSA B137.5

Fittings for cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) plastic tubing I ~ r iron a ~and ductile iron

-

AWWA C110; AWWA C153

1 Malleable iron

II

CSA B137.8 -ASTM D 2609; CSA B137.1

j I Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic

Polypropylene (PP) plastic pipe or tubing

ASTM D 2464; ASTM D 2466; ASTM D 2467; CSA B137.2

steel (Type 3041304L) pipe 1.Stainless -

( ASTM A 312; ASTM A 778

stainless steel (Type 3 161316L)pipe

ASTM A 3 12; ASTM A 778

1

.-

Steel


-

AsTM F2389; CSA 8137.1 1

1 ASME B 16.9; ASME B 16.1 1;ASME B 1 6.28


P2904.7 Flexible water connectors. Flexible water connectors, exposed to continuous pressure, shall conform to ASME A1 12.18.6. Access shall be provided to all flexible water connectors. P2904.8 Joint and connection tightness. Joints and connections in the plumbing system shall be gas tight and water tight for the intended use or required test pressure. P2904.9 Plastic pipe joints. Joints in plastic piping shall be made with approved fittings by solvent cementing, heat fusion, corrosion-resistant metal clamps with insert fittings or compression connections. Flared joints for polyethylene pipe are permitted in accordance with Section P2904.3. P2904.9.1 Solvent cementing. Solvent-cemented joints shall comply with Sections P2904.9.1.1 through P2904.9.1.3. P2904.9.1.1 ABS plastic pipe. Solvent cement for ABS plastic pipe conforming to ASTM D 2235 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. P2904.9.1.2 CPVC plastic pipe. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture and an approved primer shall be applied. Solvent cement for CPVC plastic pipe, orange in color and conforming to ASTM F 493, shall be applied to all joint surfaces. The parts shall be joined while the cement is wet and in accordance with ASTM D 2846 or ASTM F 493. Solvent-cement joints shall be permitted above or below ground. Exception: A primer is not required where all of the following conditions apply: I. The solvent cement used is third-party certified as conforming to ASTM F 493. 2. The solvent cement used is yellow in color. 3. The solvent cement is used only for joining '/,-inch (13 mm) through 2-inch (51 mm) diameter CPVC pipe and fittings. 4. The CPVC pipe and fittings are manufactured in accordance with ASTM D 2846.

1

P2904.9.1.3 PVC plastic pipe. A purple primer that conforms to ASTM F 656 shall be applied to PVC solvent cemented joints. Solvent cement for PVC plastic pipe conforming to ASTM D 2564 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. P2904.9.1.4 Cross-linked polyethylene plastic (PEX). Joints between cross-linked polyethylene plastic tubing or fittings shall comply with Section P2904.9.1.4.1 or Section P2904.9.1.4.2.

I 450

P2904.10 Polypropylene (PP) plastic. Joints between PP plastic pipe and fittings shall comply with Section P2904.10.1 or P2904.10.2. P2904.10.1 Heat-fusion joints. Heat fusion joints for polypropylene pipe and tubing joints shall be installed with socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings, butt-fusion polypropylene fittings or electrofusion polypropylene fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F 2389. P2904.10.2 Mechanical and compression sleeve joints. Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. P2904.11 Stainless steel. Joints between stainless steel pipe and fittings shall comply with Sections P2904.11.1 and P2904.11.2. P2904.11.1 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. F2904.11.2 Welded joints. Joint surfaces shall be cleaned. The joint shall be welded autogenously or with an approved filler metal in accordance with ASTM A 312. P2904.12 Threaded pipe joints. Threaded joints shall conform to American National Taper Pipe Thread specifications. Pipeends shall be deburred and chips removed. Pipe joint compound shall be used only on male threads. P2904.13 Soldered joints. Soldered joints in tubing shall be made with fittings approved for water piping and shall conform to ASTM B 828. Surfaces to be soldered shall be cleaned bright. The joints shall be properly fluxed and made with approved solder. Solders and fluxes used in potable water-supply systems shall have a maximum of 0.2 percent lead. Fluxes shall conform to ASTM B 813. P2904.14 Flared joints. Flared joints in water tubing shall be made with approved fittings. The tubing shall be reamed and then expanded with a flaring tool. P2904.15 Underground joints. Joints in polybutylene (PB) plastic pipe or tubing underground or under a concrete floor slab shall be installed using heat fusion, in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Joints in copper pipe or tube installed in a concrete floor slab or under a concrete floor slab on grade shall be installed using wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints.

P2904.9.1.4.1 Flared joints. Flared pipe ends shall be made by a tool designed for that operation.

P2904.16 Above-ground joints. Joints within the building between copper pipe, polybutylene tubing or CPVC tubing, in any combination with compatible outside diameters, are permitted to be made with theuse of approved push-in mechanical fittings of a pressure-lock design.

P2904.9.1.4.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Fittings for cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) plastic tubing as described in ASTM F 877, ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 1960, and ASTM F 2080 shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P2904.17 Joints between different materials. Joints between different piping materials shall be made in accordance with Sections P2904.17.1, P2904.17.2 and P2904.17.3 or with a mechanical joint of the compression or mechanical sealing type having an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM D 1869 or ASTM F477. Joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@


P2904.17.1 Copper or copper-alloy tubing to galvanized steel pipe. Joints between copper or copper-alloy tubing and galvanized steel pipe shall be made with a brass fitting e tubing shall be joined to the or dielectric fitting. T l ~ copper fitting in an approved manner, and the fitting shall be screwed to the threaded pipe. P2904.17.2 Plastic pipe or tubing to other piping materid. Joints between different grades of plastic pipe or between plastic pipe and other piping material shall be made with an approved adapter fitting. Joints between plastic pipe and cast-iron hub pipe shall be made by a caulked joint or a mechanical compression joint. P2904.17.3 Stainless steel. Joints between stainless steel and different piping materials shall bc made with a mechanical joint of the compression or mechanical-sealing type o r a dielectric fitting. P2904.18 Press joints. Press-type mechanical joints in copper tubing shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions using approved tools which affix the copper fitting with integral O-ring to the tubing.

SECTION P2905 CHANGES IN DIRECTION

P2905.1 Bends. Changes in direction in copper tubing are permitted to be made with bends having a radius of not less than four diameters of the tube, providing such bends are made by use of forming cquipment that does not deform or create loss in cross-sectional area of the tube.

SECTION P2906 SUPPORT

P2906.1 General. Pipe and tubing support shall conform to Section P2605.

SECTION P2907 DRINKING WATER TREATMENT UNITS

P2907.1 Design. Drinking water treatment units shall meet the requiremcnts of NSF 42, NSF 44 or NSF 53. P2907.2 Reverse osmosis drinking water treatment units. Point-of-use reverse osmosis drinking water treatment units, designed for residential use, shall meet the requirements of NSF 58. Waste or discharge from reverse osmosis drinking water treatment units shall enter the drainage systcm through an air gap or an air gap device that meets the requirements of NSF 58. P2907.3 Connection tubing. The tubing to and from drinking water treatment units shall be of a size and material as recommended by the manufacturer. The tubing shall comply with NSF 14, NSF 42, NSF 44, NSF 53, NSF 58 or NSF 61. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@


COD^?

CHAPTER 30

SANITARY DRAINAGE SECTION P3001 GENERAL P3001.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the materials, design, construction and installation of sanitary drainage systems. Plumbing materials shall conform to the requirements of this chapter. The drainage, waste and vent (DWV) system shall consist of all piping for conveying wastes from plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances, including fixture traps; above-grade drainage piping; below-grade drains within the building (building drain); below- and above-grade venting systems; and piping to the public sewer or private septic system. P3001.2 Protection from freezing. No portion of the above grade DWV system other than vent terminals shall be located outside of a building, in attics or crawl spaces, concealed in outside walls, or in any other place subjected to freezing temperatures unless adequate provision is made to protect them from freezing by insulation or heat or both, except in localities having a winter design temperature above 32°F (0°C) (ASHRAE 97.5 percent column, winter, see Chapter 3). P3001.3 Flood-resistant installation. In areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(1), drainage, waste and vent systems shall be located and installed to prevent infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharges from the systems into floodwaters. SECTION P3002 MATERIALS P3002.1 Piping within buildings. Drain, waste and vent (DWV) piping in buildings shall be as shown in Tables P3002.1(1) and P3002.1(2) except that galvanized wroughtiron or galvanized stcelpipe shall not be used underground and shall be maintained not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above ground. Allowance shall be made for the thermal expansion and contraction of plastic piping. P3002.2 Building sewer. Building sewer piping shall be as shown in Table P3002.2. Forced main sewer piping shall conform to one of the standards for ABS plastic pipe, copper or copper-alloy tubing, PVC plastic pipe or pressure-rated pipe listed in Table P3002.2. P3002.3 Fittings. Fittings shall be approved and compatible with the type of piping being used and shall be of a sanitary or DWV design for drainage and venting as shown in Table P3002.3. Water pipe fittings shall be permitted in engineerdesigned systems where the design indicates compliance with Section P3101.2.1. P3002.3.1 Drainage. Drainage fittings shall have a smooth interior waterway of the same diameter as the piping served. All fittings shall conform to the type of pipe used. Drainage fittings have no ledges, shoulders or reductions which can retard or obstruct drainage flow in the piping. Threaded 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

drainage pipe fittings shall be of the recessed drainage type, black or galvanized. Drainage fittings shall be designed to maintain one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) grade. P3002.4 Other materials. Sheet lead, lead bends, lead traps and sheet copper shall comply with Sections P3002.4.1 through P3002.4.3.

P3002.4.1 Sheet lead. Sheet lead for the following uses shall weigh not less than indicated below: 1. Flashing of vent terminals, 3 psf (15 kg/m2). 2. Prefabricated flashing for vent pipes, 2'1, psf (12 kg/m2). P3002.4.2 Lead bends and traps. Lead bends and lead traps shall not be less than '/,-inch (3 mrn) wall thickness. P3002.4.3 Sheet copper. Sheet copper for the following uses shall weigh not less than indicated below: 1. General use, 12 ounces per square feet (4 kg/m2). 2. Flashing for vent pipes, 8 ounces per square feet (2.5 k@m2). SECTION P3003 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS P3003.1 Tiehtness. Joints and connections in the DWV svstern shall bggas tight and water tight for the intended use-or pressure required by test. P3003.2 Prohibited joints. Running threads and bands shall not be used in the drainage system. Drainage and vent piping shall not be drilled, tapped, burned or welded. The following types of joints and connections shall be prohibited: 1. Cement or concrete. 2. Mastic or hot-pour bituminous joints. 3. Joints made with fittings not approved for the specific installation. 4. Joints between different diameter pipes made with elastomeric rolling O-rings. 5. Solvent-cemcnt joints between different types of plastic pipe. 6. Saddle-type fittings. P3003.3 ABS plastic. Joints between ABS plastic pipe or fittings shallcomply with Sections P3003.3.1 through P3003.3.3. P3003.3.1 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints on drainage pipes shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM C 1173, ASTM D 3212 or CSA B602. Mechanical joints be in underground systems otherwise approved. Joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

SANITARY DRAINAGE

TABLE P3002.1(1) ABOVE-GROUND DRAINAGE AND VENT PlPE -

-Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic pipe

STANDARD

ASTM D 2661; ASTMF628; CSABl8l.l

,

Brass pipe

ASTM B 43

Cast-iron pipe -

ASTM A 74; CISPI 301; ASTM A 8&

. ~ ~ x ~ SdO e~ dP ~~.*B.s.D~Yv O~~ SC~~~P!~~~OIPS~Q~.PL(SO-F~). .--..~ ~ - _.._ -

AsTM F 1488

..~

...-...~

~

Coextruded composite ABS DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (cellular core) ASTM F 1488

--

ASTM B 42; ASTM B 302

CopetpCopper or copper-alloy tubing (Type K, L, M or DWV) Galvanized steel pipe

---

7

-

-

ASTM B 75; A S T M x 8 ; ASTM B 25 1; ASTM B 306 -

ASTMA 53 CSA B181.3

.Polyolefin pipe Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe (Type DWV) Stainless steel drainage systems, Types 304 and 316L

--

ASTM D 2665; ASTM D 2949; CSA B 181.2; ASTM F 1488 ASME A1 12.3.1

1 -

TABLE P3002.1(2) UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAINAGE AND VENT PlPE STANDARD

ASTM D 2661; ASTM F628; CSA B181.1 ASTM C 428 ASTM A 74; CISPI 301 ;ASTM A288 ASTM F 1488 Coextruded composite PVC DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (solid)

Coextruded c o z s i t e ABS DWV schedule40 IPS pipe (cellular core)

ASTM F 1488 ASTM F 1488

C o e m e d compositeEC DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (cellular core) Coextruded composite PVC IPS-DR, PS140, PS200 DWV

ASTM F 1488

-

A S S F 89 1, ASTM F 1488

1 Co er or copper alloy tubing (Type K, L, M or DWV)

ASTM B 75; ASTM B 88; ASTMB 25 1; ASTM B 306

Polyolefin pipe

ASTMF 1412; CSA B181.3 ASTM D 2665; ASTM D 2949; CSA B 181.2

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic p ~ p e(Type DWV)

Stainless steel drainage systems, Type 3 16L

---

P3003.3.2 Solvent cementing. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. solvent cement that conforms to ASTM D 2235 or CSA B181.1 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. The ioint shall be made while the cement is wet, Joints shall b i made in accordance with ASTM D 2235, ASTM D 2661, ASTM F 628 or CSA B181.1. Solventcement joints shall be permitted above or below ground. -

-

P3003.3.3 Threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ASME B 1.20.1. Schedule 80 or heavier pipe shall be permitted to be threaded with dies specifically designed for plastic pipe. Approved thread lubricant or tape shall be applied on the male threads only.

454

ASMEAl123 1

P3003.4 Asbestos-cement, Joints between asbestos-cement pipe or fittings shall be made with a sleeve coupling of the same composition as the pipe, sealed with an elastomeric ring conformine to ASTM D 1869. P3003.5 Brass. Joints between brass pipe or fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.5.1 through P3003.5.3. P3003.5.1Brazed joints. All joint surfaces shall b e cleaned. An approved flux shall be applied where required. The joint shall be brazed with a filler metal conforming to AWS A5.8. P3003.5.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

SANITARY DRAINAGE

TABLE P3002.2 BUILDING SEWER PlPE -

-

-

--

MATERIAL

3

STANDARD

Agrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic pipe -

ASTM D 266 1; ASTM D 275 1; ASTM F 628-

Asbestos-cement pipe

ASTM C 428

Cast-lron pipe

ASTM A 74; ASTM A 888; CISPI 301

Coextmded composite ABS -

DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (solid)

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite ABS DWV schedule 40 IPS pipc (cellular core)

ASTM F 1488

Coextmded composite PVC DWV schedule 4 c P S pipc (solid)

ASTM F 1488

Coextmded composite PVC DWV schedule 40 P S pipe (ceUu1ar core)

ASTM F 1488, ASTM F 891

Coextmded composite PVC IPS-DR-PS DWV, PS140, PS200 Coextruded composite ARS sewer and drain DR PS in PS35, PS50, PS100, PS140, PSZM)

ASTM F 1488

A

Coextmded composite PVC e w e r and drain DR-PS in PS35, PSSO. PS100, Coextmded composite PVC sewer and drain PS 25, PS 50, PS 100 (cellular core) --

ASTM

1488

/ ASTM

1488

-

-

ASTM F 891

ASTM B 75; ASTM B 88; ASTM B 25 1 ASTM F 714 A S T M F I ~ ICSAB181.3 ~; ASTM D 2665; ASTM D 2949; ASTM D 3034; ASTM F 1412; CSA B 182.2; CSA B 182.4

-

I Vitrified clay PlPe

ASME A1 12.3.1 ASTM C 425; ASTM C 700

________

TABLE P3002.3 PlPE FITTINGS

ASME B 16.12; ASTMA74; ASTM A 888; CISPI 301

P Z 4 E 2 0 0- - ~ - ~ - _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Coextruded composite PVC DWV schedule 40 IPS-DR, PS 140, PS200 (solid and-ar core)

ASTM D 2665; ASTM D 331 1; ASTM F 891

Copper or copper alloy

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe

ASTM D 3311; ASTM D 2665; ASTM F 1412; ASTM F 1866; CSA B 181.2; CSA B 182.4

--


SANITARY DRAINAGE

P3003.5.3 Threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ASME B 1.20.1. Pipe-joint compound or tape shall be applied on the male threads only. P3003.6 Cast iron. Joints between cast-iron pipe or fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.6.1 through P3003.6.3. P3003.6.1 Caulked joints. Joints for hub and spigot pipe shall be firmly packed with oakum or hemp. Molten lead shall be poured in one operation to a depth of not less than 1 inch (25 mm). The lead shall not recede more than '1, inch (3 mm) below the rim of the hub and shall be caulked tight. Paint, varnish or other coatings shall not be permitted on the jointing material until after the joint has been tested and approved. Lead shall be run in one pouring and shall be caulked tight. Acid-resistant rope and acidproof cement shall be permitted. P3003.6.2 Compression gasket joints. Compression gaskets for hub and spigot pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM C 564. Gaskets shall be compressed when the pipe is fully inserted.

ASTM F 656 shall be applied. Solvent cement not purple in color and conforming to ASTM D 2564, CSA B137.3 or CSA B181.2 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. The joint shall be made while the cement is wet, and shall be in accordance with ASTM D 2855. Solvent-cement joints shall be permitted above or below ground.

P3003.10 Copperpipe. Joints between copper or copper-alloy pipe or fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.10.1 through P3003.10.4. P3003.10.1 Brazed joints. All joint surfaces shall be cleaned. An approved flux shall be applied where required. The joint shall be brazed with a filler metal conforming to AWS A5.8. P3003.10.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. P3003.10.3 Solderedjoints. Solder joints shall be made in accordance with the methods of ASTM B 828. All cut tube ends shall be reamed to the full inside diameter of the tube end. All joint surfaces shall be cleaned. A flux conforming to ASTM B 813 shall be applied. The joint shall be soldered with a solder conforming to ASTM B 32.

P3003.6.3 Mechanical joint coupling. Mechanical joint couplings for hubless pipe and fittings shall comply with CISPI 310 or ASTM C 1277. The elastomeric sealing sleeve shall conform to ASTM C 564 or CSA B602 and shall have a center stop. Mechanical joint couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3003.10.4 Threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. Pipe-joint compound or tape shall be applied on the male threads only.

P3003.7 Concretejoints. Joints between concrete pipe and fittings shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM C 443, ASTM C 1173, CSA A257.3M or CSA B602.

P3003.11 Copper tubing. Joints between copper or copper-alloy tubing or fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.11.1 through P3003.11.3.

P3003.8 Coextruded composite ABS pipe. Joints between coextruded composite pipe with an ABS outer layer or ABS fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.8.1 and P3003.8.2.

P3003.11.1 Brazed joints. All joint surfaces shall be cleaned. An approved flux shall be applied where required. The joint shall be brazed with a filler metal conforming to AWS A5.8.

P3003.8.1 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints on drainage pipe shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTMC 1173,ASTMD 3212 orCSAB602. Mechanical joints shall not be installed in above-ground systems, unless otherwise approved. Joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. P3003.8.2 Solvent cementing. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. Solvent cement that conforms to ASTM D 2235 or CSA B 181.1 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. The joint shall be made while the cement is wet. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D 2235, ASTM D 2661, ASTM F 628 or CSA B181.1. Solventcement joints shall be permitted above or below ground. P3003.9 Coextruded composite PVC pipe. Joints between coextruded composite pipe with a PVC outer layer or PVC fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.9.1 and P3003.9.2.

P3003.11.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. P3003.11.3 Solderedjoints. Solder joints shall be made in accordance with the methods of ASTM B 828. Cut tube ends shall be reamed to the full inside diameter of the tube end. All joint surfaces shall be cleaned. A flux conforming to ASTM B 813 shall be applied. The joint shall be soldered with a solder conforming to ASTM B 32. P3003.12 Steel. Joints between galvanized steel pipe or fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.12.1 and P3003.12.2. P3003.12.1 Threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. Pipe-joint compound or tape shall be applied on the male threads only. P3003.12.2 Mechanical joints. Joints shall be made with an approved elastomeric seal. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3003.9.1 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints on drainage pipe shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM D 3212. Mechanicaljoints shall not be installed in above-ground systems, unless otherwise approved. Joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3003.13 Lead. Joints between leadpipe or fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.13.1 and P3003.13.2.

P3003.9.2 Solvent cementing. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. A purple primer that conforms to

P3003.13.1Burned. Burned joints shall be uniformly fused together into one continuous piece. The thickness of the 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

SANITARY DRAINAGE

joint shall be at least as thick as the lead being joined. The filler metal shall be of the same material as the pipe.

P3003.13.2 Wiped. Joints shall be fully wiped, with an exposed surface on each side of the joint not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm). The joint shall be at least ?//, inch (9.5 mm) thick at the thickest point. P3003.14 PVC plastic. Joints between PVC plastic pipe orfittings shall comply with Sections P3003.14.1 through P3003.14.3. P3003.14.1Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints on drainage pipe shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM C 1173,ASTM D 3212 or CSA B602. Mechanical joints shall not be installed in above-ground systems, unless otherwise approved. Joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3003.17.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanicaljoints in drainage piping shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM C 1173, ASTM D 3212 or CSA B602. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. P3003.18 Joints between different materials. Joints between different piping materials shall be made with a mechanical joint of the compression or mechanical-sealing type conforming to ASTM C 1173, ASTM C 1460 or ASTM C 1461. Connectors and adapters shall be approved for the application and such joints shall have an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM C 425, ASTM C 443, ASTM C 564, ASTM C 1440, ASTM D 1869, ASTM F 477, CSA A257.3M or CSA B602, or as required in Sections P3003.18.1 through P3003.18.6. Joints between glass pipe and other types of materials shall be made with adapters having a TFE seal. Joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3003.14.2 Solvent cementing. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. A purple primer that conforms to ASTM F 656 shall be applied. Solvent cement not purple in color and conforming to ASTM D 2564, CSA B137.3 or CSA B18 1.2 shall bc applied to all joint surfaces. The joint shall be made while the cement is wet, and shall be in accordance with ASTM D 2855. Solvent-cement joints shall be permitted above or below ground.

P3003.18.1 Copper or copper-alloy tubing to cast-iron hub pipe. Joints between copper or copper-alloy tubing and cast-iron hub pipe shall be made with a brass ferrule or compression joint. The copper or copper-alloy tubing shall be soldered to the ferrule in an approved manner, and the ferrule shall be joined to the cast-iron hub by a caulkedjoint or a mechanical compression joint.

P3003.14.3 Threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ASME B 1.20.1. Schedule 80 or heavier pipe shall be permitted to be threaded with dies specifically designed for plastic pipe. Approved thread lubricant or tape shall be applied on the male threads only.

P3003.18.2 Copper or copper-alloytubing to galvanized steel pipe. Joints between copper or copper-alloy tubing and galvanized steel pipe shall be made with a brass converter fitting or dielectric fitting. The copper tubing shall be soldered to the fitting in an approved manner, and the fitting shall be screwed to the threaded pipe.

P3003.15 Vitrified clay. Joints between vitrified clay pipe or fittings shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM C 425, ASTM C 1 173 or CSA B602. P3003.16 Polyolefin plastic. Joints between polyolefinplastic pipe and fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.16.1 and P3003.16.2. P3003.16.1 Heat-fusion joints. Heat-fusion joints for polyolefin pipe and tubing joints shall be installed with socket-type heat-fused polyolefin fittings or electrofusion polyolefin fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F 1412 or CSA B181.3. P3003.16.2 Mechanical and compression sleeve joints. Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall bc installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. P3003.17 Polyetl~yleneplastic pipe. Joints between polyethylene plastic pipe and fittings shall be underground and shall comply with Section P3003.17.1 or P3003.17.2. P3003.17.1 Heat fusionjoints. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. All joint surfaces shall be cut, heated to melting temperature and joined using tools specifically designed for the operation. Joints shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D 2657 and the manufacturer's installation instructions. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

P3003.18.3 Cast-iron pipe to galvanized steel or brass pipe. Joints between cast-iron and galvanized steel or brass pipe shall be made by either caulked or threaded joints or with an approved adapter fitting. P3003.18.4 Plastic pipe or tubing to other piping material. Joints between different types of plastic pipe or between plastic pipe and other piping matcrial shall be made with an approved adapter fitting. Joints between plastic pipe and cast-iron hub pipe shall be made by a caulked joint or a mechanical compression joint. P3003.18.5 Lead pipe to other piping material. Joints between lead pipe and other piping material shall be made by a wiped joint to a caulking fermle, soldering nipple, or bushing or shall be made with an approved adapter fitting. P3003.18.6 Stainless steel drainage systems to other materials. Joints between stainless steel drainage systems and other piping materials shall be made with approved mechanical couplings. P3003.19 Joints between drainagepiping and water closets. Joints between drainage piping and water closets or similar fixtures shall be made by means of acloset flange compatible with the drainage system material, securely fastened to a structurally firm base. The inside diameter of the drainage pipe shall not be used as a socket fitting for a four by three closet flange. Thejoint shall be bolted, with an approvedgasket, flange tofixtme connection complying with ASME A1 12.4.3 or setting compound between the fixture and the closet flange.

SANITARY DRAINAGE

SECTION P3004 DETERMINING DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS P3004.1 DWV system load. The load on DWV-system piping

SECTION P3005 DRAINAGE SYSTEM P3005.1 Drainage fittings and connections. Changes in

shall be computed in terms of drainage fixture unit !d.f.u.) values in accordance with Table P3004.1.

direction in drainage piping shall be made by the appropriate use of sanitary tees, wyes, sweeps, bends o r by a combination of these drainage fittings in accordance with Table P3005.1. Change in direction by combination fittings, heel or side inlets or increasers shall be installed in accordance with Table P3005.1 and Sections P3005.1.1 through P3005.1.4. based on the pattern of flow created by the fitting.

TABLE P3004.1 DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT (d.f.u.1 VALUES FOR VARIOUS PLUMBING FIXTURES

' Bar sink

TYPE OF FIXTURE OR GROUP OF FIXTURES p

p

Bathtub (with or withoutshower head andor whirlpool attachments) Bidet Clothes washer standpipe Dishwasher

1 --2 1

..

-

-

2 2

-

Floor drainh Kitchen sink

-

-

J

-

Lavatory Laundm tub Shower stall

2

Water closet (1.6 gallons per flush) Water closet (greater than 1.6 gallons per flush) Full-bath group with bathtub (with 1.6 gallon per flush water closet, and with or without shower head andlor whirlpool attachment on the bathtub or shower stall) Full-bath group with bathtub (water closet greater than 1.6 gallon per flush, and with or without shower head andlor whirlpool attachment on the

6

-

Half-bath group (1.6 gallon-per flush water closet plus lavatory) closet greater - than 1.6 gallon per flush plus l a v a t o z p p ~ [ p p - ~ r - - ~ Half-bath group (waterKitchen group (dishwasher and sink with or without garbage grinder) Laundry group (clothes washer standpipe and laundry tub) Multiple-bath groupsc: J .5 baths 2 baths 2.5 baths 3 baths

I

9 10

1

For S1: 1 gallon = 3.785 L. a. For a continuousor semicontinuousflowinto adrainagesystem,such as from a pump or similar device, 1.5fixture units shall be allowedper gpm of flow. For afixture not listed, use the highest d.f.u. value for a similar listed fixture. b. Afloordrainitself addsnohydraulicload. However, where usedas a receptor,the fixture unit value ofthefixture dischiirgingu~to thereceptor shall be applicable. c. Add 2 d.f.u. for each additional full bath.


SANITARY DRAINAGE

TABLE P3005.1 FllTlNGS FOR CHANGE IN DIRECTION 1

installed to receive the closet fixture horn. Alternately, a 4-inch by 3-inch (102 mm by 76 mm) elbow shall be acceptable with a 4-inch (102 mm) flange.

I

I

CHANGE IN DIRECTION

P3005.1.5Dead ends. Dead ends shall be prohibited except where necessary to extend a cleanout or as an approved part of a rough-in more than 2 feet (6 10 mm) in length.

PATTERN

-

-

.

(Shortsweep

on^ sweep Sanitary tee WY~

X

1

1

Xa,b

xLLA Xc

-

X

X

-

I

I.

Xa

1

X

I

X -

i

-

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. a. The fittings shall only be permitted for a 2-inch or smaller fixture drain. b. Three inches and larger. c. For a limitation on multiple connection fittings, see Section P3005.1.1.

P3005.1.1 Horizontal to vertical (multiple connection fittings). Double fittings such as double sanitary tees and tee-wyes or approved multiple connection fittings and back-to-back fixture arrangements that connect two or more branches at the same level shall be permitted as long as directly opposing connections are the same size and the discharge into directly opposing connections is from similar fixh~retypes or fixture groups. Double sanitary tee patterns shall not receive the discharge of back-to-back water closets and fixtures or appliances with pumping action discharge. Exception: Back-to-back water closet connections to double sanitary tee patterns shall be permitted where the horizontal developed length between the outlct of the water closet and the connection to the double sanitary tee is 18 inches (457 mm) or greater.

P3005.1.2 Heel- or side-inlet quarter bends, drainage. Heel-inlet quarter bends shall be an acceptable means of connection, except where the quarter bends serves a water closet. A low-heel inlet shall not be used as a wet-vented connection. Side-inlet quarter bends shall be an acceptable means of connection for both drainage, wet venting and stack venting arrangements. P3005.1.3 Heel- or side-inlet quarter bends, venting. Heel-inlet or side-inlet quarter bends, or any arrangement of pipe and fittings producing a similar effect, shall be acceptable as a dry vent where the inlet is placed in a vertical position. The inlet is permitted to be placed in a horizontal position only where the entire fitting is part of a dry vent arrangement. P3005.1.4 Water closet connection between flange and pipe. One-quarter bends 3 inches (76 mm) in diameter shall be acceptable for water closet or similar connections, provided a 4-inch by 3-inch (102 mm by 76 mm) flange is 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

P3005.1.6 Provisions for future fixtures. Where drainage has been roughed-in for future fixtures, the drainage unit values of the future fixtures shall be considered in determining the required drain sizes. Such future installations shall be terminated with an accessible permanent plug or cap fitting. P3005.1.7 Change in size. The size of the drainage piping shall not be reduced in size in the direction of the flow. A 4-inch by 3-inch (102 rnm by 76 rnm) water closet connection shall not be considered as a reduction in size.

P3005.2 Drainage pipe cleanouts. Drainage pipe cleanouts shall comply with Sections P3005.2.1 through P3005.2.11. Exception: These provisions shall not apply to pressurized building drains and building sewers that convey the discharge of automatic pumping equipment to a gravity drainage system.

P3005.2.1 Materials. Cleanouts shall be liquid and gas tight. Cleanout plugs shall be brass or plastic. P3005.2.2 Spacing. Cleanouts shall be installed not more than 100 feet (30 480 mm) apart in horizontal drainage lines measured from the upstream entrance of the cleanout.

I

P3005.2.3 Underground drainage cleanouts. When installed in underground drains, cleanouts shall be extended vertically to or above finished grade eithcr inside or outside the building. P3005.2.4 Change of direction. Cleanouts shall be installed at each fitting with a change of direction more than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) in the building sewer, building drain and horizontal waste or soil lines. Where more than one change of direction occurs in a run of piping, only one cleanout shall be required in each 40 feet (12 192 mm) of developed length of the drainage piping. P3005.2.5 Accessibility. Cleanouts shall be accessible. Minimum clearance in front of cleanouts shall be 18 inches (457 mm) on 3-inch (76 mm) and larger pipes, and 12 inches (305 mm) on smaller pipes. Concealed cleanouts shall be provided with access of snfficient size to permit removal of the cleanout plug and rodding of the system. Cleanout plugs shall not be concealed by permanent finishing material. P3005.2.6 Base of stacks. Accessible cleanouts shall be provided near the base of each vertical waste or soil stack. Alternatively, such cleanouts shall be installed outside the building within 3 feet (914 mm) of the building wall. P3005.2.7 Building drain and building sewer junction. There shall be a cleanout near the junction of the building drain and building sewer. This cleanout shall beeither inside or outside the building wall, provided that it is brought up to finish grade or to the lowest floor level. An approved two-way cleanout shall be permitted to serve as the required

I

SANITARY DRAINAGE

cleanout for both the building drain and the building sewer. The cleanout at the junction of the building drain and building sewer shall not be required where a cleanout on a 3-inch (76 mm) or larger diameter soil stack is located within a developed length of 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building drain and building sewer junction.

P3005.2.8 Direction of flow. Cleanouts shall be installed so that the cleanout opens to allow cleaning in the direction of the flow of the drainage line.

I I

P3005.4.1 Fixture branch and stock sizing. 1. Branches and stacks shall be sized according to Table P3005.4.1. Below grade drain pipes shall not be less than 1'1, inches (38 mm) in diameter. 2. Minimum stack size. Drain stacks shall not be smaller than the largest horizontal branch connected.

Exceptions: 1. A 4-inch by 3-inch (102 mrn by 76 mm) closet bend or flange.

P3005.2.9 Cleanout size. Cleanouts shall be the same nominal size as the pipe they serve up to 4 inches (102 mm). For pipes larger than 4 inches (102 mrn) nominal size, the minimum size of the cleanout shall be 4 inches (102 mrn). Exceptions: 1. "P" trap connections with slip joints or ground joint connections, or stack cleanouts that are not more than one pipe diameter smaller than the drain served, shall be permitted.

2. A 4-inch (102 mm) closet bend into a 3-inch (76 mm) stack tee shall be acceptable (see Section P3005.1.4). TABLE P3005.4.1 MAXIMUM FIXTURE UNITS ALLOWED TO BE CONNECTED TO BRANCHES AND STACKS 7

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (inches) -. . . .

ANY HORIZONTAL FIXTURE BRANCH -

.

ANY ONE VERTICAL STACK OR DRAIN ---

2. Cast-iron cleanouts sized in accordance with the referenced standards in Table P3002.3, ASTM A 74 for hub and spigot fittings or ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301 for hubless fittings.

P3005.2.10 Cleanout equivalent. A fixture trap or a fixture with integral trap, readily removable without disturbing concealed piping shall be acceptable as a cleanout equivalent. P3005.2.11 Connections to cleanouts prohibited. Cleanout openings shall not be used for the installation of new fixtures except where approved and an acceptable alternate cleanout is provided.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. a. I'/,-inch pipe size limited to a single-fixture drain or trap m. See Table P3201.7. b. No water closets.

P3005.3 Horizontal drainage piping slope. Horizontal drainage piping shall be installed in uniform alignment at uniform slopes not less than '1, unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) for 2'1,-inch (64 mm) diameter and less, and not less than '1, unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (1-percent slope) for diameters of 3 inches (76 mm) or more.

P3005.4.2 Building drain and sewer size and slope. Pipe sizes and slope shall be determined from Table P3005.4.2 on the basis of drainage load in fixture units (d.f.u.) computed from Table P3004.1.

P3005.4 Drain pipe sizing. Drain pipes shall be sized according to drainage fixture unit (d.f.u.) loads. The size of the drainage piping shall not be reduced in size in the direction of flow. The following general procedure is permitted to be used: 1. Draw an isometric layout or riser diagram denoting fixtures on the layout.

TABLE P3005.4.2 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF FIXTURE UNITS ALLOWED TO BE CONNECTED TO THE BUILDING DRAIN, BUILDING DRAIN BRANCHES OR THE BUILDING SEWER

-

2. Assign d.f.u. values to each fixture group plus individual fixtures using Table P3004.1. 3. Starting with the top floor or most remote fixtures, work downstream toward the building drain accumulating d.f.u. values for fixture groups plus individual fixtures for each branch. Where multiple bath groups are being added, use the reduced d.f.u. values in Table P3004.1, which take into account probability factors of simultaneous use. 4. Size branches and stacks by equating the assigned d.f.u. values to pipe sizes shown in Table P3005.4. I. 5. Determine the pipe diameter and slope of the building drain and building sewer based on the accumulated d.f.u. values, using Table P3005.4.2.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. a. 1'1~-inchpipe size limited to a building drain branch serving not more than two waste fixtures, or not more than one waste fixture if serving a pumped discharge fixtul-eor garbage grinder discharge. b. No water closets.

P3005.5 Connections to offsets and bases of stacks. Horizontal branches shall connect to the bases of stacks at a point locatednot less than 10 times the diameter of the drainage stack downstream from the stack. Horizontal branches shall connect to horizontal stack offsets at a point located not less than 10 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

I

SANITARY DRAINAGE

I

times the diameter of the drainage stack downstream from the upper stack.

SECTION P3006 SIZING OF DRAIN PIPE OFFSETS P3006.1 Vertical offsets. An offset in a vertical drain, with a change of direction of 45 degrees (0.79 rad) or less from the vertical, shall be sized as a straight vertical drain. P3006.2 Horizontal offsets above the lowest branch. A stack with an offset of more than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the vertical shall be sized as follows: 1. The portion of the stack above the offset shall be sized as for a regular stack based on the total number of fixture units above the offset. 2. The offset shall be sized as for a building drain in accordance with Table P3005.4.2. 3. The portion of the stack below the offset shall be sized as for the offset or based on the total numbcr of fixture units on the entire stack, whichever is larger. P3006.3 Horizontal offsets below the lowest branch. In soil or waste stacks below the lowest horizontal branch, there shall be no change in diameter required if the offset is made at an angle not greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the vertical. If an offset greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the vertical is made, the offset and stack below it shall be sized as a building drain (see Table P3005.4.2). SECTION P3007 SUMPS AND EJECTORS P3007.1 Sewage ejectors or sewage pumps. A sewage ejector, sewage pump, or grinder pump receiving discharge from a water closet shall have minimum discharge velocity of 1.9 feet per second (0.579 m/s) throughout the discharge piping to the point of connection with a gravity building drain, gravity sewer or pressure sewer system. A nongrinding pump or ejector shall be capable of passing a 1 '1,-inch-diameter (38 mm) solid ball, and the discharge piping shall be not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in diameter. The discharge piping of grinding pumps shall be not less than 1'1, inches (32 mm) in diameter. A check valve and a gate valve located on the discharge side of the check valve shall be installed in the pump or ejector discharge piping between the pump or ejector and the drainage system. Access shall be provided to such valves. Such valves shall be located above the sump cover or, where the discharge pipe from the ejector is below grade, the valves shall be accessibly located outside the sump below grade in an access pit with a removeable access cover. Exception: Macerating toilet systems shall be permitted to have the discharge pipe sized in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, but not less than 0.75 inch (19 mm) in diameter. P3007.2 Building drains below sewer (building subdrains). Building drains which cannot be discharged to the sewer by gravity flow shall be discharged into a tightly covered and vented sump from which the contents shall be lifted and dis2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL

CODE^

chargcd into the building gravity drainage system by automatic pumping equipment.

P3007.2.1 Drainage piping. The system of drainage piping below the sewer level shall be installed and vented in a manner similar to that of the gravity system. Only such drains that must be lifted for discharge shall be discharged into sumps. All other drains shall be discharged by gravity. Exception: Macerating toilet systems shall be permitted as an alternate to the sewage pump or ejector system. The macerating toilet shall comply with ASME A1 12.3.4 or CSA B45.9 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions. SECTION P3008 BACKWATER VALVES P3008.1 General. Fixtures that have flood level rims located below the elevation of the next upstream manhole cover of the public sewer serving such fixtures shall be protected from backflow of sewage by installing an approved backwater valve. Fixtures having flood level rims above the clevation of the next upstream manhole shall not discharge through the backwater valve. Backwater valves shall be provided with access. P3008.2 Construction. Backwater valves shall have noncorrosive bearings, seats and self-aligning discs, and shall be constructed to ensure a positive mechanical seal. Valve access covers shall be water tight.

2 0 0 6 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

CHAPTER 31

VENTS SECTION P3101 VENT SYSTEMS P3101.1 General. This chapter shall govern the selection and installationof piping, tubing and fittings for vent systems. This chapter shall control the miniinurn diamctcr of vent pipes, circuit vents, branch vents and individual vents, and the size and length of vents and various aspects of vent stacks and stack vents. Additionally, this chapter regulates vent grades and connections, height above fixtures and relief vents for stacks and fixture traps, and the venting of sumps and sewers.

P3103.2 Frost closure. Where the 97.5-percent value for outside design tcmperature is 0°F (-18°C) or less, every vent extension through aroof or wall shall be a minimumof 3 inches (76 mrn) in diameter. Any increase in the size of the vent shall be made inside the structure a minimum of 1 foot (305 mm) below the roof or inside the wall.

P3101.2 n a p seal protection. The plumbing system shall be provided with a system of vent piping that will permit the admission or emission of air so that the seal of any fixture trap shall not be subjected to a pneumatic pressure differential of more than 1 inch of watcr column (249 Pa).

P3103.3 Flashings and sealing.Thejuncture of each vent pipe with the roof line shall be made water tight by an approved flashing. Vent extensions in walls and soffits shall be made weather tight by caulking.

P3101.2.1 Venting required. Every trap and trapped fixture shall be vented in accordance with one of the venting methods specified in this chapter. P3101.3 Use limitations. The plumbing vent system shall not be used for purposes other than the venting of the plumbing system. P3101.4 Extension outside a structure. In climates where the 97.5-percent value for outside design temperature is 0°F (-18°C) or less (ASHRAE 97.5-percent column, winter, see Chapter 3), vent pipes installed on the exterior of the structure shall be protected against freezing by insulation, heat or both. Vent terminals shall be protected from frost closure in accordance with Section P3 103.2. P3101.5 Flood resistance. In areas prone to floodings as established by Table R301.2(1), vents shall be located at or above the design flood elevation established in Section R324.1.

P3103.4 Prohibited use. Vent terminals shall not be used as a flag pole or to support flag poles, TV aerials, or similar items, except when the piping has been anchored in an approved manner.

\

~

,

SECTION P3102 VENT STACKS AND STACK VENTS P3102.1 Required vent extension. The vent system serving each building drain shall have at least one vent pipe that extends to the outdoors.

P3102.2 Installation. The required vent shall be a dry vent that connects to the building drain or an extension of a drain that connects to the building drain. Such vent shall not be an island fixture vent as permitted by Section P3 112. P3102.3 Size. The required vent shall be sized in accordance with Section P3 113.1based on the required size of the building drain.

I

roof or 6 inches (152 mm) above the anticipated snow accumulation, whichever is greater, except that where a roof is to be used for any purpose other than weather protection, the vent extension shall be run at least 7 feet (2 134 mm) above the roof.

SECTION P3103 VENT TERMINALS P3103.1 Roof extension. Open vent pipes that extend through a roof shall be terminated at least 6 inches (152 mm) above the 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

P3103.5 Location of vent terminal. An open vent terminal from a drainage system shall not be located less than 4 feet (1219 mm) directly beneath any door, openable window, or other air intake opening of the building or of an adjacent building. nor shall any such vent terminal be within 10 feet (3048 mm)horizontally of such an opening unless it is at least 2 feet (610 mm) above the top of such opening. P3103.6 Extension through the wall. Vent terminals extending through the wall shall terminate a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the lot line and 10 feet (3048 mm) above the highest adjacent grade within 10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally of the vent terminal. Vent terminals shall not terminate under the overhang of a structure with soffit vents. Side wall vent terminals shall be protected to prevent birds or rodents from entering or blocking the vent opening.

SECTION P3104 VENT CONNECTIONS AND GRADES

3104.1 Connection. All individual branch and circuit vents shall connect to a vent stack, stack vent or cxtend to the open air. Exception: Individual, branch and circuit vents shall be permitted to terminate at an air admittance valve in accordance with Scction P3 114. P3104.2 Grade. Vent and branch vent pipes shall be graded, connected and supported to allow moisture and condensatc to drain back to the soil or waste pipe by gravity. P31043 Vent connection to drainage system. Every dry vent connecting to a horizontal drain shall connect above the centerline of the horizontal drain pipe.

I

VENTS

P3104.4 Vertical rise of vent. Every dry vent shall rise vertically to a minimum of 6 inches (1 52 mm) above the flood level rim of the highest trap or trapped fixture being vented. P3104.5 Height above fixtures. A connection between a vent pipe and a vent stack or stack vent shall be made at least 6 inches (152 mm) above the flood level rim of the highest fixture served by the vent. Horizontal vent pipes forming branch vents shall be at least 6 inches (152 mm) above the flood level rim of the highest fixture served. P3104.6 Vent for future fixtures. Where the drainage piping has been roughed-in for future fixtures, a rough-in connection for a vent shall be installed aminimum of one-half the diameter of the drain. The vent rough-in shall connect to the vent system or shall be vented by other means as provided in this chapter. The connection shall be identified to indicate that the connection is a vent.

SECTION P3105 FIXTURE VENTS P3105.1 Distance of trap from vent. Each fixture trap shall have a protecting vent located so that the slope and the developed length in the fixture drain from the trap weir to the vent fitting are within the requirements set forth in Table P3105.1. Exception: The developed length of the fixture drain from the trap weir to the vent fitting for self-siphoning fixtures, such as water closets, shall not be limited.

SECTION P3107 COMMON VENT P3107.1 Individual vent as common vent. An individual vent is permitted to vent two traps or trapped fixtures as a common vent. The traps or trapped fixtures being common vented shall be located on the same floor level. P3107.2 Connection at the same level. Where the fixture drains being common vented connect at the same level, the vent connection shall be at the interconnection of the fixture drains or downstream of the interconnection. P3107.3 Connection at different levels. Where the fixture drains connect at different levels, the vent shall connect as a vertical extension of the vertical drain. The vertical drain pipe connecting the two fixture drains shall be considered the vent for the lower fixture drain, and shall be sized in accordance with Table P3107.3. The upper fixture shall not be a water closet. TABLE P3107.3 COMMON VENT SIZES PIPE SIZE

(inches)

For SI:

MAXIMUM DISCHARGE FROM UPPER FIXTURE DRAIN (d f u )

4

1 inch = 25.4 mm.

TABLE P3105.1 MAXIMUM DISTANCE OF FIXTURE TRAP FROM VENT SIZE OF TRAP

For SI:

*

SLOPE

1 inch = 25.4 mm, I foot = 304.8 mm, 1 inch per foot = 83.3 mmlm.

P3105.2 Fixture drains. The total fall in a fucture drain resulting from pipe slope shall not exceed one pipe diameter, nor shall the vent pipe connection to a fixture drain, except for water closets, be below the weir of the trap. P3105.3 Crown vent. A vent shall not be installed within two pipe diameters of the trap weir.

SECTION P3106 INDIVIDUAL VENT P3106.1 Individual vent permitted. Each trap and trapped fixture is permitted to be provided with an individual vent. The individual vent shall connect to the fixture drain of the trap or trapped fixture being vented.

SECTION P3108 WET VENTING P3108.1 Horizontal wet vent permitted. Any combination of fixtures within two bathroom groups located on the same floor level are permitted to be vented by a horizontal wet vent. The wet vent shall be considered the vent for the fixtures and shall extend from the connection of the dry vent along the direction of the flow in the drain pipe to the most downstream fixture drain connection. Each fixture drain shall connect horizontally to the horizontal branch bcing wet vented or shall have a dry vent. Only the fixtures within the bathroom groups shall connect to the wet-vented horizontal branch drain. Any additional fixtures shall discharge downstreamof the horizontal wet vent. P3108.2 Vent connections. The dry vent connection to the wet vent shall be an individual vent or common vent to the lavatory, bidet, shower or bathtub. In vertical wet vent systems, the most upstream fixture drain connection shall be a dry-vented fixture drain connection. In horizontal wet-vent systems, not more than one wet-vented fixture drain shall discharge upstream of the dry-vented fixture drain connection. P3108.3 Size. Horizontal and vertical wet vents shall be of a minimum size as specified in Table P3 108.3, based on the fixture unit discharge to the wet ven t. The dry vent serving the wet vent shall be sized based on the largest required diameter of pipe within the wet-vent system served by the dry vent.


I

I

I I

VENTS

TABLE P3108.3 WET VENT SlZE WET VENT PIPE SIZE (inches)

-

-

TABLE P3109.4 WASTE STACK VENT SlZE

FIXTURE UNIT LOAD

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF FIXTURE UNITS (d.f.u.) STACK SIZE

2'1,

6

3

12

4

32 --

1

----

. .. .

Total discharge for stack --

I : ] ,

... .

For SI: 1inch = 25.4 mm.

k-++-G&T+-$--j

P3108.4 Vertical wet vent permitted. A combination of fix-

For SI:

- -

-

tures located on the same floor level are permitted to bc vcnted by a vertical wet vent. The vertical wet vent shall be considered the vent for the fixtures and shall extend from the connection of the dry vent down to the lowest fixture drain connection. Each ) wet-vented fixture shall connect independently to the vertical wet vent. All water closet drains shall connect at the sane elevation. Other fixture drains shall connect above or at the same elevation as the water closet fixture drains. The dry vent connection to the vertical wet vent shall be an individual or common vent serving one or two fixtures.

I

I

P3108.5 Trap weir to wet vent distances. The maximum developed length of wet-vcntcd fixture drains shall comply with Table P3 105.1.

SECTION P3109 WASTE STACK VENT

P3109.1 Waste stack vent permitted. A waste stack shall be considered a vent for all of the fixtures discharging to the stack where installed in accordance with the requirements of this section.

P3109.2 Stack installation. The waste stack shall be vertical,

I

Total discharge into one branch interval

and both horizontal and vertical offsets shall be prohibited between the lowest fixture drain connection and the highest fixture drain connection to the stack. Every fixture drain shall connect separately to the waste stack. The stack shall not receive the discharge of water closets or urinals.

No limit

1 inch = 25.4 mm.

SECTION P3110 CIRCUIT VENTING

P3110.1 Circuit vent permitted.A maximum of eight fixtures connected to a horizontal branch drain shall be permitted to be circuit vented. Each fixture drain shall connect horizontally to the horizontal branch being circuit vented. The horizontal branch drain shall be classified as a vent from the most downstream fixture drain connection to the most upstream fixture drain connection to the horizontal branch.

P3110.2 Vent connection. The circuit vent connection shall be locatedbetween the two most upstream fixture drains. The vent shall connect to the horizontal branch and shall be installed in accordance with Section P3104. The circuit vent pipe shall not receive the discharge of any soil or waste.

P31103 Slope and size of horizontal branch. The maximum slope of the vent section of the horizontal branch drain shall be one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8-percent slope). The entire length of the vent section of the horizontal branch drain shall be sized for the total drainage discharge to the branch in accordance with Table P3005.4.1.

P3110.4 Additional fixtures. Fixtures, other than the circuit vented fixtures are permitted to discharge, to the horizontal branch drain. Such fixtures shall be located on the same floor as the circuit vented fixtures and shall be either individually or common vented.

P3109.3 Stack vent. A stack vent shall be installed for the waste stack. The size of the stack vent shall be not less than the size of the waste stack. Offsets shall be permitted in the stack vent and shall be located at lcast 6 inches (152 mm) above the flood level of the highest fixture, and shall be in accordance with Section P3 104.5.The stack vent shall be permitted to connect with other stack vents and vent stacks in accordance with Section P3 113.3.

SECTION P3111 COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM

P3111.1 Type of fixtures. A combination waste and vent system shall not serve fixtures other than floor drains, standpipes, sinks, lavatories and drinking fountains. A combination waste and vent system shall not receive the discharge of a food waste grinder.

P3109.4 Waste stacksize. The waste stack shall be sized based on the total discharge to the stack and the discharge within a branch interval in accordance with Table P3109.4. The waste

P3111.2 Installation. The only vertical pipe of a combination drain and vent system shall be the connection between the fix-

stack shall be the same size throughout the length of the waste stack.

ture drain and the horizontal combination waste and vent pipe. The maximum vertical distance shall be 8 feet (2438 mm).


VENTS

P3111.2.1 Slope. The horizontal combination waste and vent pipe shall have a maximum slope of I/, unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (4-percent slope). The minimum slope shall be in accordance with Section P3005.3.

top half of a horizontal drain pipe. Cleanouts shall be provided in the island fixture vent to permit rodding of all vent piping located below the flood level rim of the fixtures. Rodding in both directions shall be permitted through a cleanout.

P3111.2.2 Connection. The combination waste and vent pipe shall connect to a horizontal drain that is vented or a vent shall connect to the combination waste and vent. The vent connecting to the combination waste and vent pipe shall extend vertically a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) above the flood level rim of the highest fixture being vented before offsetting horizontally.

SECTION P3113 VENT PIPE SIZING

P3111.2.3 Vent size. The vent shall be sized for the total fixture unit load in accordance with Section P3 1 13.1. P3111.2.4 Fixture branch or drain. The fixture branch or fixture drain shall connect to the combination waste and vent within a distance specified in Table P3 105.1. The combination waste and vent pipe shall be considered the vent for the fixture. P3111.3 Size. The minimum size of a combination waste and vent pipe shall be in accordance with Table P3111.3. TABLE P3111.3 SIZE OF COMBINATIONWASTE AND VENT PIPE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF FIXTURE UNITS (d.f.u.) DIAMETER PIPE (inches)

Connecting to a horizontal branch or stack

--

Connectingto a buildingdrain or building subdrain

2

3

4

2v2

6

26

3

12

4

20

31 -

50


SECTION P3112 ISLAND FIXTURE VENTING P3112.1 Limitation. Island fixture venting shall not bepernlitted for fixtures other than sinks and lavatories. Kitchen sinks with a dishwasher waste connection, a food waste grinder, or both, in combination with the kitchen sink waste, shall be pernlitted to be vented in accordance with this section. P3112.2 Vent connection. The island fixture vent shall connect to the fixture drain as required for an individual or common vent. The vent shall rise vertically to above the drainage outlet of the fixture being vented before offsetting horizontally or vertically downward. The vent or branch vent for multiple island fiture vents shall extend to a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) above the highest island fixture being vented before connecting to the outside vent terminal. P3112.3 Vent installation below the fixture flood level rim. The vent located below the flood level rim of the fixture bcing vented shall be installed as required for drainage piping in accordance with Chapter 30, except for sizing. The vent shall be sized in accordance with Section P3113.1. The lowest point of the island fixture vent shall connect full size to the drainage system. The connection shall be to a vertical drain pipe or to the

P3113.1 Size of vents. The minimum required diameter of individual vents, branch vents, circuit vents, vent stacks and stack vents shall be at least one-half the required diameter of the drain served. The required size of the drain shall be determined in accordance with Chapter 30. Vent pipes shall be not less than1 '1, inches (32 mm) in diameter. Vents exceeding 40 feet (12 192 mm) in developed length shall be increased by one nominal pipe size for the entire developed length of the vent pipe. P3113.2 Developed length. The developed length of individual, branch, and circuit vents shall be measured from the farthest point of vent connection to the drainage system, to the point of connection to the vent stack, stackvent or termination outside of the building. P3113.3 Branch vents. Where branch vents are connected to a common branch vent, the common branch vent shall be sizedin accordance with this section, based on the size of the common horizontal drainage branch that is or would be required to serve the total drainage fixture unit (dfu) load being vented. P3113.4 Sump vents. Sump vent sizes shall be determined in accordance with Sections P3113.4.1 and P3113.4.2. P3113.4.1 Sewage pumps and sewage ejectors other than pneumatic. Drainage piping below sewer level shall be vented in a manner similar to that of a gravity system. Building sump vent sizes for sumps with sewage pumps or sewage ejectors, other than pneumatic, shall be determined in accordance with Table P3113.4.1. P3113.4.2 Pneumatic sewage ejectors. The air pressure relief pipe from a pneumatic sewage ejector shall be connected to an independent vent stack terminating as required for vent extensions through the roof. The relief pipe shall be sized to relieve air pressure inside the ejector to atmospheric prcssure, but shall not be less than 11/,inches (32 mm) in size.

SECTION P3114 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES P3114.1 General. Vent systems using air admittance valves shall comply with this section. Individual and branch-type air admittance valves shall conform to ASSE 1051. Stack-type air admittance valves shall conform to ASSE 1050. P3114.2 Installation. The valves shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of this section and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Air admittance valves shall be installed after the DWV testing required by Section P2503.5.1 or P2503.5.2 has been performed. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

VENTS

P3114.3 Where permitted. lndividual vents, branch vents, circuit vents and stack vents shall be permitted to terminate with a connection to an air admittance valve. P3114.4 Location. lndividual and branch air admittance valves shall be located aminimum of 4 inches (102 mm) above the horizontal branch drain or fucture drain being vented. Stack-type air admittance valves shall be located aminimum of 6 inches (152 mm) above the flood level rim of the highest fixture being vented. The air admittance valve shall be located within the maximum developed length permitted for the vent. The air admittance valve shall be installed a minimum of 6 inchcs (152 mm) above insulation materials where installed in attics.

-

..

Diameter of vent (inches)

1

L

10

No limitb

20

3'

40 60

TABLE P3113.4.1 SIZE AND LENGTH OF SUMP VENTS -MAXIMUM DEVELOPED LENGTH OF VENT (feetF

-

DISCHARGE CAPACITY OF PUMP (gPm)

P3114.5 Access and ventilation. Access shall be provided to all air admittance valves. The valve shall be located within a ventilated space that allows air to enter the valve. P3114.6 Size. The air admittance valve shall be rated for the size of the vent to which the "Ive is connected. P3114.7 Vent required. Within each plumbing system, a minimum of one stack vent or a vent stack shall cxtend outdoors to the open air.

1'I2

2

No limit No limit

No limit No limit Nolimit 270-

--

No limit No lirng~ Nolimit No limit ~

~

No limit No limit

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pllon per minute (gpm) = 3.785 L/m. a. Developed length plus an appropriateallowance for entrancelosses and friction caused by fittings, changes in direction and diameter. Suggested allowances shall be obtainedfrornNBS Monograph31 or other approvedsources.Anallowance of 50percent of the developedlengthshall heassumedif amore precise value is not available. b. Actual values greater than 500 feet.



CHAPTER 32

TRAPS SECTION P3201 FIXTURE TRAPS P3201.1 Design of traps. Traps shall be of standard design, shall have smooth uniform internal waterways, shall be self-cleaning and shall not have interior partitions except where integral with the fixture. Traps shall be constructed of lead, cast iron, cast or drawn brass or approved plastic. Tubular brass traps shall be not less than No. 20 gage (0.8 mm) thickness. Solid connections, slipjoints and couplings are permitted to be used on the trap inlet, trap outlet, or within the trap seal. Slip joints shall be accessible.

I

*

moll trapped fixture outlets shall be not more than 30 inches (762 rnm) apart. 3. Connection of a laundry tray waste line into a standpipe for the automatic clothes-washer drain is permitted in accordance with Section P2706.2.1.

P3201.7 Size of Exture traps. Fixture trap size shall be sufflcient to drain the fixture rapidly and not less than the size indicated in Table P3201.7. A trap shall not be larger than the drainage pipe into which the trap discharges. TABLE P3201.7 SlZE OF TRAPS AND TRAP ARMS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES TRAP SlZE MINIMUM

P3201.2 Trap seals and trap seal protection.Traps shall have a liquid seal not less than 2 inches (5 1 rnm) and not more than 4 inches (102 mm). Traps for floor drains shall be fitted with a trap primer or shall be of the deep seal design. P3201.3 Trap setting and protection. Traps shall be set level with respect to their water seals and shall be protected from freezing: 'Trap seals shall be protected from siphonage, aspiration or back pressure by an approved system of venting (see Section P3 101).

1 Clothes washer standpipe

P3201.4 Building traps. Building traps shall not be installed, except in special cases where sewer gases are extremely corrosive or noxious, as directed by the building official.

Kitchen sink (one or two traps, with or without dishwasher and garbage grinder)

P3201.5 Prohibited trap designs. The following types of traps are prohibited: 1. Bell traps. 2. Separate fixture traps with interior partitions, except those lavatory traps made of plastic, stainless steel or other corrosion-resistant material.

)

3. uS"aps.

(inches)

PLUMBING FIXTURE

1 Dishwasher (an separate trap) Floor drain

[

2

1 llh 4 1 4

Shower (based on the total flow rate through showerheads and bodyspnys) Flow rate: 5.7 gpm and less More than 5.7 gpm up to 12.3 gpm More than 12.3 gpm up to 25.8 gpm More than 25.8 gpm up to 55.6 gpm

I '1, 2 3 4

6 p

4. Drum traps. 5. Trap designs with moving parts.

P3201.6 Number of fixtures per trap. Each plumbing fixture shall be separately trapped by a water seal trap. The vertical distance from the fixture outlet to the trap weir shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) and the horizontal distance shall not exceed 30 inches (762 mm) measured from the center line of the fixture outlet to the centerline of the inlet of the trap. The height of a clothes washer standpipe above a trap shall conform to Section P2706.2. Fixturcs shall not be double trapped.

I

Exceptions:

1. Fixtures that have integral traps. 2. A single trap shall be permitted to serve two or three like fixtures limited to kitchen sinks, laundry tubs and lavatories. Such fixtures shall be adjacent to each other and located in the same room with a continuous waste arrangement. The trap shall be installed at the center fixture whcre three fixtures are installed. Com2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

Water closet For S1: 1 inch = 25.4 mrn.

-

Note a

a. Consult fixture standards for trap dimensions of specific bowls.


Part VIII

- Electrical CHAPTER 33

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS This Electrical Part (Chapters 33 through 42) is produced and copyrighted by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and is based on the 2005 National Electrical CodeB(NECO)(NFPA 70-2005), copyright 2005 National Fire Protection Association, all rights reserved. Use of the Electrical Part is pursuant to license with the NFPA. The titleiVationa1Electrical CodeQand the acronym NECQare registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, Massachusetts. See Appendix Q, lnternafional Residential Code Electrical ProvisionsiNationalElectrical Code Cross Reference.

SECTION E3301 GENERAL E3301.1 Applicability. The provisions of Chapters 33 through 42 shall establish the general scope of the electrical system and equipment requirements of this code. Chapters 33 through 42 cover those wiring methods and materials most commonly encountered in the construction of one- and two-family dwellings and structures regulated by this code. Other wiring methods, materials and subject matter covered in the NFPA 70 are also allowed by this code. E3301.2 Scope. Chapters 33 through 42 shall cover the installation of electrical systems, equipment and componcnts indoors and outdoors that are within the scope of this code, including services, power distribution systems, fixtures, appliances, devices and appurtenances. Services within the scope of this code shall be limited to 1201240-volt, 0- to 400-ampere, single-phase systems. These chapters specifically cover the equipment, fixtures, appliances, wiring methods and materials that are most commonly used in the construction or alteration of one- and two-family dwellings and accessory structures regulated by this code. The omission from these chapters of any material or mcthod of construction provided for in the referenced standard NFPA 70 shall not be construed as prohibiting the use of such material or method of construction. Electrical systems, equipment or components not specifically covered in these chapters shall comply with the applicable provisions of the NFPA 70. E3301.3 Not covered. Chapters 33 through 42 do not cover the following: 1. Installations, including associated lighting, under the exclusive control of communications utilities and electric utilities. 2. Services ovcr 400 amperes.

E3301.4 Additions and alterations. Anv addition or alteration to an existing electrical system shall be made in conformity with the provisions of Chapters 33 through 42. Where additions subject portions of existing systems to loads exceeding those per&tted herein, such por~onsshall be made to comply with Chapters 33 through 42. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

SECTION E3302 BUILDING STRUCTURE PROTECTION E3302.1 Drilling and notching. Wood-framed structural members shall not be drilled, notched or altered in any manner except as provided for in this code. E3302.2 Penetrations of fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Electrical installations in hollow spaces, vertical shafts and ventilation or air-handling ducts shall be made so that the possible spread of f r e or products of combustion will not be substantially increased. Electrical penetrations through fire-resistance-rated walls, partitions, floors or ceilings shall be protected by approved methods to maintain the fire-resistance rating of the element penetrated. Penetrations of fire-resistance-rated walls shall be limited as specified in Section R317.3. E33023 Penetrations of firestops and draftstops. Penetrations through fire blocking and draftstopping shall be protected in an approved manner to maintain the integrity of the element penetrated.

SECTION E3303 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL E3303.1 Approval. Electrical materials, components and equipment shall be approvcd. E3303.2 Inspection required. New electrical work and pacts of existing systems affected by new work or alterations shall be inspected by the building official to ensure compliance with the requirements of Chapters 33 through 42. E3303.3 Listing and labeling. Electrical materials, components, devices, fixtures and equipment shall be listed for the application, shall bear the label of an approved agency and shall be installed, and used, or both, in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION E3304 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS E3304.1 Voltages. Throughout Chapters 33 through 42, the voltage considered shall be that at which the circuit operates. 471

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

E3304.2 Interrupting rating. Equipment intended to interrupt current at fault levels shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 10,000 amperes. Equipment intended to interrupt current at levels other than fault levels shall have an interrupting rating at nominal circuit voltage sufficient for the current that must be interrupted. E3304.3 Circuit characteristics. The overcurrent protective devices, total impedance, component short-circuit current ratings and other characteristics of the circuit to be protected shall be so selected and coordinated as to permit the circuit protective devices that are used to clear a fault to do so without extensive damage to the electrical components of the circuit. This fault shall be assumed to be either between two or more of the circuit conductors or between any circuit conductor and the grounding conductor or enclosing metal raceway. Listed products applied in accordance with their listing shall be considered to meet the requirements of this section. E3304.4 Protection of equipment. Equipment identified only as "dry locations," 'Type 1," or "indoor use only" shall be protected against permanent damage from the weather during building construction. E3304.5 Unused openings. Unused cable or raceway openings in boxes, cabinets, meter socket enclosures, equipment cases or housings shall be effectively closed to afford protection substantially equivalent to the wall of the equipment. Where metallic plugs or plates are used with nonmetallic enclosures they shall be recessed at least '1, inch (6 rnm) from the outer surface of the enclosure. E3304.6 Integrity of electrical equipment. Internal parts of electrical equipment, including busbars, wiring terminals, insulators and other surfaces, shall not be damaged or contaminated by foreign materials such as paint, plaster, cleaners or abrasives, and corrosive residues. There shall not be any damaged parts that might adversely affect safe operation or mechanical strength of the equipment such as parts that are broken; bent; cut; deteriorated by corrosion, chemical action, or overheating.Foreign debris shall be removed from equipment. E3304.7 Mounting. Electrical equipment shall be firmly secured to the surface on which it is mounted. Wooden plugs driven into masonry, concrete, plaster, or similar materials shall not be used. E3304.8 Energized parts guarded against accidental contact. Approved enclosures shall guard energized parts that are operating at 50 volts or more against accidental contact. E3304.9 Prevent physicaldamage.In locations where electrical equipment is likely to be exposed to physical damage, enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and of such strength as to prevent such damage. E3304.10 Equipment identification. The manufacturer's name, trademark or other descriptive marking by which the organization responsible for the product can be identified shall be placed on all electric equipment. Other markings shall be provided that indicate voltage, current, wattage or other ratings as specified elsewhere in Chapters 33 through 42. The marking shall have the durability to withstand the environment involved. E3304.11 Identification of disconnecting means. Each disconnecting means shall be legibly marked to indicate its pur-

pose, except where located and arranged so that the purpose is evident. The marking shall have the durability to withstand the environment involved.

SECTION E3305 EQUIPMENT LOCATION AND CLEARANCES E3305.1 Working space and clearances. Sufficient access and working space shall be provided and maintained around all electrical equipment to permit ready and safe operation and maintenance of such equipment in accordance with this section and Figure E3305.1. E3305.2 Working clearances for energized equipment and panelboards. Except as otherwise specified in Chapters 33 through 42, the dimension of the working space in the direction of access to panelboards and live parts likely to require examination, adjustment, servicing or maintenancewhile energized shall be not less than 36 inches (914 mm) in depth. Distances shall be measured from the energized parts where such parts are exposed or from the enclosure front or opening where such parts are enclosed. In addition to the 36-inch dimension (914 mm), the work space shall not be less than 30 inches (762 mm) wide in front of the electrical equipment and not less than the width of such equipment. The work space shall be clear and shall extend from the floor or platform to a height of 6.5 feet (1981 mm). In all cases, the work space shall allow at least a 90-degreeopening of equipment doors or hinged panels. Equipment associated with the electricalinstallation located above or below the electrical equipment shall be permitted to extend not more than 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the front of the electrical equipment. E3305.3 Dedicated panelboard space. The space equal to the width and depth of the panelboard and extending from the floor to a height of 6 feet (1829 mm) above the panelboard, or to the structural ceiling, whichever is lower, shall be dedicated to the electrical installation. Piping, ducts, leak protection apparatus and other equipment foreign to the electrical installation shall not be installed in such dedicated space. The area above the dedicated space shall be permitted to contain foreign systems, provided that protection is installed to avoid damage to the electrical equipment from condensation, leaks and breaks in such foreign systems (see Figure E3305.1). Exception: Suspended ceilings with removable panels shall be permitted within the 6-foot (1.8 m) dedicated space. E3305.4 Location of working spaces and equipment. Required working space shall not be designated for storage. Panelboards and overcurrent protection devices shall not be located in clothes closets or bathrooms. E3305.5 Access and entrance to working space. Access shall be provided to the required working space. E3305.6 Illumination. Artificial illumination shall be provided for all working spaces for service equipment and panelboards installed indoors. E3305.7 Headroom. The minimum headroom for working spaces for service equipment and panelboards shall be 6.5 feet (1981 mm). 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

I


FIGURE E3305.1a3b' C' WORKING SPACE AND CLEARANCES d3

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mrn. a. Equipment, piping and ductsforeign to the electrical installation shall not be placed in the shaded areas extending from the floor to n height of 6 feet above the panelhoard enclosure, or to the structural ceiling, whichever is lower. b. The working space shall be clear and unobstructed from the floor to a height of 6.5 feet. c. The working space shall not be designated for storage. d. Panelboards, service equipment and similar enclosures shall not be located in bathrooms, toilet rooms and clothes closets. e. Such work spaces shall be provided with artificial lighting where located indoors.


I


SECTION E3306 ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTIONS E3306.1 General. This section provides general requirements for conductors, connections and splices. These requirements do not apply to conductors that form an integral of equipment, such as motors, appliances and similar equipment, or to conductors specifically provided for elsewhere in Chapters 33 through 42. E3306.2 Conductor material. Conductors used to conduct current shall be of copper except as otherwise provided in Chapters 33 through 42. Where the conductor material is not specified, the material and the sizes given in these chapters shall apply to copper conductors. Where other materials are used, the conductor sizes shall be changed accordingly. E3306.3 Minimum size of conductors. The minimum size of conductors for feeders and branch circuits shall be 14 AWG copper and 12 AWG aluminum. The minimum size of service conductors shall be as specified in Chapter 35. The minimum size of class 2 remote control, signaling and power-limited circuits conductors shall be as specified in Chapter 42. E3306.4 Stranded conductors. Where installed in raceways, conductors of size 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. A solid 8 AWG conductor shall be permitted to be installed in a raceway only to meet the requirements of Section E4104. E3306.5 Individual conductor insulation. Except where otherwise permitted in Sections E3505.1 andE3808.9, andE4203, current-carrying conductors shall be insulated. Insulated conductors shall have insulation types identified as RH, RHW, RHW-2, THHN, T M W , THW, THW-2, THWN, THWN-2, TW, UF, USE, USE-2, XHHW or XHHW-2. Insulation types shall be approved for the application. E3306.6 Conductors in parallel. Circuit conductors that are connected in parallel shall be limited to sizes 110 AWG and larger. conductors in parallel shall be of the same length, same cond~~ctor material, same circular mil area and same insulation type. Conductors in parallel shall be terminated in the same manner. Where run in separate raceways or cables, the raceway or cables shall have the same physical characteristics. Where conductors are in separate raceways or cables, the same number of conductors shall be used in each raceway or cable. E3306.7 Conductors of the same circuit, All conductors of the same circuit and, where used, the grounded conductor and ( all equipment grounding conductors and bonding conductors shall be contained within the same raceway, cable or cord. E3306.8 Aluminum and copper connections. Terminals and 1 splicing connectors shall be identified for the material of the conductorsjoined. Conductors of dissimilar metals shall not be joined in a terminal or splicing connector where physical contact occurs between dissimilar conductors such as copper and aluminum, copper and copper-clad aluminum, or aluminum and copper-clad aluminum, except where the device is listed for the purpose and conditions of application. Materials such as inhibitors and compounds shall be suitable for the application and shall be of a type that will not adversely affect the conductors, installation or equipment. E3306.9 Terminals. Connection of conductors to terminal parts shall be made without damaging the conductors and shall

I

be made by means of pressure connectors, including set-screw type, by means of splices to flexible leads, or for conductor sizes of I 0 AWG and smaller, by means of wire binding screws or studs and nuts having upturned lugs or the equivalent. Terminals for more than one conductor and terminals for connecting aluminum conductors shall be identified for the application.

E3306.10 Splices. Conductors shall be spliced or joined with splicing devices listed for the purpose. Splices and joints and the free ends of conductors shall be covered with an insulation equivalent to that of the conductors or with an insulating device listed for the purpose. Wire connectors or splicing means installedon conductors for direct burial shall be listed for such use. E3306.10.1 Continuity. Conductors in raceways shall be continuous between outlets, boxes, and devices and shall be without splices or taps in the raceway. Exception: Splices shall be permitted within surface-mounted raceways that have a removable cover. E3306.10.2 Device connections. The continuity of a grounded conductor in multiwire branch circuits shall not be dependent on connection to devices such as receptacles and lampholders. The arrangement of grounding connections shall be such that the disconnection or the removal of a receptacle, lwninaire or other device fed from the box does not interfere with or interrupt the grounding continuity. E3306.10.3 Length of conductor for splice or termination. Where conductors are to be spliced, terrninatedor connected to fixtures or devices, a minimum length of 6 inches (150 mm) of free conductor shall be provided at each outlet, junction or switch point. The required length shall be measured from the point in the box where the conductor emerges from its raceway or cable sheath. Where the opening to an outlet, junction or switch point is less than 8 inches (200 mm) in any dimension, each conductor shall be long enough to extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) outside of such opening.

I

SECTION E3307 CONDUCTOR AND TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION E3307.1 Grounded conductors. Insulated grounded conductors of sizes 6 AWG or smaller shall be identified by a continuous white or gray outer finish or by three continuous white stripes on other than green insulation along the entire length of the conductors. Conductors of sizes larger than 6 AWG shall be white or gray outer finish or identified either by a continuo~~s by three continuous white stripes on other than green insulation along its entire length or at the time of installation by a distinctive white or gray marking at its terminations. This marking ( shall encircle the conductor or insulation. E3307.2 Equipment grounding conductors. Equipment grounding conductors of sizes 6 AWG and smaller shall be ( identified by a continuous green color or a continuous green color with one or more yellow stripes on the insulation or covering, except where bare. Conductors with insulation or individual covering that is green, green with one or more yellow

I



stripes, or otherwise identified as permitted by this section shall not be used for ungrounded or grounded circuit conductors. Equipment grounding conductors larger than 6 AWG that are not identified as required for conductors of sizes 6 AWG and smaller shall, at the time of installation, be permanently identified as an equipment grounding conductor at each end and at every point where the conductor is accessible, except where such conductors are bare. I

The required identification for conductors larger than 6 AWG shall encircle the conductor and shall be accomplished by one of the following: 1. Stripping the insulation or covering from the entire exposed length. 2. Coloring the exposed insulation or covering green. 3. Marking the exposed insulation or covering with green tape or green adhesive labels.

Exception: Conductors larger than 6 AWG shall not be required to be identified in conduit bodies that do not contain splices or unused hubs. E3307.3 Ungrounded conductors. Insulation on the ungrounded conductors shall be a continuous color other than white, gray and green. Exceptions: 1. An insulated conductor that is part of a cable or flexible cord assembly and that has a white or gray finish or a finish marking with three continuous white stripes shall be permitted to be used as an ungrounded conductor where it is permanently reidentified to indicate its use as an ungrounded conductor at all terminations and at each location where the conductor is visible and accessible. Identification shall encircle the insulation and shall be a color other than white, gray, and green. 2. Where a cable assembly contains an insulated conductor for single-pole, 3-way or 4-way switch loops and the conductor with white or gray insulation or a marking of three conth~uouswhite stripes is used for the supply to the switch but not as a return conductor from &e switch to the switched outlet. In these applications, the conductor with white or gray insulation or with three continuous white stripes shall be permanently reidentified to indicate its use by painting or other effective means at its terminations and at each location where the conductor is visible and accessible.

E3307.4 Identification of terminals. Terminals for attachment to conductors shall be identified in accordance with Sections E3307.4.1 and E3307.4.2. E3307.4.1 Device terminals. All devices excluding panelboards, provided with terminals for the attachment of conductors and intended for connection to more than one side of the circuit shall have terminals properly marked for identification,except where the terminal intended to be connected to the grounded conductor is clearly evident. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

Exception: Terminal identification shall not be required for devices that have a normal current rating of over 30 amperes, other than polarized attachment caps and polarized receptacles for attachment caps as required in Section E3307.4.2. E3307.4.2 Receptacles, plugs, and connectors. Receptacles, polarized attachment plugs and cord connectors for plugs and polarized plugs shall have the terminal intended for connection to the grounded (white) conductor identified. Identification shall be by a metal or metal coating substantially white in color or by the word "white" or the letter " W located adjacent to the identified terminal. Where the tcrminal is not visible, the conductor entrance hole for the connection shall be colored white or marked with the word "white" or the letter "W."


CHAPTER 34

ELECTRICAL DEFINITIONS

I

SECT'0Nt3401

BONDING JUMPER. A reliable conductor to ensure the

required electrical conductivity between metal parts required to be electrically connected.

GENE AL

BONDING JUMPER (EQUIPMENT). The connection between two or more portions of the equipment grounding conductor. BONDJNG JUMPER, MAIN. The connection between the grounded circuit conductor and the equipment grounding conductor at the service. BRANCH CIRCUIT. The circuit conductors between the final overcurrent device protecting the circuit and the outlet(s).

BRANCH CIRCUIT, APPLIANCE. A branch circuit that supplies energy to one or more outlets to which appliances are to be connected, and that has no permanently connected luminaires that are not a part of an appliance.

effective means.

ACCESSIBLE. (As applied to or finish of the building.

methods.) Capable of

":.

BRANCH CIRCUIT, GENERAL PURPOSE. A branch circuit that supplies two or more receptacle outlets or outlets for lighting and appliances.

BRANCH CIRCUIT, INDIVIDUAL. A branch circuit that

ACCESSIBLE, READILY. Cap ble of being reached quickly

supplies only one utilization equipment.

for operation, renewal or inspecti ns, without requiring those to whom ready acccss is requisi e to climb over or remove obstacles or to resort to portable lhdders, etc.

BRANCH CIRCUIT, MULTIWIRE. A branch circuit con-

AMPACITY. The current in am' eres that a conductor can

P.

carry continuously under the conditions of use without exceeding its temperature rating. i

1

APPLIANCE. Utilization equip ent, normally built in standardized sizes or types, that is insta led or connected as a unit to pcrf'orm one or more functions s ch as clothes washing, air conditioning, food mixing, deep f k g , etc.

APPROVED. Acceptable to the a 4hori havingjurisdiction. 7 9 ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INT~RRUPTER. A device intended to provide protection fro? the effects of arc-faults by recognizing characteristics unique o arcing and by functioning to de-energize the circuit when an' c-fault is detected.

ATTACHMENT PLUG (PLUG LAP) (PLUG). A device that, by insertion into a receptaole, establishes connection I between the conductors of the attached flexible cord and the conductors connected permanently to the receptacle.

sisting of two or more ungrounded conductors having voltage difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal voltage difference between it and each ungrounded conductor of the circuit, and that is connected to the neutral or grounded conductor of the system.

CABINET. An enclosure designed either for surface or flush mounting and provided with a frame, mat or trim in which a swinging door or doors are or may be hung. CIRCUIT BREAKER. A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overcurrent without damage to itself when properly applied within its rating. CONCEALED. Rendered inaccessible by the structure or finish of the building. Wires in concealed raceways are considered concealed, even though they may become accessible by withdrawing them [see "Accessible (As applied to wiring methods)"]. CONDUCTOR Bare. A conductor having no covering or electrical insulation whatsoever.

BATHROOM. An area, including basin, with one or more of

Covered. A conductor encased within material of composition or thickness that is not recognized by this code as electrical insulation.

the following: a toilet, a tub or a sh wer.

Insulated. A conductor encased within material of compo-

BONDING. The permanent joinin of metallic parts to form

sition and thickness that is recognized by this code as electrical insulation.

4

g

an electrically conductive path that yill ensure electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct sa any current likely to be imposed.

CONDUIT BODY. A separate portion of a conduit or tubing system that provides access through a removable cover(s) to


the interior of the system at a junction of two or more sections of the system or at a terminal point of the system. Boxes such as FS and FD or larger cast or sheet metal boxes are not classified as conduit bodies.

EXPOSED. (As applied to live parts.) Capable of being inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by a person. It is applied to parts not suitably guarded, isolated or insulated.

CONNECTOR, PRESSURE (SOLDERLESS). A device that establishes a connection between two or more conductors or between one or more conductors and a terminal by means of mechanical pressure and without the use of solder.

EXPOSED. (As applied to wiring methods.) On or attached to the surface or behind panels designed to allow access.

CONTINUOUS LOAD. A load where the maximum current is expected to continue for 3 hours or more. COOKING UNIT, COUNTER-MOUNTED. A cooking appliance designed for mounting in or on a counter and consisting of one or more heating elements, internal wiring and built-in or separately mountable controls. COPPER-CLAD ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS. Conductors drawn from a copper-clad aluminum rod with the copper metallurgically bonded to an aluminum core. The copper forms a minimum of 10 percent of the cross-sectional area of a solid conductor or each strand of a stranded conductor. CUTOUT BOX. An enclosure designed for surface mounting and having swinging doors or covers secured directly to and telescoping with the walls of the box proper (see "Cabinet"). DEAD FRONT. Without live parts exposed to a person on the operating side of the equipment. DEMAND FACTOR. The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected load of a system or the part of the system under consideration. DEVICE. A unit of an electrical system that is intended to ( carry or control but not utilize electric energy. DISCONNECTING MEANS. A device, or group of devices, or other means by which the conductors of a circuit can be disconnected from their source of supply. DWELLING Dwelling unit. A single unit, providing complete and independent living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking and sanitation. One-family dwelling. A building consisting solely of one dwelling unit. Two-family dwelling. A building consisting solely of two dwelling units. ENCLOSED. Surrounded by a case, housing, fence or walls that will prevent persons from accidentally contacting energized parts. ENCLOSURE. The case or housing of apparatus, or the fence or walls surrounding an installation, to prevent personnel from accidentally contacting energized parts or to protect the equipment from physical damage. ( ENERGIZED. Electrically connected to, or is, a source of voltage. EQUIPMENT. A general term including material, fittings, devices, appliances, luminaires, apparatus and the like used as a part of, or in connection with, an electrical installation.

I

EXTERNALLY OPERABLE. Capable of being operated without exposing the operator to contact with live parts. FEEDER. All circuit conductors between the service equipment, or the source of a separately derived system, or other power supply source and the final branch-circuit overcurrent device. FITTKNG. An accessory such as a locknut, bushing or other part of a wiring system that is intended primarily to perform a mechanical rather than an electrical function. GROUND. A conducting connection, whether intentional or accidental, between an electrical circuit or equipment and the earth, or to some conducting body that serves in place of the earth. GROUNDED. Connected to earth or to some conducting body that serves in place of the earth. GROUNDED, EFFECTTVELY. Intentionally connected to earth through a ground connection or connections of sufficiently low impedance and having sufficient current-carrying capacity to prevent the buildup of voltages that may result in undue hazards to connected equipment or to persons. GROUNDED CONDUCTOR. A system or circuit conductor that is intentionally grounded. GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. A conductor used to connect equipment or the grounded circuit of a wiring system to a grounding electrode or electrodes. GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, EQUIPMENT. The conductor used to connect the noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways and other enclosures to the system grounded conductor, the grounding electrode conductor or both, at the service equipment, or at the source of a separately ) derived system. GROUNDING ELECTRODE. A device that establishes an electrical connection to earth. GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR. The conductor used to connect the grounding electrode(s) to the equipment grounding conductor, to the grounded conductor, or to both, at the service, at each building or structure where supplied by a feeder(s) or branch circuit(s), or at the source of a separately derived system. GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER. A device intended for the protection of personnel that functions to de-energize a circuit or portion thereof within an established period of time when a current to ground exceeds the value for a Class A device. GUARDED. Covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed or otherwise protected by means of suitable covers, casings, barriers, rails, screens, mats or platforms to remove the likelihood of approach or contact by persons or objects to a point of danger. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

I I'


IDENTIFIED. (As applied to equipment.) Recognizable as suitable for the specific purpose, function, use, environment, application, etc., where described in a particular code requirement.

INTERRUPTING RATING. The highest current at rated voltage that a device is intended to interrupt under standard test conditions.

ISOLATED. (As applied to location.) Not readily accessible to persons unless special means for access are used. LABELED. Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol or other identifying mark of an organization acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials and by whose labeling the manufacturer indicates compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner.

LIGHTING OUTLET. An outlet intended for the direct connection of a lampholder, aluminaire (lighting fixture) or a pendant cord terminating in a lampholder.

LISTED. Equipment, materials or services includcd in a list published by an organization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with evaluation of products or services, that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed cquipment or materials or periodic evaluation of services, and whose listing states either that the equipment, material or services meets identified standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.

LIVE PARTS. Energized conductive components. LOCATION, DAMP. Location protected from weather and not subject to saturation with water or other liquids but subject to moderate degrees of moisture. Examples of such locations include partially protected locations under canopies, marquees, roofed open porches and like locations, and interior locations subject to moderate degrees of moisture, such as some basements, some barns and some cold-storage warehouses.

LOCATION, DRY. A location not normally subject to dampness or wetness. A location classified as dry may be temporarily subject to dampness or wetness, as in the case of a building under conskction.

LOCATION, WET. Installations underground or in concrete slabs or masonry in direct contact with the earth and locations subject to saturation with water or other liquids, such as vehicle-washing areas, and locations exposed to weather.

LUMINAIRE. A complete lighting unit (lighting fixture) consisting of a lamp or lamps together with parts designed to distribute the light, to position and protcct the lamps and ballast, where applicable, and to connect the lamps to the powcr supply. MULTIOIJTLETASSEMBLY. A type of surface, or flush, or freestanding raceway; designed to hold conductors and receptacles, assembled in the field or at the factory.

OVERCURRENT. Any current in cxcess of the rated current of equipment or the ampacity of a conductor. Such current might result from overload, short circuit or ground fault. OVERLOAD. Operation of equipment in excess of normal, full-load rating, or of a conductor in excess of rated ampacity that, when it persists for a sufficient length of time, would cause damage or dangerous overheating. A fault, such as a short circuit or ground fault, is not an overload. PANELBOARD. A single panel or group of panel units designed for assembly in the form of a single panel, including buses and automatic overcurrent devices, and equipped with or without switches for the control of light, heat or power circuits, designed to be placed in a cabinet or cutout box placed in or against a wall, partition or other support and accessible only from the front.

PLENUM. A compartment or chamber to which one or more air ducts are connected and that forms part of the air distribution system.

POWER OUTLET. An enclosed assembly that may include receptacles, circuit breakers, fuseholders, fused switches, buses and watt-hour meter mounting means, intended to supply and control power to mobile homes, recreational vehicles or boats, or to s k e as a means for distributing power required to operate mobile or temporarily installed equipment. PREMISES WIRING (SYSTEM). That interior and exterior wiring, including powcr, lighting, control and signal circuit wiring together with all of their associated hardware, fittings and wiring devices, both permanently and temporarily installed, that extends from the service point or source of power such as a battery, a solar photovoltaic system, or a generator, transformer, or converter winding, to the outlet(s). Such wiring does not include wiring internal to appliances, luminaires (fixtures), motors, controllers, and similar equipment.

QUALIFIED PERSON. One who has the skills and knowledge related to the constiuction and operation of the electrical equipment and installations and has received safety training on the hazards involved. RACEWAY. An enclosed channel of metal or nonmetallic materials designed expressly for holding wires, cables, or busbars, with additional functions as permitted in this code. Raceways include, but are not limited to, rigid metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, intermediate metal conduit, liquid-tight flexible conduit, flexible metallic tubing, flexible metal conduit, electrical nonmetallic tubing, electrical metallic tubing, underfloor raceways, cellular concrctc floor raceways, cellular metal floor raceways, surface raceways, wireways and busways.

RAINPROOF. Constructed;protected or treated so as to prevent rain from interfering with the successful operation of the apparatus under specified test conditions. RAIN TIGHT. Constructed or protected so that exposure to a beating rain will not result in the entrance of water under specified test conditions.

OUTLET. A point on the wiring system at which current is

RECEPTACLE. A receptacle is a contact device installed at the outlet for the connection of an attachment plug. A single

taken to supply utilization equipment.

receptacle is a single contact device with no other contact



device on the same yoke. A multiple receptacle is two or more contact devices on the same yoke.

RECEPTACLE OUTLET. An outlet where one or more receptacles are installed.

SERVICE. The conductors and equipment for delivering energy from the serving utility to the wiring system of the premises served.

SERVICE CABLE. Service conductors made up in the form of a cable.

SERVICE CONDUCTORS. The conductors from the service point to the service disconnecting means.

SERVICE DROP. The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including the splices, if any, connecting to the service-entrance conductors at the building or other structure.

SERVICE-ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS, OVERHEAD SYSTEM. The service conductors between the terminals of the service equipment and a point usually outside the building, clear of building walls, where joined by tap or splice to the service drop.

SERVICE-ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS, UNDERGROUND SYSTEM. The service conductors between the terminals of the service equipment and the point of connection to the service lateral,

SERVICE EQUIPMENT. The necessary equipment, usually consisting of a circuit breaker($ or switch(es) and fuse(s), and their accessories, connected to thc load end of the service conductors to a building or other structure, or an otherwise designated area, and intended to constitute the main control and cutoff of the supply.

and is intended to be operated only after the circuit has been opened by some other means. Motor-circuit switch. A switch, rated in horsepower that is capable of interrupting the maximum operating overload current of a motor of the same horsepower rating as the switch at the ratcd voltage.

UTIJLIZATION EQUIPMENT. Equipment that utilizes electric energy for electronic, electromechanical, chemical, heating, lighting or similar purposes. VENTILATED. Provided with a means to permit circulation of air sufficient to remove an excess of heat, fumes or vapors. VOLTAGE

( O F A C I R C U I T ) . T h e greatest root-mean-square (rms) (effective) difference of potential between any two conductors of the circuit concerned.

VOLTAGE, NOMfNAL. A nominal value assigned to a circuit or system for the purpose of conveniently designating its voltage class (e.g., 1201240).The actual voltage at which a circuit operates canvary from the nominal withinil range that permits satisfactory operation of equipment. VOLTAGE TO GROUND. For grounded circuits, the voltage between the given conductor and that point or conductor of the circuit that is grounded. For ungrounded circuits, the greatest voltage between the given conductor and any other conductor of the circuit. WATERTIGHT. So constructed that moisture will not enter the enclosure under specified test conditions.

WEATHERPROOF. So constructed or protected that exposure to the weather will not interfere with successful operation.

SERVICE LATERAL. The underground service conductors between the street main, including any risers at a pole or other structure or from transformers, and the first point of connection to the service-entranceconductors in a terminal box or meter or other enclosure, inside or outside the building wall. Where there is no terminal box, meter or other enclosure with adequate space, the point of connection shall be considered to be the point of entrance of the service conductors into the building. SERVICE POINT. Service point is the point of connection between the facilities of the serving utility and the premises wiring. STRUCTURE. That which is built or constructed. SWITCHES General-use switch. A switch intended for use in general distribution and branch circuits. It is rated in amperes and is capable of interrupting its rated current at its rated voltage.

General-use snap switch. A form of general-use switch constructed so that it can be installed in device boxes or on box covers or otherwise used in conjunction with wiring systems recognized by this code.

Isolating switch. A switch intended for isolating an electric circuit from the source of power. It has no interruptingrating 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

CHAPTER 35

SERVICES SECTION E3501 GENERAL SERVICES E3501.1 Scope. This chapter covers service conductors and equipment for the control and protection of services and their installation requirements.

( E3501.2 Number of services. One- and two-family dwellings shall be supplied by only one service.

E3502.2 Serviceload. The minimum load for ungrounded service conductors and service devices that serve 100 percent of the dwelling unit load shall be computed in accordance with Table E3502.2. Ungrounded service conductors and service devices that serve less than 100 percent of the dwelling unit load shall be computed as required for feeders in accordance with Chapter 36. TABLE E3502.2 MINIMUM SERVICE LOAD CALCULATION

E3501.3 One building or other structure not to be supplied through another. Service conductors supplying a building or

LOADS AND PROCEDURE

other structure shall not pass through the interior of another building or other structure.

3 volt-amperes per square foot of floor area for general lighting

E3501.4 Other conductors in raceway or cable. Conductors

~~~~~

Plus

other than service conductors shall not be installed in the same service raceway or service cable.

1,500 volt-amperes total number of 20-ampere-rated small and laundry circuits.

Exceptions:

-

Plus

1. Grounding conductors and bonding jumpers.

The nameplate volt-ampere rating of all fastened-in-place, permanently connected or dedicated circuit-supplied appliances such as ranges, ovens, cooking units, clothes dryers and water heaters.

2. Load management control conductors having

over-current protection.

E3501.5 Raceway seal. Where a service raceway enters from an underground distribution system, it shall be sealed in accordance with Section E3703.6.

-

~~~~~~~~

I

Apply the following demand factors to the above subtotal:

( E3501.6 Service disconnect required. Means shall be provided to disconnect all conductors in a building or other structure from the service entrance conductors. Plus the largest of the following: -

E3501.6.1 Marking of service equipment and disconnects. Service disconnects shall be permanently marked as a service disconnect. Service equipment shall b e listed for the purpose. Individual meter socket enclosures shall not be considered service equipment.

E3501.6.2 Service disconnect location The service disconnecting means shall be installed at a readily accessible location either outside of a building or inside nearest the point of entrance of the service conductors. Service disconnecting means shall not be installed in bathrooms. Each occupant shall have access to the disconnect serving the dwelling unit in which they reside.

E3501.7 Maximum number of disconnects. The scmicc disconnecting means shall consist of not more than six switchesor six circuit breakers mounted in a single enclosure or in a group of separate enclosures. SECTION E3502 SERVICE SIZE AND RATING E3502.1 Ampacity of ungrounded conductors. Ungrounded service conductors shall have an ampacity of not less than the ( load served. For one-family dwellings, the ampacity of the ungrounded conductors shall bc not less than 100 amperes, 3 ( wire. For all other installations, the ampacity of the ungrounded conductors shall be not less than 60 amperes. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

Nameplate rating(~)of the air-conditioning and cooling

/

.-

Nameplate rating(s) of the hearing wherc a heat pump is used without any supplemental electric heating. Nameplate rating of the electric thennal storage and other heating systems where the usual load is expected to be continuous at the full nameplate value. Systems qualiFying under this selection shall One-hundred percent of nameplate rating of the heat pump compressor and sixty-five percent of the supplemental electric heating load for central electric space-heating systems. If the heat pump compressor is prevented from operating at the same time as the supplemen!ary heat, the compressor load does not need to be added to the supplementary heat load for the total ccntral elecmc -Sixty-five percent of nameplate rating(~)of electric spaceheating units if less than four separately controlled units.-Wrty percent or nameplate rating@)of electric space-heating units

of four or more separately controlled units. The minimum total load in amperes shall be the volt-ampere sum calculated above divided by 240 volts.

E3502.2.1 Services under 100 amperes. Services that are not required to be 100 amperes shall be sized in accordance with Chaptcr 36.

I

SERVICES

E3502.3 Rating of service disconnect. The combined rating of all individual service disconnects serving a single dwelling unit shall not be less than the load deter>inedWfrom able E3502.2 and shall not be less than as specified in Section E3502.1. E3502.4 Voltage rating. Systems shall bc three-wire, 1201240-volt, single-phase with a grounded neutral.

than the required minimum grounding electrode conductor size s~ecifiedin Table E3503.1.

for E3503.2 Ungrounded service buildings and structures. Ungrounded conductors for other than dwelling units shall have an ampacity of not less than 60 ) amperes and shall be sized as requiredforfeeders in Chapter36. Exceptions: 1. Forlimited loads of a single branch circuit, the service conductors shall have an ampacity of not less than 15 amperes.

SECTION E3503 SERVICE, FEEDER AND GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SIZING

E3503.1 Grounded and ungrounded service conductor size. Conductors used as ungrounded service entrance conductors, service lateral conductors, and feeder conductors that serve as the main power feeder to a dwelling unit shall be those listed in Table E3503.1. The main power feeder shall be the feeder(s) between the main disconnect and the lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboard(s). Ungrounded service conductors shall have a minimum size in accordance with Table E3503.1. The grounded conductor ampacity shall be not less than the maximum unbalance of the load and its size shall be not smaller

2. For loads consisting of not more than two two-wire branch circuits, the service conductors shall have an ampacity of not less than 30 amperes.

E3503.3 Overload protection. Each ungrounded service conductor shall have overload protection.

CONDUCTOR TYPES AND SIZES-THHN. THHW, THW, THWN, USE, XHHW, THW-2, THWN-2, XHHW-2, SE, USE-2 (Parallel sets of 110 and larger conductors are permitted in either a single raceway or in separate raceways)

Aluminum and copper-clad aluminum (AWG)

-

-

---

MINIMUM GROUNDING

Maximum load (amps)

Copper (AWG)

410 or two sets of 110 250 kcmil or two sets of 210

250 kcmil or two sets of YO

300 kcmil or two sets of 310 350 kcmil or two sets of 410

or two sets of 310

500 kcmil or two sets of 250 kcmil

400 kcmil or two sets of 410

two s z o f 300 kcmil

410 or two sets of 110

I

E3503.3.1 Ungrounded conductor. Overload protection shall be providcd by an overcurrent device installed in series with each ungrounded service conductor. The overcurrent device shall have a rating or setting not higher than the allowable ampacity specified in Table E3503.1. A set of

TABLE E3503.1 SERVICE CONDUCTOR AND GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SIZING

1

I

310d -

-

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. a. Where protected by aferrous metal raceway, grounding electrode conductors shall be electrically bonded to the ferrous metal mcwny nt both ends. b. Eight AWG ground~ngelectrode conductors shall be protected with metal conduit or nonmetallic conduit. c. Where not protected, 6 AWG grounding electrode conductors shall closely follow a structural surface for physical protection. The supports shall be spaced not more than 24 inches on center and shall be within 12 inches of aqy enclosure or termination. d. Where the sole grounding electrode system is a ground rod or pipe as covered in Section E3508.2, the grounding electrode conductor shall not bc required to be larger than 6 AWG copper or 4 AWG aluminum. Where the sole grounding electrode system is the footing steel as covered in Section B3508.1 2, thegrounding elecuode conductor shall not be required to be l m e r than 4 AWG copper conductor.

SERVICES

fuses shall be considered all the fuses required to protect all of the ungrounded conductors of a circuit. Single pole circuit breakers, grouped in accordance with Section E3501.7, shall be considered as one protective device.

Exception: Two to six circuit breakers or sets of fuses shall be permitted as the overcurrent device to provide the overload protection. The sum of the ratings of the circuit breakers or fuses shall be permitted to exceed the ampacity of the service conductors, provided that the calculated load does not exceed the ampacity of the service conductors. E3503.3.2 Not in grounded conductor. Overcurrent devices shall not be connected in series with a grounded service conductor except where a circuit breaker is used that simultaneously opens all conductors of the circuit. E3503.3.3 Location. The service overcurrent device shall be an integral part of the service disconnecting means or shall be located immediately adjacent thereto. E3503.4 Grou~ldingelectrode conductor size. The grounding electrode conductors shall be sized based on the size of the service entrance conductors as required in Table E3503.1. E3503.5 Temperature limitations. Except where the equip-

I ment is marked otherwise, conductor ampacities used in determining equipment termination provisions shall be based on Table E3503.1.

For S1:

SECTION E3504 OVERHEAD SERVICE-DROP AND SERVICE CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION E3504.1 Clearances on buildings. Open conductors and multiconductor cables without an overall outer jacket shall have a clearance of not less than 3 feet (914 mm) from the sides of doors, porches, decks, stairs, ladders, fire escapes and balconies, and from the sides and bottom of windows that open. See Figure E3504.1. E3504.2 Vertical clearances. Service-drop conductors shall not have ready access and shall comply with Sections E3504.2.1 and E3504.2.2. E3504.2.1 Above roofs. Conductors shall have a vertical clearance of not less than 8 feet (2438 mrn) above the roof surface. The vertical clearance above the roof level shall be maintained for a distance of not less than 3 feet (9 14 mm) in all directions from the edge of the roof. See Figure E3504.2.1. Exceptions: I . Conductors above a roof surface subject to pedestrian traffic shall have a vertical clearance from the roof surface in accordance with Section E3504.2.2. 2. Where the roof has a slope of 4 inches (1 02 mm) in 12 inches (305 rnm), or greater, the minimum clearance shall be 3 feet (914 mm).

1 foot = 304.8 mnl

FIGURE E3504.1 CLEARANCES FROM BUILDING OPENINGS


SERVICES

3. The minimum clearance above only the overhanging portion of the roof shall not be less than 18 inches (457 mm) where not more than 6 feet (1829 mrn) of conductor length passes over 4 feet (1219 mm) or less of roof surface measured horizontally and such conductors are terminated at a through-the-roof raceway or approved support. 4. The requirement for maintaining the vertical clearance for a distance of 3 feet (914 mm) from the edge of the roof shall not apply to the final conductor span where the service drop is attached to the side of a building.

E3504.2.2 Vertical clearance from grade. Service-drop conductors shall have the following minimum clearances from final grade: 1. For service-drop cables supported on and cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire, the minimum vertical clearance shall be 10 feet (3048 1nn1) at the electric service entrance to buildings, at the lowest point of the drip loop of the building electric entrance, and above areas or sidewalks accessed by pedestrians only. Such clearance shall be measured from final grade or other accessible surfaces.

2. Twclvc feet (3658 ~nm)-over residential property and driveways. 3. Eighteen feet (5486 mm)--over public streets, alleys, roads or parking areas subject to truck traffic.

E3504.3 Point of attachment. The point of attachment of the service-drop conductors to a building or other structure shall provide the minimum clearances as specified in Sections E3504.1 through E3504.2.2. In no case shall the point of attachment be less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above finished grade. E3504.4 Means of attachment. Multiconductor cables used for service drops shall be attached to buildings or other structures by fittings approved for the purpose. E3504.5 Service masts as supports. Where a service mast is used for the support of service-drop conductors, it shall be of adequate strength or be supported by braces or guys to withstand the strain imposed by the service drop. Where raceway-type service masts are used, all equipment shall be approved. Only power service drop conductors shall be permitted to be attached to a service mast. E3504.6 Supports over buildings. Service-drop conductors passing over a roof shall be securely supported. Where practicable, such supports shall be independent of the building.

SECTION E3504.2.1 AND EXCEPTION 1

SECllON E3504.2.1 AND EXCEPTION3

rl

'-

SECTION E3504.2.1 MAlNTAlN ALL CLEARANCES3'0' MINIMUM BEYOND THE EDGE OF THE ROOF. SEE EXCEPTION 4.

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. FIGURE E3504.2.1 CLEARANCES FROM ROOFS


SERVICES

SECTION E3505 SERVICE-ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS E3505.1 Insulation of service-entrance conductors. Service-entrance conductors entering or on the exterior of buildings or other structures shall be insulated in accordance with Section E3306.5.

E3505.9 Overhead service locations. Connections at service heads shall be in accordance with Sections E3505.9.1 through

Exceptions: 1. A copper grounded conductor shall not be requircd to be insulated where it is: 1.1. In a raccway or part of a service cable assembly, 1.2. Directly buried in soil of suitable condition, or 1.3. Part of a cable assembly listed for direct burial without regard to soil conditions. 2. An aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounded conductor shall not be required to be insulated where part of a cable or where identified for direct burial or utilization in underground raceways.

E3505.9.2 Service cable, service head or gooseneck. Service cablc shall be equipped with a rain-tight service head or shall be formed into a gooseneck in an approved manner.

E3505.2 Wiring methods for services. Service-entrance wiring methods shall be installed in accordance with the applicable requirements in Chapter 37. E3505.3 Spliced conductors. Service-entrance conductors shall be permitted to be spliced or tapped. Splices shall be made in enclosures or, if directly buried, with listed underground splice kits. Conductor splices shall be made in accordance with Chapters 33,36,37 and 38.

E3505.9.7. E3505.9.1 Rain-tight service head. Servicc raceways shall be equipped with a rain-tight service head at the point of connection to service-drop conductors.

E3505.9.3 Service head location. Service heads, and goosenecks in service-entrance cables, shall be located above the point of attachment of the service-drop conductors to the building or other structure. Exception: Where it is iinpracticable to locate the service head or gooseneck above the point of attachment, the service head or gooseneck location shall be not more than 24 inches (610 mm) from the point of attachment. E3505.9.4 Separately bushed openings. Service heads shall have conductors of different potential brought out through separately bushed openings. E3505.9.5 Drip loops. Drip loops shall be formed on individual conductors. To prevent the entrance of moisture, service-entrance conductors shall be connected to the service-drop conductors either below the level of the service head or below the level of the termination of the service-entrance cable sheath.

E3505.4 Protection against physical damage. Underground service-entrance conductors shall be protected against physical damage in accordance with Chapter 37.

E3505.9.6 Conductor arrangement. Scrvice-drop conductors and service-entrance conductors shall be arranged so that water will not enter service raceways or equipment.

E3505.5 Protection of service cables against damage. Above-ground service-cntrance cables, where subject to physical damage, shall be protected by one or more of the following: I rigid - metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, Schedule 80 rigid nonmetallic conduit, electrical metallic tubing or other approved means.

E3505.9.7 Secured. Service cables shall be held securely in place.

E3505.6 Locations exposed to direct sunlight.Insulated conductors and cables used where exposed to direct rays of the sun shall comply with one of the following:

E3506.1 Service equipment enclosures. Energized parts of scrvice equipment shall be enclosed.

-

1. The cables are listed, or listed and marked, as being sunlight resistant. 2. The conductors are listed, or listed and marked, as being sunlight resistant. 3. The conductors and cables are covered with insulating material, such as tape or sleeving, that is listed, or listed and marked, as being sunlight resistant.

E3505.7 Mounting supports. Service cables shall be supported by straps orotherapprovedmeans within 12 inches (305 mm) of every service head, gooseneck or connection to a raceway or enclosure and at intervals not exceeding 30 inches (762 mm) . E3505.8 Raceways to drain. Where exposed to the weather, raceways enclosing service-entrance conductors shall be raintight and arranged to drain. Where embedded in masonry, raceways shall be arranged to drain. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

SECTION E3506 SERVICE EQUIPMENT-GENERAL

E35062 Working space. In no case shall the working space in the vicinity of service equipment be less than that specified in Chapter 33. E3506.3 Available short-circuit current. Service equipment shall be suitable for the maximum fault current available at its supply terminals, but not less than 10,000 amperes. E3506.4 Marking. Servicc cquipment shall be marked to identify it as being suitable for use as service equipment. Individual meter socket enclosures shall not be considered service cquipment.

SECTION E3507 SYSrEM GROUNDING E3507.1 System service ground. The premiscs wiring system shall be grounded at the service with a grounding electrode conductor connected to a grounding electrode system as

1

SERVICES

required by this code. Grounding electrode conductors shall be sized in accordance with Table E3503.1.

E3507.2 Location of grounding electrode conductor connection. The grounding electrode conductor shall be connected to the grounded service conductor at any accessible point from the load end of the service drop or service lateral to ,and including the terminal or bus to which the grounded service conductor is connected at the service disconnecting means. A grounding connection shall not be made to any grounded circuit conductor on the load side of the service disconnecting means, except as provided in Section E3507.3. E3507.3 Buildings or structures supplied by feeder(s) or branch circuit(s). Buildings or structures supplied by feeder(s) or branch circuit(s) shall have a grounding electrode or grounding electrode system installed in accordance with Section E3508. The grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be connected in a manner specified in Section E3507.3.1 or E3507.3.2. Where there is no existing grounding electrode, the grounding electrode(s) required in Section E3508 shall be installed.

I I

I

Exception: A grounding electrode shall not be required where only one branch circuit supplies the building or structure and the branch circuit includes an equipment grounding conductor for grounding the noncurrent-carrying parts of all equipment. For the purposes of this section, a multiwire branch circuit shall be considered as a single branch circuit.

E35073.1 Equipment grounding conductor. An equipment grounding conductor as described in Section E3808 shall berun with the supply conductors and connected to the building or structure disconnecting means and to the grounding electrode(s). The equipment grounding conductor shall be used for grounding or bonding of equipment, structures or frames required tobe grounded or bonded. The equipment grounding conductor shall be sized in accordance with Section E3808.12. Any installed grounded conductor shall not be connected to the equipment grounding conductor or to the grounding electrode(s). E35073.2 Grounded conductor. Where an equipment grounding conductor is not run with the supply conductors to the building or structure, and there are no continuous metallic paths bonded to the grounding system in both buildings or structures involved, and ground-fault protection of equipment has not been installed on the common service, the grounded circuit conductor run with the supply conductors to the building or structure shall be connected to the building or structure disconnecting means and to the grounding electrode(s) and shall be used for grounding or bonding of equipment, structures, or frames required to be grounded or bonded. The size of the grounded conductor shall be not smaller than the larger of: 1. That required by Section E3604.3. 2. That required by Section E3808.12.

E3507.4 Grounding electrode conductor, A grounding electrode conductor shall be used to connect the equipment grounding conductors, the service equipment enclosires, and the grounded service conductor to the grounding electrode(s).

E3507.5 Main bonding jumper. An unspliced main bonding jumper shall be used to connect the equipment grounding conductor(~)and the service-disconnect enclosure to the grounded conductor of the system within the enclosure for each service disconnect. E3507.6 Common grounding electrode. Where an ac system is connected to a grounding electrodc in or at a building or structure, the same electrode shall be used to ground conductor enclosures and equipment in or on that building or structure. Where separate services, feeders or branch circuits supply a building and are required to be connected to a grounding electrode(~),the same grounding electrode(s) shall be used. Two or more grounding electrodes that are effectively bonded together shall be considered as a single grounding electrode system.

SECTION E3508 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM

E3508.1 Grounding electrode system. All electrodes specified in Sections E3508.1.1, E3508.1.2, E3508.1.3, E3508.1.4 and E3508.1.5 that are present at each building or structure served shall be bonded together to form the grounding electrode system. Where none of these electrodes are available, one or more of the electrodes specified in Sections E3508.1.3, E3508.1.4 and E3508.1.5 shall be installed and used. Exception: Concrete-encased electrodes of existing buildings or structures shall not be required to be part of the grounding electrode system where the steel reinforcing bars or rods are not accessible for use without disturbing the concrete.

E3508.1.1 Metal underground water pipe. A metal underground water pipe that is in direct contact with the earth for 10feet (3048 mrn) or more, including any well casing effectively bonded to the pipe and that is electrically continuous, or made electrically continuous by bonding around insulating joints or insulating pipe to the points of connection of the grounding electrode conductor and the bonding conductors, shall be considered as a grounding electrode (see Section E3508.1). Interior metal water piping located more than 5 feet (1524 mrn) from the entrance to the building shall not be used as part of the grounding electrode system or as a conductor to interconnect electrodes that are part of the grounding electrode system.

I I

I

E3508.1.1.1 Installation. Continuity of the grounding ( path or the bonding connection to interior piping shall not rely on water meters, filtering devices and similar equipment. A metal underground water pipe shall be supplemented by an additional electrode of a type specified in Sections E3508.1.2 through E3508.1.5. The supplemental electrode shall be bonded to the grounding electrode conductor, the grounded service entrance conductor, a nonflexible grounded service raceway or any grounded service enclosure. Where the supplemental electrode is a rod, pipe or plate electrode in accordance with Sections E3508.1.4 and E3508.1.5, that portion of the bonding jumper that is the sole connection to the supplemental grounding elec2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

SERVICES

trode shall not be required to be larger than 6 AWG copper or 4 AWG aluminum wire.

Section E3503.4, and shall be connected in the manner specified in Section E35 11.1.

E3508.13 Concrete-encased electrode. An electrode encased by at least 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete, located within and near the bottom of a concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with the earth, consisting of at least 20 feet (6096 mm) of one or more bare or zinc-galvanized or other electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods of not less than '/:inch (12.7 mm) diameter, or consisting of at least 20 feet (6096 mm) of bare copper conductor not smallcr than 4 AWG shall be considered as a grounding electrode. Reinforcing bars shall be permitted to be bonded together by theusual steel tie wires or other effective means.

E3508.3 Rod, pipe and plate electrode requirements. Where practicable, rod, pipe and plate electrodes shall be embedded below permanent moisture levcl. Such electrodes shall be free from nonconductive coatings such as paint or enamcl. Where more than one such electrode is used, each electrode of one grounding system shall be not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) from any other electrode of another grounding system. Two or more grounding electrodes that are effectively bonded together shall be considered as a single grounding electrode system. That portion of a bonding jumper that is the sole connection to a rod, pipe or plate electrode shall notbe required to be larger than 6 AWG copper or 4 AWG aluminum wire.

E3508.1.3 Ground rings. A ground ring encircling the building or structure, in direct contact with the earth at a depth below the earth's surface of not less than 30 inches (762 mm), consisting of at least 20 feet (6096 mm) of bare copper conductor not smaller than 2 AWG shall be considered as a grounding electrode. E3508.1.4 Rod and pipe electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and consisting of the following materials shall be considered as a grounding electrode: 1. Electrodes of pipe or conduit shall not be smaller than trade size 3/, (metric designator 21) and, where of iron or steel, shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection.

I

E3508.4 Resistance of rod, pipe and plate electrodes. A single electrode consisting of a rod, pipe or plate that does not have a resistance to ground of 25 ohms or less shall be augmented by one additional electrode of any of the types specified in Sections E3508.1.2 through E3508.1.5. Where multiple rod, pipe or plate electrodes are installed to meet the requirements of this section, they shall be not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) apart. E3508.5 Aluminum electrodes. Aluminum electrodes shall not be permitted. E3508.6 Metal underground gas piping system. A metal underground gas piping system shall not be uscd as a grounding electrode.

2. Electrodes of rods of iron or steel shall be at least '1, inch (15.9 mm) in diameter. Stainless steel rods less than 7, inch (15.9 nun) in diameter, nonferrous rods or their equivalent shall be listed and shall be not less than '1, inch (12.7 mm) in diameter.

E3508.1.4.1 Installation. The rod and pipe electrodes shall be installed such that at least 8 feet (2438 rnrn) of length is in contact with the soil. They shall be driven to a depth of not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) except that, where rock bottom is encountered, electrodes shall be driven at an oblique angle not to exceed 45 degrees from the vertical or shall be buried in a trench that is at least 30 inches (762 mm) dccp. The upper end of the electrodes shall be flush with or below ground level except where the aboveground end and the grounding electrode conductor attachment are protected against physical damage. E3508.1.5 Plate electrodes. A plate electrode that exposes not less than 2 square feet (0.186 m2) of surface to exterior soil shall be considered as agrounding electrode. Electrodes of iron or steel plates shall be at least 'I, inch (6.4 mm) in thickness. Electrodes of nonfemous metal shall be at least 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) in thickness. Plate electrodes shall be installed not less than 30 inches (762 mm) below the surface of the earth.

I

E3508.2 Bonding jumper. The bonding jumper(s) used to connect the grounding electrodes together to form the grounding electrode system shall be installed in accordance with Sections E3510.2, and E35 10.3, shall be sized in accordance with 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

SECTION E3509 BONDING

E3509.1 General. Bonding shall be provided where necessary to ensure electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct safely any fault current likely to be imposed. E3509.2 Bonding of services. The noncurrent-carrying metal parts of the following equipment shall be effectively bonded together: 1. The service raceways or service cable armor. 2. All service enclosures containing scrvicc conductors, including meter fittings, and boxes, interposedin the service raccway or armor. 3. Any metallic raceways or armor enclosing a grounding electrode conductor. Bonding shall apply at each end and to all intervening raceways, boxes and enclosures between the service equipment and the grounding electrode.

E3509.3 Bonding to other systems. An accessible means external to enclosures for connecting intersystem bonding and grounding electrode conductors shall be provided at the service equipment and at the disconnecting means for any additional buildings or structures by at least one of the following means: 1. Exposed nonflexible metallic service raceways.

2. Exposed grounding electrode conductor.

I

SERVICES

3. Approved means for the external connection of a copper or other corrosion-resistant bonding or grounding conductor to the service raceway or equipment.

E3509.4 Method of bonding at the service. Electrical continuity at service equipment, service raceways and service conductor enclosures shall be ensured by one or more of the methods specified in Sections E3509.4.1 through E3509.4.4. Bonding jumpers meeting the other requirements of this code shall be used around concentric or eccentric knockouts that are punched or otherwise formed so as to impair the electrical connection to ground. Standard locknuts or bushings shall not bethe solemeans for the bonding required by this section.

E3509.4.1 Grounded service conductor. Equipment shall be bonded to the grounded service conductor in a manner provided in this code. E3509.4.2 Threaded connections. Equipment shall be bonded by connections using threaded couplings or threaded bosses on enclosures. Such connections shall be made wrench tight. E3509.4.3 Threadless couplings and connectors. Equipment shall be bonded by threadless couplings and connectors for metal raceways and metal-clad cables. Such couplings and connectors shall be made wrench tight. Standard locknuts or bushings shall not be used for the bonding required by this section.

I

E3509.4.4 Other devices. Equipment shall be bonded by other listed devices, such as bonding-type locknuts, bushings and bushings with bonding jumpers. E3509.5 Sizing bonding jumper on supply side of service and main bonding jumper. The bonding jumper shall not be smaller than the sizes shown in Table E3503.1 for grounding electrode conductors. Where the service-entrance conductors are paralleled in two or more raceways or cables, the equipment bonding jumper, where routed with the raceways or cables, shall be run in parallel. The size of the bonding jumper for each raceway or cable shall be based on the size of the service-entrance conductors in each raceway or cable. E3509.6 Metal water piping bonding. The metal water piping system shall be bonded to the service equipment enclosure, the grounded conductor at the service, the grounding electrode conductor where of sufficient size, or to the one or more grounding electrodes used. The bonding jumper shall be sized in accordance with Table E3503.1. The points of attachment of the bonding jumper(s) shall be accessible. E3509.7 Bonding other metal piping. Where installed in or attached to a building or structure, metal piping systems, including gas piping, capable of becoming energized shall be bonded to the service equipment enclosure, the grounded conductor at the service, the grounding electrode conductor where of sufficient size, or to the one or more grounding electrodes used. The bonding jumper shall be sized in accordance with Table E3808.12 using the rating of the circuit capable of energizing the piping. The equipment grounding conductor for the circuit that is capable of energizing the piping shall be permitted to serve as the bonding means. The points of attachment of the bonding jumper(s) shall be accessible.

SECTION E3510 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS E3510.1 Continuous. The unspliced grounding electrode conductor shall run to any convenient grounding electrode available in the grounding electrode system, or to one or more grounding electrode(s) individually. The grounding electrode conductor shall be sized for the largest grounding electrode conductor required among allof theelectrodes connected to it. E3510.2 Securing and protection against physical damage. Where exposed, a grounding electrode conductor or its enclosure shall be securely fastened to the surface on which it is carried. A 4 AWG or larger conductor shall be protected where exposed to physical damage. A 6 AWG grounding conductor that is free from exposure to physical damage shall be permitted to be run along the surface of the building construction without metal covering or protection where it is and securely fastened to the construction; otherwise, it shall be in rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, electrical metallic tubing or cable armor. Grounding electrode conductors smaller than 6 AWG shall be in rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, electrical metallic tubing or cable armor.

I

I

Bare aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding con- ( ductors shall not be used where in direct contact with masonry or the earth or where subject to corrosive conditions. Where used outside, aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding conductors shall not be installed within 18 inches (457 mm) of the earth.

E353.0.3 Enclosures for grounding electrode conductors. Ferrous metal enclosures for grounding electrode conductors shall be electrically continuous from the point of attachment to cabinets or equipment to the grounding electrode, and shall be securely fastened to the ground clamp or fitting. Nonferrous metal enclosures shall not be required to be electrically continuous. Ferrous metal enclosures that are not physically continuous from cabinet or equipment to the grounding electrode shall be made electrically continuous by bonding each end to the grounding conductor. The bonding jumper for a grounding electrode conductor raceway shall be the same size or larger than the required enclosed grounding electrode conductor. Where a raceway is used as protection for a grounding conductor, the installation shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 37.

SECTION E3511 GROllNDlNG ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR CONNECTION TO THE GROUNDING ELECTRODES E3511.1 Methods of grounding conductor connection to electrodes. The grounding or bonding conductor shall be connected to the grounding electrode by exothermic welding, listed lugs, listed pressure connectors, listed clamps or other listed means. Connections depending on solder shall not be used. Ground clamps shall be listed for the materials of the grounding electrode and the grounding electrode conductor and, where used on pipe, rod or other buried electrodes, shall also be listed for direct soil burial or concrete encasement. Not more than one conductor shall be connected to the grounding 2006 lNTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

I

SERVICES

electrode by a single clamp or fitting unless the clamp or fitting is listed for multiple conductors. One of the methods indicated in the following items shall be used: 1. A pipe fitting, pipe plug or other approved device screwed into a pipe or pipc fitting.

2. A listed bolted clamp of cast bronze or brass, or plain or malleable iron. 3. For indoor telecommunications purposes only, a listed sheet metal strap-type ground clamp having a rigid metal base that seats on the electrode and having a strap of such material and dimensions that it is not likely to stretch during or after installation. 4. Other equally substantial approved means. E3511.2 Accessibility. The connection of the grounding electrode conductor or bonding jumper to the grounding electrodes that are not buried or concrete encased shall be accessible. E3511.3 Effective grounding path. The connection of the grounding electrode conductor or bonding jumper shall be made in a manner that will ensure a permanent and effective grounding path. Where necessary to ensure effective grounding for a metal piping system used as a grounding electrode, effective bonding shall be provided around insulated joints and sections and around any equipment that is likcly to be disconnected for repairs or replacement. Bonding conductors shall be of sufficient length to permit removal of such equipment while retaining the integrity of the bond. E3511.4 Protection of ground clamps and fittings. Ground clamps or other fittings shall be approved for applications without protection or shall be protected from physical damage by installing them where they are not likely to be damaged or by enclosing them in metal, wood or equivalent protective coverings. E3511.5 Clean surfaces. Nonconductive coatings (such as paint, enamel and lacquer) on equipment to be grounded shall be removed from threads and other contact surfaces to ensure good electrical continuity or shall be connected by fittings that make such removal unnecessary.



CHAPTER 36

BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS SECTION E3601 GENERAL E3601.1 Scope. This chapter covers branch circuits and feeders and specifies the minimum required branch circuits, the allowable loads and the required overcurrent protection for branch circuits and feeders that serve less than 100 percent of the total dwelling unit load. Feeder circuits that serve 100 percent of the dwelling unit load shall be sized in accordance with the procedures in Chapter 35.

E3601.2 Branch-circuit and feeder ampacity. Branch-circuit and feeder conductors shall have ampacities not less than the maximum load to be served. Where a branch circuit or a feeder supplies continuous loads or any combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the mini~numbranch-circuit or feeder conductor size, before the application of any adjustment or correction factors, shall have an allowable ampacity equal to or greater than the noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load. E3601.3 Selection of ampacity. Where more than one calculated or tabulated ampacity could apply for a given circuit length, the lowest value shall be used. Exception: Where two different ampacities apply to adjacent portions of a circuit, the higher ampacity shall be permitted to be used beyond the point of transition, a distance equal to 10 feet (3048 mm) or 10 percent of the circuit length figured at the higher ampacity, whichever is less. E3601.4 Multi-outlet branch circuits. Conductors of multi-outlet branch circuits supplying more than one receptacle for cord-and-plug-connected portable loads shall have ampacities of not less than the rating of the branch circuit. E3601.5 Multiwire branch circuits. All conductors for multiwire branch circuits shall originate from the same panelboard or similar distribution equipment. Where two or more devices on the same yoke or strap are supplied by a I multiwire branch circuit, a means shall be provided at the point where the circuit originates to simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded conductors of the multiwire circuit. Except where all ungrounded conductors are opened simultaneously by the branch-circuit overcurrent device, multiwire branch circuits shall supply only line-to-neutral loads or only one appliance.

I

rated at over 1,440 volt-amperes or ' I , horsepower and greater shall be rated at 120 volts or 240 volts, nominal.

E3602.2 Branch-circuit ampere rating. Branch circuits shall be rated in accordance with the maximum allowable ampere rating or setting of the overcurrent protection device. The rating for othcr than individual branch circuits shall be 15,20,30, 40 and 50 amperes. Where conductors of higher ampacity are used, the ampere rating or setting of the specified over-current device shall determine the circuit rating. E3602.3 Fifteen- and 20-ampere branch circuits. A 15- or 20-ampere branch circuit shall be permitted to supply lighting units, or other utilization equipment, or a combination of both. The rating of any one cord-and-plug-connected utilization cquipment not fastened in place shall not exceed 80 percent of the branch-circuit ampere rating. The total rating of utilization equipment fastened in place, other than lighting fixtures, shall not exceed 50 percent of the branch-circuit ampere rating where lighting units, cord-and-plug-connected utilization equipment not fastened in place, or both, are also supplied.

I

E3602.4 Thirty-ampere branch circuits. A 30-ampere branch circuit shall be permitted to supply fixed utilization equipment. A rating of any one cord-and-plug-connected utilization equipment shall not exceed 80 percent of the branch-circuit ampere rating. E3602.5 Branch circuits serving multiple loads or outlets. General-purpose branch circuits shall supply lighting outlets, appliances, equipment or receptacle outlets, and combinations of such. The rating of a fastened-in-place appliance or equipment, where used in combination on the same branch circuit with light fixtures, receptacles, and/or other appliances or equipment not fastened in place, shall not exceed 50 percent of the branch-circuit rating. Multi-outlet branch circuits serving lighting or receptacles shall be limited to a maximum branch-circuit rating of 20 amperes. E3602.6 Branch circuits serving a single motor. Branch-circuit conductors supplying a single motor shall have an ampacity not less than 125 percent of the motor full-load current rating. E3602.7 Branch circuits serving motor-operatedand combination loads. For circuits supplying loads consisting of motor-operated utilization equipment that is fastened in place and that has a motor larger than '1, horsepower in combination with other loads, the total calculated load shall be based on 125 ( percent of the largest motor load plus the sum of the other loads.

SECTION E3602 BRANCH CIRCUIT RATINGS E3602.1 Branch-circuit voltage Limitations. The voltage ratings of branch circuits that supply luminaires or receptacles for cord-and-plug-connected loads of up to 1,400 volt-amperes or of less than '1, horsepower shall be limited to amaximum rating of 120 volts, nominal, between conductors.

E3602.8 Branch-circuitinductive lighting loads. For circuits supplying luminaires having ballasts, the calculated load shall ) be based on the total ampere ratings of such units and not on the total watts of the lamps.

Branch circuits that supply cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment and appliances

E3602.9 Branch-circuit load for ranges and cooking appliances. It shall be permissible to calculate the branch-circuit

I


491

BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

load for one range in accordance with Table E3604.2(2). The branch-circuit load for one wall-mounted oven or one counter-mounted cooking unit shall be the nameplate rating of the appliance. The branch-circuit load for a counter-mounted cooking unit and not more than two wall-mounted ovens all supplied from a single branch circuit and located in the same ( room shall be calculated by adding the nameplate ratings of the individual appliances and treating the total as equivalent to one range.

E3602.9.1 Minimum branch circuit for ranges. Ranges with a rating of 8.75 kVA or more shall be supplied by a branch circuit having a minimum rating of 40 amperes.

I

E3602.10 Branch circuits serving heating loads. Electric space-heating and water-heating appliances shall be considered continuous loads. Branch circuits supplying two or more outlets for fixed electric space-heating equipment shall be rated ) 15,20, 25 or 30 amperes. E3602.11 Branch circuits for air-conditioning and heat pump equipment. The ampacity of the conductors supplying multimotor and combination load equipment shall not be less than the minimum circuit ampacity marked on the equipment. The branch-circuit overcurrent device rating shall be the size and type marked on the appliance and shall be listed for the specific purpose. E3602.12 Branch circuits serving room air conditioners. A room air conditioner shall be considered as a single motor unit in determining its branch-circuit requirements where all the following conditions are met: 1. It is cord- and attachment plug-connected. 2. The rating is not more than 40 amperes and 250 volts; singlc phase. 3. Total rated-load current is shown on the room air-conditioner nameplate rather than individual motor currents. 4. The rating of the branch-circuit short-circuit and ground-fault protective device does not exceed the ampacity of the branch-circuit conductors, or the rating of the branch-circuit conductors, or the rating of the receptacle, whichever is less.

E3602.12.1 Where no other loads are supplied. The total marked rating of a cord- and attachment plug-connected room air conditioner shall not exceed 80 percent of the rating of a branch circuit where no other appliances are also supplied. E3602.12.2 Where lighting units or other appliances are also supplied. The total marked rating of a cord- and attachment plug-connected room air conditioner shall not exceed 50 percent of the rating of a branch circuit where lighting or other appliances are also supplied. Where the circuitry is interlocked to prevent simultaneous operation of the room air conditioner and energization of other outlets on the same branch circuit, a cord- and attachment-plug-connected room air conditioner shall not exceed 80 percent of the branch-circuit rating. E3602.13 Branch-circuit requirement-summary. The requirements for circuits having two or more outlets, or recep-

tacles, other than the receptacle circuits of Section E3603.2, are summarized in Table E3602.13. Branch circuits in dwelling units shall supply only loads within that dwelling unit or loads associated only with that dwelling unit. Branch circuits required for the purpose of lighting, central alarm, signal, communications or other needs for public or common areas of a two-family dwelling shall not be supplied from equipment that supplies an individual dwelling unit. TABLE E3602.13 BRANCH-CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS-SUMMARY%b 7

7

j

CIRCUIT RATING I

I

15amp

1

2Oamp

30amp

12

10

J

! Conductors:

/

i

Minimum size (AWG) circuit conductors

14

7--

Maximum overcurrentprotection device rating 1LA---Ampere rating

! Outlet devices: Lampholders pernutted I

I

r

Receptacle rating

/ Maximum load (amperes) a. These gages are for copper conductors. b. N/A means not allowed

SECTION E3603 REQUIRED BRANCH CIRCUITS E3603.1 Branch circuits for heating. Central heating equipment other than fixed electric space heating shall be supplied by an individual branch circuit. Permanently connected air-conditioning equipment, and auxiliary equipment directly associated with the central heating equipment such as pumps, motorized valves, humidifiers and electrostatic air cleaners, shall not be prohibited from connecting to the same branch circuit as the central heating equipment.

I

E3603.2 Kitchen and dining area receptacles. A minimum of two 20-ampere-rated branch circuits shall be provided to serve all wall and floor receptacle outlets located in the kitchen, ) pantry, breakfast area, dining area or similar area of a dwelling. The kitchen countertop receptacles shall be served by a minimum of two 20-ampere-rated branch circuits, either or both of which shall also be permitted to supply other receptacle outlets in the kitchen, pantry, breakfast and dining area including receptacle outlets for refrigeration appliances. Exception: The receptacle outlet for refrigeration appliances shall be pennitted to be supplied from an individual branch circuit rated 15 amperes or greater.

E3603.3 Laundry circuit. A minimum of one 20ampere-rated branch circuit shall be provided for receptacles located in the laundry area and shall serve only receptacle outlets located in the laundry area. E3603.4 Bathroom branch circuits. A minimum of one 20-ampere branch circuit shall be provided to supply bathroom receptacle outlet(s). Such circuits shall have no other outlets. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

I


Exception: Where the 20-ampere circuit supplies a single bathroom, outlets for other equipment within the same bathroom shall be permitted to be supplied in accordance with Section E3602.

E3604.2 Feeder loads. The minimum load in volt-amperes shall b e calculated in accordance with the load calculation pro- ( cedure prescribed in Table E3604.2(1). The associated table demand factors shall be applied to the actual load to determine the minimum load for feeders.

E3603.5 Number of branch circuits. The minimum number ( - of branch circuits shall be determined from the total calculated

E3604.3 Feeder neutral load. The feeder neutral load shall be the maximum unbalance of the load determined in accordance with this chapter. The maximum unbalanced load shall be the maximum net calculated load between the neutral and any one ( ungrounded conductor. For a feeder or service supplying electric ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted cooking units and electric dryers, the maximum unbalanced load shall be considered as 70 percent of the load on the ungrounded conductors.

load and the size or rating of the circuits used. The number of circuits shall be sufficient to supply the load served. In no case shall the load on any circuit exceed the maximum specified by Section E3602.

E3603.6 Branch-circuit load proportioning. Where the branch-circuit load is calculated on a volt-amperesper-square-foot (m2)basis, the wiring system, up to and including the branch-circuit panelboard(s), shall have the capacity to serve not less than the calculated load. This load shall be evenly proportioned among multioutlet branch circuits within the panclboard(s). Branch-circuit overcurrent devices and circuits shall only be required to be installed to serve the connected load.

E3604.4 Lighting and general use receptacle load. A unit load of not less than 3 volt-amperes shall constitute the minimum lighting and general use receptacle load for each square foot of floor area (33 VA for each square meter of floor area). The floor area for each floor shall be calculated from the outside dimensions of the building. The calculated floor area shall not include open porches, garages, or unused or unfinished spaces not adaptable for future use.

I

E3604.5 Ampacity and calculated loads. The calculated load ( of a feeder shall be not less than the sum of the loads on the branch circuits supplied, as determined by SectionE3604, after any applicable demand factors permitted by Section E3604 have been applied.

SECTION E3604 FEEDER REQUIREMENTS E3604.1 Conductor size. Feeder conductors that do not serve 100 percent of the dwelling unit load and branch-circuit conductors shall b e of a size sufficient to carrv the load as determined by this chapter. Feeder conductors shall not be required to be larger than the service-entrance cond~ictorsthat supply the dwelling unit. The load for feeder conductors that s e ~ ase the main power feeder to a dwelling unit shall be determined as spccified in Chapter 35 for services.

Feeder conductors shall have sufficient ampacity to supply the load served. In no case shall the calculated load of a feeder ) be less than the sum of the loads on the branch circuits supplied as determined by this chapter after any permitted demand factors have been applied. C

II)

TABLE E3604.2(1) FEEDER LOAD CALCULATION LOAD CALCULATIONPROCEDURE

Lighting and receptacles: A unit load of not less than 3 VA per square foot of total floor area 100 percent of first 3,000 VA or less and 35 shall constitute the lighting and 120-volt, 15- and 20-ampere general use receptacle load. 1,500 VA shall be added for each 20-ampere branch circuit serving receptacles in the percent of that in excess of 3,000 VA. kitchen, dining room,pantry, breakfast area and laundry area. L _ -

-

Plus

--

Appliances and motors: The nameplate rating load of all air-conditioning and space-heating equipment.

t

Plus

-

-

--

Fixed motors: Full-load current of motors plus 25 percent of the full load current of the largest motor. Plus

i

load shall be 5,000 VA for each dryer circuit or the nameplate rating load of each dryer, whichever is greater. Plus

. A

- --I

I

shall be as allowed by Table Plus the largest ofeither the heating or cooling load -

Largest of the following two selections: 1. 100 percent of the nameplate rating(s) of the air conditioning and cooling, including heat pump compressors. 2. 100 aercent of the fixed electric soace heating. For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m'. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@


TABLE E3604.2(2) DEMAND LOADS FOR ELECTRIC RANGES, WALL-MOUNTED OVENS, COUNTER-MOUNTED 13/, kVA RATINGasb COOKING UNITS AND OTHER COOKING APPLIANCES OVER MAXIMUM

DEMAND^,"

NUMBER OF APPLIANCES 1

2

DEMAND FACTORS ( p e r ~ e n t ) ~

--

Column A maximum 12 kVA rating

Column B less than 3'1, kVA rating

8 kVA

80

11 kVA

75

Column C 3'1, to 8'1, kVA

a. Column A shall be used in all cases except as provided for in Footnote d. b. For ranges all having the same rating and individuallyrated more than 12 kVA but not more than 27 kVA, the maximum demand in Column A shall be increased 5 percent for each additional kVA of rating or major fraction thereof by which the rating of individual ranges exceeds 12 kVA. c. For ranges of unequal ratings and individually ratcdmore than 8.75 kVA, but none exceeding 27 kVA, an average value of rating shall be computed by adding together the ratings of all ranges to obtain the total connectedload (using 12kVA for any ranges rated less than 12kVA) and dividing by the total number of ranges; andthen themaximumdemandin ColumnA shall be increased5percent foreach kVA ormajorfraction thereofby which this average valueexceeds 12kVA. d. Over 1.75 kVA through 8.75kVA. As an alternativetothe methodprovidedin Column A, thenameplateratings of all rangesratedmore than 1.75 kVA but not more than 8.75 kVA shall be added and the sum shall be multiplied by the demand factor specified in Column B or C for the given number of appliances.

SECTION E3605 CONDUCTOR SIZING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

greater than 24 inches (610 mm) without maintaining spacing and are not installed in raceways, the allowable arnpacity of each conductor shall be reduced as shown in Table E3605.3.

E3605.1 General. Ampacities for conductors shall be determined based in accordance with Table E3605.1 and Sections E3605.2 and E3605.3. E3605.2 Correction factor for ambient temperatures. For ambient temperatures other than 30°C (86OF), multiply the allowable ampacities specified in Table E3605.1 by the appropriate correction factor shown in Table E3605.2.

Exceptions: 1. Adjustmentfactors shall not apply to conductors in nipples having alength not exceeding 24 inches (610rnrn). 2. Adjustment factors shall not apply to underground

conductors entering or leaving an outdoor trench if those conductors have physical protection in the form of rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, or rigid nonmetallic conduit having a length not exceeding 10 feet (3048 mm) and the number of conductors does not exceed four.

E3605.3 Adjustment factor for conductor proximity. Where the number of current-czuryingconductors in a raceway or cable exceeds three, or where single conductors or multiconductor cables are stacked or bundled for distances

TABLE E3605.1 ALLOWABLE AMPACITIES CONDUCTOR SIZE

CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE RATING

-

60°C

75°C

c

76%

I

AWG kcmil

Types TW, UF

Copper

55 70

210

Types RHW-2, THHN, RHW, THHW, THHW, THW-2, THW, THWN, USE, THWN-2, XHHW,

145

35 -50 65 85 100 115 130 150 175

7

I 900Cd CONDUCTOR

RHW-2, THHN, XHHW-2, USE-2 Aluminum or copper-clad aluminum

14 18 25 30 40 55

-

-

-

20 25 30

20 30 40

75 95 110 130 150

40 55 65 75 85

50 65 75 90 100

60 75 85 100 115

170 195

100 115

120 135

135 150

-

25 35 45

For SI: "C = [("F)-32111.8.

494



-

-

-.

TABLE E3605.2 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CORRECTION FACTORS p p p p .

FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES OTHER THAN 30°C (86°F). MULTIPLY THE ALLOWABLE AMPACITIES SPECIFIED' IN TABLE E3605.1 BY THE A P S P R . A T E FACTOR SHOWN BELOW . . . . - . -

-

60°C

75OC TY pes TYws RHW-2, THHN, RHW, THHW. THHW, THW-2, THW, THWN, USE, THWN-2, XHHW, XHHW XHHW-2, USE-2 -

Types UF

--w'

AMBIENTTEMP. 'C -

Aluminum or copper-clad aluminum

Copper

7

1.08

21-25 26-30 3 1-35

1.OO 0.9 1

I

0.82

L a - .

b-::~d;-lq 0.71

41-45

-

"F

1.04

1.00

;-~+$*

0.88

1.OO

0.87

1.05

1.04- 70-77 -

1.00

1.OO

78-86

0.94

0.96

87-95

0.82

0.88

0.7 1

0.82

- 0.91 0.87

1.00 0.91

0.91

0.82

--

1.08

0.96

0.94

71-80 For SI

-

1.05

46-50

61-70

RHW-2, THHN,

96-104

105-113

114-122

::;::::-

0.33

--

---

-

__-

141-158

159-176 -

.

"C = [(OF)-32111.8.

3. Adjustment factors shall not apply to type AC cable or to type MC cable without an overall outer jacket meeting all of the following conditions:

tion, or both. Except where the equipment is marked otherwise, conductor ampacities used in determining equipment termination provisions shall be based on Table E3605. l

3.1. Each cable has not more than three current-carrying conductors.

E3605.4.1 Conductors rated 60°C. Except where the equipment is marked otherwise, termination provisions of equipment for circuits rated 100 amperes or less, or marked for 14 AWG through 1 AWG conductors, shall be used only for one of the following:

3.2. The conductors are 12 AWG copper.

3.3. Not more than 20 current-carrying conductors are bundled, stacked or supported on bridle rings. A 60 percent adjustment factor shall be applied where the current-carrying conductors in such cables exceed 20 and the cables are stacked or bundled for distances greater than 24 inches (610 mm) without maintaining spacing. TABLE E3605.3 CONDUCTOR PROXIMITY ADJUSTMENT FACTORS

4. For motors marked with design letters B, C, or D conductors having an insulation rating of 75°C (167°F) or higher shall be permitted to be used provided that the ampacity of such conductors does not exceed the 75°C (167°F) ampacity.

4-6 70

10-20

-

31-40

__i

_-

41 and above

-4

I 1

E3605.4 Temperature limitations. The temperature rating associated with the ampacity of a conductor shall be so selected and coordinated to not exceed the Lowest temperature rating of any connected termination, conductor or device. Conductors with temperature ratings higher than specified for terminations shall be permitted to be used for ampacity adjustment, correc2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

2. Conductors with higher temperature ratings, provided that the ampacity of such conductors is determined based on the 60°C (140°F) ampacity of the conductor size used; 3. Conductors with higher temperature ratings where the equipment is listed and identified for use with such conductors; or

NUMBER OF CURRENT-CARRYING CONDUCTORS IN CABLE

7-9

1. Conductors rated 60°C (140°F);

E3605.4.2 Conductors rated 75°C. Termination provisions of equipment for circuits rated over 100 amperes, or marked for conductors larger than 1 AWG, shall be used only for: 1. Conductors rated 75°C (167°F). 2. Conductors with higher temperature ratings provided

that the ampacity of such conductors does not exceed the 75OC (167°F) ampacity of the conductor size 495

I

I


used, or provided that the equipment is listed and identified for use with such conductors.

tection devices shall not exceed the ratings shown in Table E3605.5.3 for the conductors specified therein.

E3605.4.3 Separately installed pressure connectors. Separately installed connectors shall be used with conductors at the ampacities not exceeding the ampacity at the listed and identified temperature rating of the connector.

E3605.5.4 Air-conditioning and heat pump equipment. Air-conditioning and heat pump equipment circuit conductors shall be permitted to be protected against overcurrent in accordance with Section E3602.13.

E3605.4.4 Conductors of Type NM cable. Conductors in NM cable assemblies shall be rated at 90°C (194°F). Types NM, NMC, and NMS cable identified by the markings NM-B, NMC-B, and NMS-B meet this requirement. The ampacity of Types NM, NMC, and NMS cable shall be at 60°C (140°F) conductors and shall comply with Section E3605.1 and Table E3605.5.3. The 90°C (194°F) rating shall be permitted to be used for ampacity correction and adjustment purposes provided that the final corrected or adjusted ampacity does not exceed that for a 60°C (140°F) rated conductor. Where more than two NM cables containing two or more current-carrying conductors are bundled together and pass through wood framing that is to be fire- or draft-stopped using thermal insulation or sealing foam, the allowable ampacity of each conductor shall be adjusted in accordance with Table E3605.3.

E3605.6 Fuses and fixed trip circuit breakers. The standard ampere ratings for fuses and inverse time circuit breakers shall be considered 15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,60,70,80,90,100, 130,125,150,375,200,225,250,300,350 and 400 amperes.

E3605.5 Overcurrent protection required. All ungrounded branch-circuit and feeder conductors shall be protected against overcurrent by an overcurrent device installed at the point where the conductors receive their supply. Overcurrent devices shall not be connected in series with a grounded conductor. Overcurrent protection and allowable loads for branch circuits and feeders that do not serve as the main power feeder to the dwelling unit load shall be in accordance with this chapter.

a The maximum overcument-protection-device rating shall not exceed the conductor allowable ampacity determined by the application of the correction and adjustment factors in accordance with Sections E3605.2 and E3605.3.

Branch-circuit conductors and equipment shall be protected by overcurrent protective devices having a rating or setting not exceeding the allowable ampacity specified in Table E3605.1 and Sections E3605.2, E3605.3 and E3605.4 except where otherwise permitted or required in Sections E3605.5.1 through E3605.5.3.

E3605.5.1 Cords. Cords shall be protected in accordance with Section E3809.2. E36055.2 Overcurrent devices of the next higher rating. The next higher standard overcurrent device rating, above thc ampacity of the conductors being protected, shall be permitted to be used, provided that all of the following conditions are met:

TABLE E3605.5.3 OVERCURRENTPROTECTION RATING COPPER

ALUMINUM OR COPPER-CLAD ALUMINUM Maximum overcurrent~rotectiondevice ratinga

Maximum overcurrent~rotectiondevice ratinga (amps)

1

I

E3605.7 Location of overcurrent devices in or on premises. Overcurrent devices shall: 1. Be readily accessible. 2. Not be located where they will be exposed to physical damage. 3. Not be located where they will be in the vicinity of easily ignitible material such as in clothes closets. 4. Not be located in bathrooms. 5. Be installed so that the center of the grip of the operating handle of the switch or circuit breaker, when in its highest position, is not more than 6 feet 7 inches (2.0 m) above the floor or working platform.

Exceptions: 1. This section shall not apply to supplementary overcurrent protection that is integral to utilization equipment.

1. The conductors being protected are not part of a multioutlet branch circuit supplying receptacles for cord- and plug-connected portable loads.

2. Overcurrent devices installed adjacent to the utilization equipment that they supply shall be permitted to be accessible by portable means.

2. The ampacity of conductors does not correspond with the standard ampere rating of a fuse or a circuit breaker without overload trip adjustments above its rating (but that shall be permitted to have other trip or rating adjustments).

E3605.8 Ready access for occupants. Each occupant shall have ready access to all overcurrent devices protecting the conductors supplying that occupancy.

3. The next higher standard device rating does not exceed 400 amperes.

E3605.5.3 Small conductors. Except as specifically permitted by Section E3605.5.4, the rating of overcurrent pro-

E3605.9 Enclosures for overcurrent devices. Overcurrent devices shall be enclosed in cabinets or cutout boxes except where an overcurrent device is part of an assembly that provides equivalent protection. The operating handle of a circuit breaker shall be permitted to be accessible without opening a door or cover. 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@


SECTION E3606 PANELBOARDS E3606.1 Panelboard rating. All panelboards shall have a rating not less than that of the minimum service entrance or feeder ) capacity required for the calculated load. E3606.2 Panelboard circuit identification. All circuits and circuit modifications shall be legibly identified as to their clear, evident, and specific purpose or use. The identification shall include sufficient detail to allow each circuit to be distinguished from all others. The identification shall be included in a circuit directory located on the face of the panelboard enclosure or inside the panel door. E3606.3 Panelboard overcurrent protection. Panelboards shall beprotectedon the supply side by not more than two main circuit breakers or two sets of fuses having a combined rating not greater than that of the panelboard. Exception: Individual protection for a panelboard shall not be required if the panelboard feeder has overcurrent protection not greater than the rating of the panelboard. E3606.4 Grounded conductor terminations. Each grounded conductor shall terminate within the panelboard on an individual terminal that is not also used for another conductor, except that grounded conductors of circuits with parallel conductors shall be permitted to terminate on a single terminal where the terminal is identified for connection of more than one conductor. E3606.5 Back-fed devices. Plug-in-type overcurrent protection devices or plug-in-type main lug assemblies that are back-fed and used to terminate field-installed ungrounded supply conductors shall be secured in place by an additional fastener that requires other than a pull to release the device from the mounting means on the panel.



CHAPTER 37

WIRING METHODS SECTION E3701 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS E3701.1 Scope. This chapter covers the wiring methods for services, feeders and branch circuits for electrical power and distribution.

E3701.2 Allowable wiring methods. The allowable wiring methods for electrical instaliations shall be those listed i n ~ a b l e E3701.2. Single conductors shall be used only where part of one of the recognized wiring methods listed in Table E3701.2. As used in this code, abbreviations of the wiring-method types shall be as indicated in Table E370 1.2. TABLE E3701.2 ALLOWABLE WIRING METHODS

-

Armored cable Electrical nonmetallic tubing Flexible metal condwt Intermediate metal conduit

I ~ i ~nonmetallic id conduit

E3702.2.2 Cable installed through or parallel to framing members. Where cables are installed through or parallel to the sides of rafters, studs or floor joists, guard strips and running boards shall not be required, and the installation shall comply with Table E3702.1.

I

E3702.3 Exposed cable. In exposed work, except as provided for in Sections E3702.2 and E3702.4, cable assemblies shall be installed as specified in Sections E3702.3.1 and E3702.3.2. E3702.3.1 Surface installation. Cables shall closely follow the surface of the building finish or running boards.

Electrical metalllc tubin

Metal-clad cable Nonmetallic shcathed cilble

or floor joists across the face of rafters or studding, in attics and roof spaces that are provided with access, the cable shall be protected by substantial guard strips that are at least as high as the cable, Where such spaces are not provided with access by stairs or ladders, protection shall only be required within 6 feet (1 829 mm) of the nearest edge of the attic entrance.

-

1

RNC

Rigid metallic conduit

I

I Underground service cable

USE_-pI

E37013 Circuit conductors. All conductors of a circuit, including equipment grounding conductors and bonding conductors, shall be contained in the same raceway, mnch, cable or cord. E3701.4 Wiring method applications. Wiring methods shall be applied in accordance with Table E3701.4.

SECTION E3702 ABOVE-GROUND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS E3702.1 Installation and support requirements. Wiring methods shall be installed and supported in accordance with Table E3702.1.

E3702.2 Cables in accessible attics. Cables in attics or roof spaces provided with access shall be installed as specified in Sections E3702.2.1 and E3702.2.2. E3702.2.1 Across structural members. Where run across the top offloorjoists, or run within 7 feet (2134 mm) of floor 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE@

E37023.2 Protection from physical damage. Where subject to physical damage, cables shall be protected by rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, Schedule 80 PVC rigid nonmetallic conduit, or other approved means. Where passing through a floor, the cable shall be enclosed in rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, Schedule 80 PVC rigid nonmetallic conduit or other approved mcms extending not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the floor. E3702.3.3 Locations exposed to direct sunlight. Insulated conductors and cables used where exposed to direct rays of the sun shall be of a type listed for sunlight resistance, or of a type listed and marked "sunlight resistant," or shall be covered with insulating material, such as tape or sleeving, that is listed or listed and marked as being "sunlight resistant." E3702.4 In unfinishedbasements. Where type SE or NM cable is run at angles with joists in unfmished basements, cable assemblies containing two or more conductors of sizes 6 AWG and larger and assemblies containing three or more conductors of sizes 8 AWG and larger shall not require additional protection where attached directly to the bottom of the joists. Smaller cables shall be run either through bored holes in joists or on running boards. NM cable used on a wall of an unfinished basement shall be permitted to bc installed in a listed conduit or tubing. Such conduit or tubing shall be provided with a nonmetallic bushing or adapter at the point the where cable enters the race way. E3702.5 Bends. Bends shall be made so as not to damage the wiring method or reduce the internal diamcter of raceways. For types NM and SE cable, bends shall be so made, and other handling shall be such that the cable will not be damaged and the radius of the curve of the inner edge of any bend shall be not less than five times the diameter of the cable.

I

I

WIRING METHODS

r------------

I

bation

1

TABLE E3701.4 ALLOWABLE APPLICATIONS FOR WIRING METHODSaab,C*d,e,f,g,h,'

ALLOWABLE APPLICATIONS allowed w h e n marked w i t h e )

Branch circuits

-I

I _ ! _

Embedded in noncinder concrete in dry location

_ 1-11 _

I-&--+&+ A 1

t

Embedded inplaster not exposed to Embedded in masonry

In masonry voids and cells not exposed to dampness

1 Run exposed and subject to physical damage / ! For direct burial

M I I- ~ + ~~ ~~ A

9

For SI: I foot = 304.8 rnm. a. Liquid-tight flexible nonmetallic conduit without integral reinforcement within the conduit wall shall not exceed 6 feet in length. b. The groiindedconductorshallbeinsulatedexcept whereused tosupply otherbuildiigs on thesamepremises.Type USEcable shallnot be used inside buildings. c. The grounded conductor shall be insulated. d. Conductors shall be a type approved for wet locations and the installation shall prevent water from entering other raceways. e. Shall be listed as "Sunlight Resistant." f. Metal raceways shall be protected from corrosion and approved for the application. g. RNC shall be Schedule 80. h. ShaU be listed as "Sunlight Resistant" where exposed to the direct rays of the sun. i. Conduit shall not exceed 6 feet in length.


International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings 2006

2009 International Residential Code For One-and-Two Family Dwellings: Soft Cover Version

2006 International Fire Code

International Building Code 2006

2006 International Plumbing Code -

2006 International Code Council Electrical Code Administrative Provisions: Softcover Version

International Code

2009 International Building Code

Space Planning for Commercial and Residential Interiors

Space Planning for Commercial and Residential Interiors

International Migration Outlook 2006

International Code of Zoological Nomenclature

International Fuel Gas Code Companion

International Fuel Gas Code Companion

International Accounting and Reporting Issues: 2006 Review

Code for Lighting

Acoustic Detailing for Multi-Storey Residential Buildings

Micro-CHP Power Generation for Residential and Small Commercial Buildings

The Dwellings of the Philosophers

Electrical Wiring Residential

Micro-Chip Power Generation for Residential and Small Commercial Buildings

Residential cellular concrete buildings

Fundamentals of Residential Construction

AutoCAD 2006 for Dummies

Guide to Residential Floors

Micro-CHP Power Generation for Residential and Small Commercial Buildings

Practice Notes : Residential Tenancies

Fundamentals of Residential Construction

Residential Open Building

Jean M. Auel - 5 - The Stone Dwellings

International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings 2006

2009 International Residential Code For One-and-Two Family Dwellings: Soft Cover Version

2006 International Fire Code

International Building Code 2006

2006 International Plumbing Code -

2006 International Code Council Electrical Code Administrative Provisions: Softcover Version

International Code

2009 International Building Code

Space Planning for Commercial and Residential Interiors

Space Planning for Commercial and Residential Interiors

International Migration Outlook 2006

International Code of Zoological Nomenclature

International Fuel Gas Code Companion

International Fuel Gas Code Companion

International Accounting and Reporting Issues: 2006 Review

Code for Lighting

Acoustic Detailing for Multi-Storey Residential Buildings

Micro-CHP Power Generation for Residential and Small Commercial Buildings

The Dwellings of the Philosophers

Electrical Wiring Residential

Micro-Chip Power Generation for Residential and Small Commercial Buildings

Residential cellular concrete buildings

Fundamentals of Residential Construction

AutoCAD 2006 for Dummies

Guide to Residential Floors

Micro-CHP Power Generation for Residential and Small Commercial Buildings

Practice Notes : Residential Tenancies

Fundamentals of Residential Construction

Residential Open Building

Jean M. Auel - 5 - The Stone Dwellings

Recommend Documents